Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Waircom Ecojuntas

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 365

Innovation in the air

I N D U S T R I A L P N E U M AT I C C O M P O N E N T S
We give your
plans new breath
Waircom has always meant The company can count now
Pneumatics. Benchmark brand in on three different production units
the components for the industrial – two located in Vizzolo Predabissi (MI)
automation, Waircom is the popular and one in Torre d’Arese (PV) – and
name that speaks Italian since on three logistic units sited in Vizzolo,
fifty years. The range, that nowadays Riozzo (MI) and Zelo Buon Persico (LO),
spaces into five product lines, and the that have enabled the rationalization of
company structure more and more the production, together with a global
articulated since the buyout by MBS view of the management of the quality
company, are the evident signals of system conform to the ISO 9001:2000
an unstoppable evolution. standard.

CORPORATE PRODUCTION
CERTIFICATIONS
HEADQUARTERS RANGE

VIZZOLO PREDABISSI - Milano CYLINDERS UNI EN ISO 9001:2000


Head office - Production & Sales

VALVES AND SOLENOID VALVES


TORRE D’ARESE - Pavia
Production
AIR TREATMENT

ZELO BUON PERSICO - Lodi


Logistics TUBES AND FITTINGS

RIOZZO - Milano
Logistics

TORINO - WAIRCOM MBS PIEMONTE


Associate company

III
Service, counselling, dynamism:
the atmosphere you like
In Waircom the innovation goes In fact Waircom customer can
upriver. To the widespread strategy always count on a timely service.
of zero inventory, we have preferred A technically qualified and dynamic
the opposite path: with thousands staff is, in fact, the other key factor
of codes constantly in stock we of our success: our young yet high
can assure a reduction of the time grade experienced sales engineers
to market, with important benefits are always able to support and aid.
regarding the efficiency, flexibility and
accuracy in reply to customers needs.

MANAGEMENT

QUALITY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

MARKETING
R&D PRODUCTION
& PROMOTION

SALES NETWORK

V
Research and design
always under pressure
In Waircom we give great importance Not to disappoint the market
to research and to new technologies: expectancy means to be constantly
the last generation 2D and 3D design under pressure: in Waircom
software are the tools that allow us we intend to lower the time
in years to supply customized to market of the special items too.
solutions for the market demands. This commitment makes our
Every application is a challenge that company one of the benchmarks
we face with the confidence to be for the division world-wide.
always able to keep the expectations.

CUSTOMER
NEEDS

TECHNICAL
R&D
FEASIBILITY

FEEDBACK AND
AD HOC PRODUCTION

VII
Here quality
breaths “house air”
Quality is not an empty word. But speed is nothing without
Quality in Waircom means accuracy. Waircom has the use
compliance of scrupulous production of appropriate technology
processes and a meticulous testing to assure a degree of diligence
of every single item; it means even without comparison.
a coordinated, flexible and integrated CNC transfer production and
management of the production electronic testing machinery,
that must be always able to face machining centers, shadow
every urgency. comparator, hard meters and
thickness gauges: this technology
witnesses our commitment
to the Total Quality Management.

RAW MATERIAL
QUALITY CONTROL

CNC PRODUCTION
ASSEMBLING
MACHINING CENTERS QUALITY CONTROL

TESTING

IX
A flexible distribution
ready to take the flight
Waircom has an enviable network: A wide and complex network that
corporate headquarters makes all easier: this is the way
and distributors are strategically we would like to describe our
placed nearby the most important commitment with respect to service.
industrial districts. This is an Waircom relies upon a widespread
important plus for a company net of distributors, retailers and
that intend to be the business agents both in the national territory
partner for an important share than branched in many foreign
of the industrial field. countries thus creating a more and
more international network.

STEADY IN STORE
AVAILABILITY

NATIONAL INTERNATIONAL
NETWORK NETWORK

XI
A success that
flows world-wide
Already confident in our nation,
AUSTRALIA KUWAIT TUNISIA
we feel ourself ready for foreign
countries too. We are ready to bet CANADA MALAYSIA TURKEY
on the emerging countries, with the
consciousness that we can rely on CHINA MOROCCO VIETNAM

the same flexibility that has set the


COLOMBIA NETHERLAND UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
success of our sales policy in our
nation. Whole works thanks to the CÔTE D’IVOIRE PAKISTAN UNITED KINGDOM
strategic high potential of Waircom:
the person, always and anywhere CYPRUS POLAND ZIMBABWE

our actual capital.


CZECH REPUBLIC PORTUGAL

DENMARK ROMANIA

EGYPT SAUDI ARABIA

FRANCE SINGAPORE

GERMANY SLOVENIA

GREECE SPAIN

IRAN SOUTH AFRICA

JAPAN SYRIA

JORDAN THAILAND

XIII
Italian sales network
WAIRCOM M.B.S. S.p.A. - HEADQUARTERS AND SALES OFFICE
Via Piemonte 13/15 - 20070 Vizzolo Predabissi (MILAN) - ITALY
Tel: +39 02 98230821 - Fax: + 39 02 98231854
www.waircom-mbs.com - info@waircom-mbs.com

DISTRIBUTORS AND RETAILERS

ABRUZZO PRIME FORNITURE GENERALI S.a.s.


Via Fienile, 1 Contrada Salice - 80013 CASALNUOVO DI NAPOLI (NA)
A.F.I. S.n.c.
Tel: 081/5228440-8369 Fax: 081/5227401
Via Penne, 10 - 66013 CHIETI SCALO
Tel: 0871/561812 Fax: 0871/552290 TECNOLOGIA OLEODINAMICA S.r.l.
DI EMIDIO DOMENICO Via Variante, 7 bis 93 - 80035 NOLA (NA)
Via G. di Vittorio - Villa Pavone - 64100 TERAMO Tel: 081/8235314 Fax: 081/5125118
Tel: 0861/210242 Fax: 0861/210243
DI EMIDIO S.r.l. EMILIA ROMAGNA
Zona Ind.le Colleranesco - 64020 GIULIANOVA (TE) ACERO Sr.l.
Tel: 085/8004550/8002624 Fax: 085/8004879 Via A. Calzi, 30 - 48018 FAENZA (RA)
ICAM COMMERCIALE S.a.s. Tel: 0546/620731 Fax: 0546/621450
Via Ciccarone, 112 - 66054 VASTO (CH) LUIGI BIANCHI S.p.A.
Tel: 0873/3711306 Fax: 0873/3711205 Via Giardini, 3 - 40128 BOLOGNA
SERAFINI MARIO S.r.l. Tel: 051/327844 Fax: 051/327114
Via Saletti, Zona Commerciale - 66041 PIAZZANO DI ATESSA (CH) AIR MECCANICA S.n.c.
Tel: 0872/897029 Fax: 0872/888923 Via Coriano, 58 - Blocco n. 32/E - 47900 RIMINI
Tel: 0541/387704-302721 Fax: 0541/382510
BASILICATA EUROTECNICA S.r.l.
Via Emila Est, 1301 - 41100 MODENA
GIOVANNI VENNERI & C. S.r.l.
Tel: 059/282640 Fax: 059/282763
Via della Fisica, 26 - 85100 POTENZA
Tel: 0971/472210-11 Fax: 0971/472212 FATI S.r.l.
Via del Commercio n. 14/16 - 29100 PIACENZA
Tel: 0523/593210 Fax: 0523/593272
CALABRIA F.M.I. di FRANCESCHI & C. S.a.s.
FIM S.a.s. Via Baganzola n. 28/A - 43100 PARMA
Viale del Lavoro, 79 - 87012 CASTROVILLARI (CS) Tel: 0521/992200 Fax: 0521/987303
Tel. 0981/480102 Fax 0981/483100
FORNITURE INDUSTRIALI LAVILLA GIOVANNI LAZIO
Via Carrera, 49/a - 89122 REGGIO CALABRIA
Tel. 0965/650630 Fax 0965/650630 CASA DEL FRENO F.LLI PISTILLI S.n.c.
Via Epitaffio n. 128 - 04100 LATINA
Tel: 0773/663860 Fax: 0773/663528
CAMPANIA S.L.M. S.r.l.
AR.TEC.SUD S.a.s. Via Cerro Antico - 03043 CASSINO (FR)
Via Appia, 110 - 83100 ATRIPALDA (AV) Tel: 0776/300702 Fax: 0776/370247
Tel: 0825/622721 Fax: 0825/1910261 ELIA D’AGUANNO S.r.l.
CASA DEL CUSCINETTO S.a.s. Via dei Granatieri, 13 - 00060 CASTELNUOVO DI PORTO (ROMA)
Zona Industriale - 84132 FUORNI (SA) Tel: 06/9070681 Fax: 06/90190989
Tel: 089/771177 Fax: 089/771131 TRAS.MEC S.a.s.
CAVA CUSCINETTI S.r.l. Via delle Palme, 31/A/B - 00171 ROMA
Via G. Palumbo, 35/37- 84013 CAVA DEI TIRRENI (SA) Tel: 06/2154139 Fax: 06/2154292
Tel: 089/340009 Fax: 089/4454984
FIA S.a.s. LIGURIA
Via XX Settembre, 76 - 81020 SAN NICOLA LA STRADA (CE) BM SERVICE S.r.l.
Tel: 0823/421343 Fax: 0823/421343
Via Bombrini, 26 - ROSSO - 16149 GENOVA
OLEODINAMICA PARTENOPEA S.a.s. Tel: 010/6422287 Fax: 010/6422287
Via Martiri Atellani, 194 - 81030 ORTA DI ATELLA (CE)
Tel: 081/5022646 Fax: 081/5022646
PHI-AIR S.a.s.
Via Figliola, 57 - 80040 S. SEBASTIANO AL V. (NA)
Tel e Fax: 081/6583599-600

XIV
LOMBARDIA PUGLIA E BASILICATA
ARIA COMPRESSA S.r.l. ATIM S.a.s.
Corso Martiri della Liberazione, 40 - 23900 LECCO Via Monte Pollino, 23 - 70022 ALTAMURA (BA)
Tel: 0341/282785 Fax: 0341/285273 Tel: 080/3115257 Fax: 080/3143414
ATEMI S.r.l. ATOM S.n.c.
Via Monte Bianco, 2 - 20095 CUSANO MILANINO (MI) Viale Capruzzi, 266 BC - 70124 BARI
Tel: 02/6198256 Fax: 02/6133611 Tel: 080/5428971 Fax: 080/5428971
BIGNARDI S.r.l. GENERAL RICAMBI S.n.c.
C.so del Mezzogiorno, 18/24 - 71100 FOGGIA
Via del Sebino, 44/46 - 25126 BRESCIA
Tel: 0881/637523 Fax: 0881/637524
Tel: 030/294169 Fax: 030/3771178
IBC SUD S.r.l.
EREDI DI M. FARINA S.r.l.
Via De Gasperi, 3/5 - 73030 TIGGIANO (LE)
C.so Sempione, 45 - 20025 LEGNANO (MI) Tel: 0833/790105 Fax: 0833/533306
Tel: 0331/544311 Fax: 0331/453690
TECNOFER S.r.l.
EUROPAIR S.n.c. Traversa via Tramvia, 2/2 - 70051 BARLETTA (BA)
Via Cesare Battisti, 19 - 20042 ALBIATE BRIANZA (MI) Tel: 0883/346744 Fax: 0883/337150
Tel: 0362/915118 Fax: 0362/915141
FLUTEC S.r.l. SARDEGNA
Via Raso, 5 - 25036 PALAZZOLO SULL’OGLIO (BS) IDROP S.a.s.
Tel: 030/7402960 Fax: 030/7402961
Viale Elmas, 142 - 09100 CAGLIARI
MICAR S.n.c. Tel: 070/240048 Fax: 070/241172
Via Rosso di S. Secondo, 15 - 20134 MILANO IDROP 2 S.r.l.
Tel: 02/7491091 Fax: 02/70126372 Zona Ind.le Settore 6 - Via Niger - 07026 OLBIA (SS)
SATI AUTOMAZIONE S.a.s. Tel: 0789/58195 Fax: 0789/593087
Via Antonio Gramsci, 23/A - 20020 ARESE (MI)
Tel: 02/93581351 Fax: 02/93581351 SICILIA
TECNOVOLVENT S.r.l. CENTRO OLEODINAMICA S.r.l.
Via S. Ampellio, 5 - 20141 MILANO Via zia Lisa, 253 - 95121 CATANIA
Tel: 02/89500419 Fax: 02/89511927 Tel: 095/578514 Fax: 095/575826
UTECO F.T.I. S.r.l. F.lli FIDERIO S.n.c.
Via Tranquillo Ercoli, 3 - 26845 CODOGNO (LO) Via S. Giuliano, 111/L - 97015 MODICA (RG)
Tel: 0377/30043 Fax: 0377/36730 Tel: 0932/763014 Fax: 0932/763014
UTENSILERIA SUZZARESE S.a.s. di LORENZINI FABIO & C. MALTESE MAURIZIO
Via Galvani, 1/A - 46029 SUZZARA (MN) Via Selinunte, 2 - 91026 MAZARA DEL VALLO (TP)
Tel: 0376/521321 Fax: 0376/521936 Tel: 0923/942665 Fax: 0923/942665
VERZOLLA S.a.s. di MAMBRETTI PAOLO PRIMO
Via Brembo, 13/15 - 20052 MONZA (MI) TOSCANA
Tel: 039/21661 Fax: 039/2166444-2103010 A.T.I. S.a.s.
Via Pistoiese, 219 ang. Via Castagnoli n. 1 - 59100 PRATO (PO)
MARCHE Tel: 0574/6961 Fax: 0574/39273
SARO AUTOMAZIONI S.r.l.
Zona Ind.le “A” Via Vincenzo Breda - 62012 CIVITANOVA MARCHE (MC)
UMBRIA
Tel: 0733/897795 Fax: 0733/897887 SEA S.r.l.
Via Pietrarossa, 1 - 06039 TREVI (PG)
TECNOFORNITURE S.r.l.
Tel: 0742/381296 Fax: 0742/381296
Via Pasubio, 106 - 63037 PORTO D’ASCOLI (AP)
Tel: 0735/659945 Fax: 0735/655266
TORRESI RAFFAELE & C. S.n.c.
VALLE D’AOSTA
Zona Ind.le “A” Via S. Pertini, 51 - 62012 CIVITANOVA MARCHE (MC) A.I.A. S.a.s.
Loc. Pont Suaz, 66 - 11020 CHARVENSOD (AO)
Tel: 0733/801120 Fax: 0733/801130
Tel: 0165/32204 Fax: 0165/32204

PIEMONTE VENETO E FRIULI VENEZIA GIULIA


CONSOCIATA: WAIRCOM M.B.S. PIEMONTE S.r.l. FILIALE COMMERCIALE: WAIRFLEX S.a.s. di E. PAPA & C.
Via Farinelli, 6 - 10135 TORINO Viale Italia, 224 - 31015 CONEGLIANO (TV)
Tel: 011/346008 Fax: 011/346772 Tel: 0438/412552 Fax: 0438/41803
ARCISA S.r.l. EMPORIO RICAMBI ROSSI S.r.l.
Via Valpellice, 14/A - 10060 SAN SECONDO PINEROLO (TO) Via Este, 40/2 - 33100 UDINE
Tel: 0121/500445 Fax: 0121/500370 Tel: 0432/600114 Fax: 0432/520156
BOURSIER S.a.s. FIZNER AUTOMAZIONE S.a.s.
C.so Alessandria, 50 - 14100 ASTI Via M. Giuliani Dalmati, 13 - 35129 PADOVA
Tel: 0141/353933 Fax: 0141/594034 Tel: 049/772700 Fax: 049/8072401
BOURSIER S.r.l. MARCANZIN & MEROTTO S.r.c.
Via Asinari di Bernezzo, 100 - 10146 TORINO V.le della Repubblica, 236 - 31100 TREVISO
Tel: 011/727575 Fax: 011/727579 Tel: 0422/304111 Fax: 0422/306557
NOVELLO S.r.l.
CENTRO CANAVESANO CUSCINETTI S.a.s.
Cà Marcello, 73 - 30172 MESTRE (VE)
C.so Re Arduino, 9/B - 10086 RIVAROLO CANAVESE (TO) Tel: 041/5311633 Fax: 041/5310125
Tel: 0124/26324 Fax: 0124/25762
OLEOMEC S.r.l.
DOSIO & MUSSO di DOSIO P. & C. S.n.c. Via dell’Artigianato, 8 - 32100 BELLUNO (TV)
C.so Torino, 87/B - 10098 FERRIERA (TO) Tel: 0437/931252 Fax: 0437/33230
Tel: 011/9368339 Fax: 011/9367787 O.P.S. S.r.l.
NUOVA O.P.E. di DAMIANO PIETRO & C. S.n.c. Via Travnik, 18/2 - 34018 S. DORLIGO DELLA VALLE (TS)
Via Molino Roero, 6 - 12020 MADONNA DELL’OLMO (CN) Tel: 040/383808 Fax: 040/382555
Tel: 0171/411977 Fax: 0171/411421 PNEUMAC S.r.l.
Viale Italia, 254 - 31015 CONEGLIANO (TV)
VIEMME TECH di VERDUCI M. Tel: 0438/35005 Fax: 0438/410211
Via Tarantelli, 15 - 15033 CASALE MONFERRATO (TO) SO.CI.MA S.a.s.
Tel: 0142/72503 Fax: 0142/451853 Via Lago Maggiore, 8 - 36077 ALTAVILLA VICENTINA (VI)
Tel: 0444/370744 Fax: 0444/370748

XV
CONTENTS
Chapter 0
TECHNICAL INFORMATION Page 0.1

Chapter 1
CYLINDERS Page 1.1

Chapter 2
VALVES
PILOT AND SOLENOID
ACTUATED Page 2.1

Chapter 3
VALVES MANUALLY AND
MECHANICALLY ACTUATED AND
COMPLEMENTARY VALVES Page 3.1

Chapter 4
AIR TREATMENT Page 4.1

Chapter 5
FITTINGS AND TUBES Page 5.1

The company reserves the right to amend without notice the specifications given in this document

Contents
CONTENTS
Chapter 0
TECHNICAL INFORMATION Page 0.1

Chapter 1
CYLINDERS Page 1.1

Chapter 2
VALVES
PILOT AND SOLENOID
ACTUATED Page 2.1

Chapter 3
VALVES MANUALLY AND
MECHANICALLY ACTUATED AND
COMPLEMENTARY VALVES Page 3.1

Chapter 4
AIR TREATMENT Page 4.1

Chapter 5
FITTINGS AND TUBES Page 5.1

The company reserves the right to amend without notice the specifications given in this document

Contents
Index TECHNICAL
chapter 0 INFORMATION
Fluid ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... page 0.2

Pressure ............................................................................................................................................................................................. page 0.2

Rated flow rate............................................................................................................................................................................ page 0.3

Protection class for coils with connector .......................................................................................................... page 0.4

Graphic symbols
Pipes and connections............................................................................................................................................................................... page 0.5
Air treatment equipment ............................................................................................................................................................................ page 0.5
Distribution ................................................................................................................................................................................................. page 0.6
Controls ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... page 0.6
Energy conversion (actuators) .................................................................................................................................................................... page 0.7
Rod and piston unit options....................................................................................................................................................................... page 0.7

Comparison of designations for connections ................................................................................................. page 0.8

Multiples and sub-multiples............................................................................................................................................ page 0.8

Consumption of air table ................................................................................................................................................... page 0.8

Peak load and theoretical forces ............................................................................................................................... page 0.9

Cushioning diagram ................................................................................................................................................................ page 0.9

Conversion tables ..................................................................................................................................................................... page 0.10

Threads comparison table .............................................................................................................................................. page 0.11

Special options table for cylinders ........................................................................................................................... page 0.12

General technical data for cylinders....................................................................................................................... page 0.12

Technical information 0.1


Technical
information
0 FLUID
Most of WAIRCOM M.B.S. products can be fed with lubricated or unlubricated compressed air, thus means these components are greased on
assembly so that they can work even without the use of a lubricator; however for a correct lubrication we advise to use the WAIRSOL grease class
ISO 22, studied on purpose for pneumatic circuits, while the use of a filter element with a void fraction of at least 40 µm is essential. The condensate
drainage system can be manual, semi-automatic or automatic and it is set up of a cock situated on the bottom of the bowl.
The working pressure range for each product is shown on every single relevant technical sheet and it is generally included between 1 to 10 bar.

PRESSURE
DEFINITION OF PRESSURE
It is the ratio between a force and the surface on which it acts; it is dimensionally expressed in force units per surface units.
P(Pa) = F(N) / S(m2)

ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
It is the pressure exerted on a surface of 1 cm2 at sea level, at a temperature of 20 °C and with a relative humidity of 65%; it is equivalent to a column
of water of 10,33 m or to 760 mmHg.

ABSOLUTE PRESSURE
It is the pressure of a fluid respect to the absolute vacuum and it is obtainable adding the atmospheric pressure to the gauge one.

GAUGE PRESSURE
It is the differential pressure of a fluid above and below the atmospheric pressure normally read on the pressure gauges.

UPSTREAM PRESSURE
Pressure of the compressed air at the inlet of the pneumatic component.

DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE
Pressure of the compressed air at the outlet of the pneumatic component.

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ( P)
It is the difference between upstream and downstream pressure.

BOYLE-MARIOTTE’S LAW
The volume of a closed quantity of gas with constant temperature is inversely proportional to the absolute pressure, thus means that for a given
quantity of gas the product between the absolute pressure and the volume is a constant value:
P1 · V1 = P2 · V2 = Constant.

GAY - LUSSAC’S LAW


The volume of a quantity of gas with constant pressure is proportional to its temperature:
V1 / V2 = T1 / T2
or even, with constant volume, the pressure of a quantity of gas is proportional to its temperature.
P1 / P2 = T1 / T2
Then we obtain the General Equation of Gases:
P·V=n·R·T
where:
P = pressure (atm)
V = volume (Nl)
n = gram molecules of gas contained in the volume (mol)
R = perfect gas constant (0,0821 Nl · atm · K-1 · mol-1)
T = absolute temperature in Kelvin (273 K = 0 °C)

NORMAL CONDITIONS OF AIR


In the design of industrial pneumatic circuits are employed measures that refer to the "Normal conditions of air".
As "normal cubic meter of air" (1Nm3) we refer to 1 m3 of air at a temperature of 273 K (0 °C) and at a pressure of 1,0013 bar (pressure of the normal
air at the sea level): 1 Nm3 = 1000 Nl.

0.2 Technical information


Technical
information
RATED FLOW RATE
It is the volume of fluid passing through a given section of measurement in a unit of time with an upstream gauge pressure P1=6 bar (7 absolute bar)
0
and with a pressure drop P=1 bar (thus means a downstream gauge pressure P2=5 bar, 6 absolute bar) with a fluid temperature of +20 °C.
The rated flow rate, generally expressed in normal liters per minute (Nl/m), can give some indications on the performances of the valves if the
working conditions are the ones just described.
Herebelow are the circuits used in our company to test the flow rate measurements of products in according to the UNI ISO 6358 standard.

CircuitoTesting circuit
di prova for components
per componenti con with input/output
connessioni connections
di entrata e di uscita.

Testing
Circuito di circuit for components
prova per withscarico
componenti con direct exhaust in the atmosphere
diretto nell’atmosfera.

A – Filter and supply unit


B – Adjustable pressure regulator
C – Shut-off valve
D – Tube for temperature measurement
E – Device for the measure of temperature
F – Tube for upstream pressure measurement
G – Component on trial
H – Tube for downstream pressure measurement
I – Device for the measure of upstream pressure
J – Device for the measure of differential pressure
K – Flow regulator valve
L – Device for the measure of flow rate

Technical information 0.3


Technical
information
0 PROTECTION CLASS FOR COILS WITH CONNECTOR
For protection class, we mean the intrinsic ability of live electrical equipment to protect and to protect itself against casual contatcts and
penetration of solid particles and water. It is defined with the abbreviation “I.P.” followed by 2 figures: the first, 0 to 6, defines the protection
against casual contacts and penetration of foreign particles; the second, 0 to 8, the protection against water.
The tables shown below describe the various degrees.

Protection class against casual contacts and penetration of foreign particles


First Denomination Explanation
figure

0 No protection. No special protection for people against casual contacts with live parts or moving parts.
No protection of the equipment against the penetration of foreign solid particles.

1 Protection against the


penetration of large-sized
Protection against casual contacts of large surfaces with live parts or moving parts inside the
equipment, for example contacts with hands, but no protection against the voluntary access
solid particles. to these parts. Protection of the equipment against the penetration of solid particles with a
diameter larger than 50 mm.

2 Protection against the


penetration of fluid-sized
Protection against contacts of fingers with live parts or moving parts inside the equipment.
Protection against the penetration of solid particles with a diameter larger than 12 mm, such as
solid particles. fingers.

3 Protection against the


penetration of small-sized
solid particles.
Protection against contacts of tools, wires or the like, thicker than 2.5 mm with live parts of
moving parts inside the equipment. Protection against the penetration of solid particles with a
diameter larger than 2.5 mm, such as tools, wires, and so on.

4 Protection against the


penetration of very
Protection against contacts of tools, wires or the like, thicker than 1 mm with live parts or
moving parts inside the equipment. Protection against the penetration of solid particles with a
small-sized solid particles. diameter larger than1 mm, such as thin tools and wires and so on.

5 Protection against dust


deposits.
Full protection against contacts with means of any kind with live parts or moving parts inside
the equipment. Protection against dust deposits.
The penetration of dust is not fully eliminated, but it is reduced to such an extent as to assure
the good operation of the equipment.

6 Protection against dust


penetration.
Full protection against contacts with means of any kind with live parts or moving parts inside the
equipment. Protection against dust deposits. Full protection against the penetration of dust.

Protection class against penetration of water


Second Denomination Explanation
figure

0 No protection. No special protection.

1 Protection against water


drops falling
Water drops that fall perpendicularly must not cause harmful effect.
perpendicularly.

2 Protection against water


drops falling slantwise.
Water drops that fall at a slanted angle of up to 15° to the perpendicular direction must not
cause harmful effect.

3 Protection against water


dripping.
Water that falls at a slanted angle of up to 60° to the perpendicular direction must not cause
harmful effect.

4 Protection against water


sprays.
Water sprayed against the equipment from any direction must not cause harmful effect.

Protection against water Water jets fired against the equipment from any direction must not cause harmful effect.
5 jets.

6 Protection against
inondation.
The water penetrating into the equipment due to a temporary flood, for example during rough
sea conditions, must not cause harmful effect.

7 Protection against
immersion.
Water must not penetrate in such a quantity as to damage the equipment, should the
equipment itself be immersed for pre-established times and at pre-defined pressure.
Protection against Water must not penetrate in such a quantity as to damage the equipment, should the
8 submersion. equipment itself be submerged at pre-defined pressure and for an undetermined period of time.

0.4 Technical information


Technical
information
GRAPHIC SYMBOLS
Pipes and connections Air treatment equipment
0
Designation Explanation Symbol Designation Explanation Symbol
Pressure line Line for the energy transfer Air filter Device for removing impurity

Control line Line for the transfer of the control Condensate separator With manual draining
energy (including regulation)

Exhaust or leakage line With automatic draining

Line connection Fixed connection, e.g. Filter with condensate With manual draining
welded,saldered, screwed separator
(including fittings)

Crossover Crossing of unconnected lines With automatic draining

Flexible line Connectors of mobile parts Air drier Device in which the air is dried

Electric line Line for transmitting electrical Lubricator Device in which small quantities
energy of oil are added to the air flowing
through it
Pneumatic pressure Sequence valve Valve which, by opening the
source outlet against the spring force,
makes connection with further units
Discharge point or vent Pressure reducer Without exhaust valve
(valve which to a large
extent holds the outlet
Air exhaust With not threaded connection pressure at a constant With exhaust valve
level, even with altered (Relieving)
inlet pressure)
With threaded connection Piloted pressure reducer with
exhaust valve (Relieving)

Compressed air With plug Pneumoelectric Device converting an input


pick-up point transducer pneumatic signal into an
output electrical signal
Pressure switch Device switching at an
With connecting line
adjustable fixed pressure

Filter - pressure reducer


Quick-acting Connected, without check valve
lubricator group
couplings
(Detailed symbol)
Filter - pressure reducer
Connected, with check valve
lubricator group
(Simplified symbol)
Filter - pressure reducer
Uncoupled with open end
group

Soft - start valve Pneumatic actuated


Uncoupled, end blocked
by check valve

Rotating joint 1-way


(device that allows a
rotating movement)
3-way Solenoid actuated

Silencer

Pneumatic accumulator
Pressure gauge
(capacity)
Thermometer

Flowmeter

Totalizator flowmeter
Optical tester Device indicating the presence of
pressure by means of an optical reflector

Technical information 0.5


Technical
information
0 GRAPHIC SYMBOLS
Distribution Controls
Designation Explanation Symbol Designation Explanation Symbol
2/2 port valve Two positions at rest, Manual actuation General (without specifying
normally closed (N.C.) the type of control)

Two positions at rest, By push-button


normally open (N.O.)

3/2 port valve Two positions at rest, By lever


normally closed (N.C.)

Two positions at rest, By pedal


normally open (N.O.)

4/2 port valve With two positions By pedal with safety device
and one exhaust

3/3 port valve With three positions and closed Mechanical actuation By stem or key
the neutral one

5/2 port valve With two positions By spring


and two exhausts

5/3 port valve Open centre By roller lever

Pressure centre By unidirectional roller lever

Closed centre Pneumatic actuation Direct action by application


of pressure

Check valve Unloaded (without spring) Direct action by pressure relief

Spring-loaded Differential (i.e. pressure


dominant pilot)

Controlled check valve Pilot operated to close Indirect actuation by application


check valve of pressure to the pilot valve

Pilot operated to open Indirect actuation by relieving


check valve of pressure on the pilot valve

Shuttle valve (OR type) The inner port with the higher pressure Electrical actuation By solenoid with one winding
is automatically connected to the outlet
port, while the other inlet port is closed
Quick-exhaust valve When the inlet port is not supplied By solenoid with two in-phase
with air, the outlet port is exhausted windings
directly into the atmosphere
Flow regulator Bidirectional By solenoid with two opposing
windings

Unidirectional fixed Combined actuation By solenoid with one pilot valve

Unidirectional adjustable By solenoid pilot assisted

Flow divider The flow is divided in two quite Detent Device for maintaining
similar parts that are indipendent a given position
from the variations of pressure
Shut-off valve Two port Release unit Device for preventing the equipment
from blocking at a dead spot

Three port

Two pressure valve The outlet port is pressurized only


(AND type) when pressure is supplied to
both of the inlet ports

0.6 Technical information


Technical
information
GRAPHIC SYMBOLS
Energy conversion (actuators) Rod and piston unit options
0
Designation Explanation Symbol Designation Explanation Symbol
Compressor With constant displacement Rod and piston unit Standard
volume (only one direction of
rotation)
Pneumatic motor with With one direction of rotation With adjustable cushioning
constant displacement at one end
volume
With two directions of rotation With adjustable cushioning
at both ends

Pneumatic motor with With one direction of rotation With magnetic piston
variable displacement
volume
With two directions of rotation With magnetic piston and
adjustable cushioning at one end

Pneumatic rotary With rotary drive limited With magnetic piston and
cylinder range of oscillation adjustable cushioning at both
ends
Single acting cylinder Front spring With non-rotating piston rod
device

Rear spring With piston rod locking unit

Double acting cylinder

Double acting cylinder


through rod

Tandem cylinder Opposed

Double push

Double stroke

Telescopic cylinder Single acting

Double acting

Pressure multiplier For fluids with the same


characteristics

For fluids with different


characteristics

Technical information 0.7


Technical
information
0 COMPARISON OF DESIGNATIONS FOR CONNECTIONS
Port ISO 5599 Letter designations
MULTIPLES AND SUB-MULTIPLES
Prefix Symbol Factor
Supply/inlet port 1 P yotta Y 1024
Working or outlet line 2 B zetta Z 1021
Exhaust line 3 S exa E 1018
Working or outlet line 4 A peta P 1015
Exhaust line 5 R tera T 1012
Pilot line that reset 10 Z giga G 109
the output signal mega M 106
Pilot line 12 Y kilo k 103
Pilot line 14 Z etto h 102
Pre-pilot exhaust line 82 — deca* da 10
Pre-pilot exhaust line 84 — deci d 10-1
centi c 10-2
milli m 10-3
micro µ 10-6
nano n 10-9
pico p 10-12
femto f 10-15
atto a 10-18
zepto z 10-21
yocto y 10-24
* In the U.S.A. this prefix is commonly defined “deka”

CONSUPTION OF AIR TABLE


Cylinder bore Piston rod diameter Motion Useful area Consumption of air in thrust and in traction expressed in Nl per cm of stroke as a function of the operating pressure P expressed in bar, at 20°C
D (mm) d (mm) cm2 1 bar 2 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar 9 bar 10 bar
12 4 Thrust 1,13 0,0023 0,0034 0,0045 0,0057 0,0068 0,0079 0,009 0,0102 0,0113 0,0124
Traction 1 0,002 0,003 0,004 0,005 0,006 0,007 0,008 0,009 0,01 0,011
16 6 Thrust 2,01 0,004 0,006 0,008 0,01 0,0121 0,0141 0,0161 0,0181 0,0202 0,0221
Traction 1,73 0,0035 0,0052 0,0069 0,0086 0,0104 0,0121 0,0138 0,0156 0,0173 0,019
20 8 Thrust 3,14 0,0063 0,0094 0,0126 0,0157 0,0188 0,022 0,0251 0,0283 0,0314 0,0346
Traction 2,64 0,0053 0,0079 0,0106 0,0132 0,0158 0,0185 0,0211 0,0238 0,0264 0,029
25 12 Thrust 4,91 0,0098 0,0147 0,0196 0,0245 0,0295 0,0344 0,0393 0,0442 0,0491 0,054
Traction 3,78 0,0076 0,0113 0,0151 0,0189 0,0227 0,0264 0,0302 0,034 0,0378 0,0415
32 12 Thrust 8,04 0,016 0,024 0,032 0,04 0,048 0,056 0,064 0,072 0,08 0,088
Traction 6,91 0,014 0,021 0,028 0,035 0,042 0,049 0,058 0,063 0,07 0,076
40 16 Thrust 12,56 0,025 0,038 0,05 0,063 0,076 0,088 0,1 0,113 0,126 0,138
Traction 10,55 0,021 0,032 0,042 0,053 0,063 0,074 0,088 0,095 0,106 0,116
50 20 Thrust 19,63 0,039 0,059 0,079 0,098 0,118 0,137 0,157 0,177 0,196 0,216
Traction 16,49 0,033 0,05 0,066 0,082 0,099 0,115 0,132 0,149 0,165 0,181
63 20 Thrust 31,16 0,062 0,093 0,125 0,156 0,187 0,218 0,249 0,28 0,312 0,343
Traction 28,02 0,056 0,084 0,112 0,14 0,168 0,196 0,224 0,252 0,28 0,308
80 25 Thrust 50,24 0,1 0,15 0,2 0,25 0,301 0,351 0,402 0,452 0,502 0,552
Traction 45,36 0,091 0,138 0,181 0,227 0,272 0,318 0,363 0,408 0,454 0,5
100 32 Thrust 78,54 0,157 0,238 0,314 0,382 0,471 0,549 0,628 0,706 0,785 0,862
Traction 70,5 0,141 0,211 0,282 0,352 0,423 0,493 0,564 0,635 0,705 0,775
125 32 Thrust 122,66 0,245 0,368 0,49 0,613 0,736 0,859 0,981 1,104 1,226 1,349
Traction 114,67 0,229 0,344 0,459 0,573 0,688 0,803 0,917 1,032 1,147 1,262
160 40 Thrust 201,06 0,402 0,603 0,804 1,005 1,206 1,407 1,608 1,809 2,01 2,211
Traction 188,49 0,377 0,565 0,754 0,942 1,13 1,319 1,508 1,696 1,884 2,673
200 40 Thrust 314,15 0,628 0,942 0,257 1,571 1,885 2,199 2,513 2,827 3,145 3,456
Traction 301,59 0,603 0,905 1,506 1,508 1,81 2,111 2,413 2,714 3,016 3,318

The following formula is used to determinate the consumption of air:


Q = H x (S+T) x N where:
Q = consumption of air (Nl/min)
H = cylinder stroke (cm)
S = consumption of air per 1 cm of stroke in thrust
T = consumption of air per 1 cm of stroke in traction
N = number of cycles per minute

0.8 Technical information


Technical
information
PEAK LOAD AND THEORETICAL FORCES
0

er
li nd
Cy

In particular applications the piston rod of the cylinder may be subjected to the peak load; it is then important to control the piston rod diameter
in relation to the stroke that should be made, the force developed by the cylinder, the working pressure and the fixings.
The diagram shown has been realized considering the worst condition, consisting in a rear hinge fixing on the cylinder body (in vertical position
with the load charging the rod end) and fork on the piston rod.
Given the stroke, the relevant horizontal line is followed until the relevant line to the piston rod diameter (cylinder bore) is crossed; from that point,
drawing the vertical line till reaching the x-axis, is obtainable the maximum acceptable peak load.

CUSHIONING DIAGRAM

In order not to compro-


mise the correct fuctio-
ning of the cylinders
with harmful impacts,
it is necessary to cu-
shion the moving mass
to gradually reduce its
kinetic energy.
The maximum absor-
bable mass depends
on the speed of trasla-
tion and on the absorp-
tion capacity of the
pneumatic damper.
This diagram gives the
speed and the maxi-
mum absorbable mass
at a pressure of 6 bar
for various bores.

Technical information 0.9


Technical
information
0 CONVERSION TABLES

Torque Length
inchounce inchpound footpound kilogrammetro Newtonmetro Inch foot yard millimeter meter
(ozf·in) (lbf·in) (lbf·ft) (kgf·m) (N·m) (in) (ft) (yd) (mm) (m)
1 inchounce = 0,0625 0,0052 7,2·10-4 7,06·10-3 1 inch = 0,0833 0,0278 25,4 0,0254
1 inchpound = 16 0,0833 1,152·10-2 0,113 1 foot = 12 0,333 304,8 0,304
1 footpound = 192 12 0,1383 1,356 1 yard = 36 3 914,4 0,9144
1 kilogrammetro = 1388,7 86,796 7,233 9,80665 1 millimeter = 0,03937 0,0033 0,00109 0,001
1 Newtonmetro = 141,6 8,85 0,7375 0,102 1 meter = 39,37 3,2808 1,0936 1000

Area Force
inch2 foot2 yard2 square millimeter square meter Newton kilopound poundforce
(in2) (ft2) (yd2) (mm2) (m2) (N) (kp) (lbf)
1 inch2 = 0,0069 0,00077 645,16 6,45·10-4 1 Newton = 0,10197 0,22481
1 foot2 = 144 0,111 92903 0,0929 1 kilopound = 9,80665 2,20463
1 yard2 = 1296 9 836100 0,8361 1 poundforce = 4,4482 0,45359
1 millimetro2 = 0,0016 1,0764·10-5 1,196·10-6 10-6
1 meter2 = 1550 10,764 1,196 106

Density Mass
ounce / inch pound / foot
3 3
grams / centimeter 3
ounce pound Kilogram
(ozf / in3) (lbf / ft3) (g/cm3) (oz) (lb) (kg)
1 ounce / inch3 = 108 1,73 1 ounce = 0,0625 0,0283
1 pound / foot3 = 0,0092 0,016 1 pound = 16 0,4536
1 gram / centimeter3 = 0,578 62,43 1 Kilogram = 35,274 2,2046

Speed Temperature
foot/second foot/minute mile/hour meter/second Kilometers/hour Kelvin Celsius degree Fahrenheit degree
(ft/s) (ft/min) (mi/h) (m/s) (km/h) (K) (°C) (°F)
1 foot/second = 60 0,6818 0,3048 1,097 1K= K - 273,15 K · 9/5 - 459,67
1 foot/minute = 0,017 0,0114 0,00508 0,01829 1 °C = °C + 273,15 °C · 9/5 + 32
1 mile/hour = 1,4667 88 0,447 1,609 1 °F = 5/9 · (°F - 32) + 273,15 (°F - 32) · 5/9
1 meter/second = 3,28 196,848 2,237 3,6
1 Kilometer/hour = 0,9113 54,68 0,6214 0,278

Volume
inch3 US quart Imperial gallon (UK) foot3 US gallon liter
(in3) (liq qt) (Imp gall) (cu ft) (gal) (l)
1 inch =3
0,0173 0,0036 0,00058 0,0043 0,0164
1 US quart = 57,75 0,2082 0,0334 0,25 0,9464
1Imperial gallon = 277 4,8 0,1604 1,2 4,546
1 foot3 = 1728 29922 6,23 7,48 28,317
1 US gallon = 231 4 0,8327 0,1337 3,785
1 liter = 61,024 1,0567 0,22 0,0353 0,264

Pressure
inch Hg psi atmosphere torr mm Hg bar Mpa kg/cm2
1 inch Hg = 0,491 0,0334 25,4 25,4 0,0339 0,00339 0,0345
1 psi = 2,036 0,068 51,715 51,715 0,0689 0,00689 0,0703
1 atmosphere = 29,921 14,696 760 760 1,0133 0,10133 1,0332
1 torr = 0,0394 0,0193 0,0013 1 0,0013 0,00013 0,00136
1 mm Hg = 0,0394 0,0193 0,0013 1 0,0013 0,00013 0,00136
1bar = 29,53 14,504 0,987 749,87 749,87 0,1 1,02
1 Mpa = 295,3 145,04 9,869 7498,7 7498,7 10 10,2
1 kg/cm2 = 28,95 14,22 0,968 735,35 735,35 0,98 0,098

0.10 Technical information


Technical
information
THREADS COMPARISON TABLE
Ø external (mm) Ø core (mm) lead* - turns/inch metric coarse pitch metric fine pitch BSP, G NPT UNF
0
3,8 ÷ 3,9 3,2 ÷ 3,4 0,7 M4
4 ÷ 4,2 3,4 ÷ 3,6 36 No. 8-36
4,6 ÷ 4,8 4,0 ÷ 4,2 32 No.10-32
4,8 ÷ 4,9 4,1 ÷ 4,3 0,8 M5
5,7 ÷ 5,9 4,9 ÷5,2 1 M6
7,7 ÷ 7,9 6,9 ÷ 7,2 1 M8x1
7,7 ÷ 7,9 6,6 ÷ 6,9 1,25 M8
7,7 ÷ 7,9 6,8 ÷ 7,1 24 5/16 x 24
maximum 7,9 minimum 6 27 1/16

9,5 ÷ 9,7 8,5 ÷ 8,8 28 1/8

9,7 ÷ 9,9 8,9 ÷ 9,2 1 M 10 x 1


9,7 ÷ 9,9 8,6 ÷ 8,9 1,25 M 10 x 1,25
9,7 ÷ 9,9 8,4 ÷ 8,7 1,5 M 10
maximum10,3 minimum 8,3 27 1/8

10,9 ÷ 11,1 9,7 ÷ 10 20 7/16 x 20


11,7 ÷ 11,9 10,6 ÷ 10,9 1,25 M 12 x 1,25
11,7 ÷ 11,9 10,4 ÷ 10,7 1,5 M 12 x 1,5
11,6 ÷ 11,9 10,1 ÷ 10,4 1,75 M 12
12,5 ÷ 12,7 11,3 ÷ 11,7 20 ½ x 20
12,9 ÷ 13,2 11,4 ÷ 11,9 19 ¼
13,6 ÷ 13,9 11,8 ÷ 12,2 2 M 14
maximum 13,7 minimum 10,7 18 ¼
15,7 ÷ 15,9 14,4 ÷ 14,7 1,5 M 16 x 1,5
15,6 ÷ 15,9 13,8 ÷ 14,2 2 M 16
15,7 ÷ 15,9 14,4 ÷ 14,7 16 5/8 x 16
16,4 ÷ 16,7 14,9 ÷ 15,4 19 3/8

maximum 17,1 minimum 14,2 18 3/8

17,6 ÷ 17,9 15,3 ÷ 15,7 2,5 M 18


18,8 ÷ 19,1 17,3 ÷ 17,8 16 ¾ x 16
19,7 ÷ 19,9 18,9 ÷ 19,2 1 M 20 x 1
19,7 ÷ 19,9 18,4 ÷ 18,7 1,5 M 20 x 1,5
19,6 ÷ 19,9 17,3 ÷ 17,7 2,5 M 20
20,7 ÷ 20,9 18,6 ÷ 19,2 14 ½
maximum21,3 minimum 17,4 14 ½
21,7 ÷ 21,9 20,4 ÷ 20,7 1,5 M 22 x 1,5
21,9 ÷ 22,6 20,3 ÷ 20,8 14 7/8 x 14
23,7 ÷ 23,9 22,4 ÷ 22,7 1,5 M 24 x 1,5
23,6 ÷ 23,9 20,8 ÷ 21,3 3 M 24
25,1 ÷ 25,4 23,1 ÷ 23,6 12 1 x 12
26,2 ÷ 26,4 24,1 ÷ 24,7 14 ¾
26,6 ÷ 26,9 24,8 ÷ 25,2 2 M 27 x 2
maximum 26,7 minimum 22,5 14 ¾
28,3 ÷ 28,6 26,3 ÷ 26,8 12 1 1/8 x 12
29,7 ÷ 29,9 28,4 ÷ 28,7 1,5 M 30 x 1,5
31,5 ÷ 31,7 29,5 ÷ 30 12 1 ¼ x 12
32,9 ÷ 33,2 30,3 ÷ 30,9 11 1
maximum 33,4 minimum 28,5 11 1/2 1
35,7 ÷ 35,9 34,4 ÷ 34,7 1,5 M 36 x 1,5
35,6 ÷ 35,9 33,8 ÷ 34,2 2 M 36 x 2
37,7 ÷ 37,9 36,4 ÷ 36,7 1,5 M 38 x 1,5
37,8 ÷ 38,1 35,8 ÷ 36,4 12 1 ½ x 12
41,6 ÷ 41,9 38,9 ÷ 39,6 11 1¼
41,7 ÷ 41,9 40,4 ÷ 40,7 1,5 M 42 x 1,5
41,6 ÷ 41,9 39,8 ÷ 40,2 2 M 42 x 2
maximum 42,2 minimum 37 11 1/2 1¼
44,7 ÷ 44,9 43,4 ÷ 43,7 1,5 M 45 x 1,5
47,9 ÷ 47,8 44,8 ÷ 45,5 11 1½
47,6 ÷ 47,9 45,8 ÷ 46,2 2 M 48 x 2
maximum 48,3 minimum 43,5 11 1/2 1½
59,3 ÷ 59,6 56,7 ÷ 57,3 11 2
59,7 ÷ 59,9 58,4 ÷ 58,7 1,5 M 60 x 1,5
maximum 60,3 minimum 55 11 1/2 2
79,7 ÷ 79,9 78,4 ÷ 78,7 1,5 M 80 x 1,5

* for metric screw thread metric = metric screw thread (coarse pitch = MA; fine pitch = MB)
G = Gas thread (“BSP” according to ISO standard)
NPT = tapered gas thread (used in the U.S.A.)
UNF = fine pitch thread (used in the Anglo-Saxon countries)

Technical information 0.11


Technical
information
0 SPECIAL OPTIONS TABLE FOR CYLINDERS
U P UP X CPUI CPA CX CPU BU B BG HB Z WR
S
S1
S2
S3 As standard As standard
S4
S5 As standard As standard As standard As standard
S6 Ø 125÷200 Ø 32÷200 Ø 32÷100
S7
S8
S9 As standard As standard As standard As standard As standard As standard As standard As standard As standard
S10 As standard As standard As standard As standard As standard
S10A
S10B

S- WAIRCOM M.B.S. drawing S4 - Nuts and tie rods made of AISI 303 stainless steel S9 - Piston rod with plane working for key Feasible
S1- Oil proof seal (only scraper ring) S5 - Female threaded tie rods S10 - Without cushioning
Not feasible
S2- Scraper ring for high temperatures S6 - Completed threaded and galvanized tie rods S10A - With front cushioning
S3- Female threaded piston rod S7 - Linear sliding S10B - With rear cushioning
(dimension AF = 1,5 KF) S8 - Through rod with different piston rod
for side “B” and/or “C”

Example: Cylinder to ISO and VDMA standards Ø 63, through rod, 150 mm stroke, magnetic piston type with
different piston rod on side “B” with dimensions: KK=M20x1,5 AM=45 and WH=60:
63R150 CPUI/M S8 B KK=M20x1,5 AM=45 WH=60

GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA FOR CYLINDERS


OPERATING LIFE
The life cycle of cylinders is affected by manifold factors including: loads (axial and radial), speeds and frequencies of use, average working temperatures, shocks,
tolerances of the acceptable pneumatic leakage. Due to the variability of all the factors above mentioned it’s not possible to give indications on the life of cylinders
that would not be purely theoretical data. The intent of these indications is only to supply a reference value that could help the end user to planning properly during the
implementation phase of any installation, and not binding or guaranteed towards the customer. In consideration of all the above, we can give the following values
(without radial loads):
15,000 km for cylinders with polyurethane seals;
8,000 km for cylinders with NBR seals;
5,000 km for rodless cylinders.

STROKE TOLERANCES
The actual stroke of the cylinders has a tolerance with respect to the nominal stroke but always in compliance with the applicable standards, if any, or anyway within the
following tolerances:

-0/+1.5 mm for cylinders to ISO 6432 Ø 8 ÷ 25;


-0.5/+1.5 mm for round cylinders Ø 32 ÷ 63;
-0/+2 mm for cylinders to ISO 15552 Ø 32 ÷ 50;
-0/+2.5 mm for cylinders to ISO 15552 Ø 63 ÷ 200;
-0/+2.5 mm for compact cylinders to AFNOR Ø 20 ÷ 100;
-0/+1 mm for compact cylinders Ø 12 ÷ 100;
-0/+2.5 mm for rodless cylinders Ø 18 ÷ 63.

STROKES EXCEEDING THE MAXIMUM VALUE INDICATED IN THE CATALOGUE


Customer can address our commercial office even the “Demand for Feasibility” of cylinders having strokes exceeding the maximum value indicated in the catalogue.
By and large Waircom will always be able to supply these cylinders, obviously with the physical limitations of the production technologies, but it will be care and
responsibility of only the end user to realize proper solutions (e.g. guiding the piston rod, avoiding peaks loads, etc.) so that these cylinders with non-standard strokes could
work properly and securely.

MAGNETIC SENSORS
The intensity and the shape of the magnetic fields generated by permanents magnets housed in the piston assembly depend on the presence of magnetic metal masses in
the vicinity of the cylinders that could create mutual magnetic inductance. Therefore these masses may prevent the sensors from switching correctly, in which case
non-magnetic materials should be used as, for instance, convenient stainless steel.

0.12 Technical information


0.13
Index
chapter 1 CYLINDERS
Series U
Cylinders to ISO 6432 standard ................................................................................................................................................................. page 1.3
Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.6
Accessories: piston rod locking unit series WBZ ...................................................................................................................................... page 1.7
Accessories: guide units series WUG ........................................................................................................................................................ page 1.8

Series P
Round cylinders ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.12
Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.14

Series UP
Stainless steel round cylinders with techno-polymer end caps (to ISO 6432 standard for Ø 16 ÷ 25) ..................................................... page 1.15
Accessories: AISI 304 stainless steel fixings for round cylinders to ISO 6432 standard Ø 16 ÷ 25 .......................................................... page 1.17
Accessories: AISI 304 stainless steel fixings for round cylinders Ø 32 ÷ 50 .............................................................................................. page 1.19

Series X
“Clean profile” cylinders to ISO 15552 standard ....................................................................................................................................... page 1.21
Accessories: cover strips and fixing brackets ........................................................................................................................................... page 1.24
Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.28
Accessories: piston rod locking unit for cylinder series WBZ ................................................................................................................... page 1.33
Accessories: guide unit for cylinder series WUG ...................................................................................................................................... page 1.34
Series CPUI
Tie rods cylinders to ISO 15552 standard ................................................................................................................................................. page 1.25
Accessories: cover strips and fixing brackets ........................................................................................................................................... page 1.28
Accessories: piston rod locking unit for cylinder series WBZ ................................................................................................................... page 1.33
Accessories: guide unit for cylinder series WUG ...................................................................................................................................... page 1.34

Series CPA
Twin rod cylinders ...................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.38
Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.40

Series CX
Cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-001 (ex CNOMO) standard ......................................................................................................................... page 1.41
Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.44
Series CPU
Cylinders to ex CETOP RP 43 P standard................................................................................................................................................. page 1.47
Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.49

Series BU
Compact cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-004-1 and NF E49-004-2 standards............................................................................................ page 1.51
Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.57
Series B
Compact cylinders ..................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.59
Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.66

Series BG
Compact guided cylinders ......................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.67
Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.68

Series HB
Screwed-head cylinders ............................................................................................................................................................................ page 1.69

Series Z
Rodless cylinders ....................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.75
Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.79
Series HS
Hydraulic speed regulators ........................................................................................................................................................................ page 1.81
Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.86
Series WR
Rotary cylinders ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.88

Series F
Cylinders piston rod attachments .............................................................................................................................................................. page 1.90

Series FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM100 - FM101 - FM157 - FM158 ............................................................................................... page 1.93

Cylinders 1.1
Waircom cylinders:
overview
Waircom offers an extensive range All the series foresee, when not
of cylinders that can satisfy the most already included in the initial designs
disparate demands and industrial of the cylinders, even the application
applications. We are able to propose of convenient accessories or
linear (with or without piston rod), magnetic sensors that allow an even
guided, compact, non-rotating and wider possibility of exploitation.
rotary actuators, that comply with As usual all these can work
the most common international thanks to a production driven by a
standards or with our own designs management of the quality system
and that point at the optimisation that complies all the demands
of the quality/price rate, without included in the reference standard
neglecting the always present care UNI EN ISO 9001:2000.
to the continuous innovation.

1.2 Cylinders
U
Cylinders
to ISO 6432 standard
series
DESCRIPTION
Cylinders series “U” comply with ISO 6432 standard. The basic
version is available for every diameter, while the rear axial feed, the
magnetic piston and the adjustable cushions versions are produced
from Ø 16 to Ø 25.

TECHNICAL DATA
1
Operating pressure 1 ÷ 10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperatures
(-10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear
spring; Through rod; Flat rear cap (rear axial feed).
Bore Ø 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25
Port size Ø 8 ÷ 16 = M5
Ø 20 - 25 = G1/8
Standard strokes (mm) 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120,
125, 140, 150, 160, 180, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500
Decelerators length Ø 16 20 25
mm 17 18 18.5
SPRING THEORETICAL TRACTIVE FORCE
Maximum strokes (mm) Ø 8 - 10 = 150; Ø 12 - 16 = 250; Ø 20 - 25 = 1000
Max. strokes single acting (mm) Ø 8 ÷ 12 = 20; Ø 16 ÷ 25 = 50

MATERIALS
End caps Anodized aluminium alloy
Cylinder barrel Extruded tube, AISI 304 stainless steel
Barrel-end cover Irreversible calking with dual-seal system, mechanical
fixing type and pneumatic
Spring tractive force (N)

Piston rod AISI 303 rolled stainless steel


Rod and end cap nuts Steel
Stainless steel (supplied upon request)
Decelerators ogives Brass
Piston rod bearing Self-lubricating sintered bronze
Piston Aluminium alloy with acetal resin piston bearing
(supplied with and without magnet)
Piston seals NBR rubber - Viton®
Springs Springs steel Stroke (mm)

ORDER KEY
U S• VERSION 1
/ Basic cylinder R Through rod
H Flat rear cup (rear axial feed)

VERSION 2
D Double acting Y Single acting rear spring*
S Single acting front spring

PISTON TYPE
Bore
C Non-magnetic E Magnetic
Version 1
Stroke OPTION 1
Series
X Cushioned**

Version 2 OPTION 2
Piston Type Z Fit for piston rod locking unit*** A With non-rotating hexagonal piston rod***

Option 1 OPTION 3
Option 2 2 Seals for high temperatures****
Option 3
* Dimensions “XC” for version “YE” is increased of 10 mm
Special options (supplied upon request) ** Supplied from Ø 16 to Ø 25
*** Supplied for Ø 20 and Ø 25
P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM100 - FM157 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page. 1.93) **** Supplied only with non-magnetic piston type and standard piston rod
• See technical data on page 0.12

ORDER EXAMPLES
Basic cylinder Ø16, 50 mm stroke, double acting, non-magnetic Cylinder Ø25, through rod, 100 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic
piston type 16/50 UDC piston type, cushioned 25R100 UDEX
Basic cylinder Ø20, 50 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic piston Basic cylinder Ø25, 40 mm stroke, single acting rear spring,
type, cushioned 20/50 UDEX non-magnetic piston type, seals for high temperatures 25/40 UYC2

Cylinders series U 1.3


U
Cylinders
to ISO 6432 standard
series
U BASIC CYLINDER

1 XC+STROKE

P.S.: End cap nut and rod nut supplied as standard

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER


Ø AM* B BE* CCD* Ch* Ch2 D* EE* ES EW* KK KV KW* L* LB M1 M2 MM MR* N WB WF* XC* WEIGHT INCR. (g)
H9 d13 (g) x 10 mm
8 12 3 M12x1,25 15 4 - 7 16 M5 - 8 M4 19 6 6 60 14 12 4 9 8 - 16 64 28,3 2
10 12 3 M12x1,25 15 4 - 7 16 M5 - 8 M4 19 6 6 60 14 12 4 9 8 - 16 64 29,2 2,3
12 16 4 M16x1,5 18 6 5 10 19 M5 - 12 M6 24 8 9 70 19 19 6 12 12 - 22 75 55,3 3,7
16 16 4 M16x1,5 18 6 5 10 21 M5 - 12 M6 24 8 9 77 18 18 6 12 12 - 22 82 63 4,2
20 20 5 M22x1,5 25 8 7 13 26 G 1/8 8 16 M8 30 10 12 91 19 20 8 15 13 71 24 95 138 9,1
25 22 6 M22x1,5 28,5 8 9 17 30 G 1/8 10 16 M10x1,25 30 10 12 100 23 22 10 18 15 73 28 104 188,5 12,5
* STANDARD DIMENSIONS
Dimension “XC” for version “YE” is increased of 10 mm

THROUGH ROD

WF+STROKE

P.S.: End cap nuts and rod nuts supplied as standard

FLAT END CAP (REAR AXIAL FEED NOT INDICATED IN THE ISO 6432 STANDARD)

LB+STROKE

P.S.: End cap nut and rod nut supplied as standard

1.4 Cylinders series U


U
Cylinders
to ISO 6432 standard
series
NON-ROTATING HEXAGON PISTON ROD

P.S.: End cap nut and rod nut supplied as standard

FIT FOR PISTON ROD LOCKING UNIT

P.S.: End cap nut and rod nut supplied as standard

END CAP NUT - STEEL - UDT Ø


Ø DI CH S WEIGHT
(g)
8-10 M12x1,25 19 6 7
12-16 M16x1,5 24 8 16
20-25 M22x1,5 30 10 25

AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL


SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST
(SEE PAGE 1.17)

Cylinders series U 1.5


U
Accessories
Fixings for cylinders
series to ISO 6432 standard

FLANGE - STEEL - UF Ø
Ø FB LW S TF UF UR WEIGHT
H13 JS13 (g)
8-10 4,5 13 3 30 39 19 5

1
12-16 5,5 18 4 40 54 30 10
20 6,6 19 5 50 64 36 20
25 6,6 23 5 50 64 36 20

AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST


(SEE PAGE 1.17)

FOOT - STEEL - UP Ø
Ø AB AU LA LB LC NH R
H13
8-10 4,5 9,5 14 64 28 16 9,5
12-16 5,5 12 19 74-81 28-35 20 13
20 6,6 13 21,5 91 45,5 25 18
25 6,6 13 21,5 95 49,5 25 18

Ø S TR US XS XT WEIGHT
JS13 (g) LC+STROKE

8-10 1,5 25 34 24 6,5 10


12-16 2 32 46 32 10 25
20 2,5 40 54 35 11 40 LB+STROKE
25 2,5 40 54 39 15 40
AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST
(SEE PAGE 1.17)

REAR HINGE - STEEL - USC Ø


Ø CD D H LA LB LC LD
f8 H13 JS13 E9
8-10 4 4,5 24 20 12,5 8,1 3,75
12 6 5,5 27 25 15 12,1 5
16 6 5,5 27 25 15 12,1 5
20 8 6,6 30 32 20 16,1 6
25 8 6,6 30 32 20 16,1 6

Ø LE LX R S WEIGHT
(g)
8-10 17 62,75 5 2,5 20 LX+STROKE
12 25 73 7 3 36
16 25 80 7 3 36
20 29,5 91 10 4 78
25 29,5 100 10 4 78

AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST


(SEE PAGE 1.17)

FLOATING HINGE - STEEL - UCT Ø


Ø LA LB TD TL TM UW WEIGHT
(g)
8-10 13 64 4 6 26 20 17
12-16 14 76-83 6 10 38 25 35
20 20 93 6 10 46 30 45
25 24 101 6 10 46 30 45

LX+STROKE

1.6 Cylinders series U


WBZ
Accessories
Piston rod locking unit for cylinders
to ISO 6432 standard series
DESCRIPTION
Piston rod locking unit series “WBZ” is a mechanical device to
fit on ISO 6432 cylinders (series “U” and “UP”); its function is
to lock the piston rod in any position. This solution allows to
lock the cylinder stroke each time that there’s a pressure fall.
Locking force is, in any case, higher than the force given off by 1
the cylinder fed at 10 bar. It has static operation (cylinder piston
rod not moving); it’s necessary to preliminary stop the cylinder
piston rod before proceeding with mechanical locking. Piston rod
locking unit series “WBZ” must not be considered as a safety
device.

TECNICAL DATA MATERIALS


Operating pressure 3 ÷ 6 bar with cylinder feed pressure 0 ÷ 10 bar Body Anodized alluminium alloy
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-5 °C with dry air) Blades Brass
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Pistons Acetal resin
Size 20, 25 Seals NBR rubber
Port size 20 - 25 = M5 Springs Steel
Locking Type Mechanical - Only axial (bi-directional)
Release Through pneumatic control
Condition in absence Locked
of pressure
Locking force Size 20 25
with static load N 490 490

ORDER KEY
WBZ OPTION
G Fit for assembly with guide units series “WUG”*
* Feeding is rotated of 90°

Series
Size
Option

ORDER EXAMPLES ASSEMBLY


Piston rod locking unit, size 20 “WBZ” + cylinders series “U” or “UP”, “Z” version M/WBZ
WBZ20
Piston rod locking unit, size 25 + cylinder series “U” Ø25, fit for piston rod
locking unit, 150 mm stroke, double acting, non-magnetic piston type, SPARE PARTS
ASSEMBLED: BLADES KIT Size /PM/WBZ
WBZ25 + 25/150 UDCZ + M/WBZ
PISTON KIT Size /SG/WBZ

TECHNICAL INFORMATION
“WBZ” operation is based on the action of two opposed blades. When these blades are opened up by suitably loaded springs, they oppose the sliding movement of
the piston rod passing through them. It is advisable to balance the pressure in the cylinder chambers during piston rod locking phase in order to increase its working life
with a 5/3 pressure centre valve (see the schemes here below`).
PNEUMATIC CONTROL ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL WBZ PISTON ROD LOCKING UNIT SIZE WB
20 71
25 73

WEIGHT 190 g

Cylinders series U 1.7


WUG
Accessories
Guide units for cylinders
series to ISO 6432 standard

DESCRIPTION
Guide units series “WUG” for cylinders to ISO 6432 standard act
as devices against rotation of the piston rod in the presence of
torques and they are used to carry out multi-axis systems where
1 high movement precision is required.
Guide units are available in single and double version, and
are supplied with self-lubricating bushings (for low speeds or
heavy loads), or with recirculating ball bearing sleeves (for high
speeds).

P.S.: Cylinders series “U” (Ø 12 ÷ 25) and “UP” (Ø 16 ÷ 25) in the


magnetic version, assembled with these guide units, can accept
exclusively magnetic sensors type FM157 (see from page 1.97).

TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS


Size 12 - 16, 20 - 25 Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Standard strokes (mm) 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 Self-aligning radial joint Steel
Versions Single unit Adjustable mechanical Brass
Double unit stop as standard
End flanges Single unit: galvanized steel
Double unit: anodized aluminium alloy
Guide bars C45 chromium-plated steel (sliding type on bushings)
Hardened steel (sliding type with sleeves)
Bushings Self-lubricating sintered bronze with wiper ring
Sleeves Recirculating ball bearings with wiper ring
Clamp Brass

ORDER KEY
WUG / VERSION
Singler unit D Double unit

SLIDING TYPE
B On bushings M With sleeves*

* Supplied only with size 20 - 25

Series
Version
Sliding type
Size
Stroke

ORDER EXAMPLES ASSEMBLY


Single guide unit, size 20 - 25, 150 mm stroke, with sleeves + cylinder “WUG” + cylinders series “U” or “UP” (Ø 16 ÷ 25) M/WUG
series ”UP” Ø 25, 150 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic piston type,
ASSEMBLED
WUGM 20 - 25/150 + 25/150 UPDE + M/WUG
Single guide unit, size 12 - 16, 100 mm stroke, on bushings
WUGB 12 - 16/100
Double guide unit, size 20 - 25, 100 mm stroke, with sleeves
WUGDM 20 - 25/100

1.8 Cylinders series U


WUG
Accessories
Guide units for cylinders
to ISO 6432 standard series
TECHNICAL INFORMATION

WUG SINGLE GUIDE UNIT WUGD DOUBLE GUIDE UNIT


1

L = (LT - 2LH) + STROKE

MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUG VERSION B MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUGD VERSION B


Maximum payload F (N)

Maximum payload F (N)

Projection XL (mm) Total lenght (L) with load laid in L/2 (mm)

MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUG VERSION M MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUGD VERSION M


Maximum payload F (N)

Maximum payload F (N)

Projection XL (mm) Total lenght (L) with load laid in L/2 (mm)

Cylinders series U 1.9


WUG
Accessories
Guide units for cylinders
series to ISO 6432 standard

WUG SINGLE GUIDE UNIT

LT + STROKE

No.4 THROUGH
HOLES DC

No.4+4 HOLES DD
No.4 SLOTS HC

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


SIZE DA DB DC DD FA FB HA HB HC HD HE HM LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH

12-16 10 5,2 M4 M5 M6 M12x1,25 65 60 6 47 24 32,5 25 28 60 47 40 35 7 10


20 B12 M10 6,5 M4 M5 BM8 MM6 M16x1,5 83 77 7 55 30,5 32,5 27 44 69 52 45 40 7 10
25 B12 M10 6,5 M4 M5 BM8 MM6 M16x1,5 83 77 7 55 30,5 32,5 32 50 69 52 45 40 7 10

SIZE LK LL LM LN LT PB SA TD TG WEIGHT INCREM. (g)


(g) every 10 mm
12-16 19 16 22 6,5 100 12 Ch.14 8,5 22 690 12
20 10 30 19,5 10 115 12 Ch.21 10 32,5 B890 M830 B17 M12
25 10 30 19,5 10 115 12 Ch.21 10 32,5 B890 M830 B17 M12

B - Bushings
M - Sleeves

1.10 Cylinders series U


WUG
Accessories
Guide units for cylinders
to ISO 6432 standard series
WUGD DOUBLE GUIDE UNIT

LT + STROKE

No.6 HOLES FA

No.4 HOLES DC

No.6 HOLES FA
No.2 THROUGH HOLES DB

No.4+4 HOLES DD
No.4 SLOTS HC

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


SIZE DA DB DC DD FA FB HA HB HC HD HE HF HG HH HL HM LA LB LC LD LE

12-16 10 5,2 M4 M5 M4 M12x1,25 65 18 6 47 24 1,3 30,5 1 18 32,5 30 43 60 47 40


20 B12 M10 6,5 M4 M5 M4 M16x1,5 83 21,5 7 55 30,5 2,5 40,5 1 20,5 32,5 33 50 69 52 45
25 B12 M10 6,5 M4 M5 M4 M16x1,5 83 21,5 7 55 30,5 2,5 40,5 1 20,5 32,5 39 56 69 52 45

SIZE LF LG LH LK LL LM LN LO LP LT SA TA TB TC TD TG WEIGHT INCREM. (g)


(g) every 10 mm
12-16 40 7 15 19 16 22 6,5 22,5 19 120 Ch.14 17,5 17,5 5 8,5 22 740 12
20 45 7 15 10 30 19,5 10 25 22,15 135 Ch.21 20 19,5 5,5 10 32,5 B1170 M1110 B18 M12
25 45 7 15 10 30 19,5 10 25 22,15 135 Ch.21 20 19,5 5,5 10 32,5 B1170 M1110 B18 M12
B - Bushings
M - Sleeves

CLAMP FOR DECELERATOR WUGCD SIZE


SIZE FA FB L WEIGHT (g)
12-16 M12x1,5 M8x1 35 20
20-25 M16x1,5 M8x1 40 50

CLAMP FOR MAGNETIC PROXIMITY WUGCP SIZE


SIZE FA FB L WEIGHT (g)
12-16 M12x1,5 M8x1 25 12
20-25 M16x1,5 M8x1 25 31

Cylinders series U 1.11


P
Round cylinders

series
DESCRIPTION
Cylinders series “P” are produced with a round profile design from
Ø 32 to Ø 63. They are available in the basic version, with rear axial
feed, with adjustable cushions and fitted for the use with magnetic

1 sensors.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure 1÷10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperature
(-10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring;
Single acting rear spring; Through rod;
Flat rear cap (rear axial feed); Reduced flat rear cap
Bore Ø 32, 40, 50, 63
Port size Ø 32 = G 1/8
Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4
Ø 63 = G 3/8
Standard strokes (mm) 10, 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300,
320, 350, 400, 450, 500
Decelerators lenght Ø 32 40 50 63
mm 29 35 40 40
SPRING THEORETICAL TRACTIVE FORCE
Max strokes (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 63 = 1000
Max strokes single act. (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 63 = 50

MATERIALS
End caps Anodized alluminium alloy
Cylinder barrel Extruded tube, AISI 304 stainless steel
Barrel-end cover Irreversible calking with dual-seal system, mechanical
Spring tractive force (N)

fixing type and pneumatic


Piston rod C45 chromium-plated steel
AISI 303 rolled stainles steel
Rod nut and ring nut Steel
Stainless steel (supplied upon request for the ring nut)
Decelerator ogives Anodized alluminium alloy
Piston rod bearing Self lubricating sintered bronze
Piston Alluminium alloy with acetal resin piston bearing
(supplied with and without magnet)
Piston seals Polyurethane - Viton®
Springs Spring steel Stroke (mm)

ORDER KEY
P S• VERSION 1
/ Basic cylinder R Through rod
H Flat rear cap (rear axial feed) C Reduced flat rear cap*

VERSION 2
D Double acting Y Single acting rear spring**

Bore
S Single acting front spring

Version 1 PISTON TYPE


Stroke C Non-magnetic E Magnetic

Series OPTION 1
Version 2 X Cushioned
Piston type
OPTION 2
Option 1 1 Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut 3 Stainless steel piston rod
Option 2 and rod nut, and seals
2 Seals for high temperature*** for high temperature***
Special options (supplied upon request)
* Not available in the option “X”
N.B.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 - FM157 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93) ** Different dimensions from the versions “D” and “S”; contact the commercial office
• See technical data on page 0.12 *** Supplied only with non-magnetic piston type

ORDER EXAMPLES
Basic cylinder Ø32, 50 mm stroke, double acting, non magnetic Cylinder Ø50, through rod, 100 mm stroke, double acting,
piston type 32/50 PDC magnetic piston type, cushioned 50R100 PDEX
Basic cylinder Ø40, 50 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic piston Basic cylinder Ø50, 40 mm stroke, single acting rear spring, non
type, cushioned 40/50 PDEX magnetic piston type, seals for high temperature 50/40 PYC2

1.12 Cylinders series P


P
Round cylinders

series
P BASIC CYLINDER

LA + STROKE
LB + STROKE 1

LD + STROKE

P.S.: End cap ring nut and rod nut supplied as standard

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER


Ø AM BE C CH D EE KK KW LA LB LC LD M MM N R SW WF XC XD WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x 10 mm
32 20 M30x1,5 36,5 17 38 G1/8 M10x1,25 6 154 96 47 78 30 12 14 M8x1 10 38 134 140 386 16
40 24 M38x1,5 44 19 46 G1/4 M12x1,25 7 182 113 57 89 35 16 16 M10x1 12 45 158 163 690 26
50 32 M45x1,5 55 24 57 G1/4 M16x1,5 8 202 120 62 96 38 20 18 M12x1,5 16 50 170 176 1265 34
63 32 M45x1,5 67,5 24 70 G3/8 M16x1,5 8 206 124 63 98 38 20 18 M14x1,5 24 50 174 180 1750 50

THROUGH ROD

WF + STROKE

P.S.: End cap ring nuts and rod nuts supplied as standard

FLAT END CAP (REAR AXIAL FEED) REDUCED FLAT REAR CAP

XD + STROKE XC + STROKE

P.S.: End cap ring nut and rod nut supplied as standard P.S.: End cap ring nut and rod nut supplied as standard

Cylinders series P 1.13


P
Accessories
Fixings
series
RING NUT - STEEL - PG Ø
Ø d D S WEIGHT
(g)
32 M30x1,5 42 8 43
40 M38x1,5 50 10 80
1 50-63 M45x1,5 60
AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST
10 122

(SEE PAGE 1.19)

FLANGE/FOOT - STEEL - PFP Ø


Ø AB AU HA HB HC LA LB LC

32 7 14 14 49 28 21 124 76
40 9 20 18 58 30 30 153 83
50 9 20 20 70 40 30 160 92
63 9 20 20 80 50 30 164 96

Ø NH S TB TR TS XS XT WEIGHT
(g)
32 28 4 14 52 66 48 24 98 LC + STROKE
40 33 5 20 60 88 60 25 183
50 40 6 20 70 90 64 30 276
LB + STROKE
63 45 6 20 76 96 64 30 395
AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST
(SEE PAGE 1.19)

REAR HINGE - STEEL - PSC Ø


Ø CH E G H L LA LB

L + STROKE
32 13 7 20 34 125 20 46,1
40 17 9,5 27 38 146 28 56,1
50 19 10 30 44 158 36 69,1
63 19 10 34 50 161 42 82,1

Ø LC NA NB R S WEIGHT
(g)
32 58 24 40 8 4 150
40 70 30 50 9,5 5 259
50 86 34 54 10 6 403
63 100 35 65 10 6 520
AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST
(SEE PAGE 1.19)

PIVOT (pair) - STEEL - PT Ø


Ø D H LA LB CH WEIGHT
(g)
32 10 51 47 125 6 10
40 12 64 57 146 6 20
50 14 75 62 158 6 40
63 16 90 63 161 8 65
AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST
(SEE PAGE 1.19)

1.14 Cylinders series P


UP
Stainless steel round cylinders
with techno-polymer end caps
(to ISO 6432 standard for Ø 16 ÷ 25) series
DESCRIPTION
Cylinders series “UP” are born as technological efficient reply
to the always new needs of different industrial fields. They are
available from Ø 16 to Ø 50 among which Ø 16 ÷ 25 comply with
ISO 6432 standard. These actuators set themselves as a valid yet
economic alternative to cylinders completely made in stainless 1
steel, in many “special” applications (as for example food, chemical
and pharmaceutical industry...) and/or aggressive environments.
In fact, the peculiar feature of this series is represented by the
material used for the realization of the end caps: it’s a special
techno-polymer that assures adequate mechanical properties. SPRING THEORETICAL TRACTIVE FORCE

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure 1 ÷ 10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +70 °C (- 20 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Versions Double acting, Single acting front spring,
Single acting rear spring, through rod
Bore Ø 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50

Spring tractive force (N)


Port size Ø 16 = M5
Ø 20 ÷ 32 = G1/8
Ø 40 - 50 = G1/4
Standard strokes (mm) 10, 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300,
350, 400, 450, 500
Max strokes (mm) Ø 16 = 250
Ø 20 ÷ 50 = 1000
Max strokes single act. (mm) Ø 16 ÷ 50 = 50 Stroke (mm)

MATERIALS
End caps Techno-polymer
Cylinder barrel Extruded tube, AISI 304 stainless steel
Barrel-end cover Irreversible calking with dual-seal system, mechanical
fixing type and pneumatic
Spring tractive force (N)

Piston rod AISI 303 rolled stainless steel


Rod, end cap Stainless steel
and ring nuts
Piston Alluminium alloy with acetal resin piston bearing
(supplied with and without magnet)
Seals Polyurethane
Springs Steel for springs

Stroke (mm)

ORDER KEY
UP VERSION 1
/ Basic cylinder R Through rod

Bore VERSION 2
Version 1 D Double acting Y Single acting rear spring*
Stroke S Single acting front spring
Series
PISTON TYPE
Version 2
C Non-magnetic E Magnetic
Piston type
OPTION 1
Special options (supplied upon request)
Z Fit for piston rod locking unit**
N.B.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 - FM157 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93)
• See technical data on page 0.12 * Dimension “XC” for version “YE” is increased of 10 mm
for Ø 16 ÷ 25; for Ø 32 ÷ 50 contact our commercial office
*** Supplied with Ø 20 and Ø 25

ORDER EXAMPLES
Cylinder Ø 20, through rod, 100 mm stroke, double acting, Basic cylinder Ø 40, 50 mm stroke, single acting front spring,
non-magnetic piston type 20R100 UPDC non-magnetic piston type 40/50 UPSC

Cylinders series UP 1.15


UP
Stainless steel round cylinders
with techno-polymer end caps
series to ISO 6432 standard Ø 16 ÷ 25

UP BASIC CYLINDER Ø 16 ÷ 25 TO ISO 6432 STANDARD

XC + STROKE

P.S.: End cap nut and rod nut supplied as standard in AISI 304 stainless steel

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER UP Ø 16 ÷ 25


Ø AM* B BE* C CD* Ch* Ch2 D* EE* ES EW* KK* KV* KW* L* LB M1 M2 MM MR* N WB WF* XC* PESO INCR.(g)
H9 d13 (g) x10mm
16 16 4 M16x1,5 18 6 5 10 21 M5 - 12 M6 24 8 9 77 18 18 6 12 12 - 22 82 63 4,2
20 20 5 M22x1,5 25 8 7 13 26 G 1/8 8 16 M8 30 10 12 91 19 20 8 15 13 71 24 95 138 9,1
25 22 6 M22x1,5 28,5 8 9 17 30 G 1/8 10 16 M10x1,25 30 10 12 100 23 22 10 18 15 73 28 104 188,5 12,5
* STANDARDIZED DIMENSIONS
Dimension “XC” for version “YE” is increased of 10 mm

THROUGH ROD Ø 16 ÷ 25

WF + STROKE

P.S.: End cap nuts and rod nuts supplied as standard in AISI 304 stainless steel

1.16 Cylinders series UP


UP
Accessories
AISI 304 stainless steel fixings for round
cylinders to ISO 6432 standard Ø 16 ÷ 25 series
END CAP NUT - STAINLESS STEEL - UPDT Ø
Ø DI CH S WEIGHT
(g)
16 M16x1,5 24 8 16
20-25 M22x1,5 30 10 25
1

FLANGE - STAINLESS STEEL - UPF Ø


Ø FB LW S TF UF UR WEIGHT
PESO
H13 JS13 (g)
g.
16 5,5 18 4 40 54 30 10
20 6,6 19 5 50 64 36 20
25 6,6 23 5 50 64 36 20

FOOT - STAINLESS STEEL - UPP Ø


Ø AB
FB AU
LW LA
S LB
TF LC
UF NH
UR R
PESO
H13 JS13 g.
16 5,5 12
18 19
4 74-81
40 28-35
54 20
30 13
10
20 6,6 13
19 21,5
5 91
50 45,5
64 25
36 18
20
25 6,6 13
23 21,5
5 95
50 45,5
64 25
36 18
20

Ø S TR US XS XT WEIGHT
(g)
16 2 32 46 32 10 25 LC + STROKE
20 2,5 40 54 35 11 40
25 2,5 40 54 39 15 40

LB + STROKE

REAR HINGE - STAINLESS STEEL - UPSC Ø


Ø CD
FB D
LW H
S LA
TF LB
UF LC
UR LD
PESO
f8
H13 H13 JS13 E9 g.
16 6
5,5 5,5
18 27
4 25
40 15
54 12,1
30 5
10
20 8
6,6 6,6
19 30
5 32
50 20
64 16,1
36 6
20
25 8
6,6 6,6
23 30
5 32
50 20
64 16,1
36 6
20

Ø LE LX R S WEIGHT
(g)
16 25 80 7 3 36
20 29,5 91 10 4 78
25 29,5 100 10 4 78 LX + STROKE

OTHER ACCESSORIES
- Piston rod locking unit series “WBZ” (see page 1.7)
- Guide unit series “WUG” (see page 1.8)

Cylinders series UP 1.17


UP
Stainless steel round cylinders
with techno-polymer
series end caps Ø 32 ÷ 50

UP BASIC CYLINDER Ø 32 ÷ 50

LA + STROKE

1 LB + STROKE

LD + STROKE

P.S.: End cap ring nut and rod nut supplied as standard in AISI 304 stainless steel

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER UP Ø 32 ÷ 50


Ø AM BE C CH D EE KK KW LA LB LC LD M MM N R SW WF XC WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x 10 mm
32 20 M30x1,5 36,5 17 38 G1/8 M10x1,25 6 154 96 47 78 30 12 14 M8x1 10 38 134 386 16
40 24 M38x1,5 44 19 46 G1/4 M12x1,25 7 182 113 57 89 35 16 16 M10x1 12 45 158 690 26
50 32 M45x1,5 55 24 57 G1/4 M16x1,5 8 202 120 62 96 38 20 18 M12x1,5 16 50 170 1265 34

THROUGH ROD Ø 32 ÷ 50

WF + STROKE

P.S.: End cap ring nuts and rod nuts supplied as standard in AISI 304 stainless steel

1.18 Cylinders series UP


UP
Accessories
AISI 304 stainless steel
fixings for round cylinders Ø 32 ÷ 50 series
RING NUT - STAINLESS STEEL - UPG Ø
Ø d D S WEIGHT
(g)
32 M30x1,5 45 7 43
40 M38x1,5 50 8 80
50 M45x1,5 58 9 122
1

FLANGE/FOOT - STAINLESS STEEL - UPFP Ø


Ø AB AU HA HB HC LA LB LC

32 7 14 14 49 28 21 124 76
40 9 20 18 58 30 30 153 83
50 9 20 20 70 40 30 160 92

Ø NH S TB TR TS XS XT WEIGHT
(g)
32 28 4 14 52 66 48 24 98 LC + STROKE
40 33 5 20 60 88 60 25 183
50 40 6 20 70 90 64 30 276 LB + STROKE

REAR HINGE - STAINLESS STEEL - UPSC Ø


Ø CH E G H L LA LB

L + STROKE
32 13 7 20 35 125 20 46,1
40 17 9,5 27 40 146 28 56,1
50 19 10 30 45 158 36 69,1

Ø LC NA NB R S WEIGHT
(g)
32 58 24 40 8 4 150
40 70 30 50 9,5 5 259
50 86 34 54 10 6 403

PIVOT (pair) - STAINLESS STEEL - UPT Ø


Ø D H LA LB CH WEIGHT
(g)
32 10 51 47 125 5 10
40 12 61 57 146 6 20
50 14 75 62 158 6 40

Cylinders series UP 1.19


1

1.20
X
“Clean profile” cylinders
to ISO 15552 standard
series
DESCRIPTION
Pneumatic cylinders series “X” comply with ISO 15552 standard, being in
this way completely interchangeable with the well-known cylinders to ISO
6431 standard, defining the dimensions of both the “nude” cylinder than

1
assembled with fixings. They’re available in the bores from Ø 32 to Ø 100
and the cylinder barrel, made in extruded aluminium alloy, has some pits
(“T”-shaped slots) on three sides where it’s possible to mount directly the
new magnetic sensors series FM100. This peculiarity allows to leave the
dimensions of the cylinders unchanged, keeping the mentioned sensors,
completely embedded and granting them a better protection. The dynamic
seals are made in high performances polyurethane with standard working
temperature between -35°C and +80°C. Among all the available versions, a
special mention deserves the non-rotating piston rod one with a particular
section, made of AISI 304 stainless steel supplied as standard. The compact
and advanced design makes the series “X” a product aesthetically appealing
yet useful. In fact, thanks to proper cover strips that give the cylinders a really
“clean profile”, the cylinders are not subject to receive dirt and so they result TECHNICAL DATA
suitable also for “difficult” environments like the food one. A further feature
is the possibility to assemble some series of valves directly on the cylinder Operating pressure 1÷10 bar
barrel thanks to the brackets type “X/P/M..” (see page 1.24). Working temperature 0 ÷ +80°C (with dry air –35°C)
0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperature (with dry air –10°C)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
MATERIALS
Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear spring;
End caps Painted die-cast aluminium alloy Through rod; Double push tandem; Double stroke tandem;
Cylinder barrel Extruded profile, 20 µm anodized aluminium alloy Opposed tandem
Screws Steel (self-forming) Bore Ø 32,40,50,63,80,100
Piston rod C45 chromium-plated steel Port size Ø 32 = G 1/8
AISI 303 rolled stainless steel Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4
Rod nut Steel Ø 63 - 80 = G 3/8
Stainless steel Ø 100 = G 1/2
Piston rod bearing Bronze-iron 20%, sintered, self-lubricating Standard strokes (mm) 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 200, 250, 300, 400
Piston Techno-polymer (supplied with and without magnet) 320, 350, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 800, 900, 1000
Aluminium alloy for high temperatures Decelerators lenght Ø 32 40 50 60 80 100
Seals Polyurethane mm 24 29 29 35 35 40
Viton® Maximum stroke (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 100 = 3000
Cover strips Polyvinyl chloride Max. stroke single acting (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 100 = 50

ORDER KEY
X/ S• VERSION
/ Double acting T Double push tandem
S Single acting front spring P Double stroke tandem
Y Single acting rear spring V Opposed tandem
R Through rod

PISTON TYPE
Bore N Non-magnetic M Magnetic

Version OPTION 1
Stroke Z Fit for piston rod locking unit A Stainless steel non-rotating piston rod
Series
OPTION 2
Piston type
1 Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut* 3 Stainless steel piston rod and rod
Option 1 nut and seals for high temperatures**
2 Seals for high temperatures**
Option 2
Option 3
OPTION 3
4 Cover strips for magnetic sensors slots***
Special option (supplied upon request)
P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM100-FM157-FM158 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93) * Supplied as standard with option “A” (non-rotating piston rod)
** Supplied only with non-magnetic piston type and standard piston rod
• See technical data on page 0.12
*** Supplied as standard for big slot

ORDER EXAMPLES SPARE PARTS


Cylinder Ø 50, double acting, 100 mm stroke, non-magnetic piston SEALS KIT
type, fit for piston rod locking unit 50/100 X/NZ Polyurethane Ø/SG/X
Through rod polyurethane Ø/SG/R/X
Cylinder Ø 63, through rod, 150 mm stroke, magnetic piston type,
For high temperatures Ø/SG/X2
stainless steel piston rod with cover strips 63R150 X/M14
Through rod for high temperatures Ø/SG/R/X2
Cylinder Ø 80, double stroke tandem, 50 mm stroke 1 + 100 mm
stroke 2, magnetic piston type 80P50+100 X/M

Cylinders series X 1.21


X
“Clean profile” cylinders
to ISO 15552 standard
series
X BASIC CYLINDER

STROKE

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER


Ø A* BA* BG* CH RT* E* EE* G D KK* l l 2* l 8* O PL* R SW* TG* VA* WB WH* WEIGHT INCR. (g)
B* VD* (g) every 10 mm
32 22 30 16 17 M6 47 G1/8 27 12 M10x1,25 160 20 94 6 18 9 10 32,5 3 86 26 690 30
40 24 35 16 19 M6 52 G1/4 31 16 M12x1,25 185 22 105 7 20,5 9 13 38 3 100 30 900 45
50 32 40 16 24 M8 63 G1/4 30 20 M16x1,5 172 26 106 8 19 9 17 46,5 3 127 37 1240 60
63 32 45 16 24 M8 75 G3/8 35,5 20 M16x1,5 197 27 121 8 22 9 17 56,5 4 127 37 1750 80
80 40 45 16 30 M10 93 G3/8 36 25 M20x1,5 216 29 128 9 23 9 22 72 4 156 46 3580 100
100 40 55 16 30 M10 113 G1/2 39 25 M20x1,5 234 35 138 9 24 9 22 89 4 161 51 5270 120
* STANDARDIZED DIMENSIONS

THROUGH ROD

WH + STROKE

P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard

NON-ROTATING PISTON ROD


PISTON ROD SECTION

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard

1.22 Cylinders series X


X
“Clean profile” cylinders
to ISO 15552 standard
series
DOUBLE PUSH TANDEM

STROKE1 + STROKE2

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard

DOUBLE STROKE TANDEM

STROKE1 + STROKE2

STROKE1

STROKE2

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard

OPPOSED TANDEM

STROKE1 STROKE2

P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard

FIT FOR PISTON ROD LOCKING UNIT

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard

Cylinders series X 1.23


X
Accessories
Cover strips and fixing brackets for
series “clean profile” cylinders to ISO 15552 standard

SMALL SLOT COVER STRIP - X/CP

BIG SLOT COVER STRIP - X/CG

FIXING BRACKETS FOR “T” SLOTS - X/P/M.. EXAMPLE OF ASSEMBLING OF VALVES MEV-MEK/CYLINDER

TYPE A
X/P/M3 M3
X/P/M4 M4

TECHNICAL INFORMATION FIXING BRACKETS


These brackets, with vertical insertion, allow to assembling directly on the cylinder barrel some series of valves and can be used even as reference point for
the replacement of magnetic sensors.

1.24 Cylinders series X


CPUI
Tie rods cylinders
to ISO 15552 standard
series
DESCRIPTION
Cylinders series “CPUI” comply with ISO 15552 standard, being
in this way completely interchangeable with the well-known
cylinders to ISO 6431 standard. They’re available from Ø 32 to
Ø 200. These cylinders are supplied cushioned as standard and,
in the version with magnetic piston type can be supplied with
magnetic sensors.
1
TECHNICAL DATA
Operatin pressure 1 ÷ 10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperatures
(-10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear
spring; Trough rod; Double push tandem; MATERIALS
Double stroke tandem; Opposed tandem End caps Alluminium alloy, cataphoresis-treated
Bore Ø 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200 Cylinder barrel Ø 32 ÷ 125: extruded profile, 20 µm anodized allumium alloy
Port size Ø 32 = G 1/8 Ø 125 ÷ 200: extruded tube, 20 µm anodized allumium alloy
Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4 Tie rods, tie and rod nuts Steel
Ø 63 - 80 = G 3/8 Stainless steel (supplied upon request for tie rods and tie nuts)
Ø 100 - 125 = G 1/2 Piston rod C45 chromium-plated steel
Ø 160 - 200 = G 3/4 AISI 303 rolled stainles steel
Standard strokes (mm) 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 320, 350, Piston rod bearing Bronze-Iron 20%, sintered, self-lubricating
400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 800, 900, 1000 Decelerator ogives Alluminium alloy
Decelerators lenght Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 Piston NBR rubber block (supplied with and without magnet)
mm 21 23 26 30 33 37 37 40 40 Viton® (supplied only without non-magnetic piston)
Max strokes (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 200 = 3000 Seals NBR rubber
Max strokes single act. (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 63 = 50; Ø 80 - 100 = 100 Viton®

ORDER KEY
CPUI/ S• VERSION
/ Double acting T Double push tandem
S Single acting front spring P Double stroke tandem
Y Single acting rear spring V Opposed tandem
R Through rod

PISTON TYPE
N Non-magnetic M Magnetic
Bore OPTION 1
Version Z Fit for piston rod locking unit *
Stroke
OPTION 2
Series
1 Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut 3 Stainless steel piston rod and rod
Piston type nut and seals for high temperatures**
2 Seals for high temperatures**
Option 1
Option 2
OPTION 3
Option 3
5 Extruded profile barrel (only for Ø 125)
*** Supplied from Ø 32 al Ø 125
Special option (supplied upon request) *** Supplied only with non-magnetic piston type
N.B.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 - FM157 - FM158 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page1.93)
• See technical data on page 0.12

ORDER EXAMPLES SPARE PARTS


Cylinder Ø50, double acting, 100 mm stroke, magnetic piston type, SEALS KIT
fit for piston rod locking unit 50/100 CPUI/MZ Non-magnetic piston type NBR Ø/SG/CPUI/N
Cylinder Ø63, through rod, 150 mm stroke, magnetic piston type, Through rod, NBR Ø/SG/R/CPUI/N
For high temperature Ø/SG/CPUI/N2
stainless steel piston rod 63R150 CPUI/M1
Through rod
Cylinder Ø80, double push tandem, 50 mm stroke, magnetic piston for high temperature Ø/SG/R/CPUI/N2
type 80T50 CPUI/M Magnetic piston type NBR Ø/SG/CPUI/M
Through rod, NBR Ø/SG/R/CPUI/M
Cylinder Ø80, double stroke tandem, 50 mm stroke 1 + 100 mm
stroke 2, magnetic piston type 80P50+100 CPUI/M
Cylinder Ø80, opposed tandem, 50 mm stroke 1 + 50 mm stroke 2,
magnetic piston type, stainless steel piston rod 80V50+50 CPUI/M1

Cylinders series CPUI 1.25


CPUI
Tie rods cylinders
to ISO 15552 standard
series
CPUI BASIC CYLINDER

STROKE
1

Detail of the front centering Ø 200

P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER


Ø A* BA* BG* CH RT* E* EE* G D KK* l l 2* l 8* O PL* R SW* TG* VA* WB WH* WEIGHT INCREMENT
B* (g) (g) every 10 mm
32 22 30 16 17 M6 47 G 1/8 27 12 M10x1,25 160 15 94 6 18 7 10 32,5 3 86 26 520 28
40 24 35 16 19 M6 54 G 1/4 30 16 M12x1,25 185 20 105 7 20 7 13 38 3 100 30 810 36
50 32 40 16 24 M8 65 G 1/4 32,5 20 M16x1,5 172 24 106 8 22,5 7 17 46,5 3 127 37 1235 55
63 32 45 16 24 M8 75 G 3/8 37 20 M16x1,5 197 24 121 8 23,5 9 17 56,5 4 127 37 1790 58
80 40 45 16 30 M10 95 G 3/8 37 25 M20x1,5 216 32 128 9 23 9 22 72 4 156 46 2900 80
100 40 55 16 30 M10 114 G 1/2 40 25 M20x1,5 234 36 138 9 24,5 9 22 89 4 161 51 4080 104
125 54 60 20 41 M12 140 G 1/2 46 32 M27x2 268 50 160 12 24 - 27 110 6 205 65 6070 126
160 72 65 24 55 M16 180 G 3/4 50 40 M36x2 310 60 180 15 24 - 36 140 6 - 80 13100 210
200 72 75 24 55 M16 220 G 3/4 48 40 M36x2 310 60 180 15 24 - 36 175 6 - 95 18200 290
* STANDARDIZED DIMENSIONS

THROUGH ROD

STROKE

P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard

1.26 Cylinders series CPUI


CPUI
Tie rods cylinders
to ISO 15552 standard
series
DOUBLE PUSH TANDEM

1
STROKE

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard

DOUBLE STROKE TANDEM

STROKE STROKE

STROKE
STROKE

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard

OPPOSED TANDEM

STROKE 1 STROKE 2

P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard

FIT FOR PISTON ROD LOCKING UNIT

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard

Cylinders series CPUI 1.27


CPUI
Accessories
Fixings for cylinders series X and
series series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard

FLANGE - STEEL - CPUI/F Ø (supplied with screws)


Ø D FB E MF R TF UF
H11 H13 JS14 JS14 JS14
32 30 7 45 10 32 64 80

1
40 35 9 52 10 36 72 90
50 40 9 65 12 45 90 110
63 45 9 75 12 50 100 120 ZF + STROKE
80 45 12 95 16 63 126 150
100 55 14 115 16 75 150 170
125 60 16 140 20 90 180 205
160 65 18 180 20 115 230 260
200 75 22 220 25 135 270 300

Ø W ZF WEIGHT
(g)
32 16 130 190
40 20 145 246
50 25 155 478
63 25 170 622
80 30 190 1430
100 35 205 1986
125 45 245 3750
160 60 280 6350
200 70 300 11350

AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 100, SCREWS EXCLUDED

FOOT - STEEL - CPUI/PB Ø (supplied with screws)


Ø AB AH AT AU E F SA
H14 JS15
32 7 32 4 24 45 35 142
40 9 36 4 28 52 36 161
50 9 45 5 32 65 47 170 XA + STROKE
63 9 50 5 32 75 45 185
80 12 63 6 41 95 55 210
100 14 71 6 41 115 57 220
125 16 90 8 45 140 70 250
160 18 115 10 60 180 75 300
200 22 135 12 70 220 100 320

Ø TR XA WEIGHT
JS14 (g)
32 32 144 66
40 36 163 78
50 45 175 168
SA + STROKE
63 50 190 190
80 63 215 382
100 75 230 452
125 90 270 1090
160 115 320 1188
200 135 345 3450

AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 100, SCREWS EXCLUDED

FRONT FEMALE HINGE - NOT CONFORM TO ISO STANDARD - ALUMINIUM - CPUI/CFA Ø (supplied with screws)
Ø CB CD E FL L UB WEIGHT
H9 h14 (g)
32 26 10 45 22 13 45 48
40 28 12 52 25 16 52 75
50 32 12 65 27 16 60 124
63 40 16 75 32 21 70 192
80 60 16 95 36 22 90 380
100 70 20 115 41 27 110 620
125 90 25 140 50 30 130 1180
160 90 30 180 55 35 170 1780
200 110 30 220 60 35 170 2900

1.28 Cylinders series X and CPUI


CPUI
Accessories
Fixings for cylinders series X and
series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard series
REAR FEMALE HINGE - ALUMINIUM - CPUI/CF Ø
(Supplied with screws) - ALUMINIUM WITH BUSHINGS - CPUI/CF Ø B
- STEEL - CPUI/CF Ø AC

1
Ø CB CD E FL L L4 UB
H14 H9 h14
32 26 10 45 22 13 5,5 45
40 28 12 52 25 16 5,5 52
50 32 12 65 27 16 6,5 60
63 40 16 75 32 21 6,5 70
80 50 16 95 36 22 10 90
100 60 20 115 41 27 10 110
125 70 25 140 50 30 10 130
160 90 30 180 55 35 10 170
200 90 30 220 60 35 11 170

Ø XD WEIGHT WEIGHT
ALL. (g) STEEL (g)
32 142 48 138
40 160 75 230
XD + STROKE
50 170 124 338
63 190 192 540
80 210 380 1000
100 230 620 1700
125 275 1180 3350
160 315 1780 5750
200 335 2900 8900
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125, SCREWS EXCLUDED

PIVOT FOR REAR FEMALE HINGE (ALUMINIUM) - STEEL - CPU/CPUI/SEC Ø


(STEEL) - GALVANIZED NITRIDED STEEL - CPUI/SEC Ø AC
Ø BU EK EL WEIGHT
f7 (g)
32 53 10 46 32
40 60 12 53 52
50 68 12 61 60
63 78 16 71 122
80 98 16 91 152
100 118 20 111 290
125 139 25 132 530
160 178 30 171,5 978
200 178 30 171,5 978
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125

MALE HINGE - ALUMINIUM - CPUI/CM Ø


(Supplied with screws) - ALUMINIUM WITH BUSHINGS - CPUI/CM Ø B
- STEEL - CPUI/CM Ø AC
Ø CD E EW FL L L4 XD
H9
32 10 45 26 22 13 5,5 142
40 12 52 28 25 16 5,5 160
50 12 65 32 27 16 6,5 170
63 16 75 40 32 21 6,5 190
80 16 95 50 36 22 10 210
100 20 115 60 41 27 10 230
125 25 140 70 50 30 10 275
160 30 180 90 55 35 10 315
200 30 220 90 60 35 11 335

Ø WEIGHT WEIGHT
ALL. (g) STEEL (g)
32 54 176
40 76 274 XD + STROKE
50 124 368
63 212 682
80 420 1196
100 666 2100
125 1264 3740
160 1846 5890
200 2950 8470
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125, SCREWS EXCLUDED

Cylinders series X and CPUI 1.29


CPUI
Accessories
Fixings for cylinders series X and
series series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard

SQUARE JOINT - ALUMINIUM - CPUI/AS Ø


- STEEL - CPUI/AS Ø AC (FOR Ø 32 ÷ 125)
Ø PH CK EM GL RA UR BT L5
JS15 H9 JS14 JS14

1 32
40
32
36
10
12
26
28
21
24
18
22
31
35
8
10
1,6
1,6
50 45 12 32 33 30 45 12 1,6
63 50 16 40 37 35 50 14 1,6 XD + STROKE
80 63 16 50 47 40 60 14 2,5
100 71 20 60 55 50 70 17 2,5
125 90 25 70 70 60 90 20 3,2
160 115 30 90 97 88 126 25 4
200 135 30 90 105 90 130 30 4

Ø BR S5 K1 K2 XD WEIGHT WEIGHT
H13 JS14 ALL. (g) STEEL (g)
32 10 6,6 38 51 142 56 158
40 11 6,6 41 54 160 139 238
50 13 9 50 65 170 142 418
63 15 9 52 67 190 200 526
80 15 11 66 86 210 312 1055
100 19 11 76 96 230 656 1360
125 22,5 14 94 124 275 826 -
160 31,5 14 118 156 315 2600 -
200 31,5 18 122 162 335 3250 -
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125

NARROW REAR FEMALE HINGE - ALUMINIUM - CPUI/CFS Ø


(Supplied with screws) - STEEL - CPUI/CFS Ø AC (FOR Ø 32 ÷ 125)
Ø CG CP B3 Ø CF E FM L10 L11
D10 d12 F7
32 14 34 3,3 10 45 22 9 16,5
40 16 40 4,3 12 52 25 9 18
50 21 45 4,3 16 65 27 11 22
63 21 51 4,3 16 75 32 11 22
80 25 65 4,3 20 95 36 14 26
100 25 75 6,3 20 115 41 14 26
125 37 97 6,3 30 140 50 20 39
160 43 122 6,3 35 180 55 20 44
200 43 122 6,3 35 220 60 25 44

Ø L4 XD WEIGHT WEIGHT
ALL. (g) STEEL (g)
32 5,5 142 42 140
40 5,5 160 70 230
XD + STROKE
50 6,5 170 112 336
63 6,5 190 194 546
80 10 210 382 1190
100 10 230 610 1840
125 10 275 1100 3550
160 10 315 2000 -
200 11 335 3300 -

AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125, SCREWS EXCLUDED

NON-ROTATING PIVOT FOR NARROW REAR FEMALE HINGE - GALVANIZED NITRIDED STEEL - CPUI/SEC Ø AT
Ø d4 ØJK L8 ES L9 L5 G WEIGHT
H12 f7 (g)
32 3 10 14 32,5 4,5 41 4 26
40 4 12 16 38 6 48 4 42
50 4 16 20 43 6 54 5 84
63 4 16 20 49 6 60 5 94
80 4 20 24 63 6 75 6 184
100 4 20 24 73 6 85 6 208
125 6 30 36 94 9 110 7 606
160 6 35 41 119 9 135 7 974
200 6 35 41 119 9 135 7 974
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125

1.30 Cylinders series X and CPUI


CPUI
Accessories
Fixings for cylinders series X and
series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard series
NARROW MALE HINGE WITH ARTICULATED HEAD (ISO 12240) - ALUMINIUM - CPUI/CMSS Ø
(Supplied with screws) - STEEL - CPUI/CMSS Ø AC (FOR Ø 32 ÷ 125)
Ø ØCX E EN MS EU G DL
H7
32
40
10
12
45
52
14
16
16
19
10,5
12
9
9
22
25 1
50 16 65 21 21 15 11 27
63 16 75 21 24 15 11 32
80 20 95 25 28,5 18 14 36
100 20 115 25 30 18 14 41
125 30 140 37 40 25 20 50
160 35 180 43 45 28 20 55
200 35 220 43 48 28 25 60

Ø L4 XD WEIGHT WEIGHT
ALL. (g) ACC. (g)
32 5,5 142 62 158
40 5,5 160 100 254
50 6,5 170 180 360 XD + STROKE
63 6,5 190 244 588
80 10 210 476 1118
100 10 230 646 1810
125 10 275 1410 3500
160 10 315 2385 -
200 11 335 3860 -
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125, SCREWS EXCLUDED

SQUARE JOINT WITH ARTICULATED HEAD (ISO 12240) - STEEL- CPUI/ASSS Ø AC


Ø CA BQ CK EM G1 G2 G3 H6
JS15 H7 JS14 JS14
32 32 10,5 10 14 21 18 31 10
40 36 12 12 16 24 22 35 10
XD + STROKE
50 45 15 16 21 33 30 45 12
63 50 15 16 21 37 35 50 12
80 63 18 20 25 47 40 60 14
100 71 18 20 25 55 50 70 15
125 90 25 30 37 70 60 90 20

Ø K1 K2 L5 R S5 XD WEIGHT
JS14 H13 (g)
32 38 51 1,6 15 6,6 142 178
40 41 54 1,6 18 6,6 160 268
50 50 65 1,6 20 9 170 458
63 52 67 1,6 23 9 190 550
80 66 86 2,5 27 11 210 970
100 76 96 2,5 30 11 230 1326
125 94 124 3,2 40 13,5 275 3000
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125

FLOATING HINGE - STEEL - CPUI/CTA Ø (Supplied with screws)


Ø L1 LA LB TD TL TM UW WEIGHT
e9 h14 h14 (g)
32 14 19 127 12 12 50 46 137
40 19 20,5 144,5 16 16 63 59 385
50 19 27,5 152,5 16 16 75 69 513
63 24 25 170 20 20 90 84 1041
80 24 34 186 20 20 110 102 1563
100 29 37,6 203,5 25 25 132 125 3000

LB + STROKE

Cylinders series X and CPUI 1.31


CPUI
Accessories
Fixings for cylinders series X and
series series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard

INTERMEDIATE HINGE - STEEL - EXTRUDED PROFILE - CPUI/CT Ø (Supplied with dowels)


Ø M N TD TK TL TM UW XV XV WEIGHT
± 0,3 ± 0,3 e9 max h14 h14 max min max (g)
32 13,5 7 12 18 12 50 48,5 62 84 130

1 40
50
63
19
24,5
28
8
8
12
16
16
20
20
20
26
16
16
20
63
75
90
59 70 95 238
71 79,5 100,5 318
85 87 108 608
80 36,5 12 20 26 20 110 105 96 124 928
100 42,5 15 25 32 25 132 129 107 133 1562
125 59,5 15 25 33 25 160 154 127,5 163 2600
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø
100, SCREWS EXCLUDED
P.S.: ADJUSTABLE POSITION (fixing through dowels)
XV max + STROKE
ASSEMBLY: CPUI/CT Ø + cylinder series “CPUI”
type M/CPUI/CT Ø

INTERMEDIATE HINGE - STEEL - “CLEAN PROFILE” - X/CT Ø (Supplied with dowels)


Ø TK TD TL TM UW1 UW2 XV XV WEIGHT
e9 h14 0 /- 0,3 min max (g)
32 18 12 12 50 70 50 56 85 250
40 20 16 16 63 78 62 63 95 410
50 20 16 16 75 91 74 66 96 530
63 25 20 20 90 94 88 75 108,5 775
80 25 20 20 110 130 109 78,5 115,5 1430
100 30 25 25 132 145 130 89 123 1950

AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 100

P.S.: ADJUSTABLE POSITION (fixing through dowels)


XV max + STROKE
ASSEMBLY: X/CT Ø + cylinder series “X”
type M/X/CT Ø

INTERMEDIATE HINGE - STEEL - EXTRUDED TUBE WITH TIE RODS - CX/CPUI/CT Ø (Supplied with dowels)
Ø TK M TD TL TM UW XV
e9 h14 h14 min
125 32 12,25 25 25 160 155 127
160 40 16,25 32 32 200 190 150
200 40 16,25 32 32 250 240 163

Ø XV WEIGHT
max (g)
125 163 2600
160 190 4300
200 207 7450

P.S.: - FIXED POSITION (specify dimension “XV”, fixed on cylinder with


completed threaded and galvanized tie rods type “S6”, see on page 0.12)
- ADJUSTABLE POSITION (fixing through dowels) XV max + STROKE
ASSEMBLY (FIXED): CX/CPUI/CT Ø + cylinders series “CPUI S6”
type MF/CX/CPUI/CT Ø

SUPPORT FOR INTERMEDIATE HINGE - STEEL - CPUI/SCT Ø


Ø A B1 B2 C d1 d2 FN
F7 H13
32 32 46 18 10,5 12 6,6 30
40-50 36 55 21 12 16 9 36
63-80 42 65 23 13 20 11 40
100-125 50 75 28,5 16 25 14 50
160-200 60 92 40 22,5 32 18 60

Ø XAWEIGHT
(g)
32 71 100
40-50 87-99 150
63-80 116-136 234
100-125 164-192 435
160-200 245-295 850

1.32 Cylinders series X and CPUI


WBZ
Accessories
Piston rod locking unit for cylinders
to ISO 15552 standard series
DESCRIPTION
Piston rod locking unit series “WBZ” is a mechanical device to fit on
ISO 15552 cylinders (series X and CPUI); its function is to lock the
piston rod in any position. This solution allows to lock the cylinder
stroke each time that there’s a pressure fall. Locking force is, in any
case, higher than the force given off by the cylinder fed at 10 bar. It
has static operation (cylinder piston rod not moving); it’s necessary
1
to preliminary stop the cylinder piston rod before proceeding with
mechanical locking.
Piston rod locking unit series “WBZ” must not be considered as a
safety device.

TECHNICAL DATA
Release pressure 3 ÷ 6 bar with cylinder feed pressure 0 ÷ 10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-5 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Size 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125
Port size Ø 32 ÷ 63 = G 1/8
Ø 80 ÷ 125 = G 1/4 MATERIALS
Locking type Mechanical – Only axial (bi-directional) Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Release Through pneumatic control Blades Brass
Condition in absence Locked Pistons Acetal resin
of pressure Seals NBR rubber
Locking force with Size 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 Springs Steel
static load N 790 1240 1930 3060 5400 7700 12040

ORDER EXAMPLES
ORDER KEY
Piston rod locking unit, size 50 WBZ50
Piston rod locking unit, size 80 + cylinder series “CPUI” Ø80, 150
WBZ
mm stroke, fit for piston rod locking unit, non-magnetic piston type,
Series ASSEMBLED: WBZ80 + 80/150 CPUI/NZ + M/WBZ
Size
SPARE PARTS
ASSEMBLY BLADES KIT Size/PM/WBZ
“WBZ” + cylinder series “X” or “CPUI”, “Z” version M/WBZ PISTON KIT Size/SG/WBZ

WBZ PISTON ROD LOCKING UNIT

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


SIZE B BE E DA DD HD L3 LA LB LC LD TG WB WH WEIGHT
(g)
32 30 8 47 G 1/8 M6 9 67,5 60 20 6 33,25 32,5 86 26 400
40 34,9 8 54 G 1/8 M6 9 80 70 20 6 42,5 38 100 30 600
50 40 12 65 G 1/8 M8 12,5 100 90 24 8 58 46,5 127 37 1100
63 45 12 75 G 1/8 M8 17,5 100 90 24 8 59 56,5 127 37 1500
80 45 16 95 G 1/4 M10 17,5 120 110 32 12 69 72 156 46 2600
100 55 16 114 G 1/4 M10 20 120 110 32 12 69 89 161 51 3500
125 60 20 138 G 1/4 M12 19 156 140 45 20 84,5 110 205 65 6500

P.S.: TECHNICAL INFORMATION (see the same ones for cylinders series “U” on page 1.7)

Cylinders series X and CPUI 1.33


WUG
Accessories
Guide unit for cylinders series X and
series series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard

DESCRIPTION
Guide unit series “WUG” for cylinders to ISO 15552 standard (series
“X “ and “CPUI”) act as devices against rotation of the piston rod in
the presence of torques and they are used to carry out multi-axis

1
systems where high movement precision is required.
Guide units are available in single and double version, and are supplied
with self-lubricating bushings (for low speeds or heavy loads), or with
recirculating ball bearing sleeves (for high speeds).

P.S.: Cylinders series “X” and “CPUI” (Ø 32 ÷ 63) in the magnetic


version, assembled with these guide units, can accept rispectively
magnetic sensors types FM100 and FM157 only (see from page 1.93).

TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS


Size 32, 40, 50, 63 Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Standard strokes (mm) 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500 Self-aligning radial joint Steel
Versions Single unit Adjustable mechanical Brass
Double unit stop as standard
End flanges Single unit: galvanized steel
Double unit: anodized aluminium alloy
Guide bars C45 chromium-plated steel (sliding type on bushings);
Hardened steel (sliding type with sleeves)
Bushings Self-lubricating sintered bronze with wiper ring
Sleeves Recirculating ball bearings with wiper ring
Clamp Brass

ORDER KEY
WUG / VERSION
Single unit D Double unit

SLIDING TYPE
B On bushings M With sleeves

Series
Version
Sliding type
Size
Stroke

ORDER EXAMPLES ASSEMBLY


Single guide unit, size 63, 150 mm stroke, with sleeves plus cylinder ”WUG“ + cylinders series “X” or ”CPUI“ M/WUG
series “X” Ø 63, double acting, 150 mm stroke, magnetic piston
type, ASSEMBLED
WUGM 63/150 + 63/150 X/M + M/WUG
Single guide unit, size 40, 250 mm stroke, with sleeves
WUGM 40/250
Double guide unit, size 50, 100 mm stroke, with bushings
WUGDB 50/100

1.34 Cylinders series X and CPUI


WUG
Accessories
Guide unit for cylinders series X and
series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard series
TECHNICAL INFORMATION

WUG SINGLE GUIDE UNIT WUGD DOUBLE GUIDE UNIT


1

L = (LT - 2LH) + STROKE

MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUG VERSION B MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUGD VERSION B


Maximum payload F (N)

Maximum payload F (N)

Projection XL (mm) Total lenght (L) with load laid in L/2 (mm)

MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUG VERSION M MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUGD VERSION M


Maximum payload F (N)
Maximum payload F (N)

Projection XL (mm) Total lenght (L) with load laid in L/2 (mm)

Cylinders series X and CPUI 1.35


WUG
Accessories
Guide unit for cylinders series X and
series series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard

WUG SINGLE GUIDE UNIT

LT + STROKE

1
N°.4+4 HOLES DD

N°.4 THROUGH
HOLES DD

N°.4+4 HOLES DD
N°.4 SLOTS

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


SIZE DA DD FA FB HA HB HC HD HE LA LB LC LD LE LF LG LH

32 16 M6 M10x1,25 M18x1,5 112 100 7 79 61 20 50 120 70 50 45 8 12


40 20 M6 M12x1,25 M20x1,5 125 115 7 90 69 21 60 135 75 60 55 9 12
50 25 M8 M16x1,5 M24x2 150 144 7 108 85 25 70 150 80 70 65 10 15
63 25 M8 M16x1,5 M27x2 162 155 7 119 100 27 73 180 107 80 75 12 15

SIZE LJ LK LL LM LN LT PA PB SA SB TD TG WEIGHT INCREM. (g) WEIGHT INCREM. (g)


WUGB (g) every 10 mm WUGM (g) every 10 mm
32 22 38 50 34,5 25 157 6 15 Ch.23 Ch.17 12 32,5 2060 29 1815 31
40 27 44 50 42,5 30 172 8 20 Ch.26 Ch.20 15 38 2905 45 2760 50
50 32 47 50 50 35 190 8 25 Ch.30 Ch.20 17,5 46,5 4780 65 4525 76
63 32 49,5 50 65 35 225 9,5 25 Ch.36 Ch.20 17 56,5 6315 65 5950 87

CLAMP FOR DECELERATOR - WUGCD SIZE


SIZE FA FB L WEIGHT (g)
32 M18x1,5 M12x1 40 50
40 M20x1,5 M14x1,5 45 60
50 M24x2 M16x1,5 50 105
63 M27x2 M20x1,5 60 130

CLAMP FOR MAGNETIC PROXIMITY SWITCH - WUGCP SIZE


SIZE FA FB L WEIGHT (g)
32 M18x1,5 M12x1 40 47
40 M20x1,5 M12x1 40 67
50 M24x2 M12x1 45 128
63 M27x2 M12x1 45 173

1.36 Cylinders series X and CPUI


WUG
Accessories
Guide unit for cylinders series X and
series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard series
WUGD DOUBLE GUIDE UNIT
LT + STROKE

1
No.6 HOLES FA

N°.4+4 HOLES DD

N°.4 HOLES DD

N°.6 HOLES FA

N°.4+4 HOLES DD
N°.4 SLOTS

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


SIZE DA DD FA FB HA HB HC HD HE HF HG HH LA LB LC LD LE

32 16 M6 M5 M18x1,5 112 60 7 79 61 1 57 1 28,5 50 120 70 50


40 20 M6 M6 M20x1,5 125 68 7 90 69 2,5 63,5 1 31,5 60 135 75 60
50 25 M8 M8 M24x2 150 79 7 108 85 1 76 1 37,5 70 150 80 70
63 25 M8 M8 M27x2 162 89 7 119 100 1 82 1 39,5 73 180 107 80

SIZE LF LG LH LJ LK LL LM LN LO LP LQ LT PA PB SA SB TA

32 58 8 18 22 38 50 34,5 25 34 25 9 181 6 10 Ch.23 Ch.17 24


40 65 9 20 27 44 50 42,5 30 37,5 30 10 200 8 10 Ch.26 Ch.20 26
50 78,5 10 25 32 47 50 50 35 44,5 35 12,5 225 8 12 Ch.30 Ch.20 33,5
63 93 12 25 32 49,5 50 65 35 54 40 12,5 260 9,5 12 Ch.36 Ch.20 40

SIZE TB TC TD TE TG WEIGHT INCREM. (g) WEIGHT INCREM. (g)


WUGDB (g) every 10 mm WUGDM (g) every 10 mm
32 24,5 9,5 9,5 14 32,5 2320 29 2250 31
40 30 9 11,5 15,5 38 3480 45 3340 50
50 33 12 13 19 46,5 5750 65 5480 76
63 41 12 17 19 56,5 6445 65 6065 87

Cylinders series X and CPUI 1.37


CPA
Twin rod cylinders

series
DESCRIPTION
Twin rod cylinders series “CPA” act as devices against rotation in the
presence of torques. They have been designed to be interchangeable
with cylinders that comply with ISO 15552 standard (series “X” and

1
“CPUI”) and so they can be used with the standardized rear mountings
of those cylinders. The cylinders series “CPA” are cushioned at both
ends and with magnetic piston type as standard.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure 1÷10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air) MATERIALS
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air End caps Anodized aluminium alloy
Versions Double acting; Through ISO rod Cylinder barrel Extruded profile, 20µm anodized aluminium alloy
Bore Ø 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 Tie rods and nuts Steel
Port size Ø 32 = G 1/8 Flange Anodized aluminium alloy
Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4 Piston rod C45 chromium-plated steel
Ø 63 - 80 = G 3/8 AISI 303 rolled stainless steel
Ø 100 = G 1/2 Rod nut Steel
Standard strokes (mm) 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, Stainless steel
250, 300, 320, 350, 400, 500 Piston rod bearing Bronze, sintered, self-lubricating
Decelerators length Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 Decelerators ogives Aluminium alloy
mm 25 25 25 30 35 35 Piston Aluminium alloy, Derling with magnet
Maximum strokes (mm) Ø 32 - 40 = 200; Ø 50 - 63 = 350; Ø 80 - 100 = 500 Seals Polyurethane

ORDER KEY
CPA/ S• VERSION
/ Double acting RA Through ISO rod

PISTON TYPE
Bore – M Magnetic

Version OPTION
Stroke 1 Stainless steel piston rods and rod nut

Series
Piston type
SPARE PARTS
Option
Special options (supplied upon request) SEALS KIT
Polyurethane Ø/SG/CPA/M
P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM100-FM157–FM158 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93) Through ISO rod, polyurethane Ø/SG/RA/CPA/M
• See technical data on page 0.12

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TRANSVERSE FORCE MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TORQUE


Maximum torque M (Nm)
Maximum payload F (N)

Stroke (mm) Stroke (mm)

1.38 Cylinders series CPA


CPA
Twin rod cylinders

series
CPA BASIC CYLINDER

L8 + STROKE 1

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER


Ø B BG C D E EE F F1 G H K L8 M S T TG V VA Z WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x 10 mm
32 30 16 26 M6 47 G1/8 4 48 28 15 M6 94 19 35 8 32,5 32 4 18 770 30
40 35 16 30 M6 53 G1/4 4 54 31,5 15 M8 105 22,5 45 10 38 40 4 22 980 43
50 40 16 37 M8 65 G1/4 5 69 31,5 18 M8 106 30 55 12 46,5 50 4 26 1570 70
63 45 16 37 M8 75 G3/8 5 69 35 22 M10 121 38 70 16 56,5 63 4 35 2320 128
80 45 16 46 M10 95 G3/8 5 86 36 22 M12 128 50 85 20 72 80 4 40 3830 132
100 55 16 51 M10 115 G1/2 5 91 41 22 M12 138 70 105 20 89 100 4 50 5600 139

THROUGH ISO ROD

L8 + STROKE F1 + STROKE

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard

Cylinders series CPA 1.39


CPA
Accessories
Fixings
series
FLANGE - STEEL - Ø 32 ÷ 50 - CPUI/F Ø
(Supplied with screws) - Ø 63 ÷ 100 - CPA/F Ø
Ø FB E MF R TF UF W

1
H13 JS14 JS14 JS14
32 7 45 10 32 64 80 16
40 9 52 10 36 72 90 20
50 9 65 12 45 90 110 25 ZF+ STROKE
63 9 75 12 50 100 120 25
80 12 95 16 63 126 150 30
100 14 115 16 75 150 170 35

Ø ZF WEIGHT
(g)
32 130 190
40 145 246
50 155 478
63 170 622
80 190 1430
100 205 1986

FOOT - STEEL - Ø 32 ÷ 50 - CPUI/PB Ø


(Supplied with screws) - Ø 63 ÷ 100 - CPA/PB Ø
Ø AB AH AT AU E F SA
H14 JS15
32 7 32 4 24 45 35 142
40 9 36 4 28 52 36 161
50 9 45 5 32 65 47 170
63 9 50 5 32 75 45 185
80 12 63 6 41 95 55 210
100 14 71 6 41 115 57 220

Ø SB TR WEIGHT
JS14 (g)
32 144 32 66
40 163 36 78
50 175 45 168
63 190 50 190
80 215 63 382
SA+ STROKE
100 230 75 452 SB+ STROKE

P.S.: REAR MOUNTINGS ACCESSORIES SAME OF THE CYLINDERS SERIES “X” AND “CPUI” (see from page 1.29)

1.40 Cylinders series CPA


CX
Cylinders
to AFNOR NF E49-001
(ex CNOMO) standard series
DESCRIPTION
Cylinders series “CX” comply with AFNOR NF E49-001 (ex CNOMO)
standard and so they result interchangeable.
Cylinders series “CX” with magnetic piston type can be supplied with

1
magnetic sensors.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure 1 ÷ 10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperatures
(-20 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear
spring; Through rod; Double push tandem;
Double stroke tandem; Opposed tandem
Bore Ø 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200
MATERIALS
Port size Ø 32 = G 1/8 End caps Anodized aluminium alloy
Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4 Cylinder barrel Extruded tube, anodized aluminium alloy
Ø 63 - 80 = G 3/8 Tie rods, tie and rod nuts Steel
Ø 100 - 125 = G 1/2 Stainless steel (supplied upon request for tie rods and tie nuts)
Ø 160 - 200 = G 3/4 Piston rod C45 chromium-plated steel
Standard strokes (mm) 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500, AISI 303 rolled stainless steel
600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 Piston rod bearing Bronze-iron 20%, sintered, self-lubricating
Decelerators length Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 Decelerators ogives Aluminium alloy
mm 25 30 30 35 35 40 40 50 50 Piston NBR rubber block (supplied with and without magnet)
Maximum strokes (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 200 = 3000 Viton® (supplied only with non-magnetic piston type)
Max. strokes single acting (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 100 = 50 Seals NBR rubber
Viton®

ORDER KEY
CX S• VERSION
/ Double acting T Double push tandem
S Single acting front spring P Double stroke tandem
Y Single acting rear spring V Opposed tandem
R Through rod

PISTON TYPE
Bore Non-magnetic /FM Magnetic
Version OPTION 1
Stroke 1 Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut 3 Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut
Series 2 Seals for high temperatures** and seals for high temperatures*

Piston type OPTION 2


Option 1 4 Brass cylinder barrel** 6 Inner chromium-plated steel
Option 2 cylinder barrel**

Special options (supplied upon request) * Supplied only with non-magnetic piston type
** Supplied from Ø 32 to Ø 100
P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 - FM157 - FM158 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93)
• See technical data on page 0.12

ORDER EXAMPLES SPARE PARTS


Cylinder Ø50, double acting, 100 mm stroke, non-magnetic piston SEALS KIT
type 50/100 CX Non-magnetic piston type NBR Ø/SG/CX
Cylinder Ø63, through rod, 150 mm stroke, magnetic piston type, Through rod, NBR Ø/SG/R/CX
For high temperatures Ø/SG/CX2
stainless steel piston rod 63R150 CX/FM1
Through rod, for
Cylinder Ø80, double push tandem, 50 mm stroke, magnetic piston high temperatures Ø/SG/R/CX2
type 80T50 CX/FM Magnetic piston type NBR Ø/SG/CX/FM
Through rod, NBR Ø/SG/R/CX/FM
Cylinder Ø80, double stroke tandem, 50 mm stroke 1 + 100 mm
stroke 2, magnetic piston type 80P50+100 CX/FM
Cylinder Ø80, opposed tandem, 50 mm stroke 1 + 50 mm stroke 2,
magnetic piston type, brass cylinder barrel 80V50+50 CX/FM4

Cylinders series CX 1.41


CX
Cylinders
to AFNOR NF E49-001
series (ex CNOMO) standard

CX BASIC CYLINDER

1
L + STROKE

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER


Ø A B C D E F G H K L L1 M N O P R S T V WEIGHT INCREMENT
(g) (g) every 10 mm
32 12 M10 25 M6 25 20 15 134 17 80 90 45 33 G 1/8 10 7 5 17 26 482 23
40 18 M16x1,5 32 M6 34 36 15 191 17 110 129 52 40 G 1/4 16 7 8 24 29 907 35
50 18 M16x1,5 32 M8 34 36 15 191 23 110 129 65 49 G 1/4 16 7 8 24 29 1170 46
63 22 M20x1,5 45 M8 39 46 20 216 23 125 143 75 59 G 3/8 20 9 10 30 34 1817 59
80 22 M20x1,5 45 M10 39 46 20 215 28 125 143 95 75 G 3/8 20 9 10 30 35 2680 66
100 30 M27x2 55 M10 47 63 20 251 28 145 164 115 90 G 1/2 27 9 13,5 41 39 4422 93
125 30 M27x2 55 M12 47 63 20 248 34 145 164 140 110 G 1/2 27 9 13,5 41 42 6630 110
160 40 M36x2 65 M16 50 85 25 310 42 180 200 180 140 G 3/4 36 13 18 55 50 13820 210
200 40 M36x2 65 M16 50 85 25 310 42 180 200 220 175 G 3/4 36 13 18 55 50 18840 290

THROUGH ROD

E + STROKE

P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard

1.42 Cylinders series CX


CX
Cylinders
to AFNOR NF E49-001
(ex CNOMO) standard series
DOUBLE PUSH TANDEM

H + 2 STROKE
1

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard

DOUBLE STROKE TANDEM

H + 2 STROKE 1 + STROKE 2

STROKE 1

STROKE 2

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard

OPPOSED TANDEM

L + STROKE 1 L + STROKE 2

P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard

Cylinders series CX 1.43


CX
Accessories
Fixings for cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-001
series (ex CNOMO) standard

FLANGE - STEEL - CX/F Ø


Ø A B D E G LE LF
H13
32 68 80 9 33 8 17 113

1
40 78 90 9 40 8 26 152
50 94 110 11 49 10 24 154
63 104 120 11 59 10 29 174
80 130 150 14 75 12 27 176
100 150 170 14 90 12 35 204
125 180 205 18 110 16 31 208
160 228 260 22 140 20 30 250
200 268 300 22 170 20 30 250

Ø M WEIGHT
(g)
32 45 158
40 52 206
50 65 424 LF + STROKE
63 75 504
80 95 1046
100 115 1480
125 140 3000
160 180 6300
200 220 9300

HIGH FOOT - ALUMINIUM - CX/P Ø


Ø A D F G H LA LW
H13
32 28 9 32 8 35 134 132
40 36 9 36 8 35 164 171
50 45 11 45 10 45 180 179
63 55 11 50 10 45 195 199 LW + STROKE
80 70 14 63 12 55 211 207
100 90 14 73 12 55 231 235
125 100 18 91 16 68 249 244
160 130 22 115 20 82 304 292
200 170 22 135 20 92 304 292

Ø M O WEIGHT
(g)
32 45 27 54
40 52 27 70
50 65 35 150
63 75 35 170
80 95 43 354 LA + STROKE
100 115 43 470
125 140 52 918
160 180 62 2300
200 220 62 3450

LARGE HIGH FOOT - ALUMINIUM - CX/PL Ø


Ø A B D F G H LC
H13
32 65 82 9 32 8 35 116
40 72 90 9 36 8 35 146
50 90 110 11 45 10 45 154
63 100 120 11 50 10 45 169
LQ + STROKE
80 126 154 14 63 12 55 181
LP + STROKE
100 148 180 14 73 12 55 201
125 180 216 18 91 16 67,5 209
160 230 275 22 115 20 80 260
200 270 318 22 135 20 80 260

Ø LD LP LQ M O P WEIGHT
(g)
32 60 95 123 45 18 54,5 76
40 90 134 162 52 18 62 90 LD + STROKE
50 86 132 166 65 22 77,5 188
63 101 152 186 75 22 87,5 206 LC + STROKE
80 93 148 192 95 28 110 410
100 113 176 220 115 28 130 576
125 113 176 224 140 32 161 1058
160 140 210 270 180 40 206 2350
200 140 210 270 220 40 246 3100

1.44 Cylinders series CX


CX
Accessories
Fixings for cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-001
(ex CNOMO) standard series
LOW FOOT - STEEL - CX/PB Ø
Ø A D E F H LA LW

32 28 45 15,5 32 35 134 132

1
40 36 52 16 36 36 164 171
50 45 65 20,5 45 45 180 179 LW + STROKE
63 55 75 20,5 50 45 195 199
80 70 95 25,5 63 55 211 207
100 90 115 27 73 56 231 235
125 100 140 36 91 70 249 244
160 130 180 45 115 75 304 292
200 170 220 47 135 100 304 292

Ø M O S WEIGHT
H13 (g)
32 4,5 27 4 66
40 4,5 27 4 78
50 5,5 35 5 168 LA + STROKE
63 5,5 35 5 190
80 7 43 6 382
100 7 43 6 452
125 9 52 8 1090
160 11 62 10 1180
200 11 62 12 3450

FEMALE HINGE - ALUMINIUM - CX/CF Ø


Ø G K LY M O R S
H9
32 8 18 123 45 26 8 8
40 8 24 168 52 33 12 12
50 10 26 170 65 33 12 12
63 10 30 194 75 47 16 16
80 12 32 196 95 47 16 16
100 12 37 229 115 57 20 20
125 16 41 233 140 57 21 20
160 20 55 285 180 72 25 25
200 20 55 285 220 72 25 25

Ø WEIGHT
(g)
32 38
40 58 LY + STROKE
50 118
63 146
80 324
100 492
125 978
160 1872
200 2800

PIVOT FOR REAR FEMALE HINGE - STEEL - CX/SEC Ø


Ø EK EL BU WEIGHT
f7 (g)
32 8 46 53 21
40 12 53 60 52
50 12 66 73 64
63 16 76 83 130
80 16 96 103 160
100 20 117 124 304
125 20 142 149 364
160 25 182 189 720
200 25 222 229 872

Cylinders series CX 1.45


CX
Accessories
Fixings for cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-001
series (ex CNOMO) standard

NORMAL ARTICULATED JOINT - ALUMINIUM - CX/AN Ø


Ø A B D E F H LY

32 25 0 40 28 7 26 123

1
40 32 16 52 38 9 38 168
50 32 16 52 38 9 38 170
63 46 25 75 54 11 52 194
80 46 25 75 54 11 52 196
100 56 32 115 90 14 61 229
125 56 32 115 90 14 61 233
160 71 43 180 150 18 80 285
200 71 43 180 150 18 80 285

Ø P S T WEIGHT
H9 (g)
32 18 8 8 26
LY + STROKE
40 26 12 10 56
50 26 12 10 56
63 34 16 12 176
80 34 16 12 176
100 41 20 16 376
125 41 20 16 376
160 55 25 20 924
200 55 25 20 924

SQUARE JOINT - ALUMINIUM - CX/AS Ø/SQ


Ø A B BG D F H LY
H13
32 25 25 20 37 7 18 123
40 32 32 32 54 9 25 168
50 32 32 32 54 9 25 170
63 46 40 50 75 11 32 194
80 46 40 50 75 11 32 196
100 56 50 70 103 14 40 229
125 56 50 70 103 14 40 233
160 70 63 110 154 18 50 285
200 70 63 110 154 18 50 285

Ø P R S T V WEIGHT
H9 (g)
32 32 19,5 8 8 41 58 LY + STROKE
40 45 26 12 10 52 144
50 45 26 12 10 52 144
63 63 32 16 13 63 300
80 63 32 16 13 63 300
100 90 42 20 17 80 649
125 90 42 20 17 80 649
160 140 54 25 20 111 1922
200 140 54 25 20 111 1922

INTERMEDIATE HINGE - Ø 32 ÷ 100 - STEEL - CX/CPU/CT Ø


(Supplied with dowels) - Ø 125 ÷ 200 - STEEL - CX/CPUI/CT Ø
Ø A B D E G M Q
h14 e9 h14 min
32 46 50 12 12 15 6,25 58,5
40 59 63 16 16 20 6,25 73
50 69 73 16 16 20 8,25 73
63 84 90 20 20 25 8,25 85,5
80 102 108 20 20 25 10,25 86,5
100 125 131 25 25 30 10,25 101
125 155 160 25 25 32 12,25 105
160 190 200 32 32 40 16,25 120
200 240 250 32 32 40 16,25 120

Ø Q WEIGHT P.S.:
max (g) - ADJUSTABLE POSITION (fixing through dowels)
32 71,5 130 ASSEMBLY:
40 105 306 CX/CPU/CT Ø + cylinder CX type M/CX/CPU/CT Ø
50 105 370 - FIXED POSITION Q max + STROKE
63 117,5 702 (specify dimension “Q”; fixed on cylinder
80 116,5 894 with completed threaded and galvanized
100 138 1590 tie rods type “S6”, see on page 0.12)
125 134 2600 ASSEMBLY:
160 160 4300 CX/CPU/CT Ø or CX/CPUI/CT Ø
200 160 7450 + cylinder CX S6 type MF/CX/CPUI/CT Ø

1.46 Cylinders series CX


CPU
Cylinders
to ex CETOP RP 43 P standard
series
DESCRIPTION
Cylinders series “CPU” comply with ex CETOP RP 43 P standard.
The versions with magnetic piston type can be supplied with magnetic
sensors.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure 1 ÷ 10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperatures
(-10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear MATERIALS
spring; Through rod End caps Anodized aluminium alloy
Bore Ø 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 Cylinder barrel Extruded tube, anodized aluminium alloy
Port size Ø 32 = G 1/8 Tie rods, tie and rod nuts Steel
Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4 Stainless steel (supplied upon request for tie rods and tie nuts)
Ø 63 - 80 = G 3/8 Piston rod C45 chromium-plated steel
Ø 100 = G 1/2 AISI 303 rolled stainless steel
Standard strokes (mm) 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500, Piston rod bearing Bronze-iron 20%, sintered, self-lubricating
600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 Decelerators ogives Aluminium alloy
Decelerators length Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 Piston NBR rubber block (supplied with and without magnet)
mm 25 30 30 35 35 40 Viton® (supplied only with non-magnetic piston)
Maximum strokes (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 100 = 3000 Seals NBR rubber
Max. strokes single acting (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 100 = 50 Viton®

ORDER KEY
CPU S• VERSION
/ Duoble acting Y Single acting rear spring
S Single acting front spring R Through rod

PISTON TYPE
Non-magnetic /FM Magnetic

OPTIONS
1 Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut 3 Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut
Bore 2 Seals for high temperatures*
and seals for high temperatures*
Version
* Supplied only with non-magnetic piston type
Stroke
Series
Piston type
Options
Special options (supplied upon request)
P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 - FM157 - FM158 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93)
• See technical data on page 0.12

ORDER EXAMPLES SPARE PARTS


Cylinder Ø50, double acting, 100 mm stroke, non-magnetic piston SEALS KIT
type 50/100 CPU Non-magnetic piston type NBR Ø/SG/CPU
Cylinder Ø63, through rod, 150 mm stroke, magnetic piston type, Through rod, NBR Ø/SG/R/CPU
For high temperatures Ø/SG/CPU2
stainless steel piston rod 63R150 CPU/FM1
Through rod, for
high temperatures Ø/SG/R/CPU2
Magnetic piston type NBR Ø/SG/CPU/FM
Through rod, NBR Ø/SG/R/CPU/FM

Cylinders series CPU 1.47


CPU
Cylinders
to ex CETOP RP 43 P standard
series
CPU BASIC CYLINDER

1
L + STROKE

P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER


Ø C d D DD E F G J L M N P R S T V WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x 10 mm
32 M30x1,5 M10x1,25 12 M6 20 10 15 24 98 45 33 14 G 1/8 6 17 26 517 21
40 M35x1,5 M12x1,25 18 M6 24 13 18 28 110 52 40 14 G 1/4 7 19 29 810 36
50 M40x1,5 M16x1,5 18 M8 32 16 20 35 110 65 49 15 G 1/4 8 24 29 1210 44
63 M40x1,5 M16x1,5 22 M8 32 17 20 35 125 75 59 15 G 3/8 8 24 34 1727 61
80 M45x1,5 M20x1,5 22 M10 40 20 20 42 136 95 75 16 G 3/8 9 30 35 2590 64
100 M55x2 M20x1,5 25 M10 40 22 28 47 145 115 90 16 G 1/2 9 30 39 3970 76

THROUGH ROD

L + STROKE

P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard

1.48 Cylinders series CPU


CPU
Cylinders
to ex CETOP RP 43 P standard
series
FLANGE - STEEL - CPU/F Ø (Supplied with screws)
Ø A B C F G Q M

32 32 80 45 7 8 16 130

1
40 36 90 52 9 8 20 146
50 45 110 65 9 10 25 155
63 50 120 75 9 10 25 170
80 63 150 95 12 12 30 190
100 75 170 115 14 12 35 204

Ø O WEIGHT
(g)
32 64 145
40 72 195
50 90 390
63 100 530
80 126 1045
100 150 1450
M + STROKE

HIGH FOOT - ALUMINIUM - CPU/P Ø (Supplied with screws)


Ø A B C F G H L
H13
32 32 144 142 7 32 35 22
40 36 164 162 9 36 35 26
50 45 173 166 9 45 43 28
63 50 190 185 9 50 45 30 B + STROKE
80 63 215 210 12 63 55 37
100 75 229 219 14 71 55 37

Ø M S WEIGHT
(g)
32 45 8 55
40 52 8 65
50 65 10 140
63 75 10 190
80 95 12 370
100 115 12 500 C + STROKE

REAR FEMALE HINGE - ALUMINIUM - CPU/CF Ø (Supplied with screws)


Ø F I H J k L M
H9
32 9 12 142 10 26 45 45
40 12 15 161 12 28 52 52
50 12 17 172 12 32 60 65
63 17 20 190 16 40 70 75
80 17 20 210 16 50 90 95
100 21 25 229 20 60 110 115

Ø X WEIGHT P.S.: This hinge can be used also


(g) with square joint of series
32 20 35 “X” and “CPUI”
40 23 55 (see page 1.30)
50 27 105
63 30 170
80 32 300
100 37 455 H + STROKE

Cylinders series CPU 1.49


CPU
Accessories
Fixings for cylinders
series to ex CETOP RP 43 P standard

PIVOT FOR REAR FEMALE HINGE - STEEL - CPU/CPUI/SEC Ø


Ø BU EK EL WEIGHT
f7 (g)
32 53 10 46 32

1
40 60 12 53 52
50 68 12 61 60
63 78 16 71 122
80 98 16 91 152
100 118 20 111 290

MALE HINGE - ALUMINIUM - CPU/CM Ø


Ø F I H J M O X
H9
32 10 12 142 10 45 26 20
40 12 15 161 12 52 28 23
50 12 17 172 12 65 32 27
63 16 20 190 16 75 40 30
80 16 20 210 16 95 50 32
100 20 25 229 20 115 60 37

Ø WEIGHT
(g)
32 50
40 70
50 140
63 210
80 350
100 565 H + STROKE

INTERMEDIATE HINGE - STEEL - CX/CPU/CT Ø (Supplied with dowels)


Ø A B D E G M Q
h14 e9 h14 min
32 46 50 12 12 15 6,25 57,5
40 59 63 16 16 20 6,25 67
50 69 73 16 16 20 8,25 74
63 84 90 20 20 25 8,25 81,5
80 102 108 20 20 25 10,25 89,5
100 125 131 25 25 30 10,25 101

Ø Q WEIGHT P.S.:
max (g) - ADJUSTABLE POSITION (fixing through dowels)
32 88,5 130 ASSEMBLY:
40 99 306 CX/CPU/CT Ø + cylinder series CPU type M/CX/CPU/CT Ø
50 106 370
- FIXED POSITION
63 113,5 702 (specify dimension ”Q“; fixed on cylinder
80 130,5 894 with completed threaded and galvanized
100 138 1590 tie rods type “S6”, see on page 0.12)
ASSEMBLY:
CX/CPU/CT Ø + cylinder series CPU S6 Q max + STROKE
type MF/CX/CPU/CT Ø

1.50 Cylinders series CPU


BU
Compact cylinders
to AFNOR NF E49-004-1
and NF E49-004-2 standards series
DESCRIPTION
Cylinders series “BU” are available from Ø 20 to Ø 100 and, complying with AFNOR NF E49-
004-1 and NF E49-004-2 standards, they’re interchangeable also without using anchorages.
Besides from Ø 32 to Ø 100 they are available even with end caps distance between centers

1
to ISO 15552 standard. Cylinder series “BU” with magnetic piston type can be supplied with
magnetic sensors inserted in the slots arranged on the extruded profile.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure Single acting: 2 ÷ 10 bar; Double acting: 1 ÷10 bar.
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
0 ÷ +130 °C with seals for high temperatures
(-10°C with dry air; for single acting versions: max 100°C)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear
spring; Through rod; Double push tandem; Double stroke SPRING THEORETICAL TRACTIVE FORCE
tandem; Opposed tandem; Non-rotating piston rod device;
Hollow through rod; Distance between centers to ISO standard
Bore Ø 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100
Port size Ø 20 - 25 = M 5; Ø 32 ÷ 100 = G 1/8
Standard strokes (mm) 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75,
80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 200, 250, 300, 320, 350, 400
Maximum strokes (mm) Ø 20 - 25 = 200; Ø 32 ÷ 63 = 300; Ø 80 - 100 = 400
Max. strokes single acting (mm) Ø 20 ÷ 100 = 25
Max. strokes hollow through rod (mm) Ø 20 ÷ 32 = 40; Ø 40 ÷ 63 = 60; Ø 80 - 100 = 80
Max. strokes non-rotating (mm) Ø 20 - 25 = 40; Ø 32 ÷ 100 = 80

Spring tractive force (N)


MATERIALS
End caps Extruded profile, anodized aluminium alloy
Cylinder barrel Extruded profile, 20 µm anodized aluminium alloy
Screws Steel
Piston rod Ø 20 - 25 = AISI 303 rolled stainless steel
Ø 32 ÷ 100 = C45 chromium-plated steel
Rod nut Steel
Stainless steel Stroke (mm)
Piston rod bearing Self-lubricating sintered bronze
Piston Ø 20 - 25 = galvanized steel (supplied with and without magnet)
VERSION 1
Ø 32 ÷ 100 = aluminium alloy (supplied with and without magnet) / Basic cylinder T Double push tandem
Seals Polyurethane R Through rod P Double stroke tandem
Springs Springs steel F Hollow through rod V Opposed tandem

ORDER KEY VERSION 2


D Double acting Y Single acting rear spring
BU S•
S Single acting front spring

VERSION 3
I End caps distance between centers to ISO 15552 standard*
Bore
Version 1 VERSION 4
Stroke A Non-rotating piston rod device (supplied only with female threaded piston rod option)
Version 2 PISTON TYPE
Series Non-magnetic /M Magnetic
Version 3
OPTION 1
Version 4
1 Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut** 3 Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut
Piston type and seals for high temperatures***
Option 1
2 Seals for high temperatures***

Option 2 OPTION 2
Special options (supplied upon request) 7 Male threaded piston rod 8 Female threaded piston rod

* Supplied only from Ø 32 to Ø 100


P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93) For versions “T”, “P” and “V” contact our commercial office
• See technical data on page 0.12 ** Supplied as standard for Ø 20 and Ø 25
*** Supplied only with non-magnetic piston type
P.S.: End caps mountings accessories of Version No. 3 (end caps distance between centers
ORDER EXAMPLES to ISO standard) are the same of the cylinders series “X” and “CPUI” (see from page 1.28)
Basic cylinder Ø50, 50 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic piston
type, female threaded piston rod 50/50 DBU/M8
Cylinder Ø63, through rod, 80 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic piston SPARE PARTS
type, stainless steel and male threaded piston rod 63R80 DBU/M17 SEALS KIT
Cylinder Ø80, double stroke tandem, 50 mm stroke 1 + 100 mm Polyurethane Ø/SG/BU Through rod, polyurethane Ø/SG/R/BU
stroke 2, double acting, magnetic piston type, female threaded For high temperatures Ø/SG/BU2 Through rod, for high temperatures Ø/SG/R/BU2
piston rod 80P50+100 DBU/M8

Cylinders series BU 1.51


BU
Compact cylinders
to AFNOR NF E49-004-1
series and NF E49-004-2 standards

DISPOSITION OF THE SLOTS FOR MAGNETIC SENSORS


Ø K1 K2
20 3,4 -
25 4 -

1 32
40
4
8,4
-
1,4
50 7,6 3,2
63 6 -
80 8 -
100 8 -

BU BASIC CYLINDER, FEMALE THREADED PISTON ROD

ZA + STROKE

ZJ + STROKE

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER FEMALE THREADED PISTON ROD


Ø AF BG* D D1 DT E EE KF LB LD L1 MM PL RR RT SW TG** WH ZA ZB Z J WEIGHT INCR. (g)
H11 H13 A I (g) x 5 mm
20 11,5 12 3,8 12 8 36 M5 M6 4,4 4,5 2,5 10 7 4,3 M5 8 22 - 6 37 62 43 130 10
25 11,5 13 3,8 12 8 40 M5 M6 4,4 5,5 2,5 10 8 4,3 M5 8 26 - 6 39 65 45 160 11
32 13 14,5 4,5 14 10,5 50 G 1/8 M8 5,4 5 2,5 12 7,5 5,3 M6 10 32 32,5 7 44 73,5 51 215 16
40 13 14,5 4,5 14 10,5 60 G 1/8 M8 5,4 9,5 2,5 12 7,5 5,3 M6 10 42 38 7 45 75,5 52 330 20
50 16,5 14,5 6 18 11 68 G 1/8 M10 1,7 8,5 2,5 16 7,5 6,4 M8 13 50 46,5 8 45 75,5 53 470 25
63 16,5 14,5 6 18 11 84 G 1/8 M10 1,7 -17,5 2,5 16 7,5 6,4 M8 13 62 56,5 8 50 85,5 58 710 37
80 21 16,5 8 23 15 102 G 1/8 M12 1 -21 3 20 8,5 8,4 M10 16 82 72 8 56 95,5 64 1295 50
100 24,5 19,5 10 28 15 123 G 1/8 M16 3,5 -25 3 25 10 8,4 M10 21 103 89 10 67 114,5 77 2250 70
* IN THE TANDEM VERSIONS (T, P, V), DIMENSION (BG - LB) IS REDUCED OF 5 mm
** A - AFNOR
I - ISO

1.52 Cylinders series BU


BU
Compact cylinders
to AFNOR NF E49-004-1
and NF E49-004-2 standards series
SINGLE ACTING, REAR SPRING, FEMALE THREADED THROUGH ROD AND
FEMALE THREADED PISTON ROD SINGLE ACTING, FEMALE THREADED THROUGH ROD

WH + STROKE
WH + STROKE
ZA + STROKE

HOLLOW FEMALE THREADED THROUGH ROD AND DOUBLE PUSH TANDEM,


SINGLE ACTING, HOLLOW FEMALE THREADED THROUGH ROD FEMALE THREADED PISTON ROD

WH + STROKE
ZA + STROKE ZB + 2 STROKE

DOUBLE STROKE TANDEM, FEMALE THREADED PISTON ROD OPPOSED TANDEM, FEMALE THREADED PISTON ROD

STROKE 2
STROKE 1

ZB + 2 STROKE + STROKE 2 2ZA + STROKE 1 + STROKE 2

Cylinders series BU 1.53


BU
Compact cylinders
to AFNOR NF E49-004-1
series and NF E49-004-2 standards

BU BASIC CYLINDER, MALE THREADED PISTON ROD

ZA + STROKE
ZJ + STROKE

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER MALE THREADED PISTON ROD


Ø AM BG* Ch D D1 DT E EE KK LB LD L1 MM O PL RR RT SW TG** WH ZA ZB Z J WEIGHT INCR. (g)
H11 H13 A I (g) x 5 mm
20 22 12 17 3,8 12 8 36 M5 M10x1,25 4,4 4,5 2,5 10 6 7 4,3 M5 8 22 - 6 37 62 43 150 10
25 22 13 17 3,8 12 8 40 M5 M10x1,25 4,4 5,5 2,5 10 6 8 4,3 M5 8 26 - 6 39 65 45 180 11
32 22 14,5 17 4,5 14 10,5 50 G 1/8 M10x1,25 5,4 5 2,5 12 6 7,5 5,3 M6 10 32 32,5 7 44 73,5 51 240 16
40 22 14,5 17 4,5 14 10,5 60 G 1/8 M10x1,25 5,4 9,5 2,5 12 6 7,5 5,3 M6 10 42 38 7 45 75,5 52 355 20
50 24 14,5 19 6 18 11 68 G 1/8 M12x1,25 1,7 8,5 2,5 16 7 7,5 6,4 M8 13 50 46,5 8 45 75,5 53 505 25
63 24 14,5 19 6 18 11 84 G 1/8 M12x1,25 1,7 -17,5 2,5 16 7 7,5 6,4 M8 13 62 56,5 8 50 85,5 58 745 37
80 32 16,5 24 8 23 15 102 G 1/8 M16x1,5 1 -21 3 20 8 8,5 8,4 M10 16 82 72 8 56 95,5 64 1360 50
100 40 19,5 30 10 28 15 123 G 1/8 M20x1,5 3,5 -25 3 25 9 10 8,4 M10 21 103 89 10 67 114,5 77 2390 70

* IN THE TANDEM VERSIONS (T, P, V), DIMENSION (BG - LB) IS REDUCED OF 5 mm


** A - AFNOR
I - ISO

SINGLE ACTING, REAR SPRING, MALE THREADED THROUGH ROD AND


MALE THREADED PISTON ROD SINGLE ACTING, MALE THREADED THROUGH ROD

ZA + STROKE ZA + STROKE
ZA + STROKE

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard

1.54 Cylinders series BU


BU
Compact cylinders
to AFNOR NF E49-004-1
and NF E49-004-2 standards series
HOLLOW MALE THREADED THROUGH ROD AND DOUBLE PUSH TANDEM,
SINGLE ACTING, HOLLOW MALE THREADED THROUGH ROD MALE THREADED PISTON ROD

WH + STROKE
ZA + STROKE ZB + 2STROKE

P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard

DOUBLE STROKE TANDEM, MALE THREADED PISTON ROD OPPOSED TANDEM, MALE THREADED PISTON ROD

STROKE2
STROKE1

ZB + 2STROKE1 + STROKE2 2ZA + STROKE1 + STROKE2

P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard

Cylinders series BU 1.55


BU
Compact cylinders
to AFNOR NF E49-004-1
series and NF E49-004-2 standards

BU NON-ROTATING BASIC CYLINDER

2 HOLES DA

2 HOLES DB

ZA + STROKE

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS MAX. PERMISSIBLE LOAD - NON-ROTATING BU


Ø DA DB DC E L L2 L3 TG** ZA WEIGHT INCR. (g)
A I (g) x 5 mm
20 4 M4 6 36 12 14 8 22 - 37 170 15
25 5 M5 6 40 15,6 14 8 26 - 39 210 16
32 5 M5 8 50 19,8 17 10 32 32,5 44 300 25
40 5 M5 8 60 23,3 17 10 42 38 45 440 30
50 6 M6 10 68 29,7 20 12 50 46,5 45 610 40
63 6 M6 10 84 35,4 20 12 62 56,5 50 930 55
80 8 M8 12 102 46 22 14 82 72 56 1690 75
100 10 M10 12 123 56,6 24 14 103 89 67 2950 105

** A - AFNOR
I - ISO
Payload F (N)

Projection X (mm)

1.56 Cylinders series BU


BU
Accessories
Fixings for compact cylinders to
AFNOR NF E49-004-1 and NF E49-004-2 standards series
FLANGE Ø 20 - 25 - ALUMINIUM - BU/F Ø FLANGE Ø 32 ÷ 100 - ALUMINIUM - BU/F Ø
(Supplied with screws) - STEEL - BU/F Ø AC (Supplied with screws) - STEEL - BU/F Ø AC
ZF + STROKE

ZF + STROKE
1

ZP + STROKE

ZP + STROKE

Ø d1 E FB MF P R TF UF ZF ZP WEIGHT WEIGHT IN THE TANDEM VERSIONS (T, P, V),


H11 H13 ALL. (g) STEEL (g) ADD THE READING “TANDEM” TO THE CODE.
20 12 36 6,6 10 4 - 55 70 53 47 70 160 EXAMPLE: BU/F Ø TANDEM
25 12 40 6,6 10 4 - 60 76 55 49 80 200
32 14 50 7 10 3 32 65 80 61 54 100 260
40 14 60 9 10 3 36 82 102 62 55 160 420
50 18 68 9 12 4 45 90 110 65 57 240 600
63 18 87 9 15 7 50 110 130 73 65 450 1200
80 23 107 12 15 7 63 135 160 79 71 690 1800
100 28 128 14 15 5 75 163 190 92 82 980 2550

LOW FOOT - STEEL - BU/PB Ø


Ø AB AH AU AT E F SA TR WEIGHT
H13 (g)
20 6,6 27 16 4 36 22 69 22 32
25 6,6 30 16 4 40 22 71 26 38
32 6,6 32 18 5 50 26 80 32 66
40 9 42,5 20 5 60 28 85 42 100
50 9 47 24 6 68 32 93 50 150
63 11 59,5 27 6 84 39 104 62 250
80 11 65,5 30 8 102 42 116 82 380
100 13,5 78,5 33 8 123 45 133 103 500
IN THE TANDEM VERSIONS (T, P, V), ADD THE READING
“TANDEM” TO THE CODE.
EXAMPLE: BU/PB Ø TANDEM
SA + STROKE

REAR MALE HINGE - ALUMINIUM - BU/CM Ø


(Supplied with screws) - STEEL - BU/CM Ø AC
Ø CD E EW FL L L2 XD WEIGHT WEIGHT
H9 h14 ALL. (g) STEEL (g)
20 8 34 16 20 14 2,6 63 21 80
25 8 38 16 20 14 2,6 65 27 85
P.S.: THIS MOUNTING CAN BE USED WITH THE REAR HINGE XD + STROKE
MOUNTING OF CYLINDERS SERIES “U” (SEE ON PAGE 1.6)

IN THE TANDEM VERSIONS (T, P),


ADD THE READING “TANDEM” TO THE CODE.
EXAMPLE: BU/CM Ø AC TANDEM

Cylinders series BU 1.57


BU
Accessories
Fixings for compact cylinders to
series AFNOR NF E49-004-1 and NF E49-004-2 standards

REAR FEMALE HINGE - ALUMINIUM - BU/CF Ø


(Supplied with screws) - STEEL - BU/CF Ø AC
Ø CB CD E FL L L2 UB XD WEIGHT WEIGHT
H14 H9 h14 ALL. (g) ACC. (g)

1 32
40
26
28
10
12
48
58
22
25
13
16
5,5
5,5
45
52
73
77
60 170
104 270
XD + STROKE
50 32 12 66 27 16 6,5 60 80 142 378
63 40 16 83 32 21 6,5 70 90 240 645
80 50 16 102 36 23 10 90 100 420 1070
100 60 20 123 41 26 10 110 118 721 1730
P.S.: THIS HINGE CAN BE USED ALSO WITH PIVOT AND MALE
HINGE OR SQUARE JOINT OF SERIES “X” AND “CPUI”
(SEE FROM PAGE 1.29)

IN THE TANDEM VERSIONS (T, P, V),


ADD THE READING “TANDEM” TO THE CODE.
EXAMPLE: BU/CF Ø TANDEM

FLOATING HINGE - STEEL - BU/CTA Ø (Supplied with screws)


Ø L1 P TD TL TM UW XV WEIGHT
e9 h14 h14 (g)
20 14 8 12 12 38 35 57 100 XV + STROKE
25 14 8 12 12 42 39 59 114
32 14 7 12 12 52 46 65 132
40 19 12 16 16 63 59 71 278
50 19 11 16 16 75 69 72 362
63 24 16 20 20 90 84 82 624
80 24 16 20 20 110 102 88 765
100 29 19 25 25 132 125 106 1464

IN THE TANDEM VERSIONS (T, P, V),


ADD THE READING “TANDEM” TO THE CODE.
EXAMPLE: BU/CTA Ø TANDEM

ACCESSORIES FOR CYLINDERS WITH END CAPS DISTANCE BETWEEN CENTERS TO ISO 15552 STANDARD
The accessories of Version No. 3 (end caps distance between centers to ISO standard) are the same of the cylinders series “X” and
“CPUI” to ISO 15552 standard (see from page 1.28)

1.58 Cylinders series BU


B
Compact
cylinders
series
DESCRIPTION
Cylinders series “B” are widely used in locking applications thanks
to compact design and to easy mounting through holes on cylinder
body. In the version with magnetic piston type, cylinders series “B”
are supplied with magnetic sensors.
1
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure 1÷10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperatures
(-10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear
spring; Through rod; Non-rotating piston rod device.
Bore Ø 12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100
Port size Ø 12 ÷ 20 = M5 SPRING THEORETICAL TRACTIVE FORCE
Ø 25 ÷ 63 = G 1/8
Ø 80 - 100 = G 1/4
Standard strokes See tables

MATERIALS
Front end cap Ø 12 ÷ 25: Brass
Ø 32 ÷ 100: Aluminium
Rear end cap Anodized aluminium alloy
Cylinder barrel Extruded profile, 15 µm anodized aluminium alloy
Spring tractive force (N)
Piston rod AISI 303 stainless steel
Piston rod bearing Bronze + PTFE
Piston Ø 12 ÷ 32: Delrin (supplied with and without magnet)
Ø 40 ÷ 100: Aluminium (supplied with and without magnet)
Seals Ø 12 ÷ 32: NBR rubber
Ø 40 ÷ 100: Polyurethane
Ø 12 ÷ 100: Viton®
Cushioning washer Vulkollan
Spring AISI 303 stainless steel Stroke (mm)

ORDER KEY
B S• VERSION 1
/ Basic cylinder R Through rod

VERSION 2
D Double acting Y Single acting rear spring
S Single acting front spring

VERSION 3
Bore
A Non-rotating piston rod device*
Version 1
PISTON TYPE
Stroke
Non-magnetic /M Magnetic
Version 2
Series OPTION 1
1 Male hinge mounting
Version 3
Piston type OPTION 2
Option 1
2 Seals for high temperatures

Option 2 * Supplied only from Ø 20 to Ø 100

Special options (supplied upon request)

P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93)
• See technical data on page 0.12

ORDER EXAMPLES SPARE PARTS


Basic cylinder Ø16, 50 mm stroke, double acting, non-magnetic Contact the commercial office
piston type 16/50 DB
Basic cylinder Ø20, 60 mm stroke, double acting, non-magnetic
piston type, seals for high temperatures 20/60 DB2
Cylinder Ø32, through rod, 80 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic
piston type 32R80 DB/M

Cylinders series B 1.59


B
Compact
cylinders
series
SINGLE AND DOUBLE ACTING

Ø 12 Ø 16 ÷ 25 Ø 32 ÷100

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


Ø A B D D1 D3 D4 D7 D8 E F F1 G H3 I1 I2 I3 I5 I6 K L L1 M N P W WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x10 mm
12 25 25 6 M3 3,7 5,6 - - - 4,7 - M5 5,5 - - - - - 5 3,5 - 4,7 - 6 3,5 33,5 11,5
16 34 30 8 M4 4,7 7,5 3,7 5,6 19 7 5 M5 8 - 18 12 20 10 6 4,6 3,5 4 32 8 4,5 74 16,5
20 40 36 10 M5 5,8 9 5,8 9 22 7 5,2 M5 8 - 20 15 25,5 12,7 8 5,7 5,7 5,7 38,5 10 5 106 24,5
25 44,5 40 10 M5 5,8 9 5,8 9 24,5 9 6 G 1/8 10,5 - 26 15,5 28 14 8 5,7 5,7 4,5 42 10 5,5 145 32
32 51 46 12 M6 5,8 9 - - 27 9 - G 1/8 11,5 36 32 - - - 10 5,7 - 4 48 12 6 172 36
40 58 55 12 M6 5,8 9 - - 30,5 9,5 - G 1/8 11 42 42 - - - 10 5,7 - 4 55 12 6 225 40
50 70 65 16 M8 6,8 11 - - 37,5 12,5 - G 1/8 11,5 50 50 - - - 13 6,8 - 4 65 12 7,5 359 63
63 86 80 16 M8 9 14 - - 46 15 - G 1/8 11 62 62 - - - 13 8,8 - 5 80 14 7 552 70
80 105 100 20 M10 9 14 - - 55 14 - G 1/4 14 82 82 - - - 17 9 - 6 100 15 8 1072 105
100 131 124 25 M12 11 17,2 - - 69 17,5 - G 1/4 16 103 103 - - - 22 11 - 7,5 124 20 10 1920 160

“H” DIMENSION-SINGLE ACTING “H” DIMENSION-DOUBLE ACTING


Ø STROKE (mm) Ø STROKE (mm)
5 10 15 20 25 30 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100
12 22 27 - - - - 12 22 27 32 37 42 47 57 - - - -
16 32 37 42 47 52 - 16 32 37 42 47 52 58 68 78 - - -
20 32 37 42 47 52 - 20 32 37 42 47 52 58 68 78 - - -
25 33,5 38,5 43,5 48,5 53,5 - 25 33,5 38,5 43,5 48,5 53,5 58,5 69,5 79,5 - - -
32 34,5 39,5 44,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 32 34,5 39,5 44,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 109,5 129,5
40 34,5 39,5 44,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 40 34,5 39,5 44,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 109,5 129,5
50 - 44,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 50 - 44,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 74,5 84,5 94,5 114,5 134,5
63 - 47 52 57 62 67 63 - 47 52 57 62 67 77 87 97 117 137
80 - 56 61 66 71 76 80 - 56 61 66 71 76 86 96 106 126 146
100 - 66 71 76 81 86 100 - 66 71 76 81 86 96 106 116 136 156

1.60 Cylinders series B


B
Compact
cylinders
series
SINGLE ACTING MAGNETIC

Ø 12 Ø 16 ÷ 25 Ø 32 ÷100

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


Ø A B D D1 D3 D4 D7 D8 E F F1 G H3 I1 I2 I3 I5 I6 K L L1 M N P W WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x10 mm
12 25 25 6 M3 3,7 5,6 - - - 4,7 - M5 5,5 - - - - - 5 3,5 - 4,7 - 6 3,5 33,5 11,5
16 34 30 8 M4 4,7 7,5 3,7 5,6 19 7 5 M5 8 - 18 12 20 10 6 4,6 3,5 4 32 8 4,5 74 16,5
20 40 36 10 M5 5,8 9 5,8 9 22 7 5,2 M5 8 - 20 15 25,5 12,7 8 5,7 5,7 5,7 38,5 10 5 106 24,5
25 44,5 40 10 M5 5,8 9 5,8 9 24,5 9 6 G 1/8 10,5 - 26 15,5 28 14 8 5,7 5,7 4,5 42 10 5,5 145 32
32 51 46 12 M6 5,8 9 - - 27 9 - G 1/8 11,5 36 32 - - - 10 5,7 - 4 48 12 6 172 36
40 58 55 12 M6 5,8 9 - - 30,5 9,5 - G 1/8 11 42 42 - - - 10 5,7 - 4 55 12 6 225 40
50 70 65 16 M8 6,8 11 - - 37,5 12,5 - G 1/8 11,5 50 50 - - - 13 6,8 - 4 65 12 7,5 359 63
63 86 80 16 M8 9 14 - - 46 15 - G 1/8 11 62 62 - - - 13 8,8 - 5 80 14 7 552 70
80 105 100 20 M10 9 14 - - 55 14 - G 1/4 14 82 82 - - - 17 9 - 6 100 15 8 1072 105
100 131 124 25 M12 11 17,2 - - 69 17,5 - G 1/4 16 103 103 - - - 22 11 - 7,5 124 20 10 1920 160

“H” DIMENSION
Ø STROKE (mm)
4 5 10 15 20 25 30
12 - 32 37 - - - -
16 36 37 42 47 52 63 -
20 36 37 42 47 52 63 -
25 - 43,5 48,5 53,5 58,5 64,5 -
32 - 44,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 69,5
40 - 44,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 69,5
50 - - 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 69,5
63 - - 52 57 62 67 72
80 - - 56 61 66 71 76
100 - - 66 71 76 81 86

Cylinders series B 1.61


B
Compact
cylinders
series
DOUBLE ACTING MAGNETIC

Ø 12 Ø 16 ÷ 25 Ø 32 ÷100

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


Ø A B D D1 D2 D3 D4 D7 D8 E F F1 G H3 I1 I2 I3 I5 I6 K L L1 M N P S W WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x10 mm
12 25 25 6 M3 - 3,7 5,6 - - - 4,7 - M5 5,5 - - - - - 5 3,5 - 4,7 - 6 - 3,5 33,5 11,5
16 34 30 8 M4 - 4,7 7,5 3,7 5,6 19 7 5 M5 8 - 18 12 20 10 6 4,6 3,5 4 32 8 - 4,5 74 16,5
20 40 36 10 M5 - 5,8 9 5,8 9 22 7 5,2 M5 8 - 20 15 25,5 12,7 8 5,7 5,7 5,7 38,5 10 - 5 106 24,5
25 44,5 40 10 M5 - 5,8 9 5,8 9 24,5 9 6 G 1/8 10,5 - 26 15,5 28 14 8 5,7 5,7 4,5 42 10 - 5,5 145 32
32 51 46 12 M6 24,5 5,8 9 - - 27 9 - G 1/8 11,5 36 32 - - - 10 5,7 - 4 48 12 5 11 172 36
40 58 55 12 M6 28 5,8 9 - - 30,5 9,5 - G 1/8 11 42 42 - - - 10 5,7 - 4 55 12 6 12,5 225 40
50 70 65 16 M8 34 6,8 11 - - 37,5 12,5 - G 1/8 11,5 50 50 - - - 13 6,8 - 4 65 12 6 13,5 359 63
63 86 80 16 M8 38,5 9 14 - - 46 15 - G 1/8 11 62 62 - - - 13 8,8 - 5 80 14 7 15 552 70
80 105 100 20 M10 44 9 14 - - 55 14 - G 1/4 14 82 82 - - - 17 9 - 6 100 15 8 18 1072 105
100 131 124 25 M12 56 11 17,2 - - 69 17,5 - G 1/4 16 103 103 - - - 22 11 - 7,5 124 20 10 20,5 1920 160

“H” DIMENSION
Ø STROKE (mm)
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 125 160 200 250
12 32 37 42 47 52 57 - - - - - - - - -
16 37 42 47 52 63 68 78 88 98 118 138 - - - -
20 37 42 47 52 63 68 78 88 98 118 138 163 - - -
25 43,5 48,5 53,5 58,5 64,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 119,5 139,5 164,5 - - -
32 44,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 119,5 139,5 164,5 199,5 - -
40 44,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 119,5 139,5 164,5 199,5 - -
50 - 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 119,5 139,5 164,5 199,5 239,5 -
63 - 52 57 62 67 72 82 92 102 122 142 167 202 242 -
80 - 56 61 66 71 76 86 96 106 126 146 171 206 246 296
100 - 66 71 76 81 86 96 106 116 136 156 181 216 256 306

1.62 Cylinders series B


B
Compact
cylinders
series
SINGLE ACTING, EXTENDED ROD AND SINGLE ACTING MAGNETIC, EXTENDED ROD

Ø 12 Ø 16 ÷ 25 Ø 32 ÷100

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


Ø A B D D1 D2 D3 D4 D7 D8 E F F1 G H3 I1 I2 I3 I5 I6 K L L1 M N P S W WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x10 mm
12 25 25 6 M3 - 3,7 5,6 - - - 4,7 - M5 5,5 - - - - - 5 3,5 - 4,7 - 6 - 3,5 33,5 11,5
16 34 30 8 M4 - 4,7 7,5 3,7 5,6 19 7 5 M5 8 - 18 12 20 10 6 4,6 3,5 4 32 8 - 4,5 74 16,5
20 40 36 10 M5 - 5,8 9 5,8 9 22 7 5,2 M5 8 - 20 15 25,5 12,7 8 5,7 5,7 5,7 38,5 10 - 4,5 106 24,5
25 44,5 40 10 M5 - 5,8 9 5,8 9 24,5 9 6 G 1/8 10,5 - 26 15,5 28 14 8 5,7 5,7 4,5 42 10 - 5,5 145 32
32 51 46 12 M6 24,5 5,8 9 - - 27 9 - G 1/8 11,5 36 32 - - - 10 5,7 - 4 48 12 5 11 172 36
40 58 55 12 M6 28 5,8 9 - - 30,5 9,5 - G 1/8 11 42 42 - - - 10 5,7 - 4 55 12 6 12,5 225 40
50 70 65 16 M8 34 6,8 11 - - 37,5 12,5 - G 1/8 11,5 50 50 - - - 13 6,8 - 4 65 12 6 13,5 359 63
63 86 80 16 M8 38,5 9 14 - - 46 15 - G 1/8 11 62 62 - - - 13 8,8 - 5 80 14 8 15 552 70

“H” DIMENSION
Ø STROKE (mm)
5 10 15 20 25 30
12 - 22 27 - - - -
- 12 magn 32 37 - - - -
16 16 magn 37 42 47 - - -
20 20 magn 37 42 47 63 68 -
25 25 magn 43,5 48,5 53,5 64,5 69,5 -
32 32 magn 44,5 49,5 54,5 64,5 69,5 79,5
40 40 magn - 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 69,5
50 50 magn - 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 69,5
63 63 magn - 52 57 62 67 72

Cylinders series B 1.63


B
Compact
cylinders
series
DOUBLE ACTING, THROUGH ROD AND DOUBLE ACTING MAGNETIC, THROUGH ROD

Ø 16 ÷ 25 Ø 32 ÷100

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


Ø A B D D1 D2 D3 D4 D7 D8 E F F1 G H3 I1 I2 I3 I5 I6 K L L1 M N P S W WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x 10 mm
16 34 30 8 M4 - 4,7 7,5 3,7 5,6 19 7 5 M5 8 - 18 12 20 10 6 4,6 3,5 4 32 8 - 4,5 130 19
20 40 36 10 M5 - 5,8 9 5,8 9 22 7 5,2 M5 8 - 20 15 25,5 12,7 8 5,7 5,7 5,7 38,5 10 - 4,5 150 28
25 44,5 40 10 M5 - 5,8 9 5,8 9 24,5 9 6 G 1/8 10,5 - 26 15,5 28 14 8 5,7 5,7 4,5 42 10 - 5,5 185 35,5
32 51 46 12 M6 24,5 5,8 9 - - 27 9 - G 1/8 11,5 36 32 - - - 10 5,7 - 4 48 12 5 11 282 39,5
40 58 55 12 M6 28 5,8 9 - - 30,5 9,5 - G 1/8 11 42 42 - - - 10 5,7 - 4 55 12 6 12,5 366 43,5
50 70 65 16 M8 34 6,8 11 - - 37,5 12,5 - G 1/8 11,5 50 50 - - - 13 6,8 - 4 65 12 6 13,5 521 68
63 86 80 16 M8 38,5 9 14 - - 46 15 - G 1/8 11 62 62 - - - 13 8,8 - 5 80 14 8 15 717 75
80 105 100 20 M10 44 9 14 - - 55 14 - G 1/4 14 82 82 - - - 17 9 - 6 100 15 10 18 1434 114
100 131 124 25 M12 56 11 17,2 - - 69 17,5 - G 1/4 16 103 103 - - - 22 11 - 7,5 124 20 10,5 20,5 2435 174

“H” DIMENSION
Ø STROKE (mm)
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 125 160 200 250
16 37 42 47 52 63 68 78 88 98 118 138 - - - -
20 37 42 47 52 63 68 78 88 98 118 138 163 - - -
25 43,5 48,5 53,5 58,5 64,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 119,5 139,5 164,5 - - -
32 44,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 119,5 139,5 164,5 199,5 - -
40 44,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 119,5 139,5 164,5 199,5 - -
50 - 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 119,5 139,5 164,5 199,5 239,5 -
63 - 52 57 62 67 72 82 92 102 122 142 167 202 242 -
80 - 56 61 66 71 76 86 96 106 126 146 171 206 246 296
100 - 66 71 76 81 86 96 106 116 136 156 181 216 256 306

1.64 Cylinders series B


B
Compact
cylinders
series
NON ROTATING DOUBLE ACTING AND NON ROTATING DOUBLE ACTING MAGNETIC

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


Ø A B D D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 E F G H3 I1 I2 I4 L M N S S1 T W WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x10 mm
20 40 36 45° 10 - 5,8 9,2 M4 11 22 9,3 M5 8 25,5 25,5 20 5,7 5,7 38,5 - 8 15 4,5 150 28
25 44,5 40 45° 10 - 5,8 9,2 M4 11 24,5 10,5 G 1/8 11 28 28 22 5,7 4,5 42 - 8 15 5,5 185 35,5
32 51 46 41,5° 12 24,5 5,8 9,2 M5 17 27 9 G 1/8 11,5 36 32 28 5,7 4 48 5 10 20 11 282 39,5
40 58 55 45° 12 28 5,8 9,2 M5 17 30,5 9,5 G 1/8 11,5 42 42 33 5,7 4 55 6 10 20 12,5 366 43,5
50 70 65 45° 16 34 6,8 11 M6 22 37,5 12,5 G 1/8 11,5 50 50 42 6,8 4 65 6 12 30 13,5 521 68
63 86 80 45° 16 38,5 9 14 M6 22 46 15 G 1/8 12 62 62 50 8,8 5 80 8 12 30 15 717 75
80 105 100 45° 20 44 9 14 M8 28 55 14 G 1/4 14 82 82 65 9 6 100 10 14 50 18 1434 114
100 131 124 45° 25 56 11 17,2 M10 30 69 17,5 G 1/4 16 103 103 80 11 7,5 124 10,5 14 50 20,5 2435 174

“H” DIMENSION
Ø STROKE (mm)
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 125 160
20 37 42 47 52 63 68 78 88 98 118 138 - -
25 43,5 48,5 53,5 58,5 64,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 119,5 139,5 - -
32 44,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 119,5 139,5 - -
40 44,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 119,5 139,5 - -
50 - 49,5 54,5 59,5 64,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 119,5 139,5 164,5 -
63 - 52 57 62 67 72 82 92 102 122 142 167 202
80 - 56 61 66 71 76 86 96 106 126 146 171 206
100 - 66 71 76 81 86 96 106 116 136 156 181 216

MALE HINGE MOUNTING DIMENSIONS


Ø A1 B E2 H5 Z B1
H8
16 8 6 6 12 7 14
20 10 8 8 16 9 18
25 10 8 8 16 9 18
32 13 10 10 20 14 23
40 15 12 12 24 16 27
50 15 12 12 24 17 27
63 19 16 16 32 22 35
80 19 16 16 32 22 35
100 23 20 20 40 26 43

Cylinders series B 1.65


B
Accessories
Fixings
series
FEET (pair) - ALUMINIUM - B/PB Ø
Ø A2 B2 C D9 E1 F2 I6

16 5 10 10 3,5 17 5 30

1
20 5 10 10 3,5 18 5 40
25 6 12 12 5,5 20 7,5 45
32 6 12 12 5,5 24 5 50
40 6 12 12 5,5 27,5 5 60
50 7,5 15 15 6,5 32,5 5 70
63 7,5 15 15 8,5 40 7,5 85
80 10 20 20 8,5 50 20 60
100 10 20 20 10,5 62 22 80

Ø L2 M1 N1 R WEIGHT
(g)
16 H*+10 2,4 40 M3 10
20 H*+10 4 50 M5 10,1
25 H*+12 4 60 M5 20,4
32 H*+12 4 60 M5 20,4
40 H*+12 4 70 M5 24,7
50 H*+15 5 80 M6 44,7
63 H*+15 6,5 100 M8 53
80 H*+20 6,5 100 M8 99
100 H*+20 8 124 M10 120

*DIMENSION “H” IS OBTAINABLE


FROM THE TABLES OF THE SINGLE
VERSION

ROD NIPPLE WITH THREAD TO ISO STANDARD - STEEL - NB Ø


Ø D D1 A B C WEIGHT
(g)
12 M6 M3 16 6,5 22,5 3
16 M6 M4 15 8 23 3,2
20-25 M8 M5 20 10 30 7,2
32-40 M10x1,25 M6 22 12 34 13,1
50-63 M12x1,25 M8 24 14 38 23
G50-63 M16x1,5 M8 32 14 46 47,6
80 M16x1,5 M10 32 15 47 50,5
100 M20x1,5 M12 40 20 60 101

1.66 Cylinders series B


BG
Compact
guided cylinders
series
DESCRIPTION
Compact guided cylinders series “BG” have reduced dimensions and
high precision movement. These cylinders assure great strenght to
transversal forces thanks to stout bars guided on bushings or sleeves.
Cylinders series “BG” are double acting and they have the magnetic
piston type and the steel plate as standard, so they can be supplied
with magnetic sensors.
1
MATERIALS
End caps Anodized aluminium alloy
Body Anodized aluminium alloy
TECHNICAL DATA Piston rod Ø 16 ÷ 25 : AISI 303 stainless steel
Ø 32 ÷ 63 : C45 chromium-plated steel
Operating pressure 1÷10 bar
Piston Aluminium alloy with magnet
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
Guide bars C45 chromium-plated steel (bushings sliding type)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Hardened steel (recirculating ball bearing sleeves sliding type)
Bore Ø 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63
Plate Nickel-plated steel
Port size Ø 16 = M 5
Anodized aluminium alloy
Ø 20 ÷ 40 = G 1/8
Bushings Self-lubricating sintered bronze with wiper ring
Ø 50 = G 1/4
No.2 pcs. for strokes 20 ÷ 50 mm; No.4 pcs. for strokes 75 ÷ 200 mm
Standard strokes (mm) Ø 16 = 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100
Sleeves Recirculating ball bearings with wiper ring
Ø 20 = 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200
No.2 pcs. for strokes 20 ÷ 50 mm; No.4 pcs. for strokes 75 ÷ 200 mm
Ø 25 = 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200
Seals Polyurethane
Ø 32 ÷ 63 = 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200

ORDER KEY
/ BG S• VERSION
D Double acting

SLIDING TYPE
B On bushing M With sleeves

OPTION
Bore
Single steel plate D Double steel plate
Stroke
S Single aluminium plate L Double aluminium plate
Version
Series ORDER EXAMPLE
Sliding type Cylinder Ø 50, double acting, 50 mm stroke, with sleeves, double steel
Option plate 50/50 DBGMD
Special options (supplied upon request) SPARE PARTS
P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93) SEALS KIT
• See technical data on page 0.12 Polyurethane Ø/SG/BG

TECHNICAL DATA

MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TRANSVERSE FORCE F (N) MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TORQUE M (Nm) ANTI-ROLL ACCURACY
Ø Sliding STROKE (mm) Ø Sliding STROKE (mm)
type type Ø Sliding type
10 20 25 30 40 50 75 100 10 20 25 30 40 50 75 100
B M
B 41 32 - 26 23 20 27 22 B 0,65 0,51 - 0,42 0,36 0,32 - -
16 16 16 ±0,08° ±0,10°
M 44 34 - 27 23 21 27 22 M 0,83 0,65 - 0,52 0,44 0,40 - -
20 ±0,07° ±0,09°
B - 53 - 45 38 34 52 42 B - 0,99 - 0,84 0,71 0,64 0,97 0,78
20 20 25 ±0,07° ±0,09°
M - 62 - 50 42 36 53 44 M - 1,20 - 0,96 0,81 0,69 1,02 0,85
32 ±0,06° ±0,08°
B - 93 - 78 68 60 81 67 B - 1,98 - 1,67 1,45 1,28 1,73 1,43
25 25 40 ±0,06° ±0,08°
M - 94 - 79 68 60 59 51 M - 2,00 - 1,69 1,45 1,28 1,26 1,09
50 ±0,05° ±0,06°
B - - 168 - - 131 163 138 B - - 4,10 - - 3,19 3,97 3,36
32 32 63 ±0,05° ±0,06°
M - - 84 - - 58 270 213 M - - 2,04 - - 1,41 6,58 5,19
B - - 168 - - 131 163 138 B - - 4,51 - - 3,51 4,38 3,70 B - Bushing
40 40 M - Sleeves
M - - 92 - - 64 270 213 M - - 2,47 - - 1,72 7,25 5,72
B - - 240 - - 189 243 208 B - - 6,60 - - 5,19 6,68 5,72
50 50
M - - 117 - - 81 370 312 M - - 3,22 - - 2,22 10,17 8,58
B - - 250 - - 190 265 227 B - - 6,60 - - 5,19 6,68 5,72
63 63
M - - 117 - - 81 370 312 M - - 3,22 - - 2,22 10,17 8,58

Cylinders series BG 1.67


BG
Compact
guided cylinders
series
BG COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDER

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER


Ø A (STROKES mm) B C DA DB E (STROKES mm) F GA GB GC H J L K MM ML NN P

16 46 (10 ÷ 50) 64,5 (75 ÷ 100) 46 33 8 10 0 (10 ÷ 50) 18,5 (75 ÷ 100) 8 11 8 8 64 5 22 30 M5 12 M5 M5
20 53 (20 ÷ 50) 84,5 (75 ÷ 200) 53 37 10 12 0 (20 ÷ 50) 31,5 (75 ÷ 200) 10 10,5 8,5 24,5 83 7,5 24 36 M5 13 M5 G1/8
25 53,5 (20 ÷ 50) 84,5 (75 ÷ 200) 54 37,5 10 16 0 (20 ÷ 50) 31,5 (75 ÷ 200) 10 11,5 9 25 93 7,5 30 42 M6 15 M6 G1/8
32 97 (25 ÷ 50) 107 (75 ÷ 200) 60 37,5 12 20 37,5 (25 ÷ 50) 42,5 (75 ÷ 200) 12 12,5 9 30,5 112 9 34 48 M8 20 M8 G1/8
40 97 (25 ÷ 50) 107 (75 ÷ 200) 66 44 12 20 31 (25 ÷ 50) 36 (75 ÷ 200) 12 14 10 31 120 9 40 54 M8 20 M8 G1/8
50 106,5 (25 ÷ 50)* 118 (75 ÷ 200) 72 44 16 25 34,5 (25 ÷ 50)* 46 (75 ÷ 200) 16 14 11 35 148 10,5 46 64 M10 22 M10 G1/4
63 106,5 (25 ÷ 50)* 118 (75 ÷ 200) 77 49 16 25 29,5 (25 ÷ 50)* 41 (75 ÷ 200) 16 16,5 13,5 35 162 11 58 78 M10 22 M10 G1/4 *

Ø PW Q R S T U V W (STROKES mm) X YE YH YI YL YY Z WEIGHT (g) for STROKES (mm) with aluminium plate
10 20 25 30 40 50 75 100
16 19 16 54 25 62 46 56 24 (10 ÷ 30) 44 (40 ÷ 100) - 24 8 4,5 4,3 10 M5 5 300 350 - 400 450 500 700 850
20 20,5 18 70 30 81 54 72 24 (20 - 30) 44 (40 ÷ 100) 120 (125 ÷ 200) 28 9,5 5,5 5,6 12 M5 17 - 640 - 720 800 880 1200 1400
25 28,5 26 78 38 91 64 82 24 (20 - 30) 44 (40 ÷ 100) 120 (125 ÷ 200) 34 9,5 5,5 5,6 12 M6 17 - 850 - 950 1050 1150 1600 1850
32 34 30 96 44 110 78 98 24 (25) 48 (50 ÷ 100) 124 (125 ÷ 200) 42 11 7,5 6,6 16 M8 21 - - 1500 - - 1850 2500 2850
40 28,5 30 104 44 118 86 106 24 (25) 48 (50 ÷ 100) 124 (125 ÷ 200) 50 11 7,5 6,6 16 M8 22 - - 1700 - - 2100 2650 3050
50 47 40 130 60 146 110 130 24 (25) 48 (50 ÷ 100) 124 (125 ÷ 200) 66 14 9 8,6 20 M10 22 - - 2700 - - 3300 4100 4700
63 55 50 130 70 158 124 142 28 (25) 52 (50 ÷ 100) 128 (125 ÷ 200) 80 14 9 8,6 20 M10 24 - - 3100 - - 4218 4936 5655

* With sleeves: dimension “A” (stroke 50) = 114 for Ø 50 and 63; dimension “E” (stroke 50) = 42 for Ø 50 and 37 for Ø 63

SLOTS FIXING PLATE - STEEL - BG/PF Ø FIXING EXAMPLE


Ø A B C D CH WEIGHT
(g)
16 7 10 M4 3,5 1,5 2
20 - 25 8 15 M5 4 2 3,5
32 - 40 10 20 M6 5 2,5 7,5
50 - 63 13 25 M8 7 3 17

1.68 Cylinders series BG


HB
Screwed-head
cylinders
series
DESCRIPTION
Cylinders series “HB” are manufactured to be fixed on machine edges
without the use of mountings. The end cap acts as a mounting device
in the versions: hinge-mounted, screw-mounted, feet-mounted, front

1
flange-mounted, rear flange-mounted. The double acting hinge-mounted
versions and rear flange-mounted are available with reduced end caps.
Cylinders series “HB” cannot be supplied with magnetic sensors.
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure 1,5 ÷ 10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperatures
(-20 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring;
Single acting rear spring; Through rod
Bore Ø 20, 27, 35, 40, 50, 58, 70, 85, 100
Port size Ø 20 ÷ 50 = G 1/8
Ø 58 ÷ 100 = G 1/4
Standard strokes (mm) 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250
Max. strokes double acting (mm) Ø 20 - 27 = 1000; Ø 35 ÷ 50 = 1500; Ø 58 ÷ 100 = 2000
SPRING THEORETICAL TRACTIVE FORCE
Maximum strokes Ø 20 27 35 40 50 58 70 85 100
single acting mm 20 25 35 60 70 60 70 90 100
Maximum strokes single acting Ø 20 27 35 40 50 58 70 85 100
(version “S”) with spacers mm 60 75 105 180 210 180 210 270 300

MATERIALS
End caps Aluminium alloy
Cylinder barrel Ø 20 ÷ 100: Extruded tube, anodized aluminium alloy;
Extruded tube, brass (supplied upon request)
Spring tractive force (N)

Piston rod C45 chromium-plated steel


AISI 303 rolled stainless steel
End cap nut Steel
Piston rod bearing Bronze-iron 20%, sintered, self-lubricating
Piston guide shoe Acetal resin
Piston Aluminium alloy
Seals NBR rubber
Viton®
Springs Springs steel Stroke (mm)

ORDER KEY
S• VERSION 1
/ Basic cylinder R Through rod*
VERSION 2
Bore D Double acting Y Single acting front spring**

Version 1
S Single acting front spring

Stroke SERIES
Version 2 CB Hinge-mounted FAB Front flange-mounted
VB Screw-mounted FPB Rear flange-mounted
Series
PB Feet-mounted
Option 1
OPTION 1
Option 2 C Reduced end cap***
Option 3 OPTION 2
Option 4 1 Stainless steel piston rod 3 Stainless steel piston rod and seals
for high temperatures
Special options (supplied upon request) 2 Seals for high temperatures
• See technical data on page 0.12 OPTION 3
4 Brass cylinder barrel
ORDER EXAMPLES OPTION 4
Basic cylinder Ø27, 25 mm stroke, single acting front spring, 5 Rod wipers
feet-mounted 27/25 SPB * Series “FPB” excluded
Cylinder Ø20, through rod, 100 mm stroke, double acting, ** Dimensions are different from the versions “D” and “S”
*** Supplied only with series “DCB”, “YCB”, “DFPB”, “YFPB” and with the version “R” of series “DFAB” and “DVB”
feet-mounted 20R100 DPB
Basic cylinder Ø58, 50 mm stroke, double acting, hinge-mounted, SPARE PARTS
stainless steel piston rod, brass cylinder barrel 58/50 DVB 1 4 SEALS KIT
Basic cylinder Ø35, 70 mm stroke, double acting, hinge-mounted, NBR Ø/SG/HB For high temperatures Ø/SG/HB2
reduced end cap 35/70 DCBC Through rod, NBR Ø/SG/R/HB Through rod, for high temperatures Ø/SG/R/HB2

Cylinders series HB 1.69


HB
Screwed-head
cylinders
series
BASIC CYLINDER HINGE-MOUNTED - CB

H + STROKE

REDUCED END CAP

H2 + STROKE

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER CB


Ø D D1 E F1 H H2 I J K1 K2 L M N Q1 Q3 R S Y Y2 WEIGHT INCREM.
H8 0/+0,2 0/-0,2 (g) (g)
every 10 mm
20 8 M6 9 3 85 72 10 5 8 22 30 16 6 24 8 G 1/8 24 10 11,5 200 15
27 10 M8 12 4 96 76 21 6 9 25 35 20 7 30 10 G 1/8 28 9,5 11,5 289 20
35 12 M10 15 4 106 84 23 8 12 32 45 24 9 36 12 G 1/8 32 9,5 10 396 32
40 12 M10 15 4 121 90 26 10 18 40 50 32 10 44 12 G 1/8 36 10 10 503 35
50 14 M12 18 5 130 101 28 12 25 49 61 32 12 46 14 G 1/8 42 10 10 793 44
58 16 M14 21 5 140 110 33 14 26 54 70 32 14 48 16 G 1/4 45 12 14 1181 53
70 18 M16 24 5 151 122 35 16 35 67 82 35 16 53 18 G 1/4 50 14 16 1474 64
85 20 M18 27 6 168 128 36 18 40 76 98 44,5 18 64,5 20 G 1/4 60 12,5 14 2033 89
100 24 M20 30 6 191 142 45 20 40 80 114 50 20 74 24 G 1/4 70 14 19 3250 110

ACCESSORIES
PIVOT FOR FEMALE REAR HINGE - STEEL - HB/SEC Ø
Ø BU EK EL WEIGHT
f7 (g)
20 28 5 23 4,5
27 31 6 26 7
35 38 8 33 15
40 47 10 41 29
50 56 12 50 50
58 62 14 55 76
70 75 16 68 118
85 84 18 77 168
100 88 20 81 217

1.70 Cylinders series HB


HB
Screwed-head
cylinders
series
BASIC CYLINDER SCREW-MOUNTED - VB

F3 + STROKE

P.S.: End cap nut (HB/DT Ø) supplied as standard. Contact the commercial office for further nuts.

THROUGH ROD

H1 + STROKE Q1 + STROKE

P.S.: End cap nut (HB/DT Ø) supplied as standard. Contact the commercial office for further nuts.

THROUGH ROD, REDUCED END CAP

H3 + STROKE Q3 + STROKE

P.S.: End cap nut (HB/DT Ø) supplied as standard. Contact the commercial office for further nuts.

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER VB


Ø B2 CH2 D D1 E F1 F3 H1 H3 I2 L M Q1 Q3 R S S5 S7 Y Y2 WEIGHT INCREM.
(g) (g)
every 10 mm
20 5 32 8 M6 9 3 41 58 61 3,5 30 16 24 8 G 1/8 24 14 M24x2 10 11,5 129 15
27 6 35 10 M8 12 4 45,5 60,5 62,5 3,5 35 20 30 10 G 1/8 28 14 M28x2 9,5 11,5 160 20
35 7 40 12 M10 15 4 47,5 61,5 63,5 3,5 45 24 36 12 G 1/8 32 18 M32x2 9,5 10 299,5 32
40 8 45 12 M10 15 4 51 68 69 3 50 32 44 12 G 1/8 36 24 M36x3 10 10 416 35
50 10 50 14 M12 18 5 56 70 73 3 61 32 46 14 G 1/8 42 26 M42x3 10 10 691 44
58 10 55 16 M14 21 5 59 75 77 4 70 32 48 16 G 1/4 45 30 M45x3 12 14 1028 53
70 10 60 18 M16 24 5 63 80 86 4 82 35 53 18 G 1/4 50 30 M50x3 14 16 1388 64
85 12 70 20 M18 27 6 67,5 84 88,5 4 98 44,5 64,5 20 G 1/4 60 40 M60x4 12,5 14 2024 89
100 14 85 24 M20 30 6 72 89 90 4 114 50 74 24 G 1/4 70 40 M70x4 14 19 3060 110

Cylinders series HB 1.71


HB
Screwed-head
cylinders
series
BASIC CYLINDER FEET-MOUNTED - PB

N° 4 HOLES F4
W3 + STROKE
W4 + STROKE

THROUGH ROD

W4 + 2STROKE

W3 + STROKE
W4 + STROKE

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER PB


Ø A D D1 E F1 F4 G L1 N2 Q2 R S1 W3 W4 WEIGHT INCREMENT
(g) (g)
every 10 mm
20 42 8 M6 9 3 4,25 17 52 13 36 G 1/8 8 18 62 181 15
27 45 10 M8 12 4 4,5 19,5 55 17 40 G 1/8 10 20 70 269 20
35 57 12 M10 15 4 5,5 22,5 69 17 44 G 1/8 12 21 77 359 32
40 64 12 M10 15 4 5,5 25 78 22 56 G 1/8 14 20 88 502 35
50 77 14 M12 18 5 5,5 30,5 93 22 54 G 1/8 16 26 94 743 44
58 86 16 M14 21 5 6,5 35 102 25 56 G 1/4 16 27 99 996 53
70 100 18 M16 24 5 6,5 41 118 26 61 G 1/4 18 28 107 1363 64
85 118 20 M18 27 6 8,5 49 138 27 72 G 1/4 20 30 122 2043 89
100 136 24 M20 30 6 8,5 57 158 28 76 G 1/4 22 33 133 3019 110

1.72 Cylinders series HB


HB
Screwed-head
cylinders
series
BASIC CYLINDER FRONT FLANGE-MOUNTED - FAB
W1 + STROKE

N° 4 HOLES F
1

THROUGH ROD

W2 + STROKE Q1 + STROKE

THROUGH ROD, REDUCED END CAP

W5 + STROKE Q3 + STROKE

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER - FAB


Ø D D1 E F F1 I I2 L M O P Q Q1 Q3 R S S2 S3 S5 W1 W2 W5 Y Y2 WEIGHT INCREM.
(g) (g)
every 10 mm
20 8 M6 9 4,2 3 2 3,5 30 16 39 50 10 24 8 G 1/8 24 23 4 14 55 72 75 10 11,5 91 15
27 10 M8 12 4,5 4 2 3,5 35 20 48 58 12 30 10 G 1/8 28 30 6 14 63,5 78,5 80,5 9,5 11,5 178 20
35 12 M10 15 5,5 4 2 3,5 45 24 54 66 14 36 12 G 1/8 32 36 6 18 69,5 83,5 85,5 9,5 10 317 32
40 12 M10 15 6,5 4 3 3 50 32 57 69 15 44 12 G 1/8 36 40 7 24 80 97 98 10 10 427 35
50 14 M12 18 6,5 5 3 3 61 32 75 87 17 46 14 G 1/8 42 54 7 26 85 99 102 10 10 689 44
58 16 M14 21 6,5 5 3 4 70 32 82 100 19 48 16 G 1/4 45 60 8 30 88 104 106 12 14 915 53
70 18 M16 24 8,5 5 4 4 82 35 100 119 22 53 18 G 1/4 50 70 10 30 94 111 117 14 16 1244 64
85 20 M18 27 10,5 6 4 4 98 44,5 120 140 24 64,5 20 G 1/4 60 80 11 40 103 119,5 124 12,5 14 2113 89
100 24 M20 30 10,5 6 4 4 114 50 137 160 28 74 24 G 1/4 70 88 12 40 118 135 136 14 19 3200 110

Cylinders series HB 1.73


HB
Screwed-head
cylinders
series
BASIC CYLINDER REAR FLANGE-MOUNTED - FPB

F2 + STROKE

1 N° 4 HOLES F6

REDUCED END CAP

F5 + STROKE

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER FPB


Ø D D1 E F1 F2 F5 F6 I1 L M O P Q1 Q3 R S S4 S6 Y Y1 Y2 WEIGHT INCREM.
(g) (g)
every 10 mm
20 8 M6 9 3 78 65 4,2 2 30 16 39 50 24 8 G 1/8 24 23 18 10 11 11,5 91 15
27 10 M8 12 4 89 69 4,5 2 35 20 48 58 30 10 G 1/8 28 30 19 9,5 11,5 11,5 178 20
35 12 M10 15 4 97 75 5,5 2 45 24 59 69 36 12 G 1/8 32 38 19 9,5 11,5 10 317 32
40 12 M10 15 4 109 78 5,5 3 50 32 62 74 44 12 G 1/8 36 40 21 10 13,5 10 427 35
50 14 M12 18 5 113 84 6,5 3 61 32 75 87 46 14 G 1/8 42 50 21 10 13,5 10 689 44
58 16 M14 21 5 122 92 8,5 3 70 32 86 100 48 16 G 1/4 45 62 24 12 15 14 915 53
70 18 M16 24 5 131 102 8,5 4 82 35 100 119 53 18 G 1/4 50 72 22 14 15 16 1244 64
85 20 M18 27 6 147 107 10,5 4 98 44,5 120 140 64,5 20 G 1/4 60 80 25 12,5 16,5 14 2113 89
100 24 M20 30 6 164 115 10,5 4 114 50 137 160 74 24 G 1/4 70 88 28 14 18 19 3200 110

1.74 Cylinders series HB


Z
Rodless
cylinders
series
DESCRIPTION
Rodless cylinders series “Z” are suitable for applications where long
strokes are required, as they have been designed with reduced overall
dimensions if compared to the standard cylinders with external rod.
The short cylinder (version “K”) has a basic length (0-stroke) up to
40% shorter than the “S” standard version. The guided versions
(options “F” & “FF”) allow the translation of non-guided loads and
1
offer great resistance to transversal forces. Cylinders series “Z” have
the magnetic piston type as standard and so they can be supplied
with magnetic sensors.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure 2 ÷ 8 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
MATERIALS
Versions Standard yoke; Short yoke End caps Anodized aluminium alloy
Bore Ø 18, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 Cylinder barrel Extruded profile, anodized aluminium alloy
Port size Ø 18 = M 5 Sealing strip Polyamide
Ø 25 - 32 = G 1/8 Cover strip AISI 304 stainless steel
Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4 Head wiper Acetal resin
Ø 63 = G 3/8 Piston Aluminium alloy with piston seal in acetal resin
Decelerators length Ø 18 25 32 40 50 63 Yoke Anodized aluminium alloy
mm 15 18 24 34 40 49 Decelerators ogives Brass
Maximum strokes (mm) Ø 18 ÷ 63 = 6000 Seals Polyurethane

ORDER KEY
/ Z S• VERSION
S Standard yoke K Short yoke

OPTION 1
F Single guide FF Double guide*

OPTION 2
1 One side ported** 2 Bottom ported**

Bore ** Supplied only for “S” version


** Supplied from Ø 25 to Ø 63
Stroke
Series
Version
Option 1
Option 2
Special options (supplied upon request)

P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 - FM 101 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93)
• See technical data on page 0.12

ORDER EXAMPLES SPARE PARTS


Rodless cylinder Ø50, 500 mm stroke, with standard yoke and Seals kit - Polyurethane Ø/SG/Z
ports 50/500 ZS Sealing strip (min. 500 mm) Ø/BP/Z/mm
Rodless cylinder Ø50, 1000 mm stroke, short yoke, single guide, Cover strip (min. 500 mm) Ø/BM/Z/mm
one side ports 50/1000 ZKF1

Cylinders series Z 1.75


Z
Rodless
cylinders
series
TECHNICAL INFORMATION

MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE FORCES

Ø F x in (N) a 6 bar - speed 0,35 m/s F z in (N) - speed 0,35 m/s F y in (N) - speed 0,35 m/s
ZS ZK ZSF ZSFF ZKF ZS ZK ZSF ZSFF ZKF ZS ZK ZSF ZSFF ZKF
18 140 140 140 140 140 300 140 370 550 150 80 40 370 550 150
25 270 270 270 270 270 480 230 800 1200 250 110 55 800 1200 250
32 440 440 440 440 440 650 320 1200 1800 450 165 70 1200 1800 450
40 680 680 680 680 680 800 400 1600 2400 600 225 100 1600 2400 600
50 1060 1060 1060 1060 1060 1060 480 2100 3200 900 325 140 2100 3200 900
63 1680 1680 1680 1680 1680 1680 590 2800 4200 1100 435 180 2800 4200 1100

Resultant Force Ft (N)


Ø Speed = 0,75 m/s Speed = 1 m/s Speed = 1,5 m/s
ZS ZK ZSF ZSFF ZKF ZS ZK ZSF ZSFF ZKF ZS ZK ZSF ZSFF ZKF
18 80 40 100 150 50 40 25 58 80 30 20 10 26 20 12
25 155 90 280 420 100 90 50 160 210 60 40 25 65 80 30
32 280 200 510 750 250 155 110 300 400 135 70 45 140 170 65
40 500 420 1000 1500 480 290 240 550 750 280 125 110 250 300 140
50 790 750 1500 2200 800 420 440 850 1150 480 195 190 380 460 220
63 1500 1500 2500 3700 1500 850 850 1400 1900 950 370 380 610 740 400

N.B.: ∑ F = Resultant force = Ft = √F x2 + F z2 + F y2


MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TORQUE

Ø M x in (Nm) M z in (Nm) M y in (Nm)


ZS ZK ZSF ZSFF ZKF ZS ZK ZSF ZSFF ZKF ZS ZK ZSF ZSFF ZKF
18 1 0,4 3,5 5,2 1,8 3 1,7 6 9 1,8 3 1,7 6 9 1,8
25 2 0,7 10 15 4 13 2,7 20 30 4 13 2,7 20 30 4
32 3,5 1 25 37 10 25 5 45 67 10 25 5 45 67 10
40 5,5 2 40 60 16 40 8,5 75 110 16 40 8,5 75 110 16
50 10 3,5 80 120 30 65 13 150 220 30 65 13 150 220 30
63 16 5 110 170 45 100 18 250 370 45 100 18 250 370 45

MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE FORCE “Fz” (as a function of the distance “L” between supports and of the deflection request)
Fz (N) at deflection of 0,5 mm

Fz (N) at deflection of 1 mm

Distance L (mm) Distance L (mm)

1.76 Cylinders series Z


Z
Rodless
cylinders
series
ZS BASIC CYLINDER WITH STANDARD YOKE

2A + STROKE

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS ZS BASIC CYLINDER


Ø A AF AM B C CA CB D DA DB DC DD E F G J M N O S T U W WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x10 mm
18 80 50 10 16,5 6,5 - - M5 17,5 - - 15 103 75 - 3 15,5 M3x6 3,5 23,5 M3x7 30 39 300 15
25 100 70 13 20 8,5 7 13 G1/8 25,5 14 28 21 131 100 50 3,5 20 M4x7 4,5 33 M4x9 42 53 600 26
32 120 100 16 20 8,5 7 13 G1/8 32 17,5 34,5 26 171 140 70 4,5 25 M5x9 5,5 41 M5x10 52 65 1100 36
40 150 140 22 24 11 9,5 14,5 G1/4 37,5 20 42 31,5 220 180 90 5 33 M6x10 7 51 M6x12 63 79 1800 48
50 180 180 29 24 11 9,5 14,5 G1/4 47,5 26 52 39 280 220 110 6,5 42 M8x12,5 7 63 M8x12 78 96 3200 74
63 215 230 40 30 14,5 11 18,5 G3/8 59,5 30 62 46,5 333 280 140 8 54 M8x15 9 78 M8x12 93 113,5 5600 100

ZK BASIC CYLINDER WITH SHORT YOKE

2A + STROKE

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS ZK BASIC CYLINDER


Ø A AM B C CA CB D DA DB DC DD E F J M N O S T U W WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x10 mm
18 57,5 10 16,5 6,5 - - M5 17,5 - - 15 58 30 3 15,5 M3x6 3,5 23,5 M3x7 30 39 200 15
25 67,5 13 20 8,5 7 13 G1/8 25,5 14 28 21 66 35 3,5 20 M4x7 4,5 33 M4x9 42 53 400 26
32 77,5 16 20 8,5 7 13 G1/8 32 17,5 34,5 26 86 55 4,5 25 M5x9 5,5 41 M5x10 52 65 700 36
40 95 22 24 11 9,5 14,5 G1/4 37,5 20 42 31,5 110 70 5 33 M6x10 7 51 M6x12 63 79 1200 48
50 105 29 24 11 9,5 14,5 G1/4 47,5 26 52 39 130 70 6,5 42 M8x12,5 7 63 M8x12 78 96 2000 74
63 125 40 30 14,5 11 18,5 G3/8 59,5 30 62 46,5 153 100 8 54 M8x15 9 78 M8x12 93 113,5 3200 100

Cylinders series Z 1.77


Z
Rodless
cylinders
series
ZSF BASIC CYLINDER WITH STANDARD YOKE AND SINGLE GUIDE
2A + STROKE

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS ZSF BASIC CYLINDER


Ø A AM B BM C CA CB D DA DB DC DD FE FF FG FM FW N S T U WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x10 mm
18 80 10 16,5 35 6,5 - - M5 17,5 - - 15 103 75 - 50 39 M4x7,5 23,5 M3x7 30 400 15
25 100 13 20 45 8,5 7 13 G1/8 25,5 14 28 21 131 100 50 66 53 M4x8 33 M4x9 42 900 26
32 120 16 20 55 8,5 7 13 G1/8 32 17,5 34,5 26 171 140 70 80 65 M5x10 41 M5x10 52 1500 36
40 150 22 24 70 11 9,5 14,5 G1/4 37,5 20 42 31,5 220 180 90 97 79 M6x12 51 M6x12 63 2800 48
50 180 29 24 85 11 9,5 14,5 G1/4 47,5 26 52 39 280 220 110 116 96 M8x16 63 M8x12 78 4900 74
63 215 40 30 105 14,5 11 18,5 G3/8 59,5 30 62 46,5 333 280 140 136 113,5 M8x16 78 M8x12 93 8000 100

ZSFF BASIC CYLINDER WITH STANDARD YOKE AND DOUBLE GUIDE


2A + STROKE

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS ZSFF BASIC CYLINDER


Ø A AM B BM C CA CB D DA DB DC DD FE FF FG FM FW N S T U WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x10 mm
18 80 10 16,5 35 6,5 - - M5 17,5 - - 15 103 75 - 50 50 M4x7,5 23,5 M3x7 30 500 15
25 100 13 20 45 8,5 7 13 G1/8 25,5 14 28 21 131 100 50 66 64 M4x8 33 M4x9 42 1200 26
32 120 16 20 55 8,5 7 13 G1/8 32 17,5 34,5 26 171 140 70 80 78 M5x10 41 M5x10 52 1900 36
40 150 22 24 70 11 9,5 14,5 G1/4 37,5 20 42 31,5 220 180 90 97 95 M6x12 51 M6x12 63 3800 48
50 180 29 24 85 11 9,5 14,5 G1/4 47,5 26 52 39 280 220 110 116 114 M8x16 63 M8x12 78 6600 74
63 215 40 30 105 14,5 11 18,5 G3/8 59,5 30 62 46,5 333 280 140 136 134 M8x16 78 M8x12 93 10400 100

1.78 Cylinders series Z


Z
Accessories
Fixings
series
ZKF BASIC CYLINDER WITH SHORT YOKE AND SINGLE GUIDE

2A + STROKE

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS ZKF BASIC CYLINDER


Ø A AM B BM C CA CB D DA DB DC DD E F FM FW N S T U WEIGHT INCR. (g)
(g) x10 mm
18 57,5 10 16,5 35 6,5 - - M5 17,5 - - 15 58 30 50 39 M4x7,5 23,5 M3x7 30 300 15
25 67,5 13 20 45 8,5 7 13 G1/8 25,5 14 28 21 66 35 66 53 M4x8 33 M4x9 42 600 26
32 77,5 16 20 55 8,5 7 13 G1/8 32 17,5 34,5 26 86 55 80 65 M5x10 41 M5x10 52 1150 36
40 95 22 24 70 11 9,5 14,5 G1/4 37,5 20 42 31,5 110 70 97 79 M6x12 51 M6x12 63 2000 48
50 105 29 24 85 11 9,5 14,5 G1/4 47,5 26 52 39 130 70 116 96 M8x16 63 M8x12 78 3200 74
63 125 40 30 105 14,5 11 18,5 G3/8 59,5 30 62 46,5 153 100 136 113,5 M8x16 78 M8x12 93 6400 100

FEET (pair) - ALUMINIUM - ZPB Ø


Ø AA AB AC AD AE AH WEIGHT
(g)
18 15 2 10 20 6 2 35
25 18 2 12,5 30 6 2 40
32 20 2,5 13,5 40 7 3 75
40 25 2,5 17,5 50 9 3 115
50 28 3 20 60 9 3 225
63 30 3 21 75 11 4,5 280

Cylinders series Z 1.79


Z
Accessories
Fixings
series
MIDDLE SUPPORTS (pair) - ALUMINIUM - ZTI Ø
Ø AE AH BA BB BC BD BE BF WEIGHT
(g)
18 6 2 56 46 36,5 23 2,5 8,25 10

1 25
32
40
6
7
9
2
3
3
70
85
105
60
73
90
50
61,5
75
28
33
38
3,5
4
4,5
11
13,8
16
15
30
45
50 9 3 122 106 91 43 5 19 60
63 11 4,5 144 125 107 48 6 22 80

NARROW SWINGING BRIDGE - ALUMINIUM - ZCS Ø


Ø CA CB CC CD CE CF CG CK

18 50 25,5 30 9 M5 54 2,5 M4
25 60 30 40 14 M5 70 3 M4
32 70 37 50 16 M6 86 3,5 M5
40 80 47 60 22 M8 107 4,5 M6
50 90 56 70 30 M8 123 4,5 M6
63 100 73 80 40 M10 145,5 5 M8

Ø CJ CH WEIGHT
(g)
18 4 4 45
25 4 4 60
32 6 6 115
40 8 8 220
50 8 8 275
63 8 8 470

LARGE SWINGING BRIDGE - ALUMINIUM - ZCL Ø


Ø CA CB CC CD CE CF CG CK

18 50 41,5 30 34 M5 54 2,5 M4
25 60 50 40 38 M5 70 3 M4
32 70 60 50 48 M6 86 3,5 M5
40 80 80 60 60 M8 107 4,5 M6
50 90 95 70 70 M8 123 4,5 M6
63 100 120 80 80 M10 145,5 5 M8

Ø CJ CH WEIGHT
(g)
18 4 4 50
25 4 4 80
32 6 6 145
40 8 8 275
50 8 8 350
63 8 8 575

1.80 Cylinders series Z


HS
Hydraulic
speed regulators
series
DESCRIPTION
Hydraulic regulators series “HS” assure a constant speed of
pneumatic cylinders during their working cycle. In fact in the control
of tools, that during their movements meet different resistances
(i.e. violent impacts and vibrations) with the consequent variation
of speed due to the use of only pneumatic control, you could obtain
coarse finishes of the tooling till reach the breaking of the same
1
tool. The hydraulic speed regulators exploit the oil incompressibility
that, passing from a chamber to another one through an externally
adjustable flow regulator, manages to uniform the speed and,
with the use of control valves, avoids dead times warranting
perfectly repeatable stops independently from the applied load.
The adjustment can be made during the piston rod thrust phase,
retract phase or both. The stop valve (STOP), mounted in-line on the
circuit, and the acceleration valves (SKIP), mounted in-parallel, can
be inserted in both the phases. These are poppet valves, two port,
pneumatically actuated and therefore they have to be operated to
make the STOP valve insert and to cut out the SKIP one.

TECHNICAL DATA
Working temperature 0 ÷ +70 °C (-10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Hydraulic oil (WAIRSOL HS: contact our commercial office for details) MATERIALS
Versions In-line tank, piston rod thrust adjustment; In-parallel tank, End caps Anodized aluminium alloy
piston rod thrust adjustment; In-parallel tank, piston rod retract Cylinder barrel Drawn steel
adjustment; In-parallel tank, double adjustment Piston rod C45 chromium-plated steel
Bore Ø 40 Piston Anodized aluminium alloy
Standard strokes (mm) 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 Piston seal NBR rubber
Maximum stroke (mm) 1000 Piston rod seal Polyurethane
Maximum adjustable load 6000 N Tie rods Steel
Minimum/Maximum Without valves: 60 ÷ 10.000 Adjusting groups Nickel-plated brass
permissible speed (mm/min) With valves: 0 ÷ 6.000 Oil lever stick Anodized aluminium alloy

ORDER KEY
HS VERSIONS
LU In-line tank, piston rod thrust adjustment
PU In-parallel tank, piston rod thrust adjustment
PR In-parallel tank, piston rod retract adjustment
PD In-parallel tank, double adjustment
OPTIONS
1 Standard adjustment
Series
2 STOP valve adjustment
Stroke
Version
3 SKIP valve adjustment

Option
4 SKIP and STOP valves adjustment

ORDER EXAMPLES ASSEMBLY


Hydraulic regulator HS, 100 mm stroke, in-parallel tank, stop valve “HS”+ cylinders series “X” or “CPUI” M/HS
thrust adjustment HS100 PU2
Hydraulic regulator HS, 150 mm stroke, in-parallel tank, skip valve
double adjustment + cylinder series “CPUI” Ø63, 150 mm stroke,
magnetic piston type + fixing plate + connection bridle + nipple +
threaded bar, ASSEMBLED:
HS150 PD3, 63/150 CPUI/M,
HS/PT 63, HS/BR 50/63,
HS/NP 50/63, HS/BF Ø
M/HS

Hydraulic speed regulators series HS 1.81


HS
Hydraulic
speed regulators
series
IN-LINE TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT - HS..LU1
WEIGHT: 2200 g (0 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE

1 167 + STROKE

LU1
80 + STROKE

DIMENSIONS WITH IN-LINE TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT


STROKES (mm) A B (max)
≤ 75 75 25
76 ÷ 150 90 39
151 ÷ 250 142 65
251 ÷ 350 171 87
351 ÷ 500 222 125

IN-LINE TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT - HS..LU2 - HS..LU3


WEIGHT LU2: 2700 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm)
WEIGHT LU3: 2300 g (0 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE
(MIN. STROKE 50 mm)

LU2

LU3

80 + STROKE
109 + STROKE

IN-LINE TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT - HS..LU4


WEIGHT: 2800 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm)

LU4

80 + STROKE
109 + STROKE

DIMENSIONS WITH IN-LINE TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT


STROKES (mm) A B (max)
≤ 75 60 25
76 ÷ 150 75 39
151 ÷ 250 127 65
251 ÷ 350 156 87
351 ÷ 500 205 125

1.82 Hydraulic speed regulators series HS


HS
Hydraulic
speed regulators
series
IN-PARALLEL TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT - HS..PU1
WEIGHT: 2200 g (0 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE

PU1

80 + STROKE
167 + STROKE

IN-PARALLEL TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT - HS..PU2 - HS..PU3


WEIGHT PU2: 2700 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm)
WEIGHT PU3: 2300 g (0 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE PU2
(MIN. STROKE 50 mm)

PU3

80 + STROKE
164 + STROKE

IN-PARALLEL TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT - HS..PU4


WEIGHT: 2800 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE
(MIN. STROKE 50 mm)

PU4

80 + STROKE
164 + STROKE

DIMENSIONS WITH IN-PARALLEL TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT


STROKES (mm) A B (max)
75 75 25
76 ÷ 150 90 39
151 ÷ 250 142 65
251 ÷ 350 171 87
351 ÷ 500 222 125

Hydraulic speed regulators series HS 1.83


HS
Hydraulic
speed regulators
series
IN-PARALLEL TANK-RETRACT ADJUSTMENT - HS..PR1
WEIGHT: 2200 g (0 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE

PR1

80 + STROKE
167 + STROKE

IN-PARALLEL TANK-RETRACT ADJUSTMENT - HS..PR2 - HS..PR3


WEIGHT PR2: 2700 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm)
WEIGHT PR3: 2300 g (0 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm)

PR2

PR3

80 + STROKE
164 + STROKE

IN-PARALLEL TANK-RETRACT ADJUSTMENT - HS..PR4


WEIGHT: 2800 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE
(MIN. STROKE 50 mm)

PR4

80 + STROKE
164 + STROKE

DIMENSIONS WITH IN-PARALLEL TANK-RETRACT ADJUSTMENT


STROKES (mm) A B (max)
≤ 75 75 25
76 ÷ 150 90 39
151 ÷ 250 142 65
251 ÷ 350 171 87
351 ÷ 500 222 125

1.84 Hydraulic speed regulators series HS


HS
Hydraulic
speed regulators
series
IN-PARALLEL TANK-DOUBLE ADJUSTMENT HS..PD1
WEIGHT: 2900 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE
(MIN. STROKE 50 mm)

80 + STROKE PD1
120 + STROKE

IN-PARALLEL TANK-DOUBLE ADJUSTMENT HS..PD2 - HS..PD3


WEIGHT PD2: 4100 g (150 mm-STROKE)
+ 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE
(MIN. STROKE 150 mm)
WEIGHT PD3: 3100 g (50 mm-STROKE)
+ 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE
(MIN. STROKE 50 mm)

PD2

80 + STROKE PD3
120 + STROKE

DIMENSIONS WITH IN-PARALLEL TANK-DOUBLE ADJUSTMENT


STROKES (mm) A B (max) STROKES (mm) A B (max)
50 ÷ 75 75 25 251 ÷ 350 171 87
76 ÷ 150 90 39 351 ÷ 500 222 125
151 ÷ 250 142 65

IN-PARALLEL TANK-DOUBLE ADJUSTMENT HS..PD4


WEIGHT: 4300 g (150 mm-STROKE)
+ 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE
(MIN. STROKE 150 mm)

G1/8 N°. 2 HOLES


G1/8 N° 2 HOLES

80 + STROKE
120 + STROKE PD4

DIMENSIONS WITH IN-PARALLEL TANK-DOUBLE ADJUSTMENT


STROKES (mm) A B (max)
150 ÷ 250 142 65
251 ÷ 350 171 87
351 ÷ 500 222 125

Hydraulic speed regulators series HS 1.85


HS
Accessories
Fixings
series
FIXING PLATE HYDRAULIC REGULATOR/CYLINDERS SERIES “X” and “CPUI” - HS/PT Ø
Ø B DA DB DC HA LD LF
40 35 32 6,5 6,5 55 111 56,5
50 40 32 6,5 8,5 65 122 62

1
63 45 32 6,5 8,5 75 132 67
80 45 32 6,5 10,5 95 152 77
100 55 32 6,5 10,5 115 171 86,5

N° 4 HOLES DB N° 4 HOLES DC
Ø LG LH LI TG WEIGHT (g)
40 27 40 10 38 315
50 32,5 40 10 46,5 430
63 37,5 40 12 56,5 666
80 47,5 40 12 72 1080
100 57 40 15 89 1879

CONNECTION BRIDLE HYDRAULIC REGULATOR/CYLINDERS SERIES “X” and “CPUI” PISTON RODS - HS/BR Ø
Ø HB HC HD KK LJ LK LL
40 80 25 25 M12x1,25 40 12 20
50 - 63 90 - - M16x1,5 40 12 15
80 -100 117 - - M20x1,5 50 12 20

Ø LN LM TA TB WEIGHT (g)
40 8 5 12 56 351
50 - 63 - - 11,5 62 369
80 -100 - - 18 77 818

CYLINDERS SERIES “X” and “CPUI” RESTORATION THREAD NIPPLE- HS/NP Ø


Ø AM CH KK LO PA WEIGHT (g)
40 24 19 M12x1,25 47 14 59
50 - 63 32 24 M16x1,5 65 19 131
80 -100 40 30 M20x1,5 78 24 245

THREADED BAR - HS/BF Ø


Ø LP WEIGHT (g)
40 6 166
50 ÷ 100 8 178

P.S.: THREADED BAR IS SUPPLIED


WITH 5 NUTS AND 2 WASHERS

1.86 Hydraulic speed regulators series HS


HS
Accessories
Fixings
series
FIXING PLATE HYDRAULIC REGULATOR/CYLINDERS SERIES “X” and “CPUI”

Ø 1 2 3
40 ÷ 63 - X -
80 - X X
100 X X X
P.S.: DO NOT TIGHTEN THE BRIDLE - THREADED BAR COUPLING

REINSTATEMENT PROCEDURE OF THE OIL LEVEL


HYDRAULIC SPEED REGULATORS ARE CLOSED CIRCUIT SYSTEMS SUPPLIED WITH A TANK FOR THE COMPENSATION OF THE ROD VOLUME. THIS TANK
IS DESIGNED TO FACE LITTLE FLUID LOSSES DURING THE WORKING. IN THE EVENIENCE THAT DURING THE WORKING THE LEAKAGE OF OIL OVERCOME
THE QUANTITY OF OIL IN EXCESS IN THE TANK, THE REGULATOR MUST BE REFILLED. THIS OPERATION MUST BE DONE WHEN THE INDICATOR NOTCH
SITUATED ON THE DIP-STICK IN THE COMPENSATOR TANK IS NO MORE VISIBLE WHEN THE MAIN ROD IS COMPLETELY EXTENDED. TO REFILL THE
HYDRAULIC SPEED REGULATOR USE A STANDARD GREASING SYRINGE, THAT CAN BE EASILY FOUND IN THE MARKET. THIS SYRINGE HAS TO BE
CHARGED WITH “WAIRSOL HS” OIL.

REFILLING OPERATION:
1) PUT THE HYDRAULIC REGULATOR IN VERTICAL POSITION WITH THE FILLING VALVE, SITUATED ON THE REAR END CAP, THAT HAS TO BE HIGH-FACING.
2) EXTEND COMPLETELY THE HYDRAULIC REGULATOR PISTON ROD.
3) APPLY THE SYRINGE, FILLED WITH OIL, TO THE CONICAL SLOT OF THE FILLING VALVE ABOVE MENTIONED.
4) PUMP THE OIL IN THE REGULATOR WITH THE SYRINGE PAYING ATTENTION THAT THE SAME SHOULDN’T GO COMPLETELY EMPTY DURING THE RECHARGE
(IF THIS OCCURS, STOP AND TOPPING UP THE SYRINGE).
5) CHARGE TILL THE MINIMUM NOTCH DOESN’T EXCEED THE LEVEL OF THE COMPENSATOR DIP-STICK PLUG OF 5 ÷ 8 mm.
6) OPERATE MORE TIMES THE REGULATOR MAIN PISTON ROD, TAKING CARE OF REGULATING THE CUSHIONINGS TO OBTAIN THE MAXIMUM SPEED.
7) WITH THE PISTON ROD COMPLETELY RETRACTED AND WITH THE CYLINDER ALWAYS IN VERTICAL POSITION, OPERATE THE CLOSING MUSHROOM OF THE
FILLING VALVE WITH A SPIKY TOOL SO THAT POSSIBLE AIR BUBBLES CAN BLEED .
8) REPEAT THE OPERATIONS FROM POINT No. 2 TO POINT No. 7 TILL THE AIR IN THE CIRCUIT WILL BE COMPLETELY ELIMINATED.

Hydraulic speed regulators series HS 1.87


WR
Rotary
cylinders
series
DESCRIPTION
Rotary cylinders series “WR” are fit to transform the piston
straightaway motion into rotative motion by means of the coupling
between rack and pinion. In the standard version, rotary cylinders

1 series “WR” can be supplied with magnetic sensors and with rotation
angle adjustment.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure 1 ÷ 10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
MATERIALS
Versions Male pinion End caps Aluminium alloy, cataphoresis-treated
Female pinion Cylinder barrel Extruded profile, 20 µm anodized aluminium alloy
Bore Ø 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125 Central body Anodized aluminium alloy
Port size Ø 32 = G 1/8 Pinion bearing Ø 32: bronze-teflon bearings
Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4 Ø 40 ÷ 125: ball bearings
Ø 63 - 80 = G 3/8 Rack Normalized steel, square section
Ø 100 - 125 = G 1/2 Rack guide shoe Acetal resin
Standard rotation 90°, 180°, 270°; 360° Decelerators ogives Aluminium alloy
Rotation angle ± 5° Piston NBR rubber block with magnet
adjustment Seals NBR rubber

ORDER KEY
WR / S• PINION TYPE
M Male pinion F Female pinion
ROTATION ANGLE
90°, 180°, 270°, 360°

Series TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS


Pinion type Following table shows the torques of different rotary cylinders sizes,
Bore at the pressure of 1 bar.
Rotation angle This value has to be multiplied for the utilization bars to set the
effective torque.
Special options (supplied upon request)
Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 - FM 157 - FM 158 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93)
• See technical data on page 0.12 Torque 1,73 3,08 5,4 10,5 21,8 35,3 71
at 1 bar (Nm)
Max. axial load F1 100 100 120 120 200 250 300
ORDER EXAMPLES with F=0 (N)
Cylinder Ø50, 180° rotation angle, female pinion WRF 50/180
Cylinder Ø40, 270° rotation angle, male pinion WRM 40/270 SPARE PARTS
SEALS KIT
NBR Ø/SG/WR

WR ROTARY CYLINDER MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TRANSVERSE FORCE


Maximum payload F (N)

Projection S (mm)

1.88 Rotary cylinders series WR


WR
Rotary
cylinders
series
WR ROTARY CYLINDER

N°4+4 HOLES FB

N°4 HOLES FB DEPTH PA

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


Ø DA DB DC DE E EE FB FC HA HB HC HE HF LA
g6 H7
32 25 14 25 14 47 G 1/8 M6 M5 71,5 46,5 25 51 50 30
40 25 14 25 14 54 G 1/4 M6 M5 82 54,5 30 61 60 30
50 30 19 30 19 65 G 1/4 M8 M6 94 60,5 32,5 66 65 40
63 30 24 30 19 75 G 3/8 M8 M8 110 70,8 37 76 75 40
80 45 28 45 24 95 G 3/8 M10 M8 142 93,5 50 100 99 50
100 50 38 50 28 114 G 1/2 M10 M10 156,5 99 54 116 115 50
125 60 38 60 28 140 G 1/2 M12 M10 188 118 60 141 140 50

Ø LB LC LE LF LG LH LI LJ LK LL LM PA
min max
32 25 18 50 5 16,3 5 2,5 1 1 11 17 33 8
40 25 22 60 5 16,3 5 2,5 1 1 11 16 40 9
50 35 25 70 6 21,8 6 2,5 1 1 11 15 50 12
63 35 35 75 8 21,8 6 2,5 1 1 11 19 60 12
80 45 50 99 8 27,3 8 2,5 1 1 11 18 80 15
100 45 60 115 10 31,3 8 2,5 1 1 11 15 80 15
125 45 70 125 10 31,3 8 2,5 1 1 11 35 90 20

90° ROTATION ANGLE 180° ROTATION ANGLE 270° ROTATION ANGLE 360° ROTATION ANGLE
PINION PINION PINION PINION
MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE
Ø LT WEIGHT WEIGHT LT WEIGHT WEIGHT LT WEIGHT WEIGHT LT WEIGHT WEIGHT
(g) (g) (g) (g) (g) (g) (g) (g)
32 227,5 1300 1200 274,5 1420 1320 321,5 1540 1440 368,5 1660 1560
40 269 2010 1900 326 2210 2900 382,5 2390 2280 439 2580 2470
50 282 3070 2840 344,5 3340 3110 407,5 3610 3380 470 3880 3650
63 348 4990 4640 422,5 5500 5170 497 6010 5700 571,5 6520 6230
80 404 9840 9220 503 10840 10230 602 11840 11240 701 12840 12250
100 428 13650 12680 534,5 14860 13870 641,5 16070 15060 748 17280 16250
125 519 23370 22220 651 25720 24520 783 28070 26820 915 30420 29120

Rotary cylinders series WR 1.89


F
Cylinders
piston rod attachments
series
DESCRIPTION
Piston rod attachments, produced according to standards that
regulate cylinders manufacturing, allow the cylinder piston rod to
couple with the corresponding system that has to be enlivened.

FEMALE PISTON ROD CLEVIS WITH CLIPS TO ISO 8140 FEMALE PISTON ROD CLEVIS WITH PIN AND SNAP RING TO
STEEL - M4 ÷ M20 X 1,5 ISO 8140 - STEEL - M4 ÷ M36 X 2

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


DA DB DE F G HA HB L WEIGHT CYLINDER SERIES and Ø TYPE TYPE
B12 (g) U-UP P-UP BU7 CPU-X CPUI WITH CLIPS WITH CLIPS
M4 8 4 4 8 8 16 21 10 8-10 FF4 -
M6 10 6 6 12 12 24 31 18 12-16 FF6 FFP6*
M8 14 8 8 16 16 32 42 42 20 FF8 FFP8*
M10x1,25 18 10 10 20 20 40 52 90 25 32 20÷40 32 32 FF10x1,25 FFP10x1,25*
M12x1,25 20 12 12 24 24 48 62 130 40 50-63 40 40 FF10x1,25 FFP12x1,25*
M16x1,5 26 16 16 32 32 64 83 330 50-63 80 50-63 50-63 FF16x1,5 FFP16x1,5*
M20x1,5 34 20 20 40 40 80 105 650 100 80-100 80-100 FF20x1,5 FFP20x1,5*
M27x2 48 30 30 55 54 110 148 2100 125 - FFP27x2
M36x2 60 35 35 70 72 144 188 3900 160-200 - FFP36x2

* AISI 303 STAINLESS STEEL (SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST)

SELF-LUBRICATING PISTON DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


ROD EYE TO DIN ISO 12240 DA DB DC DE F G HA HB L W WEIGHT CYLINDER SERIES and Ø TYPE
STANDARD - STEEL H7 (g) U-UP P-UP BU7 CPU-X CPUI
M4 11 18 5 6 8 10 27 36 9 13 18 8-10 FF4/SS*
M6 13 20 6 6,75 9 12 30 40 11 13 26 12-16 FF6/SS*
M8 16 24 8 9 12 16 36 48 14 14 46 20 FF8/SS*
M10x1,25 19 28 10 10,5 14 20 43 57 17 13 76 25 32 20÷40 32 32 FF10x1,25/SS*
M12x1,25 22 32 12 12 16 22 50 66 19 13 110 40 50-63 40 40 FF12x1,25/SS*
M16x1,5 27 42 16 15 21 28 64 85 22 15 220 50-63 80 50-63 50-63 FF16x1,25/SS*
M20x1,5 34 50 20 18 25 33 77 102 30 14 409 100 80-100 80-100 FF16x1,25/SS*
M27x2 50 70 30 25 37 51 110 145 41 17 1200 125 FF27x2/SS
M36x2 58 80 35 28 43 56 125 165 50 16 1600 160-200 FF36x2/SS

* AISI 303 STAINLESS STEEL (SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST)

1.90 Cylinders piston rod attachments series F


F
Accessories
Cylinder piston rod attachments
series
SELF-ALIGNING ROD COUPLER - GALVANIZED STEEL

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


DA C CH CH1 D DB DD E H HA I L M WEIGHT CYLINDER SERIES and Ø TYPE
(g) U-UP P-UP BU7 CPU-X CPUI
M6 10 5 7 3,5 8,5 6 17,5 14,5 10 13 35 1 10 25 12-16 FF6/SA
M8 20 7 11 4 12,5 8 28,5 19 20 17 57 2 10 60 20 FF8/SA
M10x1,25 20 12 19 5 22 14 35 32 20 30 71 2 10 220 25 32 20÷40 32 32 FF10x1,25/SA
M12x1,25 24 12 19 5 22 14 35 32 20 30 75 2 10 230 40 50-63 40 40 FF12x1,25/SA
M16x1,5 32 20 30 8 32 22 54 45 32 41 103 2 10 660 50-63 80 50-63 50-63 FF16x1,5/SA
M20x1,5 40 20 30 8 32 22 54 45 40 41 119 2 10 700 100 80-100 80-100 FF20x1,5/SA
M27X2 54 24 54 10 57 32 60 70 40 65 147 2 8 1000 125 FF27x2/SA

FEMALE PISTON ROD CLEVIS WITH CLIPS TO


DIN 71752 STANDARD - STEEL

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


DA DB DE F G HA HB L WEIGHT CYLINDER SERIES HB TYPE
B12 (g) Ø WITH CLIPS
M6 10 6 6 12 12 24 31 18 20 FF6
M8 14 8 8 16 16 32 42 42 27 FF8
M10 18 10 10 20 20 40 52 90 35-40 HB/FF10
M12 20 12 12 24 24 48 62 130 50 HB/FF12
M14 24 14 14 27 28 56 72 230 58 HB/FF14
M16 26 16 16 32 32 64 83 330 70 HB/FF16
M18 26 16 16 32 32 64 83 330 85 HB/FF18
M20 34 20 20 40 40 80 105 650 100 HB/FF20

Cylinders piston rod attachments series F 1.91


F
Accessories
Cylinder piston rod attachments
series
FEMALE PISTON ROD CLEVIS WITH CLIPS FEMALE PISTON ROD CLEVIS WITH PIN AND SNAP RING
TO ex CNOMO 06 07 14 STANDARD - STEEL - M 10 ÷ M 27 x 2 TO ex CNOMO 06 07 14 STANDARD - STEEL - M 10 ÷ M 36 x 2

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


DA DB DE F G HA HB L WEIGHT CYLINDER SERIES CX TYPE TYPE
B12 (g) Ø WITH CLIPS WITH PIN
M10 18 8 11 22 20 36 45 80 32 CX/FF10 CX/FFP10
M16x1,5 26 12 18 36 26 51 64 210 40-50 CX/FF16x1,5 CX/FFP16x1,5
M20x1,5 34 16 22 45 30 63 80 440 63-80 CX/FF20x1,5 CX/FFP20x1,5
M27x2 42 20 30 63 45 85 105 910 100-125 CX/FF27x2 CX/FFP27x2
M36x2 50 25 40 80 75 115 140 1800 160-200 - CX/FFP36x2

MALE PISTON ROD CLEVIS TO ex CNOMO 06 07 15 STANDARD - STEEL DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
C DA DE E HA HB HC L WEIGHT CYLINDER SERIES CX TYPE
H8 f8 H13 (g) Ø
22 M10 8 11 20 36 25 45 30 32 CX/FM10
32 M16x1,5 12 18 30 51 34 64 100 40-50 CX/FM16x1,5
36 M20x1,5 16 22 36 63 41 80 140 63-80 CX/FM20x1,5
45 M27x2 20 30 50 85 58 105 320 100-125 CX/FM27x2
63 M36x2 25 40 70 115 81 140 870 160-200 CX/FM36x2

ROD NUT DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


DI CH S WEIGHT CYLINDER SERIES and Ø TYPE TYPE
(g) U-UP P-UP BU7 CX CPU-X CPUI B+NIPPLE STEEL STAINLESS STEEL
M4 7 3 0,8 8-10 DST4 DSTI4
M6 10 4 1,48 12-16 12-16 DST6 DSTI6
M8 13 5 4 20 20-25 DST8 DSTI8
M10x1,25 17 6 8,6 25 32 20÷40 32 32 32-40 DST10x1,25 DSTI10x1,25
M10 17 6 8,6 32 DST10 DSTI10
M12x1,25 19 7 12,1 40 50-63 40 40 50-63 DST12x1,25 DSTI12x1,25
M16x1,5 24 8 20,1 50-63 80 40-50 50-63 50-63 G50÷80 DST16x1,5 UPDT16
M20x1,5 30 9 36,3 100 63-80 80-100 80-100 100 DST20x1,5 DSTI20x1,5
M27x2 41 12 90 100-125 125 DST27x2 DSTI27x2
M36x2 55 15 190 160-200 160-200 DST36x2 DSTI36x2

1.92 Cylinder piston rod attachments series F


FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders
series FM100 - FM101 - FM157 - FM158
series
DESCRIPTION NOTICE
Magnetic sensors series "FM" allow to detect the magnetic piston The magnetic sensor is a switch that has to be assembled in series
position inside pneumatic cylinders. The magnetic field generated in with a load (inductive, resistive or capacitive). Use the shortest
the cylinder is used to signal electrical circuits as required. It's possible possible connection cable to reduce self-capacitance to a minimum.

1
to choice between the two types of switches currently available: In borderline cases, measures should be taken to cancel the effect of
- Reed switch (this electromechanical switch can work with both AC cable capacitance using a repetition relay (4 W) in series. Avoid close
or DC circuits) proximity to external magnetic fields such as electric motors or large
- Hall effect switch (electronic switch suitable for DC circuits only) iron masses, as they could effect the switch. The sensors are able to
Magnetic sensors have a LED that signals the insertion as standard. detect a magnetic signal at speeds of the piston up to 1 m/s.

MAGNETIC SENSORS SERIES FM100

TECHNICAL DATA
TYPE FM100 FM100R FM100N FM100E FM100EN
FM100/C FM100R/C FM100N/C FM100E/C FM100EN/C
Working temperature -10 ÷ +70 °C
Protection class IP 67
Model REED SWITCH HALL EFFECT
Contacts N.O. N.C. PNP NPN
Voltage AC/DC 5 ÷ 220 V 10 ÷ 30 V DC 5 ÷ 110 V 10 ÷ 30 V DC
Max voltage drop 3V 0.1 V 3V 2V
Max exchange current 100 mA
Max power 10 W 3W
Operating frequency 200 Hz 1000 Hz

MATERIALS FM100/C - FM100R/C - FM100N/C - FM100E/C - FM100EN/C


Body Polyamide
Cable Polyurethane
Connector Polypropylene
Contacts Gold-plated brass 2 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR
Contact carrier Nickel-plated brass
Ring nut Brass

FM100 - FM100R - FM100N - FM100E - FM100EN

2 WIRES MAGNETIC 3 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR


SENSOR
BROWN (+)
BLUE (-)
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT (g) TYPE
3 WIRES MAGNETIC N.O. reed switch with LED and 2 wires
45 FM100/C
SENSOR ring nut connector M8
BROWN (+) N.O. reed switch with LED and 3 wires
45 FM100R/C
ring nut connector M8
BLUE (-)
N.C. reed switch with LED and 2 wires
BLACK 45 FM100N/C
ring nut connector M8
Hall effect switch version PNP with LED
49 FM100E/C
and 3 wires ring nut connector M8
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT (g) TYPE Hall effect switch version PNP with LED
49 FM100EN/C
and 3 wires ring nut connector M8
N.O. reed switch with LED and 2 wires cable 3 m length 33 FM100
N.O. reed switch with LED and 3 wires cable 3 m length 33 FM100R
N.C. reed switch with LED and 2 wires cable 3 m length 33 FM100N
Hall effect switch version PNP with LED and 3 wires cable 3 m length 37 FM100E
Hall effect switch version NPN with LED and 3 wires cable 3 m length 37 FM100EN

Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM 1.93


FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders
series FM100
series
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS REED SWITCH EXTENSION WITH FEMALE CONNECTOR M8

2 WIRES
MAGNETIC
FM100 FM100R FM100N SENSORS
1 BROWN BROWN BROWN
BROWN (+)
BLUE
BLACK (-)
LOAD BLACK LOAD
LOAD
3 WIRES
BLUE BLUE BLUE MAGNETIC
SENSORS
BROWN (+)
BLUE (-)
BLACK

ELECTRIC CIRCUITS HALL EFFECT SWITCH DESCRIPTION WEIGHT (g) L (m) TYPE
Extension 3 m length with female connector M8 40 3 CNT3
Extension 5 m length with female connector M8 60 5 CNT5

FM100E FM100EN

BROWN BROWN

LOAD

LOAD

BLUE BLUE

FIXING ADAPTER - PLASTIC - SQB12 - SQB FIXING ADAPTER - PLASTIC- FG

SQB12 SQB

MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDER SERIES “B” MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS
CYLINDER SERIES and Ø
H L Ø CYLINDER TYPE H L TYPE
U P UP
27 - 12 SQB12 20 22 8 - - FG8
32 36 16 22 24 10 - - FG10
37 41 20 23 25 12 - - FG12
49 53 32 26 28 16 - 16 FG16
58 61 40 SQB 27 29 20 - 20 FG20
68 73 50 36 38 25 - 25 FG25
81 89 63 44 46 - 32 32 FG32
101 107 80 52 54 - 40 40 FG40
124 132 100 62 64 - 50 50 FG50
76 78 - 63 - FG63

1.94 Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM


FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders
series FM100
series
SENSOR FIXING BRACKETS - ALUMINIUM - FS EXAMPLE OF SENSOR MOUNTING ON CYLINDERS SERIES “BU”

EXAMPLE OF SENSOR MOUNTING ON CYLINDERS SERIES “BG”

EXAMPLE OF SENSOR MOUNTING ON CYLINDERS SERIES “X”

MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS


H L CYLINDER SERIES and Ø TYPE
CPUI CPA WR
50 51 32 32 32 FS34
57 57 40 40 40
69 69 50 50 50 FS56
79 79 63 63 63
97 96 80 - 80 FS81
113 113 100 - 100
140 141 125 - 125 FS125

SENSOR FIXING BRACKETS WITH TIE RODS - ALUMINIUM - FS SENSOR FIXING BRACKET - ALUMINIUM - SQZ

MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS SERIES “Z”
H L SERIES CYLINDERS and Ø TYPE
H L Ø CYLINDER TYPE
WR CPUI CPU CX
45 46 - - 32 32 36,5 36,6 18
52 53 - - 40 40 FS345 48,5 48,6 25
61 62 - - 50 50 58,5 58,6 32 SQZ
76 75 - - 63 63 69,5 69,6 40
92 91 - - 80 80 FS681 84,5 84,6 50
106 105 - - 100 100 99,5 99,6 63
144 141 125 125 - 125 P.S.: Sensor fixing bracket “SQZ” can not be fixed on the same side of the guides
170 173 - 160 - 160 FS112 on the versions “ZSF”- “ZSFF” - “ZKF”; for this need use the “hidden” series
225 223 - 200 - 200 FM101 (see page 1.96)

Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM 1.95


FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders
series FM101
series
MAGNETIC SENSORS SERIES FM101
TECHNICAL DATA
TYPE FM101 - FM101/C FM101E - FM101E/C
1 Working temperature
Protection class
-10 ÷ +70 °C
IP 67
Model REED SWITCH HALL EFFECT
Contacts N.O. PNP
Voltage AC/DC 5 ÷ 220 V 5 ÷ 30 V DC
Max voltage drop 3V 0.5 V
Max exchange current 100 mA 200 mA
Max power 6W
Operating frequency 200 Hz 1000 Hz

MATERIALS FM101/C - FM101E/C


Body Polyamide
Cable Polyurethane
Connector Polypropylene
2 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR
Contacts Gold-plated brass
Contact carrier Nickel-plated brass
Ring nut Brass

FM101 - FM101E

2 WIRES MAGNETIC
3 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR
SENSOR
BROWN (+)
BLUE (-)

DESCRIPTION WEIGHT (g) TYPE


3 WIRES MAGNETIC N.O. reed switch with LED and 2 wires
40 FM101/C
ring nut connector M8
SENSOR
Hall effect switch version PNP with LED and 3 wires
BROWN (+) ring nut connector M8
40 FM101E/C
BLUE (-)
BLACK
EXTENSION WITH FEMALE CONNECTOR M8

DESCRIPTION WEIGHT (g) TYPE 2 WIRES


N.O. reed switch with LED and 2 wires cable 3 m length 28 FM101 MAGNETIC
Hall effect switch version PNP with LED and 3 wires cable 3 m lenght 28 FM101E SENSORS
BROWN (+)
EXAMPLE OF SENSOR MOUNTING ON CYLINDERS SERIES “Z” BLUE
BLACK (-)

3 WIRES
MAGNETIC
SENSORS
BROWN (+)
BLUE (-)
BLACK

DESCRIPTION WEIGHT (g) L (m) TYPE


Extension 3 m length with female connector M8 40 3 CNT3
Extension 5 m length with female connector M8 60 5 CNT5

ELECTRIC CIRCUITS REED SWITCH - HALL EFFECT SWITCH

FM101 FM101E
BROWN BROWN

LOAD

LOAD

BLUE
BLUE

P.S.: For bore Ø 18, mount the sensors series “FM100” (page 1.93) with sensor
fixing bracket “SQZ” (page 1.95)

1.96 Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM


FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders
series FM157
series
MAGNETIC SENSORS SERIES FM157
TECHNICAL DATA
TYPE FM157 - FM157/C FM157E/C
Working temperature
Protection class
-20 ÷ +80 °C
IP65
1
Model REED SWITCH HALL EFFECT
Contacts N.O.
Voltage AC/DC 3 ÷ 230 V 6 ÷ 30 V
Max voltage drop 3V 0,7 V
Max exchange current 500 mA 250 mA
Max power 10 VA 6W
Operating frequency 200 Hz 1000 Hz

MATERIALS FM157/C - FM157E/C


Body Polyamide
Cable Polyvinyl chloride 2 WIRES 3 WIRES
Connector Polyvinyl chloride MAGNETIC MAGNETIC
Contact carrier Polyamide SENSORS SENSORS
BROWN (+) BROWN (+)
BLUE BLUE (-)
BLACK (-) BLACK
FM157 - FM157E
2 WIRES MAGNETIC
SENSOR
BROWN (+)
BLUE (-)

3 WIRES MAGNETIC
SENSOR
BROWN (+)
BLUE (-)
BLACK * DIMENSION OF THE COUPLED PARTS

DESCRIPTION WEIGHT (g) TYPE DESCRIPTION WEIGHT (g) TYPE


Reed switch with LED and 2 wires cable 2,5 m lenght 55 FM157 Reed switch with LED,
58 FM157/C
Hall effect switch version PNP with LED and 3 wires 58 FM157E connector M8 and 2 wires cable 2,5 m length
cable 2,5 m lenght Hall effect switch version PNP with LED,
61 FM157E/C
connector M8 and 3 wires cable 2,5 m length

ELECTRIC CIRCUIT REED SWITCH ELECTRIC CIRCUIT HALL EFFECT SWITCH

BROWN

BLUE LOAD
BLACK

BROWN
BLUE

Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM 1.97


FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders
series FM157
series
SENSOR FIXING BRACKETS - PLASTIC - FG MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS
H1 H L SERIES CYLINDER and Ø TYPE
U P
FM 157 FM 157/C
26 38 23 8 - FG/050

1
28 40 28 10 - FG/051
31 42 27 12 - FG/052
33 45 28,5 16 - FG/053
38 52 32 20 - FG/054
43 58 32 25 - FG/055
51 65 32 - 32 FG/056
60 73 32 - 40 FG/057
70 83 32,5 - 50 FG/058
84 97 32,5 - 63 FG/059

SENSOR FIXING BRACKETS - ALUMINIUM - ST MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS SERIES “CPUI”
H L Ø CYLINDER TYPE

55 63 32
ST34
65 60 40
77 72 50
ST56
87 82 63
102 101 80 ST80
120 117 100
ST102
147 131 125

SENSOR FIXING BRACKETS - ALUMINIUM - ST MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS


H L SERIES CYLINDER and Ø TYPE
CPUI CPU CX
33 33 - 32 32
37,5 33 - 40 40
ST3456
40 35 - 50 50
49 39 - 63 63
57 48 - 80 80 SQ32-40/A
61 54 - 100 100
71 69 125 - 125 SQ125/A
92 90 160 - 160
SQ80-100/A
120 118 200 - 200

1.98 Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM


FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders
series FM158
series
MAGNETIC SENSORS SERIES FM158
TECHNICAL DATA
TYPE FM158 - FM158/C FM158E - FM158E/C
Working temperature
Protection class
-20 ÷ + 80 °C
IP65
1
Model REED SWITCH HALL EFFECT
Contacts N.O.
Voltage AC/DC 3 ÷ 115 V 6 ÷ 30 V
Max voltage drop 3V 0,7 V
Max exchange current 500 mA 250 mA
Max power 10 VA 6W
Operating frequency 200 Hz 1000 Hz

MATERIALS
Body Polyamide
Cable Polyvinyl chloride
Connector Polyvinyl chloride
Contact carrier Polyamide
Ring nut Brass

FM158/C - FM158E/C

FM158 - FM158E

2 WIRES MAGNETIC
SENSOR
BROWN (+)
BLUE (-)

2 WIRES 3 WIRES
3 WIRES MAGNETIC MAGNETIC MAGNETIC
SENSOR SENSORS SENSORS
BROWN (+) BROWN (+) BROWN (+)
BLUE (-) BLUE BLUE (-)
BLACK (-) BLACK
BLACK

DESCRIPTION WEIGHT (g) TYPE DESCRIPTION WEIGHT (g) TYPE


Reed switch with LED and 2 wires cable 2,5 m lenght 36 FM158 Reed switch with LED,
48 FM158/C
Hall effect switch version PNP with LED and 3 wires 40 FM158E connector M8 and 2 wires cable 2,5 m length
cable 2,5 m lenght Hall effect switch version PNP with LED,
51 FM158E/C
connector M8 and 3 wires cable 2,5 m length

ELECTRIC CIRCUIT REED SWITCH ELECTRIC CIRCUIT HALL EFFECT SWITCH

BROWN

LOAD
BLUE
BLACK

BROWN
BLUE

Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM 1.99


FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders
series FM158
serie
SENSOR FIXING BRACKETS - ALUMINIUM - SQ SENSOR FIXING BRACKETS - ALUMINIUM - ST

MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS SERIES CPUI MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS
H L Ø CYLINDER TYPE H L CYLINDER SERIES and Ø TYPE
CPUI CPU CX
51,5 50 32 33 33 - 32 32
SQ32-40/A
59 56 40 37,5 33 - 40 40
70 69 50 ST3456
SQ50-63/A 40 35 - 50 50
81,5 80 63 49 39 - 63 63
98,5 96 80 57 48 - 80 80
SQ80-100/A SQ32-40/A
115 113 100 61 54 - 100 100
71 69 125 - 125 SQ125/A
92 90 160 - 160
SQ80-100/A
120 118 200 - 200

1.100 Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM


1

1.101
Index
VALVES
pilot and solenoid
chapter 2 actuated
Series UM
General features - Direct acting solenoid valves side 15 mm .............................................................................................................page 2.3
Accessories: bases ...............................................................................................................................................................................page 2.4
Series UL
General features - Direct acting solenoid valves side 32 mm ..............................................................................................................page 2.5
Accessories: bases ...............................................................................................................................................................................page 2.7
Series C/
General features - Direct acting solenoid valves with sleeve Ø 9 mm .................................................................................................page 2.9
Accessories: bases ...............................................................................................................................................................................page 2.11-12
Series USB - USBG
General features - Coils for solenoid valves .........................................................................................................................................page 2.14

Series MEK192/N - USR102/N9 - ULR1B


General features - Connectors for solenoid valves ..............................................................................................................................page 2.15

Series MEV
General features ....................................................................................................................................................................................page 2.16
Spool compact valves pilot and solenoid actuated 5 port - G 1/8 ......................................................................................................page 2.17
Spool compact valves solenoid actuated for single use or multi-pin plug connector 5 port - G 1/8 ................................................page 2.20
Accessories: bases G 1/8 .....................................................................................................................................................................page 2.21
Spool compact valves to VDMA 24563 standard pilot and solenoid actuated 5 port size 02 ............................................................page 2.22
Spool compact valves to VDMA 24563 standard solenoid actuated for single use or multi-pin plug connector 5 port size 02 ........page 2.25
Accessories: single and manifold bases to VDMA 24563 standard size 02 ........................................................................................page 2.26
Accessories: multi-pin connection with solenoid valves versions MEVX 8 and MEVX 18 ...................................................................page 2.28
Assembling examples: multi-pin connection with solenoid valves versions MEVX 8 and MEVX 18 ...................................................page 2.30

Series MEK
General features ....................................................................................................................................................................................page 2.32
Spool compact valves pilot and solenoid actuated 5 port - G 1/8 ......................................................................................................page 2.33
Accessories: bases G 1/8 .....................................................................................................................................................................page 2.36
Spool compact valves pilot and solenoid actuated 5 port - G 1/4 ......................................................................................................page 2.37
Accessories: bases G 1/4 .....................................................................................................................................................................page 2.42
Series EK
General features ....................................................................................................................................................................................page 2.43
Spool valves pilot and solenoid actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/8 ...........................................................................................................page 2.44
Accessories: bases and supply rail for valves G 1/8 ............................................................................................................................page 2.48
Spool valves pilot and solenoid actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/4 ...........................................................................................................page 2.49
Spool valves pilot actuated 5 port, “Namur” port pattern - G 1/4 .......................................................................................................page 2.51
Spool valves solenoid actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/4 ..........................................................................................................................page 2.52
Spool valves solenoid actuated 5 port, “Namur” port pattern - G 1/4 ................................................................................................page 2.54
Accessories: bases and supply rail for valves G 1/4 ............................................................................................................................page 2.55
Spool valves pilot and solenoid actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/2 ...........................................................................................................page 2.56
90° Solenoid actuated valves - Mounting bracket for solenoid valves series EK with cylinders series CPUI.....................................page 2.59
Series UK
General features ....................................................................................................................................................................................page 2.60
Poppet valves pilot and solenoid actuated 2, 3 and 5 port - G 1/8 .....................................................................................................page 2.62
Accessories: bases G 1/8 .....................................................................................................................................................................page 2.65
Poppet valves pilot and solenoid actuated 2, 3 and 5 port - G 1/4 .....................................................................................................page 2.66
Accessories: bases G 1/4 .....................................................................................................................................................................page 2.68
Poppet valves pilot and solenoid actuated 2, 3 and 5 port - G 1/2 .....................................................................................................page 2.69
Accessories: bases G 1/2 .....................................................................................................................................................................page 2.71
Poppet valves pilot and solenoid actuated 2, 3 and 5 port - G 1 ........................................................................................................page 2.72
Series UDS ISO
General features ....................................................................................................................................................................................page 2.74
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard pilot and solenoid actuated size 1 ......................................................................................................page 2.75
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard pilot and solenoid actuated size 2 ......................................................................................................page 2.77
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard pilot and solenoid actuated size 3 ......................................................................................................page 2.79
Accessories: bases to ISO 5599/1 standard sizes 1 - 2 - 3 .................................................................................................................page 2.81
Series UDS CETOP
General features ....................................................................................................................................................................................page 2.86
Valves to ex CETOP RP 32 P standard pilot and solenoid actuated size 05 - 12 - 35 .......................................................................page 2.87
Accessories: bases to ex CETOP RP 32 P standard sizes 05 - 12 - 35 ..............................................................................................page 2.89

Series W
General features - Solenoid valves for media - G 1/8 ÷ G 2 ................................................................................................................page 2.91
Accessories: coils type WE ...................................................................................................................................................................page 2.93
Series EV
General features - Vacuum valves solenoid (pilot assisted) actuated - G 1/8 ÷ G 2 ...........................................................................page 2.94
Series VM
General features - Vacuum generators - G 1/8 ÷ G 1 ..........................................................................................................................page 2.96

Valves pilot and solenoid actuated 2.1


Waircom valves and solenoid
valves: overview
Waircom valves and solenoid valves Even some series of this chapter
have been created according to comply with the international
different production philosophies reference standards, and beside
in order to adapt to the different these, as usual we present a range
contexts in which they could be of valves completely designed
used. Thus, together with the by ourselves, in according to
historical poppet valves, have been the market needs. It’s important
manufactured throughout the ages to remember that some series
different families of valves with spool of this valves can create the vacuum
construction, to be used individually, or work with this fluid, so that we
in manifold mounting or with can cover another share of the
multi-pin plug connector. industrial market. Finally, even for
the items belonging to this family
exist some accessories like bases,
coils, connectors and cables.

2.2 Valves pilot and solenoid actuated


UM
Direct acting
solenoid valves side 15 mm
series
DESCRIPTION
The direct acting solenoid valves series "UM" are produced in conformity
with the Directives EC 89/336, EC 92/31, EC 93/68, EC 73/23 in the
3/2 N.O. and 3/2 N.C. pneumatic functions. They are used as power
valves if mounted on single and multi-station base, or as control valves
if mounted, in the 3/2 pneumatic function, on body valve series "MEV"
(see from page 2.16) and "MEK" (see from page 2.32).
The multi-station bases support both the 3/2 N.O. than the 3/2 N.C.
solenoid valves. The wrapping could be rotated of 180° to have an
opposite electric connection respect the manual override.
2
TECHNICAL DATA
Operatin pressure 0 ÷ 7 bar N.O.
0 ÷10 bar N.C.
Working temperature -5° ÷ +50° C FLOW CHART - UM
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Nominal diameter 1.1 mm N.C. - N.O.
Max. operating frequency ≤13 Hz
Coil Integrated in the body
Voltages DC: 12 - 24 V
AC: 24 - 110 - 220 V
Power consumption DC: 2.3 W
AC: 2.8 VA (inrush) - 2.5 VA (holding)
Voltage tolerance -5% +10%
Protection class IP 65 with connector MEK 192/N with VDR
Solenoid rating F (155°C)
Electric connector MEK192/N - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
Flow rate (Nl/min)

MATERIALS
Core Stainless steel AISI 430F
Body and manual override Polyester thermoplastic
Springs Stainless steel AISI 302
Seals NBR rubber Operating pressure (bar)

3 PORT WITH INTERFACE


Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate (NI/min)
Manual Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Pilot Return override (g)
ΔP = 1 bar

Mechanical Monostable
3/2 N.O. Solenoid 17 20 26 40 UMASV/
spring push botton

Mechanical Monostable
3/2 N.C. Solenoid 13 23 30 40 UMCSV/
spring push botton

* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER 02400 = 24 V DC 11050-60 = 110 V AC


E.G.: UMCSV/02400 02450-60 = 24 V AC 22050-60 = 220 V AC

UMASV - UMCSV SINGLE BASE M5 - UMP5/1

Direct acting solenoid valves series UM 2.3


UM
Accessories
Bases
series
MULTI-STATION BASE M5 - UMPM5 MULTI-STATION BASE WITH CARTRIDGE Ø 4 mm - UMP4-2

2 CARTDRIGE 04

2
N°of stations 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
LA 39 55 71 87 103 119 135 151 167
LB 47 63 79 95 111 127 143 159 175
Weight (g) 70 95 120 145 170 195 220 245 270
TYPE UMPM5/2 UMPM5/3 UMPM5/4 UMPM5/5 UMPM5/6 UMPM5/7 UMPM5/8 UMPM5/9 UMPM5/10
Weight (g) 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275
TYPE UMP4-2/2 UMP4-2/3 UMP4-2/4 UMP4-2/5 UMP4-2/6 UMP4-2/7 UMP4-2/8 UMP4-2/9 UMP4-2/10

REVERSAL PLATE - KIT/PC/UM

2.4 Direct acting solenoid valves series UM


UL
Direct acting
solenoid valves side 32 mm
series
DESCRIPTION
The direct acting solenoid valves series "UL" are produced in
conformity with the Directives EC 89/336, EC 92/31, EC 93/68, EC
73/23 in the 3/2 N.O. (with feed from the exhaust "3") and 3/2 N.C.
pneumatic functions. The function 2/2 is obtainable closing exhaust
"3". Besides are available the versions with ports G 1/8, suitable for
single use, and with interface for multi-station base mounting or for
mounting on poppet and to ex CETOP RP 32 P (with fixed position)
valve bodies.

TECHNICAL DATA
2
Operating pressure 0 ÷ 10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Nominal diameter 2 mm
Max. operating frequency ≤13 Hz
Coil Intergrated in the body FLOW CHART - UL
Voltages DC: 24 V
AC: 24 - 110 - 220 V
Apparent power DC: 7 W
AC: 17 VA (inrush) - 10 VA (holding)
Voltage tolerance -15% +15%
Protection class IP 65
Insulation class F
Solenoid rating ED 100%
Electric connector ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 Flow rate (Nl/min)

MATERIALS
Core IMRE
Body ported G 1/8 Zamak
Body with interface Glass stiffened polyamide (zamak upon request)
Springs Stainless steel
Seals Viton®
Operating pressure (bar)
Manual override Acetal resin

3 PORT G 1/8 SIDE 32 mm


Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Manual Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Pilot Return override (g)
ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
3/2 N.O.** Solenoid 15 20 80 - 240 ULARG/R
spring

Mechanical
3/2 N.C. Solenoid 15 20 80 - 240 ULCRG/R
spring

Mechanical Manual
3/2 N.O.** Solenoid 15 20 80 240 ULARV/R
spring bistable

Mechanical Manual
3/2 N.C. Solenoid 15 20 80 240 ULCRV/R
spring bistable

* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER 02400 = 24 V DC 11050-60 = 110 V AC


E.G.: ULARG/R02450-60 02450-60 = 24 V AC 22050-60 = 220 V AC

** For version N.O. arrange the connections as indicated:


1 = EXHAUST
2 = OUTPUT
3 = INPUT

Direct acting solenoid valves series UL 2.5


UL
Direct acting
solenoid valves side 32 mm
series
3 PORT G 1/8

3 PORT WITH INTERFACE FOR MULTI-STATION BASES AND POPPET / ex CETOP VALVES (WITH FIXED POSITION)
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Manual Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Pilot Return override (g)
ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
3/2 N.O. Solenoid 15 20 80 - 200 ULASG/R
spring

Mechanical
3/2 N.C. Solenoid 15 20 80 - 200 ULCSG/R
spring

Mechanical Manual
3/2 N.O. Solenoid 15 20 80 200 ULASV/R
spring bistable

Mechanical Manual
3/2 N.C. Solenoid 15 20 80 200 ULCSV/R
spring bistable

* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER 02400 = 24 V DC 11050-60 = 110 V AC P.S. 1: For body valve in zamak add the letter “A” to the type.
E.G.: ULARG/R02450-60 02450-60 = 24 V AC 22050-60 = 220 V AC E.G.: 3/2 N.C. with manual override, body in zamak ULCSV/RA + voltage.
P.S. 2: For body valve in plastic and universal interface strip change the letter “R” of the type with the letter “U”.
E.G.: 3/2 N.C. with manual override, body in plastic ULCSV/U + voltage.

3 PORT WITH PLASTIC INTERFACE STRIP 3 PORT WITH ZAMAK INTERFACE STRIP

2.6 Direct acting solenoid valves series UL


UL
Accessories
Bases
series
MULTI-STATION BOTTOM PORTED BASE G 1/8 - ULP8B

N° of stations 2 3 5
LA 68 102 170
LB 59 93 161
LC - 34 34
Weight (g) 85 130 220
TYPE ULP8B/2 ULP8B/3 ULP8B/5

2
G1/8 DEPTH 6

G1/8 DEPTH 6

MULTI-STATION SIDE PORTED BASE G 1/8 - ULP8S

N° of stations 2 3 5
LA 68 102 170
LB 59 93 161
Weight (g) 85 130 220
TYPE ULP8S/2 ULP8S/3 ULP8S/5

G1/8 DEPTH 6
G1/8 DEPTH 6

Direct acting solenoid valves series UL 2.7


UL
Accessories
Bases
series
SINGLE BASE G 1/8 - XVB BLANKING PLATE - KIT/PC/UL

2
WEIGHT 40 g WEIGHT 10 g

EXAMPLE OF BASES ASSEMBLY

P.S.: The connection nipple is supplied as standard with the multi-station base

2.8 Direct acting solenoid valves series UL


C/
Direct acting
solenoid valves with sleeve Ø 9 mm
series
DESCRIPTION
The direct acting solenoid valves series "C/" are produced in
conformity with the Directives EC 89/336, EC 92/31, EC 93/68, EC
73/23 in the 3/2 N.O. and 3/2 N.C. pneumatic functions. Using the
same mechanic, it s possible to obtain four standard versions: side
22 mm - body ported, side 22 mm - body with interface, side 30
mm - body with ex CNOMO interface and body with interface for
mounting on poppet and ex CETOP (with fixed position and rotatable
coil) valves. All the solenoid valves with interface can be mounted
on single modular bases. The version side 30 mm with ex CNOMO
interface, in the 3/2 N.C. pneumatic function, has two different manual
overrides as standard: bistable screwdriver and monostable push
2
button.

TECHNICAL DATA FLOW CHART - C/


Operating pressure 0 ÷ 10 bar N.C.
0 ÷ 8 bar N.O.
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Sleeve Ø 9 mm
Nominal diameter 1,1 mm
Max. operating frequency 13 Hz
Coils USB - see chapter Coils on page 2.14
USBG - see chapter Coils on page 2.14
Electric connectors USR102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 Flow rate (Nl/min)

MATERIALS
Core IMRE
Body ported G 1/8 - G 1/4 Aluminium
Body and manual override Acetal resin
Springs Stainless steel
Operating pressure (bar)
Seals Viton®

3 PORT G 1/8 - G 1/4 SIDE 22 mm


Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
at 6 bar Manual Weight
Symbol Function ΔP = 1 bar override Size TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
(NI/min)

Mechanical
3/2 N.O. Solenoid 10 20 48 G 1/8 - 46 C8/USASGG
spring

Mechanical
3/2 N.O. Solenoid 10 20 48 G 1/4 - 46 C4/USASGG
spring

Mechanical
3/2 N.C. Solenoid 10 20 36 G 1/8 - 65 C8/USCSGG
spring

Mechanical
3/2 N.C. Solenoid 10 20 36 G 1/4 - 80 C4/USCSGG
spring

* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

Direct acting solenoid valves series C/ 2.9


C/
Direct acting
solenoid valves with sleeve Ø 9 mm
series
3 PORT G 1/8 3 PORT G 1/4

No. 2 holes Ø6
No. 2 holes Ø6

MANIFOLD BASE OF SOLENOID VALVES SIDE PORTED G 1/8 N.C. - C8/USCP AND N.O. - C8/USAP

N°of stations 4 6 8
LA 115 165 215
LB 105 155 205
Weight (g) 172 258 344
TYPE N.C. C8/USCP/4 C8/USCP/6 C8/USCP/8
TYPE N.O. C8/USAP/4 C8/USAP/6 C8/USAP/8

P.S.: MANIFOLD BASES OF SOLENOID VALVES WITH “MIXED” OPERATION (N.O./N.C.) ARE SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST

2.10 Direct acting solenoid valves series C/


C/
Direct acting
solenoid valves with sleeve Ø 9 mm - bases
series
3 PORT WITH INTERFACE FOR MODULAR BASES AND SPOOL VALVES SIDE 22 mm
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
at 6 bar Manual Weight
Symbol Function ΔP = 1 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized override (g)
(NI/min)

Mechanical Manual
3/2 N.O. Solenoid 10 25 36 45 C/USASVP
spring monostable

3/2 N.O. Solenoid


Mechanical
spring
10 25 36 - 30 C/USASGP 2
Mechanical Manual
3/2 N.C. Solenoid 10 25 36 30 C/USCSVP
spring monostable

Mechanical
3/2 N.C. Solenoid 10 25 36 - 30 C/USCSGP
spring

* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

C/USCSVP C/USASVP - C/USASGP

HA 57 55,5
TYPE C/USASVP C/USASGP

MODULAR BASE SIDE PORTED G 1/8 - ELPP8S

M3 DEPTH 8

24 x No. of stations
WEIGHT 50 g

HOW TO ORDER A SOLENOID VALVE COMPLETE OF COIL AND BASE DESCRIPTION TYPE
3/2 N.O. + base + coil (with manual override) ELPP8S/PAV/USB/voltage
3/2 N.O. + base + coil (without manual override) ELPP8S/PAG/USB/voltage
Example: 3/2 N.C. solenoid valve base mounted (with manual override) + coil 24 V D.C. ELPP8S/P/USB/02400 3/2 N.C. + base + coil (with manual override) ELPP8S/P/USB/voltage

Direct acting solenoid valves series C/ 2.11


C/
Direct acting
solenoid valves with sleeve Ø 9 mm - bases
series
3 PORT WITH ex CNOMO INTERFACE FOR MODULAR BASES AND VALVES TO ISO 5599/1
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Manual Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized override (g)
ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical Manual
3/2 N.O. Solenoid 13 23 36 60 C/UEASVB
spring monostable

2 3/2 N.O.
Solenoid
Mechanical
spring
13 23 36 - 45 C/UEASGB

Bistable
3/2 N.C. Mechanical
Solenoid 10 25 36 screw 45 C/UECSVB
spring
driver slot

Mechanical Monostable
3/2 N.C. Solenoid 10 25 36 45 C/UECSPB
spring push button

* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS


C/UECSVB - C/UECSPB C/UEASVB - C/UEASGB
HA 65 61
TYPE C/UEASVB C/UEASGB

ex CNOMO MODULAR BASE SIDE PORTED G 1/8 - ELPG8S

32 x No. of stations

WEIGHT 45 g

HOW TO ORDER A SOLENOID VALVE COMPLETE OF COIL AND BASE


DESCRIPTION TYPE
3/2 N.O. + base + coil (with manual override) ELPG8S/BAV/USBG/voltage
3/2 N.O. + base + coil (without manual override) ELPG8S/BAG/USBG/voltage
3/2 N.C. + base + coil (with manual override) ELPG8S/B/USBG/voltage
3/2 N.C. + base + coil (with push button manual override) ELPG8S/BP/USBG/voltage

Example: 3/2 N.O. solenoid valve base mounted (with manual override) + coil 24 V D.C. ELPG8S/BAV/USBG/02400

2.12 Direct acting solenoid valves series C/


C/
Direct acting
solenoid valves with sleeve Ø 9 mm
series
3 PORT WITH INTERFACE FOR POPPET AND ex CETOP (WITH FIXED POSITION AND ROTATABLE COIL) VALVES
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Manual Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized override (g)
ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical Manual
3/2 N.C. Solenoid 10 25 36 30 C/USCSVG
spring bistable

2
* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

C/USCSVG

3 PORT BODY PORTED G 1/8 FOR DIRECT MOUNTING


This solenoid valve has been specifically designed to pilot single acting small cylinders and pneumatic valves. The input connection
is M5 while the output has a male thread G1/8 that allows the direct assembling of the solenoid valve on the component.

Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate


Manual Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized override (g)
ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
3/2 N.C. Solenoid 10 20 36 - 46 C/ELP8M
spring

* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

C/ELP8M

Direct acting solenoid valves series C/ 2.13


USB
Coils for solenoid valves
side 22 mm with sleeve Ø 9 mm
series
TECHNICAL DATA USB
Voltages DC: 24 V
AC: 24 V - 110 V - 220 V
Working temperature -30 ÷ +40 °C basic version
-30 ÷ +70 °C low absorption version
Power consumption Basic version
DC: 5 W
AC : 11 VA (inrush)
Low absorption version

2
DC: 2,5 W
AC: 5,6 VA (inrush)
WEIGHT 50 g
Standard frequencies AC 50 - 60 Hz
Voltage tolerance ± 10% of rated voltage
Coil insulation class F
Solenoid rating 100% ED DESCRIPTION TYPE
Electrical connection Fit for connector to DIN 46244 standard Coil 22 mm 24 V DC USB/02400
See chapter Connectors series USR on page 2.15 Coil 22 mm 24 V AC USB/02450-60
Protection class IP 65 Coil 22 mm 110 V AC USB/11050-60
with connector Coil 22 mm 220 V AC USB/22050-60
Coil 22 mm 24 V DC - low absorption USB-BA/02400
Coil 22 mm 24 V AC - low absorption USB-BA/02450-60
MATERIALS Coil 22 mm 110 V AC - low absorption USB-BA/11050-60
Body Glass stiffened polyamide Coil 22 mm 220 V AC - low absorption USB-BA/22050-60
Coil winding Copper wire OTHER VOLTAGES USB/...

Coils for solenoid valves

USBG
side 30 mm with sleeve Ø 9 mm
to ex CNOMO standards
series
TECHNICAL DATA USBG
Voltages DC: 24 V
AC: 24 V - 110 V - 220 V
Working temperature -30 ÷ +40 °C basic version
-30 ÷ +70 °C low absorption version
Power consumption Basic version
DC: 5 W
AC : 11 VA (inrush)
Low absorption version
DC: 2,5 W
AC: 5,6 VA (inrush)
WEIGHT 105 g
Standard frequencies AC 50 - 60 Hz
Voltage tolerance ± 10% of rated voltage
Coil insulation class H
Solenoid rating 100% ED DESCRIPTION TYPE
Electrical connection Fit for connector to DIN 43650 standard, shape “A” Coil 30 mm 24 V DC USBG/02400
See chapter Connectors series ULR on page 2.13 Coil 30 mm 24 V AC USBG/02450-60
Protection class IP 65 Coil 30 mm 110 V AC USBG/11050-60
with connector Coil 30 mm 220 V AC USBG/22050-60
Coil 30 mm 24 V DC - low absorption USBG-BA/02400
Coil 30 mm 24 V AC - low absorption USBG-BA/02450-60
MATERIALS Coil 30 mm 110 V AC - low absorption USBG-BA/11050-60
Body Glass stiffened polyamide Coil 30 mm 220 V AC - low absorption USBG-BA/22050-60
Coil winding Copper wire OTHER VOLTAGES USBG/...

2.14 Coils for solenoid valves


MEK192/N
Connectors for solenoid valves
side 15 mm series UM
series
TECHNICAL DATA MEK192/N
Voltages DC: MAX. 300 V
AC: MAX. 250 V
Working temperature -40 ÷ + 90 °C
Versions Basic
With indicator light (LED)
With indicator light (LED) and varistat (VDR) as electrical protection
Number of pins 2 + earthed
Nominal current 6A WEIGHT 10 g

2
Maximum current 10 A
Contacts resistance ≤ 4 mOhm DESCRIPTION TYPE
Protection class IP 65 EN 60529 Basic connector MEK192/N
Connector insulation class IEC 664 / VDE 0110-1/89 Connector with led + VDR as protection 24 V DC/AC MEK192/NVD 24V CC/CA
Connector with led + VDR as protection 110 V DC/AC MEK192/NVD 110V CC/CA
Connector with led + VDR as protection 220 V DC/AC MEK192/NVD 220V CC/CA
Connector with led 24 V DC/AC MEK192/NLED 24V CC/CA
Connector with led 110/220 V DC/AC MEK192/NLED 110/220VCC/CA

USR102/N9
Connectors DIN 46244
for coils side 22 mm
series USB and series WE (3A)
series
TECHNICAL DATA USR102/N9
Voltages DC: MAX. 300 V
AC: MAX. 250 V
Working temperature -40 ÷ +90 °C
Versions Basic
With indicator light (LED)
With indicator light (LED) and varistat (VDR) as electrical protection
Number of pins 2 + earthed
Nominal current 10 A
Maximum current 16 A
Contacts resistance ≤ 4 mOhm
WEIGHT 20 g
Protection class IP 65 EN 60529
Connector insulation class IEC 664 / VDE 0110-1/89
DESCRIPTION TYPE
Basic connector USR102/N9
Connector with led + VDR as protection 24 V DC/AC USR102/N9VD 24 V CC/CA
Connector with led + VDR as protection 110 V DC/AC USR102/N9VD 110 V CC/CA
Connector with led + VDR as protection 220 V DC/AC USR102/N9VD 220 V CC/CA
Connector with led 24 V DC/AC USR102/N9LED 24 V CC/CA
Connector with led 110/220 V DC/AC USR102/N9LED 110/220 V CC/CA

ULR1B
Connectors DIN 43650 - form “A” for
solenoid valves side 30 mm series UL and
coils series USBG and series WE (2A, 5A)
series
TECHNICAL DATA ULR1B
Voltages DC: MAX. 300V
AC: MAX. 250V
Working temperature -40 ÷ + 90 °C
Versions Basic
With indicator light (LED)
With indicator light (LED) and varistat (VDR) as electrical protection
Number of pins 2 + earthed
Nominal current 6A
Maximum current 10 A
Contacts resistance ≤ 4 mOhm
WEIGHT 25 g
Protection class IP 65 EN 60529
Connector insulation class IEC 664 / VDE 0110-1/89
DESCRIPTION TYPE
Basic connector ULR1B
Connector with led + VDR as protection 24 V DC/AC ULR1B/VD 24 V CC/CA
Connector with led + VDR as protection 110 V DC/AC ULR1B/VD 110 V CC/CA
Connector with led + VDR as protection 220 V DC/AC ULR1B/VD 220 V CC/CA
Connector with led 24 V DC/AC ULR1B/LED 24 V CC/CA
Connector with led 110/220 V DC/AC ULR1B/LED 110/220 V CC/CA

Connectors for solenoid valves 2.15


MEV
Spool compact valves
pilot and solenoid actuated G 1/8 and
series to VDMA 24563 standards size 02

DESCRIPTION
Valves series "MEV" have been designed to satisfy the need of
integration between pneumatics and electronics. Their main feature
is the possibility to offer valve islands complete with the electrical
connection. This series, realized in the 5/2 and 5/3 pneumatic
functions, is composed of two types of valves:
“MEV 8”, body ported G 1/8, prearranged for both single use and for
mounting on multiple base with fixed stations;
“MEV 18” (size 02), to VDMA 24563 (UNI 10528) standards,

2
prearranged for mounting on both single and manifold bases.
Both the multiple bases (that convey the exhausts port of the solenoid
actuated electropilots) and the manifold ones are fit for mounting onto
rails according to DIN 46277/3. For the 24 V AC/DC solenoid actuated
valves with coils toward the bottom (versions “MEVX”), are available
modules with two or four stations to carry out a multi-pin connection
through a 25-pin plug with protection class “IP 65” (see technical
information on page 0.4).

MATERIALS
TECHNICAL DATA
Bottoms Plastic
Operating pressure Monostable 1,8 ÷ 8 bar Body Anodized aluminium alloy treated with PTFE
Bistable 1 ÷ 8 bar Springs Stainless steel
Working temperature 0 ÷ +60 °C (-10 °C with dry air) Seals NBR rubber
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Spool Anodized aluminium alloy
Port size G 1/8 Piston Anodized aluminium alloy
Size 02 = Interface to VDMA 24563 standard
Pneumatic piloting G 1/8 = M5
port size Size 02 = Interface to VDMA 24563 standard SPARE PARTS
Nominal diameter 5 mm SEALS KIT
Piloting solenoid valve UMCSV - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves page 2.3
5/2 monostable and bistable MEV/SG
5/3 closed centre MEV/CC/SG
Electric connectors MEK 192/N - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
5/3 open centre MEV/CA/SG
See Multi-pin connection on page 2.28
5/3 pressure centre MEV/CP/SG

FLOW CHART - MEV/8 PILOTING CHART - MEV/8 - MEV/18

Pneumatic spring
Piloting pressure (bar)
Flow rate (Nl/min)

Double pneumatic control

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

FLOW CHART - MEV/18


Flow rate (Nl/min)

Operating pressure (bar)

2.16 Spool compact valves series MEV


MEV
G 1/8 - 5 PORT

series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - MEV 8
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Solenoid 10 10 650 100 MEV8 KR/ZR
spring
5/2
monostable
Solenoid
Pneumatic
spring
12 20 650 100 MEV8 KR/TQ 2
5/2 Pneumatic
Solenoid 10 10 650 100 MEV8 KR/KR
bistable spring

5/3 Mechanical
Solenoid 10 10 510 100 MEV8 SR/SR
closed center spring

5/3 Mechanical
Solenoid 10 10 510 100 MEV8 AR/AR
open center spring

5/3 Mechanical
Solenoid 10 10 650 100 MEV8 PR/PR
pressure center spring

5 PORT - MONOSTABLE 5 PORT - BISTABLE

2 HOLES Ø3.2 2 HOLES Ø3.2

2 HOLES Ø3.2 2 HOLES Ø3.2

5 PORT - 3 POSITIONS

2 HOLES Ø3.2

2 HOLES Ø3.2

Spool compact valves series MEV 2.17


MEV
G 1/8 - 5 PORT

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - MEV 8
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical 10 30 MEV8 KUC/ZR


Solenoid
spring

2 5/2
monostable
Solenoid
Pneumatic
spring
10 20 650 130 MEV8 KUC/TQ

Solenoid Mechanical 10 30 MEV8 KUR/ZR


pilot assisted spring

Solenoid Solenoid MEV8 KUC/KUC


5/2 10 10 650 160
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid MEV8 KUR/KUR
pilot assisted pilot assisted

Mechanical MEV8 SUC/SUC


Solenoid
spring
5/3 10 25 510 160
closed centre
Solenoid Mechanical MEV8 SUR/SUR
pilot assisted spring

Solenoid Mechanical MEV8 AUC/AUC


spring
5/3 10 25 510 160
open centre
Solenoid Mechanical MEV8 AUR/AUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical MEV8 PUC/PUC


Solenoid
spring
5/3 10 25 650 160
pressure centre
Solenoid Mechanical MEV8 PUR/PUR
pilot assisted spring

* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER - E.G.: MEV8 KUC/ZR 02400 02400 = 24 V DC 11050-60 = 110 V AC
TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3) 02450-60 = 24 V AC 22050-60 = 220 V AC

5 PORT - MONOSTABLE 5 PORT - BISTABLE

2 HOLES Ø3,2
2 HOLES Ø3,2

2 HOLES Ø3,2

2 HOLES Ø3,2

N.B.: Dado stelo di serie

2.18 Spool compact valves series MEV


MEV
G 1/8 - 5 PORT

series
5 PORT - 3 POSITIONS

2 HOLES Ø3,2

2 HOLES Ø3,2

Spool compact valves series MEV 2.19


MEV
G 1/8 - 5 PORT

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH COILS TOWARD THE BOTTOM G 1/8 - MEVX 8
SUITABLE FOR SINGLE USE OR MULTI-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Solenoid 10 30 MEVX8 KUC/ZR
spring

2 5/2 Pneumatic
Solenoid 10 20 650 130 MEVX8 KUC/TQ
monostable spring

Solenoid Mechanical
10 30 MEVX8 KUR/ZR
pilot assisted spring

Solenoid Solenoid MEVX8 KUC/KUC


5/2
10 10 650 175
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid
MEVX8 KUR/KUR
pilot assisted pilot assisted

Mechanical
Solenoid MEVX8 SUC/SUC
spring
5/3
10 25 510 175
closed centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEVX8 SUR/SUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid MEVX8 AUC/AUC
spring
5/3
10 25 510 175
open centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEVX8 AUR/AUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid MEVX8 PUC/PUC
spring
5/3
10 25 650 175
pressure centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEVX8 PUR/PUR
pilot assisted spring

* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER - E.G.: MEVX8 KUC/ZR 02400 02400 = 24 V DC
(TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3) 02450-60 = 24 V AC

5 PORT - MONOSTABLE 5 PORT - BISTABLE AND 5 PORT - 3 POSITIONS

2 HOLES Ø3,2
2 HOLES Ø3,2

2 HOLES Ø3,2 2 HOLES Ø3,2

2.20 Spool compact valves series MEV


MEV
Accessories
Bases G 1/8
series
BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/8 - KB/MEV8 - Fit for mounting onto DIN 46277/3 rail

No. of stations 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
A 67 87 107 127 147 187 227 267 307 347 387 427
Weight (g) 324 421 518 615 712 905 1098 1292 1486 1680 1873 2067
TYPE* KB/MEV8/2 KB/MEV8/3 KB/MEV8/4 KB/MEV8/5 KB/MEV8/6 KB/MEV8/8 KB/MEV8/10 KB/MEV8/12 KB/MEV8/14 KB/MEV8/16 KB/MEV8/18 KB/MEV8/20

* BASES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS

BLANKING PLATE - MEV8/PC FIXING PLATE FOR DIN 46277/3 RAIL - MEV8/PF

WEIGHT 20 g WEIGHT 7 g

BLANKING PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS FIXING PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS

Spool compact valves series MEV 2.21


MEV
Size 02

series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES TO VDMA 24563 STANDARD SIZE 02 - MEV 18
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Pneumatic 12 50 510 100 MEV18 KR/ZR
spring
5/2
monostable
2 Pneumatic
Mechanical
spring
20 35 510 100 MEV18 KR/TQ

5/2
Pneumatic Pneumatic 12 12 510 100 MEV18 KR/KR
bistable

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 15 15 420 100 MEV18 SR/SR
closed centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 15 15 420 100 MEV18 AR/AR
open centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 15 15 500 100 MEV18 PR/PR
pressure centre spring

5 PORT - MONOSTABLE 5 PORT - BISTABLE

5 PORT - 3 POSITIONS

2.22 Spool compact valves series MEV


MEV
Size 02

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TO VDMA 24563 STANDARD SIZE 02 - MEV 18
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Solenoid 10 50 MEV18 KUC/ZR
spring

5/2
monostable
Solenoid
Pneumatic
spring
12 35 510 130 MEV18 KUC/TQ 2
Solenoid Mechanical
10 50 MEV18 KUR/ZR
pilot assisted spring

Solenoid Solenoid MEV18 KUC/KUC


5/2
10 10 510 160
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid
MEV18 KUR/KUR
pilot assisted pilot assisted

Mechanical
Solenoid MEV18 SUC/SUC
spring
5/3
10 30 420 160
closed centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEV18 SUR/SUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid MEV18 AUC/AUC
spring
5/3
10 30 420 160
open centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEV18 AUR/AUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid MEV18 PUC/PUC
spring
5/3
10 30 500 160
pressure centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEV18 PUR/PUR
pilot assisted spring

* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER - E.G.: MEV18 KUC/ZR 02400 02400 = 24 V DC 11050-60 = 110 V AC
(TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” – SEE ON PAGE 2.3) 02450-60 = 24 V AC 22050-60 = 220 V AC

5 PORT - MONOSTABLE 5 PORT - BISTABLE

Spool compact valves series MEV 2.23


MEV
Size 02

series
5 PORT - 3 POSITION

2.24 Spool compact valves series MEV


MEV
Size 02

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH COILS TOWARD THE BOTTOM TO VDMA 24563 STANDARD SIZE 02 - MEVX 18
SUITABLE FOR SINGLE USE OR MULTI-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR

Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate


Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Solenoid 10 50 MEVX18 KUC/ZR
spring
2
5/2 Pneumatic
Solenoid 12 35 510 130 MEVX18 KUC/TQ
monostable spring

Solenoid Mechanical
10 50 MEVX18 KUR/ZR
pilot assisted spring

Solenoid Solenoid MEVX18 KUC/KUC


5/2
10 10 510 175
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid
MEVX18 KUR/KUR
pilot assisted pilot assisted

Mechanical
Solenoid MEVX18 SUC/SUC
spring
5/3
10 30 420 175
closed centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEVX18 SUR/SUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid MEVX18 AUC/AUC
spring
5/3
10 30 420 175
open centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEVX18 AUR/AUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid MEVX18 PUC/PUC
spring
5/3
10 30 500 175
pressure centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEVX18 PUR/PUR
pilot assisted spring

* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER - E.G.: MEVX18 KUC/ZR 02400 02400 = 24 V DC
(TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3) 02450-60 = 24 V AC

5 PORT - MONOSTABLE 5 PORT - BISTABLE AND 5 PORT - 3 POSITIONS

Spool compact valves series MEV 2.25


MEV
Accessories
Single and manifold bases
series to VDMA 24563 standard size 02

INPUT PLATES (pair) - MEV18PE

END-PLATE, LEFT HAND WEIGHT 200 G END-PLATE, RIGHT HAND WEIGHT 200 G
INPUT PLATES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS

MANIFOLD BASE, SIDE PORTED - MEV18BM INTERMEDIATE PLATE, TOP PORTED - MEV18PUS

WEIGHT 200 g WEIGHT 200 g

MANIFOLD BASE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS INTERMEDIATE PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS

SINGLE BASE SIDE PORTED - MEV18S BS BLANKING PLATE - MEV18PC

WEIGHT 20 g

BLANKING PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS

DIAPHRAGM - MEV18DG (No.3 PCS) DIAPHRAGM - MEV18DP (No.2 PCS)

WEIGHT 100 g

2.26 Spool compact valves series MEV


MEV
Accessories
Bases
series
EXAMPLE OF ASSEMBLY - MEV 8 - MEVX 8

4 HOLES M5

27 + (20 x N°. of stations)

EXAMPLE OF ASSEMBLY - MEV 18 - MEVX 18

40 + (20 x No. of stations)

* WITH THE PILOT ACTUATED VALVES USE THE TWO DIAPHRAGMS (TYPE MEV18DP) TO EXCLUDE THE PILOTING EXHAUST (SEE ON PAGE 2.26)

Spool compact valves series MEV 2.27


MEV
Accessories
Multi-pin connection with solenoid
series valves versions MEVX 8 and MEVX 18

25-PIN PLUG, SINGLE - MEV/C1 25-PIN PLUG, DOUBLE - MEV/C2

WEIGHT 35 g WEIGHT 80 g

TWO STATIONS MODULE, LEFT - MEV/M2S/AC or DC (24 V) TWO STATIONS MODULE, RIGHT - MEV/M2D/AC or DC

SUPPLIED WITH A PLATE TYPE MEV/P WEIGHT 25 g SUPPLIED WITH A PLATE TYPE MEV/P WEIGHT 25 g

FOUR STATIONS MODULE, LEFT - MEV/M4S/AC or DC (24 V) FOUR STATIONS MODULE, RIGHT - MEV/M4D/AC or DC (24 V)

SUPPLIED WITH A PLATE TYPE MEV/P WEIGHT 45 g SUPPLIED WITH A PLATE TYPE MEV/P WEIGHT 45 g

BLANKING CAP - MEV/C FIXING PLATE - MEV/P PRE-ASSEMBLED MULTI-PIN CABLE “X” METERS LONG
WITH 25-PIN SUB-D PLUG
MEV/CF “X” (X= 3, 5, OR 10 m)

WEIGHT 10 g

BLANKING PLATE - MEV/PM

SUPPLIED WITH SUPPLIED WITH


SCREWS AND SEALS WEIGHT 4 g SCREWS AND SEALS WEIGHT 30 g WEIGHT 3 m = 170 g; 5 m = 410 g; 10 m = 760 g

2.28 Multi-pin connection valves series MEV


MEV
Accessories
Multi-pin connection with solenoid
valves versions MEVX 8 and MEVX 18 series
TECHNICAL INFORMATION

CONNECTION WITH ONE DOUBLE 25-PIN SUB-D PLUG, FOR 2 ÷ 11 STATIONS VALVE ISLANDS

Valve 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Pilot
14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx)
coil

PIN
Number
1 12 2 13 3 14 4 15 5 16 6 17 7 18 8 19 9 20 10 21 11 22 2
green green red orange yellow green grey black rose brown ornage
Color brown red orange yellow green blue purple grey white black rose
white chiaro black black black black black sky blue black black white

Valve - -

Pilot
GND* GND* GND* -
coil

PIN
23 24 25 -
Number
yellow sky grey
Color -
green blue green

*Common cable
P.S.: For monostable solenoid
valves use left modules
SX DX

CONNECTION WITH TWO SINGLE 25-PIN SUB-D PLUGS, FOR 2 ÷ 16 STATIONS VALVE ISLANDS

Valve 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Pilot
14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx)
coil

PIN
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11
Number

Color brown brown red red orange orange yellow yellow green green blue blue purple purple grey grey white white black black red red

Valve 12 13 14 15 16 - - - - -

Pilot
14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) GND* GND* GND* GND* NC NC NC NC NC -
coil

PIN
12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 -
Number

green green green green red red orange orange yellow yellow green green black rose brown orange yellow grey
Color sky blue -
white white chiaro chiaro black black black black black black black black sky blue black black white green green

*Common cable

Multi-pin connection valves series MEV 2.29


MEV
Assembling examples
Multi-pin connection with solenoid
series valves versions MEVX 8 and MEVX 18

MEVX 8 WITH DOUBLE 25-PIN SUB-D PLUG MEVX 8 WITH SINGLE 25-PIN SUB-D PLUG

33.5 + (20 x N° of stations)

31.5 + (20 x N° of stations)

MEVX 18 WITH DOUBLE 25-PIN SUB-D PLUG MEVX 18 SINGLE 25-PIN SUB-D PLUG

40 + (20 x N° of stations)

40 + (20 x N° of stations)

2.30 Multi-pin connection valves series MEV


MEV
Assembling examples
Multi-pin connection with solenoid
valves versions MEVX 8 and MEVX 18 series
Solenoid valves versions MEVX allow a The replacement of the solenoid valves
multi-pin plug connection with the possibility can be easily made in every moment.
of creating islands of pre-assembled solenoid
valves with a number of positions chosen by Connection modules are at 2 or
the user during the assembling of the 4 positions that can operate with
components. 24 V AC or DC voltage.

2
MEV/PM
MEV/C2
Double 25-pin sub-d plug
MEV/M4S/AC or DC (24 V)
for batteries of bistable
solenoid valves.
MEV/C

MEV/P

MEV8/PC

MEV/M2D/AC or DC (24 V)

KB/MEV8

Manifold base to VDMA 24563


size 02

MEV18BM The bases are fit for mounting


onto rails according to DIN
46277/3

MEV18PE

MEV/C1
Possibility of assembling till No. 4 modules of 4
Single 25-pin sub-d
positions each, for a total of 16 solenoid valves
plug for manifolds of
and the 2 positions module as final element for
monostable solenoid
manifolds of 2, 6, 10, 14 positions.
valves

Multi-pin connection valves series MEV 2.31


MEK
Spool compact valves
pilot and solenoid actuated
series G 1/8 - G 1/4

DESCRIPTION
Valves series "MEK", in the 5/2 and 5/3 pneumatic functions,
have been realized with compact overall dimensions yet
assuring high flow. The kind of construction is based on a
balanced spool with dynamic seal thanks to antiglueing mix
seals positioned on the same spool. In the solenoid control
version, size G 1/8 supports 15 mm low absorption direct acting
solenoid valve type UMCSV, while size G 1/4 supports both
15 than 22 mm direct acting solenoid valve type C/USCSVP

2
with sleeve Ø 9 mm. This series of valves is prearranged for
manifold mounting with fixed stations and with conveyed inlet
and exhausts, by means of frontal screws. The bases are fit for
mounting onto rails according to DIN 46277/3.

TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS


Operating pressure Monostable: 2 ÷ 8 bar Bottoms Anodized aluminium alloy
Bistable: 1,5 ÷ 8 bar Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Working temperature 0 ÷ +60 °C (-10 °C with dry air) Springs Stainless steel
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Seals NBR rubber
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 Spool Anodized aluminium alloy
Pneumatic piloting M5 Piston Anodized aluminium alloy
port size
Nominal diameter G 1/8 = 5 mm; G 1/4 = 6,5 mm
SPARE PARTS
Piloting solenoid valve UMCSV for G 1/8 and G 1/4 – see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.3;
C/USCSVP for G 1/4 – see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.11 Contact the commercial office
Coil USB for G 1/4 – see chapter Coils on page 2.14
Electric connectors MEK192/N for G 1/8 and G1/4 with UMCSV;
USR102/N9 for G 1/4 with C/USCSVP
See chapter Connectors on page 2.15

FLOW CHART - MEK G 1/8 - 5/2 PILOTING CHART - MEK G 1/8

Pneumatic spring
Piloting pressure (bar)
Flow rate (Nl/min)

Double pneumatic control

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

FLOW CHART - MEK G 1/4 - 5/2 PILOTING CHART - MEK G 1/4

Pneumatic spring
Piloting pressure (bar)
Flow rate (Nl/min)

Double pneumatic control

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

2.32 Spool compact valves series MEK


MEK
G 1/8 - 5 PORT

series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Pneumatic 5 10 530 110 MEKCA8 KR/ZQ
spring
5/2
monostable
Pneumatic
Mechanical
spring
7 5 530 110 MEKCA8 KR/TQ 2
5/2
Pneumatic Pneumatic 3 3 530 120 MEKCA8 KR/KR
bistable

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 4 8 450 135 MEKCA8 SR/SR
closed centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 4 8 450 135 MEKCA8 AR/AR
open centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 4 8 450 135 MEKCA8 PR/PR
pressure centre spring

MEKCA8 KR/ZQ MEKCA8 KR/TQ

2 HOLES Ø3,5 2 HOLES Ø3,5

N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2 N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2

MEKCA8 KR/KR MEKCA8 SR/SR - MEKCA8 AR/AR - MEKCA8 PR/PR

2 HOLES Ø3,5 2 HOLES Ø3,5

N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2 N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2

Spool compact valves series MEK 2.33


MEK
G 1/8 - 5 PORT

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Pneumomechanical
Solenoid 12 15 MEKCA8 KUC/ZQ
spring

2 5/2
monostable
Solenoid
Pneumatic
spring
12 15 530 150 MEKCA8 KUC/TQ

Solenoid Mechanical
10 20 MEKCA8 KUR/ZQ
pilot assisted spring

Solenoid Solenoid MEKCA8 KUC/KUC


5/2
9 9 530 195
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid
MEKCA8 KUR/KUR
pilot assisted pilot assisted

Mechanical
Solenoid MEKCA8 SUC/SUC
spring
5/3
10 25 450 210
closed centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEKCA8 SUR/SUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid MEKCA8 AUC/AUC
spring
5/3
10 25 450 210
open centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEKCA8 AUR/AUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid MEKCA8 PUC/PUC
spring
5/3
10 25 450 210
pressure centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEKCA8 PUR/PUR
pilot assisted spring

* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER - E.G.: MEKCA8 KUC/ZQ 02400 02400 = 24 V DC 11050-60 = 110 V AC
(TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3) 02450-60 = 24 V AC 22050-60 = 220 V AC

MEKCA8 KUC/ZQ MEKCA8 KUC/TQ

N° 2 HOLES Ø3,5 N° 2 HOLES Ø3,5

N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2 N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2

2.34 Spool compact valves series MEK


MEK
G 1/8 - 5 PORT

series
MEKCA8 KUR/ZQ MEKCA8 KUC/KUC

N° 2 HOLES Ø3,5 N° 2 HOLES Ø3,5

N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2 N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2

MEKCA8 KUR/KUR MEKCA8 SUC/SUC - MEKCA8 AUC/AUC - MEKCA8 PUC/PUC

N° 2 HOLES Ø3,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,5

N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2

MEKCA8 SUR/SUR - MEKCA8 AUR/AUR - MEKCA8 PUR/PUR

N° 2 HOLES Ø3,5

N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2

Spool compact valves series MEK 2.35


MEK
Accessories
Bases G 1/8
series
BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/8 - KB/MEK8 - Fit for mounting onto DIN 46277/3 rail

NO. 4 HOLES M5

N° of stations 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
L 66 85 104 123 142 180 218 256 294 332 370 408
Weight (g) 175 220 265 310 355 445 535 625 715 805 895 985
TYPE* KB/MEK8/2 KB/MEK8/3 KB/MEK8/4 KB/MEK8/5 KB/MEK8/6 KB/MEK8/8 KB/MEK8/10 KB/MEK8/12 KB/MEK8/14 KB/MEK8/16 KB/MEK8/18 KB/MEK8/20

* BASES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS

BLANKING PLATE - KIT/PC/MEK8 PLATE WITH PUSH-IN FITTING FOR PIPE Ø 6 mm - KIT/IR/MEK8

CARTRIDGE Ø6

BLANKING PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE


WITH SCREWS AND SEALS WEIGHT 15 g WEIGHT 45 g

2.36 Spool compact valves series MEK


MEK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT

series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
at 6 bar Weight
Symbol Function TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (NI/min) (g)

5/2 Pneumomechanical
Pneumatic 7 3 900 190 MEKCA4 KR/ZQ
monostable spring

5/2
bistable
Pneumatic Pneumatic 5 5 900 215 MEKCA4 KR/KR 2
5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 5 15 600 240 MEKCA4 SR/SR
closed centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 5 15 600 240 MEKCA4 AR/AR
open centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 5 15 600 240 MEKCA4 PR/PR
pressure centre spring

MEKCA4 KR/ZQ MEKCA4 KR/KR

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5 N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3 N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3

MEKCA4 SR/SR - MEKCA4 AR/AR - MEKCA4 PR/PR

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3

Spool compact valves series MEK 2.37


MEK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH COIL SIZE 15 mm G 1/4
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Pilot Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Pneumomechanical
Solenoid MEKCA4 KUC/ZQ
spring
5/2
15 20 900 225
monostable
2 Solenoid
pilot assisted
Pneumomechanical
spring pilot assisted
MEKCA4 KUR/ZQ

Solenoid Solenoid MEKCA4 KUC/KUC


5/2
10 10 900 290
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid
MEKCA4 KUR/KUR
pilot assisted pilot assisted

Mechanical
Solenoid MEKCA4 SUC/SUC
spring
5/3
15 30 600 315
closed centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEKCA4 SUR/SUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid MEKCA4 AUC/AUC
spring
5/3
12 30 600 315
open centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEKCA4 AUR/AUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid MEKCA4 PUC/PUC
spring
5/3
10 30 600 315
pressure centre
Solenoid Mechanical
MEKCA4 PUR/PUR
pilot assisted spring

* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER - E.G.: MEKCA4 KUC/ZQ 02450-60 02400 = 24 V DC 11050-60 = 110 V AC
TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3) 02450-60 = 24 V AC 22050-60 = 220 V AC

MEKCA4 KUC/ZQ MEKCA4 KUR/ZQ

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5 N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3

2.38 Spool compact valves series MEK


MEK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT

series
MEKCA4 KUC/KUC MEKCA4 KUR/KUR

2
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5 N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3 N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3

MEKCA4 SUC/SUC - MEKCA4 AUC/AUC - MEKCA4 PUC/PUC MEKCA4 SUR/SUR - MEKCA4 AUR/AUR - MEKCA4 PUR/PUR

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5 N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3 N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3

Spool compact valves series MEK 2.39


MEK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SLEEVE Ø 9 mm G 1/4
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Pneumomechanical MEKCA4
Solenoid
spring KUCG/ZQ
5/2
22 24 900 210
monostable
2 Solenoid
pilot assisted
Pneumomechanical
spring pilot assisted
MEKCA4
KURG/ZQ

MEKCA4
Solenoid Solenoid
KUCG/KUCG
5/2
16 16 900 260
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid MEKCA4
pilot assisted pilot assisted KURG/KURG

Mechanical MEKCA4
Solenoid
spring SUCG/SUCG
5/3
21 30 600 280
closed centre
Solenoid Mechanical MEKCA4
pilot assisted spring SURG/SURG

Mechanical MEKCA4
Solenoid
spring AUCG/AUCG
5/3
18 30 600 280
open centre
Solenoid Mechanical MEKCA4
pilot assisted spring AURG/AURG

Mechanical MEKCA4
Solenoid
spring PUCG/PUCG
5/3
15 30 600 280
pressure centre
Solenoid Mechanical MEKCA4
pilot assisted spring PURG/PURG

* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

MEKCA4 KUCG/ZQ MEKCA4 KURG/ZQ

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3

2.40 Spool compact valves series MEK


MEK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT

series
MEKCA4 KUCG/KUCG MEKCA4 KURG/KURG

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
2

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3

MEKCA4 SUCG/SUCG - MEKCA4 PUCG/PUCG - MEKCA4 AUCG/AUCG MEKCA4 SURG/SURG - MEKCA4 PURG/PURG - MEKCA4 AURG/AURG

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5 N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5

N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3 N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3

Spool compact valves series MEK 2.41


MEK
Accessories
Bases G 1/4
series
BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/4 - KB/MEK4 - Fit for mounting onto DIN 46277/3 rail

2
NO. 4 HOLES M5

N° of stations 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
L 82 108 134 160 186 238 290 342 394 446 498 550
Weight (g) 370 475 580 685 790 1000 1210 1220 1630 1840 2050 2260
TYPE* KB/MEK4/2 KB/MEK4/3 KB/MEK4/4 KB/MEK4/5 KB/MEK4/6 KB/MEK4/8 KB/MEK4/10 KB/MEK4/12 KB/MEK4/14 KB/MEK4/16 KB/MEK4/18 KB/MEK4/20

* BASES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS

BLANKING PLATE - KIT/PC /MEK4 PLATE WITH PUSH-IN FITTING FOR PIPE Ø 8 mm - KIT/IR/MEK4

CARTRIDGE Ø8

BLANKING PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE


WITH SCREWS AND SEALS WEIGHT 50 g WEIGHT 90 g

2.42 Spool compact valves series MEK


EK
Spool valves pilot and solenoid
actuated G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
series
DESCRIPTION
Valves series "EK" are produced in the 3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 pneumatic
functions. The piloting solenoid valve can be assembled perpendicular
respect the body valve, thanks to a suitable bracket. The kind of
construction is based on a balanced spool with static seal, being the
seals supported by distance rings integral to the body. This series of
valves, in the size G 1/8 and G 1/4, is prearranged for both manifold
mounting (conveyed inlet and exhausts), or supply rail mounting
(conveyed inlet), by means of rear notch screws. The versions size

2
G 1/4 - 5 port are available even with “Namur” port pattern.

MATERIALS
Bottoms Anodized aluminium alloy
TECHNICAL DATA Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Operating pressure Monostable: 2,5 ÷ 10 bar Distance rings G 1/8 - G 1/4: Acetal resin
Bistable: 2 ÷ 10 bar G 1/2: Brass
Working temperature 0 ÷ +70 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Springs Galvanized steel
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Seals NBR rubber
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 Spools Anodized aluminium alloy
Pneumatic piloting G 1/8 Piston Anodized aluminium alloy
port size
Nominal diameter G 1/8 = 5 mm; G 1/4 = 7 mm; G 1/2 = 12 mm
SPARE PARTS
Piloting solenoid valve C/USCSVP - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.11
Coils USB - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 SEALS KIT
USBG - see chapter Coils on page 2.14* 3 port G 1/8 EK/SG/8
Electric connectors USR 102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 3 port G 1/4 EK/SG/4
ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15* 3 port G 1/2 EK/SG/2
*Only for single valve 5 port G 1/8 EKCA/SG/8
(coil and connector overcome the overall dimensions of the valves) 5 port G 1/4 EKCA/SG/4
5 port G 1/2 EKCA/SG/2
5 port G 1/4 Namur ENCA/SG/4

FLOW CHART - EK G 1/8 - 5/2 PILOTING CHART - EK G 1/8

Pneumatic spring
Piloting pressure (bar)
Flow rate (Nl/min)

Mechanical spring

Double pneumatic control

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

FLOW CHART - EK G 1/4 - 5/2 PILOTING CHART - EK G 1/4


Piloting pressure (bar)

Pneumatic spring
Flow rate (Nl/min)

Mechanical spring

Double pneumatic control

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

Spool valves series EK 2.43


EK
G 1/8 - 3 PORT

series
FLOW CHART - EK G 1/2 - 5/2 PILOTING CHART - EK G 1/2

Mechanical spring
Double pneumatic control

Piloting pressure (bar)


Flow rate (Nl/min)

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - 3 PORT


Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Pneumatic
Pneumatic 18 10 550 220 EKA8 KR/ZR
spring
3/2 N.A.
monostable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 26 16 550 215 EKA8 KR/TQ
spring

Pneumatic
Pneumatic 14 8 550 220 EKC8 KR/ZR
spring
3/2 N.C.
monostable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 30 28 550 215 EKC8 KR/TQ
spring

Pneumatic Pneumatic 10 10 550 215 EK8 KR/KR


3/2
bistable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 10 15 550 215 EK8 KR/TR
differential

3 PORT

3 HOLES Ø5.2

2.44 Spool valves series EK


EK
G 1/8 - 5 PORT

series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - 5 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Pneumatic 20 10 550 270 EKCA8 KR/ZR
spring
5/2
monostable
Pneumatic
Mechanical
spring
25 15 550 260 EKCA8 KR/TQ 2
Pneumatic Pneumatic 10 10 550 230 EKCA8 KR/KR
5/2
bistable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 12 15 550 230 EKCA8 KR/TR
differential

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 18 25 425 285 EKCA8 SR/SR
closed centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 18 25 500 285 EKCA8 AR/AR
open centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 15 20 425 285 EKCA8 PR/PR
pressure centre spring

5 PORT

4 HOLES Ø5.2

Spool valves series EK 2.45


EK
G 1/8 - 3 PORT

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - 3 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Solenoid 24 28 550 250 EKA8 KUC/ZR
spring

2 3/2 N.O.
monostable
Solenoid
Pneumatic
spring
18 27 550 245 EKA8 KUC/TQ

Solenoid Mechanical
24 28 550 250 EKA8 KUR/ZR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid 32 31 550 250 EKC8 KUC/ZR
spring

3/2 N.C. Pneumatic


Solenoid 22 28 550 245 EKC8 KUC/TQ
monostable spring

Solenoid Mechanical
32 31 550 250 EKC8 KUR/ZR
pilot assisted spring

Solenoid Solenoid 21 21 550 290 EK8 KUC/KUC


3/2
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid
21 21 550 290 EK8 KUR/KUR
pilot assisted pilot assisted

P.S.: SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID
AT 90° RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE. E.G.: EKC8 KUC/TQ BECOMES EKC8 KLC/TQ (SEE ON PAGE 2.59 FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS)
*THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

3 PORT MONOSTABLE 3 PORT BISTABLE

3 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2

2.46 Spool valves series EK


EK
G 1/8 - 5 PORT

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - 5 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Solenoid 20 30 550 300 EKCA8 KUC/ZR
spring

5/2
monostable
Solenoid
Pneumatic
spring
27 39 550 300 EKCA8 KUC/TQ 2
Solenoid Mechanical
20 30 550 300 EKCA8 KUR/ZR
pilot assisted spring

Solenoid Solenoid 18 18 550 325 EKCA8 KUC/KUC


5/2
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid
18 18 550 325 EKCA8 KUR/KUR
pilot assisted pilot assisted

Mechanical
Solenoid 23 37 425 335 EKCA8 SUC/SUC
spring
5/3
closed centre
Solenoid Mechanical
23 37 425 335 EKCA8 SUR/SUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid 23 37 500 345 EKCA8 AUC/AUC
spring
5/3
open centre
Solenoid Mechanical
23 37 500 345 EKCA8 AUR/AUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid 20 35 425 335 EKCA8 PUC/PUC
spring
5/3
pressure centre
Solenoid Mechanical
20 25 425 335 EKCA8 PUR/PUR
pilot assisted spring

P.S.: SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID
AT 90° RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE. E.G.: EKCA8 KUC/TQ BECOMES EKCA8 KLC/TQ (SEE ON PAGE 2.59 FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS)
*THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

5 PORT MONOSTABLE 5 PORT AND 3 POSITION BISTABLE

4 HOLES Ø5.2 4 HOLES Ø5.2

Spool valves series EK 2.47


EK
Accessories
Bases G 1/8
series
BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/8 - KB/EK8

4 HOLES Ø4.2

No. of stations 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
L 74 97 120 143 166 212 258 304 350 396 442 488
Weight (g) 220 285 350 415 480 610 740 870 1000 1130 1260 1390
TYPE* KB/EK8/2 KB/EK8/3 KB/EK8/4 KB/EK8/5 KB/EK8/6 KB/EK8/8 KB/EK8/10 KB/EK8/12 KB/EK8/14 KB/EK8/16 KB/EK8/18 KB/EK8/20
* BASES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH NOTCH SCREWS AND SEALS

SUPPLY RAIL FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/8 - CEK8 BLANKING PLATE - KIT /PC/EK8

WEIGHT 40 g

No. of stations 2 3 5
LA 83 105 150
LB 101 123 168
Weight (g) 135 170 240
TYPE* CEK8/2 CEK8/3 CEK8/5
* SUPPLY RAILS ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH NOTCH SCREWS, SEALS AND FIXING BRACKETS

2.48 Spool valves series EK


EK
G 1/4 - 3 PORT

series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4 - 3 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Pneumatic 21 14 950 335 EKA4 KR/ZR
spring
3/2 N.O.
monostable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
spring
28 10 950 325 EKA4 KR/TQ 2
Mechanical
Pneumatic 21 14 950 335 EKC4 KR/ZR
spring
3/2 N.C.
monostable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 25 11 950 325 EKC4 KR/TQ
spring

Pneumatic Pneumatic 11 11 950 330 EK4 KR/KR


3/2
bistable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 10 18 950 330 EK4 KR/TR
differential

3 PORT

3 HOLES Ø5.2

Spool valves series EK 2.49


EK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT

series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4 - 5 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Pneumatic 18 14 900 385 EKCA4 KR/ZR
spring
5/2
monostable
2 Pneumatic
Pneumatic
spring
25 11 900 370 EKCA4 KR/TQ

Pneumatic Pneumatic 11 11 900 370 EKCA4 KR/KR


5/2
bistable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 10 20 900 370 EKCA4 KR/TR
differential

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 20 14 510 420 EKCA4 SR/SR
closed centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 20 14 850 415 EKCA4 AR/AR
open centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 20 14 690 415 EKCA4 PR/PR
pressure centre spring

5 PORT

4 HOLES Ø5.2

2.50 Spool valves series EK


EK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT

series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES “NAMUR” PORT PATTERN - G 1/4 - 5 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Pneumatic 18 14 900 390 ENCA4 KR/ZR
spring
5/2
monostable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
spring
25 11 900 375 ENCA4 KR/TQ 2
Pneumatic Pneumatic 11 11 900 375 ENCA4 KR/KR
5/2
bistable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 10 20 900 375 ENCA4 KR/TR
differential

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 20 14 510 425 ENCA4 SR/SR
closed centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 20 14 850 420 ENCA4 AR/AR
open centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 20 14 690 420 ENCA4 PR/PR
pressure centre spring

“NAMUR” PORT PATTERN - 5 PORT

Ø5.5 DEPTH 5
2 THROUGH HOLES Ø5.5

Spool valves series EK 2.51


EK
G 1/4 - 3 PORT

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4 - 3 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Solenoid 22 60 950 385 EKA4 KUC/ZR
spring

2 3/2 N.O.
monostable
Solenoid
Pneumatic
spring
24 50 950 370 EKA4 KUC/TQ

Solenoid Mechanical
22 60 950 385 EKA4 KUR/ZR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid 22 60 950 385 EKC4 KUC/ZR
spring

3/2 N.C. Pneumatic


Solenoid 24 50 950 370 EKC4 KUC/TQ
monostable spring

Solenoid Mechanical
22 60 950 385 EKC4 KUR/ZR
pilot assisted spring

Solenoid Solenoid 23 23 950 405 EK4 KUC/KUC


3/2
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid
23 23 950 405 EK4 KUR/KUR
pilot assisted pilot assisted

P.S.: SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID AT 90°
RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE. E.G.: EKC4 KUC/TQ BECOMES EKC4 KLC/TQ (SEE ON PAGE 2.59 FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS)
*THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

3 PORT MONOSTABLE 3 PORT BISTABLE

4 HOLES Ø5.2 4 HOLES Ø5.2

2.52 Spool valves series EK


EK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4 - 5 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Solenoid 32 65 900 430 EKCA4 KUC/ZR
spring

5/2
monostable
Solenoid
Pneumatic
spring
32 65 900 415 EKCA4 KUC/TQ 2
Solenoid Mechanical
32 65 900 430 EKCA4 KUR/ZR
pilot assisted spring

Solenoid Solenoid 21 21 900 475 EKCA4 KUC/KUC


5/2
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid
21 21 900 475 EKCA4 KUR/KUR
pilot assisted pilot assisted

Mechanical
Solenoid 25 50 510 490 EKCA4 SUC/SUC
spring
5/3
closed centre
Solenoid Mechanical
25 50 510 490 EKCA4 SUR/SUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid 25 50 850 485 EKCA4 AUC/AUC
spring
5/3
open centre
Solenoid Mechanical
25 50 850 485 EKCA4 AUR/AUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid 25 50 690 490 EKCA4 PUC/PUC
spring
5/3
pressure centre
Solenoid Mechanical
25 50 690 490 EKCA4 PUR/PUR
pilot assisted spring

P.S.: SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID AT 90°
RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE. E.G.: EKCA4 KUC/TQ BECOMES EKCA4 KLC/TQ (SEE ON PAGE 2.59 FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS)
*THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

5 PORT MONOSTABLE 5 PORT AND 3 POSITION BISTABLE

4 HOLES Ø5.2 4 HOLES Ø5.2

Spool valves series EK 2.53


EK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES “NAMUR” PORT PATTERN - G 1/4 - 5 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Solenoid 32 65 900 440 ENCA4 KUC/ZR
spring

2 5/2
monostable
Solenoid
Pneumatic
spring
32 65 900 425 ENCA4 KUC/TQ

Solenoid Mechanical
32 65 900 440 ENCA4 KUR/ZR
pilot assisted spring

Solenoid Solenoid 21 21 900 485 ENCA4 KUC/KUC


5/2
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid
21 21 900 485 ENCA4 KUR/KUR
pilot assisted pilot assisted

Mechanical
Solenoid 25 50 510 500 ENCA4 SUC/SUC
spring
5/3
closed centre
Solenoid Mechanical
25 50 510 500 ENCA4 SUR/SUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid 25 50 850 495 ENCA4 AUC/AUC
spring
5/3
open centre
Solenoid Mechanical
25 50 850 495 ENCA4 AUR/AUR
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid 25 50 690 500 ENCA4 PUC/PUC
spring
5/3
pressure centre
Solenoid Mechanical
25 50 690 500 ENCA4 PUR/PUR
pilot assisted spring

P.S.: SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID AT 90° RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE.
E.G.: ENCA4 KUC/TQ BECOMES ENCA4 KLC/TQ (SEE ON PAGE 2.59 FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS) *THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

“NAMUR” PORT PATTERN - 5 PORT MONOSTABLE “NAMUR” PORT PATTERN - 5 PORT AND 3 POSITION BISTABLE

Ø5.5 DEPTH 5
2 THROUGH HOLES Ø5.5 Ø5.5 DEPTH 5
2 THROUGH HOLES Ø5.5

2.54 Spool valves series EK


EK
Accessories
Bases G 1/4
series
BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/4 - KB/EK4

4 HOLES Ø5.5

No. of stations 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
L 83 109 135 161 187 239 291 343 395 447 499 551
Weight (g) 460 590 720 850 980 1240 1500 1760 2020 2280 2540 2800
TYPE* KB/EK4/2 KB/EK4/3 KB/EK4/4 KB/EK4/5 KB/EK4/6 KB/EK4/8 KB/EK4/10 KB/EK4/12 KB/EK4/14 KB/EK4/16 KB/EK4/18 KB/EK4/20
* BASES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH NOTCH SCREWS AND SEALS

SUPPLY RAIL FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/4 - CEK4 BLANKING PLATE - KIT/PC/EK4

WEIGHT 65 g

No. of stations 2 3 5
LA 99 125 176
LB 119 145 196
Weight (g) 310 390 550
TYPE* CEK4/2 CEK4/3 CEK4/5
* SUPPLY RAILS ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH NOTCH SCREWS, SEALS AND FIXING BRACKETS

Spool valves series EK 2.55


EK
G 1/2 - 3 and 5 PORT

series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/2 - 3 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

3/2 N.O. Mechanical


Pneumatic 21 27 2400 770 EKA2 KR/ZR
monostable spring

2 3/2 N.O.
monostable
Pneumatic
Mechanical
spring
21 27 2400 760 EKA2 KR/TQ

3/2 N.C. Mechanical


Pneumatic spring 21 27 2200 770 EKC2 KR/ZR
monostable

3/2 N.C. Mechanical


Pneumatic spring 21 27 2200 760 EKC2 KR/TQ
monostable

3/2
Pneumatic Pneumatic 20 20 2200 790 EK2 KR/KR
bistable

SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/2 - 5 PORT


Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Solenoid 21 27 2800 1010 EKCA2 KR/ZR
spring
5/2
monostable
Pneumatic
Solenoid 21 27 2800 1000 EKCA2 KR/TQ
spring

5/2
Solenoid Solenoid 20 20 2800 1000 EKCA2 KR/KR
bistable

5/3 Mechanical
Solenoid 20 25 1700 1020 EKCA2 SR/SR
closed centre spring

3 PORT BISTABLE 5 PORT BISTABLE

4 HOLES Ø6,5

3 HOLES Ø6,5

2.56 Spool valves series EK


EK
G 1/2 - 3 PORT

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/2 - 3 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Solenoid 30 90 2400 800 EKA2 KUC/ZR
spring

3/2 N.O.
monostable
Solenoid
pilot assisted
Mechanical
spring
30 90 2400 800 EKA2 KUR/ZR 2
Mechanical
Solenoid spring 30 90 2400 790 EKA2 KUC/TQ

Mechanical
Solenoid 30 90 2200 800 EKC2 KUC/ZR
spring

3/2 N.C. Solenoid Mechanical


30 90 2200 800 EKC2 KUR/ZR
monostable pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid 30 90 2200 790 EKC2 KUC/TQ
spring

Solenoid Solenoid 25 25 2200 850 EK2 KUC/KUC


3/2
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid
25 25 2200 850 EK2 KUR/KUR
pilot assisted pilot assisted

P.S.: SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH
SOLENOID AT 90° RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE.
E.G.: EKA2 KUC/TQ BECOMES EKA2 KLC/TQ (SEE ON PAGE 2.59 FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS)
*THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

3 PORT MONOSTABLE 3 PORT BISTABLE

3 HOLES Ø6.5 3 HOLES Ø6.5

Spool valves series EK 2.57


EK
G 1/2 - 5 PORT

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/2 - 5 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Solenoid 30 90 2800 1025 EKCA2 KUC/ZR
spring

2 5/2
monostable
Solenoid
Pneumatic
spring
30 90 2800 1015 EKCA2 KUC/TQ

Solenoid Mechanical
30 90 2800 1025 EKCA2 KUR/ZR
pilot assisted spring

Solenoid Solenoid 25 25 2800 1075 EKCA2 KUC/KUC


5/2
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid
25 25 2800 1075 EKCA2 KUR/KUR
pilot assisted pilot assisted

Mechanical
Solenoid 25 80 1700 1085 EKCA2 SUC/SUC
spring
5/3
closed centre
Solenoid Mechanical
25 80 1700 1085 EKCA2 SUR/SUR
pilot assisted spring

P.S.: SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH
SOLENOID AT 90° RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE.
E.G.: EKCA2 KUC/TQ BECOMES EKCA2 KLC/TQ (SEE ON PAGE 2.59 FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS)
*THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

5 VIE MONOSTABLE 5 VIE BISTABLE

NO. 4 HOLES Ø 6.5

2.58 Spool valves series EK


EK
90° solenoid
actuated valves
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID AT 90°
SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH
SOLENOID AT 90° RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE. E.G.: EKCA2 KUC/TQ BECOMES EKCA2 KLC/TQ

G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2

ACCESSORIES

MOUNTING BRACKET FOR PILOT AND SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TYPES EK 4 - EK 8 ON CYLINDER SERIES “CPUI”
(see from page 1.25)

Ø CYLINDER L TYPE* * BRACKETS ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH DOWELS AND SCREWS
32 50,5 P.S.: PLEASE CHECK BEFORE ORDERING THE COUPLED DIMENSIONS OF THE CYLINDER WITH THE VALVE
SQ32-40/EK
40 57,5
50 69
SQ50-63/EK
63 79,5
80 95,5
SQ80-100/EK
100 113

Spool valves series EK 2.59


UK
Poppet valves
pilot and solenoid actuated
series G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 - G 1

DESCRIPTION
Valves series "UK" are produced in the 2/2, 3/2 and 5/2 monostable
pneumatic functions. In the 3 port solenoid control version with small
pilot system, sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4, support the 15 mm direct acting
solenoid valve (type UMCSV with fixed position). All the other electric
versions can support the 32 mm direct acting solenoid valve, type
ULCSV/R (with fixed position), type C/USCSVG with sleeve Ø 9 mm
(with fixed position and rotatable coils series USB and USBG) or the
amplifier valve XVF4 for a sensible pneumatic piloting (see page 3.36).

2
The 3/2 N.C. pilot actuated valves can also be used to switch vacuum
thanks to a suitably reinforced spring.
The poppet design assures high flow and high life. This series of
valves, in the sizes G 1/8, G 1/4 and G 1/2, is prearranged for base
mounting with conveyed inlet by means of rear notch screws.

TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS


Operating pressure Solenoid actuated: 1,5 ÷ 10 bar Control rod Hardened and nickel-plated steel
Pilot actuated: 1,5 ÷ 12 bar Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Working temperature 0 ÷ +70 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Springs Stainless steel
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or lubricated compressed air - vacuum Seals NBR rubber
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 - G 1 Bush rod Brass
Pneumatic piloting G 1/8 Piston Acetal resin
port size Terminal strip Acetal resin
Nominal diameter G 1/8 = 6 mm; G 1/4 = 8,5 mm; Washer Brass
G 1/2 = 12 mm; G 1 = 23 mm End plug Nickel-plated brass
Piloting solenoid valves UMCSV - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.3 Clamping screws Steel
ULCSV/R - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.6
C/USCSVG - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.13
Pneumatic piloting XVF4 - see chapter Complementary valves PILOTING CHART - UK G 1/8
valve on page 3.37
Coils USB - see chapter Coils on page 2.14
(only for C/USCSVG) USBG - see chapter Coils on page 2.14
Electric connectors USR 102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
MEK 192/N - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
Piloting pressure (bar)

Operating pressure (bar)

FLOW CHART - UK G 1/8 - 5/2 PILOTING CHART - UK G1/4


Piloting pressure (bar)
Flow rate (Nl/min)

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

2.60 Poppet valves series UK


UK
G 1/8 - G1/4 - G 1/2 - G 1

series
FLOW CHART - UK G 1/4 - 5/2 PILOTING CHART - UK G 1/2

Piloting pressure (bar)


Flow rate (Nl/min)

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

FLOW CHART UK - G 1/2 - 5/2 PILOTING CHART - UK G 1

Piloting pressure (bar)


Flow rate (Nl/min)

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

FLOW CHART - UK G 1 - 5/2 SPARE PARTS


SEALS KIT
3/2 N.O. G 1/8 small pilot system UKA/12/SG/8
3/2 N.C. G 1/8 small pilot system UKC/12/SG/8
3/2 N.O. G 1/8 big pilot system UKA/25/SG/8
3/2 N.C. G 1/8 big pilot system UKC/25/SG/8
5/2 G 1/8 UKCA/SG/8
3/2 N.O. G 1/4 small pilot system UKA/16/SG/4
3/2 N.C. G 1/4 small pilot system UKC/16/SG/4
3/2 N.O. G 1/4 big pilot system UKA/32/SG/4
3/2 N.C. G 1/4 big pilot system UKC/32/SG/4
5/2 G 1/4 UKCA/SG/4
Flow rate (Nl/min)

3/2 N.O. G 1/2 small pilot system UKA/20/SG/2


3/2 N.C. G 1/2 small pilot system UKC/20/SG/2
3/2 N.O. G 1/2 big pilot system UKA/40/SG/2
3/2 N.C. G 1/2 big pilot system UKC/40/SG/2
5/2 G 1/2 UKCA/SG/2
3/2 N.O. G 1 UKA/SG/1
Operating pressure (bar) 3/2 N.C. G 1 UKC/SG/1

Poppet valves series UK 2.61


UK
G 1/8 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT

series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES* G 1/8 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized (g)
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

3/2 N.O. Small Mechanical


18 34 700 115 UKA 8/12
monostable pneumatic spring

2 Small
pneumatic
Mechanical
spring
20 29 700 115 UKC 8/12

Servo fed
3/2 N.C. Mechanical
small 20 29 700 115 UKC 8/12/SA
monostable spring
pneumatic

Adjustable
Mechanical
small – – 700 180 UKC 8/12/T
spring
pneumatic

3/2 N.O. Big Mechanical


18 38 700 135 UKA 8/25
monostable pneumatic spring

Big Mechanical
18 38 700 135 UKC 8/25**
pneumatic spring

Servo fed
3/2 N.C. Mechanical
big 18 38 700 135 UKC 8/25/SA
monostable spring
pneumatic

Adjustable
Mechanical
big – – 700 200 UKC 8/25/T
spring
pneumatic

Mechanical
Pneumatic 19 40 650 195 UKCA8
spring
5/2
monostable
Servo fed Mechanical
19 40 650 195 UKCA8/SA
pneumatic spring

* FOR THE PILOT ACTUATED VALVES OBTAINABLE WITH XVF4 SEE THE TABLE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES ON PAGE 2.64
** IF THE TYPE INCLUDES THE SUFFIX “/MR,” THIS VALVE CAN BE USED TO SWITCH VACUUM
P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES.
E.G.: UKHA 8/12; UKHC 8/25

3 PORT SMALL PNEUMATIC 3 PORT BIG PNEUMATIC

2 HOLES Ø4.3 2 HOLES Ø4.3

FUNCTION L
3/2 N.O. 23
3/2 N.C. 18

2.62 Poppet valves series UK


UK
G 1/8 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT

series
UKC 8/12/T UKC 8/25/T

2
2 HOLES Ø4.3
2 HOLES Ø4.3

SPRING CALIBRATION UKC8/12/T SPRING CALIBRATION UKC8/25/T


Operating pressure (bar)
Operating pressure (bar)
Turns of the needle

Turns of the needle

Piloting pressure (bar) Piloting pressure (bar)

5 PORT 5 PORT WITH XVF4

2 HOLES Ø4.3 2 HOLES Ø4.3

Poppet valves series UK 2.63


UK
G 1/8 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) type
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (Nl/min)

3/2 N.O. Small Mechanical


10 28 700 108 UKA 8/12/U*
monostable solenoid spring

2 3/2 N.C.
monostable
Small
solenoid
Mechanical
spring
10 28 700 108 UKC 8/12/U*

3/2 N.O. Big Mechanical


18 38 700 135 UKA 8/25/U**
monostable solenoid spring

3/2 N.C. Big Mechanical


18 38 700 135 UKC 8/25/U**
monostable solenoid spring

5/2 Mechanical
Solenoid 19 40 650 203 UKCA 8/U**
monostable spring

* TYPES OF THESE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3 (SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER)
** TYPES OF THESE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES (SEE ON PAGE 2.6 FOR “ULCSV/R” AND ON PAGE 2.13 FOR “C/USCSVG”)
WHEREAS USING AS PILOT THE VALVE “XVF4” THE RESULT IS A LOW PRESSURE PILOT ACTUATED VALVE (FOR “XVF4” - SEE ON PAGE 3.37)
P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES.
E.G.: UKHA 8/12/U; UKHC 8/25/U

3 PORT SMALL SOLENOID 3 PORT BIG SOLENOID WITH ULCSV/R

2 HOLES Ø4.3

2 HOLES Ø4.3

3 PORT BIG SOLENOID WITH C/USCSVG FUNCTION L


3/2 N.O. 23
3/2 N.C. 18

2 HOLES Ø4.3

2.64 Poppet valves series UK


UK
Accessories
Bases G 1/8
series
5 PORT WITH ULCSV/R 5 PORT WITH C/USCSVG

2
2 HOLES Ø4.3 2 HOLES Ø4.3

FIXED LENGHT BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/8 - CK8


4 HOLES Ø4.5

No. of stations 2 3 5
L 86 119 183
Weight(g) 140 200 320
TYPE* CK8/2 CK8/3 CK8/5
* FIXED LENGHT BASES ARE SUPPLIED
COMPLETE WITH NOTCH SCREWS AND SEALS

Poppet valves series UK 2.65


UK
G 1/4 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT

series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES* G 1/4 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (Nl/min)

3/2 N.O. Small Mechanical


20 30 950 225 UKA 4/16
monostable pneumatic spring

2 Small
pneumatic
Mechanical
spring
20 30 1100 225 UKC 4/16
3/2 N.C.
monostable Servo fed
Mechanical
small 16 30 1100 225 UKC 4/16/SA
spring
pneumatic

3/2 N.O. Big Mechanical


20 30 950 280 UKA 4/32
monostable pneumatic spring

Big Mechanical
20 30 1100 280 UKC 4/32**
pneumatic spring
3/2 N.C.
monostable Servo fed
Mechanical
big 20 28 1100 280 UKC 4/32/SA
spring
pneumatic

Mechanical
Pneumatic 24 45 1000 415 UKCA 4
spring
5/2
monostable
Servo fed Mechanical
24 45 1000 415 UKCA 4/SA
pneumatic spring

* FOR THE PILOT ACTUATED VALVES OBTAINABLE WITH “XVF4” SEE THE TABLE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES ON PAGE 2.67
** IF THE TYPE INCLUDES THE SUFFIX “/MR,” THIS VALVE CAN BE USED TO SWITCH VACUUM
P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES.
E.G.: UKHA 4/16; UKHC 4/32

3 PORT SMALL PNEUMATIC 3 PORT BIG PNEUMATIC

2 HOLES Ø5.3
2 HOLES Ø5.3

FUNCTION L
3/2 N.O. 30
3/2 N.C. 25,5

2.66 Poppet valves series UK


UK
G 1/4 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT

series
5 PORT 5 PORT WITH XVF4

2
2 HOLES Ø5.3
2 HOLES Ø5.3

SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT


Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (Nl/min)

3/2 N.O. Small Mechanical


10 28 950 225 UKA 4/16/U*
monostable solenoid spring

3/2 N.C. Small Mechanical


10 28 1100 230 UKC 4/16/U*
monostable solenoid spring

3/2 N.O. Big Mechanical


20 30 950 280 UKA 4/32/U**
monostable solenoid spring

3/2 N.C. Big Mechanical


20 30 1100 280 UKC 4/32/U**
monostable solenoid spring

5/2 Mechanical
Solenoid 24 45 1000 415 UKCA 4/U**
monostable spring

* TYPES OF THESE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3 (SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER)
** TYPES OF THESE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES (SEE ON PAGE 2.6 FOR “ULCSV/R” AND ON PAGE 2.13 FOR “C/USCSVG”)
WHEREAS USING AS PILOT THE VALVE “XVF4” THE RESULT IS A LOW PRESSURE PILOT ACTUATED VALVE (FOR “XVF4” - SEE ON PAGE 3.37)
P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES.
E.G.: UKHA 4/16/U; UKHC 4/32/U

3 PORT SMALL SOLENOID 3 PORT BIG SOLENOID WITH ULCSV/R

2 HOLES Ø5.3

2 HOLES Ø5.3

Poppet valves series UK 2.67


UK
G 1/4 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
Bases
series
3 PORT BIG SOLENOID WITH C/USCSVG 5 PORT WITH ULCSV/R

2 HOLES Ø5.3
2 HOLES Ø5.3

FUNCTION L
5 PORT WITH C/USCSVG 3/2 N.O. 30
3/2 N.C. 25,5

2 HOLES Ø5.3

FIXED LENGHT BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/4 - CK4


4 HOLES Ø5.5

No. of stations 2 3 4 5 8
L 104 145 185 225 345
Weight (g) 335 475 615 755 1175
TYPE* CK4/2 CK4/3 CK4/4 CK4/5 CK4/8
* FIXED LENGHT BASES ARE SUPPLIED
COMPLETE WITH NOTCH SCREWS AND SEALS

2.68 Poppet valves series UK


UK
G 1/4 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT

series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES* G 1/2 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (Nl/min)

3/2 N.O. Small Mechanical


24 32 1900 420 UKA 2/20
monostable pneumatic spring

Small
pneumatic
Mechanical
spring
24 32 2100 420 UKC 2/20 2
3/2 N.C.
monostable Servo fed
Mechanical
small 25 32 2100 520 UKC 2/20/SA
spring
pneumatic

3/2 N.O. Big Mechanical


24 32 1900 520 UKA 2/40
monostable pneumatic spring

Big Mechanical
24 32 2100 520 UKC 2/40**
pneumatic spring
3/2 N.C.
monostable Servo fed
Mechanical
big 20 30 2100 520 UKC 2/40/SA
spring
pneumatic

Mechanical
Pneumatic 24 40 2000 800 UKCA 2
spring
5/2
monostable
Servo fed Mechanical
24 40 2000 800 UKCA 2/SA
pneumatic spring

* FOR THE PILOT ACTUATED VALVES OBTAINABLE WITH “XVF4” SEE THE TABLE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES ON PAGE 2.70
** IF THE TYPE INCLUDES THE SUFFIX “/MR,” THIS VALVE CAN BE USED TO SWITCH VACUUM
P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES.
E.G.: UKHA 2/20; UKHC 2/20

3 PORT SMALL PNEUMATIC 3 PORT BIG PNEUMATIC

2 HOLES Ø5.3 2 HOLES Ø5.3

FUNCTION L
3/2 N.O. 40
3/2 N.C. 30

Poppet valves series UK 2.69


UK
G 1/2 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT

series
5 PORT 5 PORT WITH XVF4

2
2 HOLES Ø5.3 2 HOLES Ø5.3

SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/2 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT


Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (Nl/min)

3/2 N.O. Small Mechanical


monostable solenoid spring 24 32 1900 430 UKA 2/20/U*

3/2 N.C. Small Mechanical


monostable solenoid spring 24 32 2100 440 UKC 2/20/U*

3/2 N.O. Big Mechanical


monostable solenoid spring 24 32 1900 530 UKA 2/40/U**

3/2 N.C. Big Mechanical


monostable solenoid spring 24 32 2100 540 UKC 2/40/U**

5/2 Mechanical
Solenoid 24 32 2000 810 UKCA 2/U**
monostable spring

* TYPES OF THESE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3 (SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER)
** TYPES OF THESE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES (SEE ON PAGE 2.6 FOR “ULCSV/R” AND ON PAGE 2.13 FOR “C/USCSVG”)
WHEREAS USING AS PILOT THE VALVE “XVF4” THE RESULT IS A LOW PRESSURE PILOT ACTUATED VALVE (FOR “XVF4” - SEE ON PAGE 3.37)
P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES.

3 PORT SMALL SOLENOID 3 PORT BIG SOLENOID WITH ULCSV/R

2 HOLES Ø5.3

2 HOLES Ø5.3

2.70 Poppet valves series UK


UK
G 1/2 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
Bases
series
3 PORT BIG SOLENOID WITH C/USCSVG 5 PORT WITH ULCSV/R

2
2 HOLES Ø5.3
2 HOLES Ø5.3

FUNCTION L
5 PORT WITH C/USCSVG 3/2 N.O. 40
3/2 N.C. 30

2 HOLES Ø5.3

FIXED LENGHT BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/2 - CK2


4 HOLES Ø5.5

No. of stations 2 3 5
L 132 183 283
Weight(g) 810 1160 1860
TYPE* CK2/2 CK2/3 CK2/5
* FIXED LENGHT BASES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE
WITH NOTCH SCREWS AND SEALS

Poppet valves series UK 2.71


UK
G 1 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT

series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES* G 1 - 2, 3 AND 5 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
at 6 bar
Symbol Function Weight (g) TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar
(Nl/min)

3/2 N.O. Small Mechanical


40 65 11300 2550 UKA 1
monostable pneumatic spring

2 3/2 N.C.
monostable
Small
pneumatic
Mechanical
spring
40 65 7800 2550 UKC 1**

5/2 Mechanical
Pneumatic 40 70 8050 5160 UKCA 1
monostable spring

* FOR THE PILOT ACTUATED VALVES OBTAINABLE WITH “XVF4” SEE THE TABLE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES ON PAGE 2.73
** IF THE TYPE INCLUDES THE SUFFIX “/MR,” THIS VALVE CAN BE USED TO SWITCH VACUUM
P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES.
E.G.: UKHA 1; UKHC 1

UKA 1 - UKC 1 UKCA 1

2 HOLES Ø10
2 HOLES Ø10

3 PORT WITH XVF4 5 PORT WITH XVF4

2 HOLES Ø10 2 HOLES Ø10

2.72 Poppet valves series UK


UK
G 1 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1 - 2, 3 AND 5 PORT
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (Nl/min)

3/2 N.O. Small Mechanical 40 65 11300 2600 UKA 1/U


monostable solenoid spring

3/2 N.C.
monostable
Small
solenoid
Mechanical
spring
40 65 7800 2550 UKC 1/U 2
5/2 Mechanical 40 70 8050 5100 UKCA 1/U
Solenoid
monostable spring

* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES (SEE ON PAGE 2.6 FOR “ULCSV/R” AND ON PAGE 2.13 FOR “C/
USCSVG”) WHEREAS USING AS PILOT THE VALVE “XVF4” THE RESULT IS A LOW PRESSURE PILOT ACTUATED VALVE (FOR “XVF4” - SEE ON PAGE 3.37)
P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES.
E.G.: UKHA 1/U; UKHC 1/U

3 PORT WITH ULCSV/R 3 PORT WITH C/USCSVG

2 HOLES Ø10 2 HOLES Ø10

5 PORT WITH ULCSV/R 5 PORT WITH C/USCSVG

2 HOLES Ø10 2 HOLES Ø10

Poppet valves series UK 2.73


UDS ISO
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard
pilot and solenoid actuated
series sizes 1 - 2 - 3

DESCRIPTION
Valves series “UDS ISO” are produced in the 5/2 and 5/3 pneumatic
functions according to the interface to ISO 5599/1 standard and they
are mounted onto single or manifold bases, bottom or side ported.
The ex CNOMO solenoid valve, with manual override (screwdriver
type C/UECSVB or button type C/UECSPB), in the solenoid actuated
version is mounted with coil type USBG side 30 mm (that allows a
greater yield) or type USB side 22 mm.

2
TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS
Operating pressure Monostable: 2,5 ÷ 10 bar Bottoms Size 1 - 2: Techno-polymer
Bistable: 1,5 ÷ 10 bar Size 3: Aluminium alloy
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Body Size 1 -2: Techno-polymer
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Size 3: Aluminium alloy
Port size Interface to ISO 5599/1 Distance rings Acetal resin
Pneumatic piloting Interface to ISO 5599/1 Springs Galvanized steel
port size Seals NBR rubber + steel insert
Piloting solenoid valves C/UECSVB - C/UECSPB - see chapter Direct acting solenoid Spool Aluminium alloy
valves series ex CNOMO on page 2.12 Piston Aluminium alloy
Coils USBG - see chapter Coils on page 2.14
USB - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 SPARE PARTS
Electric connectors ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
USR102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 SEALS KIT
Size 1 UDS/SG/105
Size 2 UDS/SG/212
Size 3 UDSI/SG/3

FLOW CHART SIZE 1 PILOTING CHART SIZE 1

Pneumatic spring
Piloting pressure (bar)
Flow rate (Nl/min)

Mechanical spring

Double pneumatic control

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

FLOW CHART SIZE 2 PILOTING CHART SIZE 2

Pneumatic spring
Piloting pressure (bar)
Flow rate (Nl/min)

Mechanical spring
Double pneumatic control

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

2.74 Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO


UDS ISO
Size 1

series
FLOW CHART SIZE 3 PILOTING CHART SIZE 3

Piloting pressure (bar)


Pneumatic spring
Flow rate (Nl/min)

Mechanical spring

Double pneumatic control

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

PILOT ACTUATED VALVES SIZE 1


Controls Response times at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE
Actuation Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Pneumatic 20 30 960 230 UDS 105 KR/ZR
spring
5/2
monostable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 20 14 960 230 UDS 105 KR/TQ
spring

5/2
Pneumatic Pneumatic 15 15 960 230 UDS 105 KR/KR
bistable

5/2
bistable with Pneumatic Pneumatic 15 15 960 250 UDS 105 KRP/KRP
override on
body valve

5/2 Pneumatic
Pneumatic 15 20 960 230 UDS 105 KR/TR
bistable differential

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 20 25 580 275 UDS 105 SR/SR
closed centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 20 25 800 275 UDS 105 AR/AR
open centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 20 25 1100 275 UDS 105 PR/PR
pressure centre spring

5 PORT SIZE 1 5 PORT SIZE 1 WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE ON BODY VALVE

Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO 2.75


Size 1

series UDS ISO


SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES SIZE 1
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Solenoid 20 30 960 305 UDS 105 KUEC/ZR
spring

2 5/2
monostable
Solenoid
Pneumatic
spring
20 30 960 305 UDS 105 KUEC/TQ

Solenoid Mechanical
20 30 960 305 UDS 105 KUER/ZR
pilot assisted spring

Small
Solenoid 20 25 960 310 UDS 105 KUEC/TR
pneumatic

Solenoid Small
20 25 960 310 UDS 105 KUER/TR
pilot assisted pneumatic
5/2
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid 15 15 960 375 UDS 105 KUEC/KUEC

Solenoid Solenoid
15 15 960 375 UDS 105 KUER/KUER
pilot assisted pilot assisted

Mechanical
Solenoid 20 25 580 425 UDS 105 SUEC/SUEC
spring
5/3
closed centre
Solenoid Mechanical
20 25 580 425 UDS 105 SUER/SUER
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid 20 25 800 425 UDS 105 AUEC/AUEC
spring
5/3
open centre
Solenoid Mechanical
20 25 800 425 UDS 105 AUER/AUER
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical
Solenoid 20 25 1100 425 UDS 105 PUEC/PUEC
spring
5/3
pressure centre
Solenoid Mechanical
20 25 1100 425 UDS 105 PUER/PUER
pilot assisted spring

* - SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “E” WITH THE LETTER “P” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TO ISO
STANDARD WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE (MONOSTABLE BUTTON) ON THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES, E.G.: UDS 105 KUEC/TR BECOMES
UDS 105 KUPC/TR - UDS 105 KUEC/KUEC BECOMES UDS 105 KUPC/KUPC
- CANCEL THE LETTER “E” FROM THE TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TO ISO STANDARD WITHOUT THE PILOTING SOLENOID
VALVES, E.G.: UDS 105 KUEC/ZR BECOMES UDS 105 KUC/ZR
- THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

2.76 Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO


Size 2

series UDS ISO


5 PORT SIZE 1 MONOSTABLE 5 PORT SIZE 1 BISTABLE AND 3 POSITIONS

PILOT ACTUATED VALVES SIZE 2


Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Pneumatic 47 50 1500 515 UDS 212 KR/ZR
spring
5/2
monostable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 47 50 1500 510 UDS 212 KR/TQ
spring

Pneumatic Pneumatic 23 23 1500 515 UDS 212 KR/KR


5/2
bistable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 20 40 1500 515 UDS 212 KR/TR
differential

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 30 35 1000 580 UDS 212 SR/SR
closed centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 30 35 1200 580 UDS 212 AR/AR
open centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 30 35 1300 580 UDS 212 PR/PR
pressure centre spring

5 PORT SIZE 2

Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO 2.77


Size 2

series UDS ISO


SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES SIZE 2
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical 40 45 1500 580 UDS 212 KUEC/ZR


Solenoid
spring

2 5/2
monostable
Solenoid
Pneumatic
spring
47 50 1500 580 UDS 212 KUEC/TQ

Solenoid Mechanical 40 45 1500 580 UDS 212 KUER/ZR


pilot assisted spring

Small 40 45 1500 580 UDS 212 KUEC/TR


Solenoid
pneumatic

Solenoid Small 40 45 1500 580 UDS 212 KUER/TR


pilot assisted pneumatic
5/2
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid 20 20 1500 635 UDS 212 KUEC/KUEC

Solenoid Solenoid 20 20 1500 635 UDS 212 KUER/KUER


pilot assisted pilot assisted

Mechanical 30 35 1000 720 UDS 212 SUEC/SUEC


Solenoid
spring
5/3
closed centre
Solenoid Mechanical 30 35 1000 720 UDS 212 SUER/SUER
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical 30 35 1200 720 UDS 212 AUEC/AUEC


Solenoid
spring
5/3
open centre
Solenoid Mechanical 30 35 1200 720 UDS 212 AUER/AUER
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical 30 35 1300 720 UDS 212 PUEC/PUEC


Solenoid
spring
5/3
pressure centre
Solenoid Mechanical 30 35 1300 720 UDS 212 PUER/PUER
pilot assisted spring

* - SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “E” WITH THE LETTER “P” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TO ISO
STANDARD WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE (MONOSTABLE BUTTON) ON THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES, E.G.: UDS 212 KUEC/TR BECOMES
UDS 212 KUPC/TR - UDS 212 KUEC/KUEC BECOMES UDS 212 KUPC/KUPC
- CANCEL THE LETTER “E” FROM THE TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TO ISO STANDARD WITHOUT THE PILOTING SOLENOID
VALVES, E.G.: UDS 212 KUEC/ZR BECOMES UDS 212 KUC/ZR
- THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

2.78 Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO


Size 3

series UDS ISO


5 PORT SIZE 2 MONOSTABLE 5 PORT SIZE 2 BISTABLE AND 3 POSITIONS

PILOT ACTUATED VALVES SIZE 3


Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical
Pneumatic 38 42 3000 1995 UDSI 3 KR/ZR
spring
5/2
monostable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 38 42 3000 1985 UDSI 3 KR/TQ
spring

Pneumatic Pneumatic 28 28 3000 1965 UDSI 3 KR/KR


5/2
bistable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 28 35 3000 1965 UDSI 3 KR/TR
differential

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 27 32 2900 2020 UDSI 3 SR/SR
closed centre spring

5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 27 32 3000 2020 UDSI 3 AR/AR
open centre spring

5 PORT SIZE 3

Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO 2.79


UDS ISO
Size 3

series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES SIZE 3
Controls Response time at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar Weight (g) TYPE*
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (NI/min)

Mechanical 40 42 3100 2120 UDSI 3 KUEC/ZR


Solenoid
spring

2 5/2
monostable
Solenoid
Pneumatic
spring
40 42 3100 2120 UDSI 3 KUEC/TQ

Solenoid Mechanical 40 42 3100 2120 UDSI 3 KUER/ZR


pilot assisted spring

Small 40 45 3100 2120 UDSI 3 KUEC/TR


Solenoid
pneumatic

Solenoid Small 40 45 3100 2120 UDSI 3 KUER/TR


pilot assisted pneumatic
5/2
bistable
Solenoid Solenoid 28 28 3100 2180 UDSI 3 KUEC/KUEC

Solenoid Solenoid 28 28 3100 2180 UDSI 3 KUER/KUER


pilot assisted pilot assisted

Mechanical 27 32 2900 2180 UDSI 3 SUEC/SUEC


Solenoid
spring
5/3
closed centre
Solenoid Mechanical 27 32 2900 2180 UDSI 3 SUER/SUER
pilot assisted spring

Mechanical 27 32 3000 2180 UDSI 3 AUEC/AUEC


Solenoid
spring
5/3
open centre
Solenoid Mechanical 27 32 3000 2180 UDSI 3 AUER/AUER
pilot assisted spring

* - SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “E” WITH THE LETTER “P” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TO ISO
STANDARD WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE (MONOSTABLE BUTTON) ON THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES, E.G.: UDSI 3 KUEC/TR BECOMES
UDSI 3 KUPC/TR - UDS1 3 KUEC/KUEC BECOMES UDSI 3 KUPC/KUPC
- CANCEL THE LETTER “E” FROM THE TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TO ISO STANDARD WITHOUT THE PILOTING SOLENOID
VALVES, E.G.: UDSI 3 KUEC/ZR BECOMES UDSI 3 KUC/ZR - THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

5 PORT SIZE 3 MONOSTABLE 5 PORT SIZE 3 BISTABLE E 3 POSITIONS

2.80 Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO


Accessories

UDS ISO
Single bases to ISO 5599/1
standard sizes 1-2-3
obtained from drawn light alloy series
SINGLE BASE SIDE PORTED - UDP/ISO SIZE /S SINGLE BASE BOTTOM PORTED - UDP/ISO SIZE /B

TYPE UDP/ISO1/S8 UDP/ISO1/S4 UDP/ISO2/S4 UDP/ISO2/S3 UDP/ISO3/S2 TYPE UDP/ISO1/B8 UDP/ISO1/B4 UDP/ISO2/B4 UDP/ISO2/B3 UDP/ISO3/B2
Weight (g) 205 240 485 455 1090 Weight (g) 200 190 495 470 1160
SIZE 1 2 3 SIZE 1 2 3
DA 10 10 12 12 15 DA 10 10 12 12 15
DB 6 6 7 7 9 DB 6 6 7 7 9
FA M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 FA M5 M5 M6 M6 M8
FB G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 FB G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2
FC G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 FC G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8
HA 40 40 55 55 70 HA 40 40 55 55 70
HB 20 25 28 28 32 HB 20 20 28 28 32
HC 8 14,5 13 15 16 HC 16 18 22 23 27
HD 8 8 8 8 8 LA 105 105 130 130 208
LA 105 105 130 130 208 LB 90 90 110 110 180
LB 90 90 110 110 180 LC 36 40 48 52 64
LC 36 40 48 52 64 LD 18 20 24 26 32
LD 18 20 24 26 32 LE 58 58 68 70 90
LE 58 58 68 70 90 PA 8 8 10 10 10
PA 6,5 6,5 10 10 10 PB 6,5 6,5 8 8 11
PB 6,5 6,5 8 8 11

Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO 2.81


Accessories

UDS ISO
Manifold bases to ISO 5599/1
standard sizes 1-2-3
series obtained from drawn light alloy

MANIFOLD BASE SIDE PORTED - UDP/ISO SIZE /MS/Q MANIFOLD BASE BOTTOM PORTED - UDP/ISO SIZE M/Q

TYPE UDP/ISO1/8MS/Q UDP/ISO1/4MS/Q UDP/ISO2/3MS/Q TYPE UDP/ISO1/8M/Q UDP/ISO1/4M/Q UDP/ISO2/3M/Q UDP/ISO3/2M/Q


Weight (g) 320 310 660 Weight (g) 320 315 665 1640
SIZE ISO 1 ISO 2 SIZE ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3
FA M5 M5 M6 FA M5 M5 M6 M8
FB G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 FB G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2
FC G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 FC G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8
HA 43 43 55 HA 43 43 55 70
HB 30 30 40 HB 30 30 40 50
HC 19 19 24 HC 19 19 24 27
HD 12 12 17 HD 12 12 17 27
HE 14 14 17,5 HE 21,5 21,5 27,5 35
HF 24,5 24,5 30 HF 12,5 12,5 16,5 23,5
LA 105 105 130 HG 24,5 24,5 32,5 42,5
LB 42 42 54 LA 105 105 130 208
LC 22 22 30 LB 42 42 54 88
LD 10 10 12,5 LC 60 60 74 125
PA 6,5 6,5 8 LD 18 18 24 42
PA 6,5 6,5 8 10

INPUT PLATES (pair) - UDP/ISO SIZE /...M/L

TYPE UDP/ISO1/3M/L UDP/ISO2/2M/L UDP/ISO3/1M/L


Weight (g) 280 460 2355
SIZE ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3
DA 7 7 9
FA G 3/8 G 1/2 G1
HA 20 20 50
HB 30 40 50
HC 16 22 25
HD 13 15 25
HE 10 10 25
LA 105 130 208
LB 49 59 94
LC 93 118 180

2.82 Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO


Accessories

UDS ISO
Manifold bases to ISO 5599/1
standard sizes 1-2-3
obtained from drawn light alloy series
BLANKING PLATE ISO 1 - UDP/ISO1/PC BLANKING PLATE ISO 2 - UDP/ISO2/PC

WEIGHT 80 g WEIGHT 115 g

SIZE ADAPTER ISO 1-2 AND ISO 2-3 - UDP/ISO SIZE


TYPE UDP/ISO1-2 UDP/ISO2-3
Weight (g) 245 1305
SIZE 1-2 2-3
DA 7 9
HA 20 50
HB 40 50
HC 28 32
HD 21 35
HE 10 25
HF 15 25
HG 22 25
LA 130 208
LB 42 54
LC 118 180
LD 54 88

KIT ASSEMBLY BASES DIAPHRAGM - UDP/ISO SIZE /T


Kit assembly bases ISO 1 KIT/UDP/ISO 1 TYPE UDP/ISO1/T UDP/ISO2/T UDP/ISO3/T
Kit assembly bases ISO 2 KIT/UDP/ISO 2 SIZE 1 2 3
Kit assembly bases ISO 3 KIT/UDP/ISO 3

EXAMPLE OF ASSEMBLY

40 + (55 x No. of stations)

40 + (43 x No. of stations)

100 + (70 x No. of stations)

Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO 2.83


Accessories
Manifold bases to ISO 5599/1

series UDS ISO standard size 1


obtained from die-cast light alloy

INPUT PLATE - UDP/ISO1PE BLIND TERMINAL PLATE - UDP/ISO1PT

WEIGHT 80 g WEIGHT 80 g

INPUT PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS

UNIVERSAL PLATE MANIFOLD BASE, SIDE AND BOTTOM PORTED - UDP/ISO1BM

WEIGHT 150 g WEIGHT 250 g

DESCRIPTION A B C TYPE
MANIFOLD BASE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS, SEALS AND
Intermediate plate, bottom ported G 3/8 - - UDP/ISO1PUI
PLUGS (USE A FLUID SEAL)
Intermediate plate, side ported - G 3/8 - UDP/ISO1PUL
Intermediate plate, top ported - - G 1/4 UDP/ISO1PUS
Intermediate plate with blind holes G 3/8 G 3/8 G 1/4 UDP/ISO1PU
PLATES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS

DIAPHRAGM - UDP/ISO1D DIAPHRAGM - UDP/ISO2D SIZE ADAPTER ISO 1-2 - UDP/ISODT1-2

WEIGHT 170 g

SIZE ADAPTER IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS

2.84 Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO


Accessories
Manifold bases to ISO 5599/1
standard size 2
obtained from die-cast light alloy series UDS ISO
INPUT PLATE - UDP/ISO2PE BLIND TERMINAL PLATE - UDP/ISO2PT

WEIGHT 125 g WEIGHT 125 g

INPUT PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS

UNIVERSAL PLATE MANIFOLD BASE, SIDE AND BOTTOM PORTED - UDP/ISO2BM

WEIGHT 205 g WEIGHT 315 g

DESCRIPTION A B C TYPE
MANIFOLD BASE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS, SEALS AND
Intermediate plate, bottom ported G 1/2 - - UDP/ISO2PUI
PLUGS (USE A FLUID SEAL)
Intermediate plate, side ported - G 1/2 - UDP/ISO2PUL
Intermediate plate, top ported - - G 1/4 UDP/ISO2PUS
Intermediate plate with blind holes G 1/2 G 1/2 G 1/4 UDP/ISO2PU
PLATES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS

EXAMPLE OF ASSEMBLY

Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO 2.85


UDS CETOP
Valves to ex CETOP RP 32 P
standard pilot and solenoid
series actuated sizes 05 - 12 - 35

DESCRIPTION
Valves series "UDS CETOP" are produced in the 5/2 and 5/3 pneumatic
functions according to the interface to ex CETOP RP 32 P standard
and they are mounted onto single bases, bottom or side ported, or
onto manifold bases, bottom ported.
All the solenoid actuated versions support the 32 mm direct acting
solenoid valve type ULCSV/R (with fixed position) or the amplifier
valve type XVF4 for a sensible pneumatic piloting (see page 3.36).

TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS


Operating pressure Monostable: 2,5 ÷ 10 bar Bottoms Anodized aluminium alloy
Bistable: 2 ÷ 10 bar Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Working temperature 0 ÷ +70 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Distance rings Acetal resin
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Springs Galvanized steel
Port size Interface to ex CETOP RP 32 P standard Seals NBR rubber + steel insert
Pneumatic piloting Interface to ex CETOP RP 32 P standard Spool Anodized aluminium alloy
port size Piston Anodized aluminium alloy
Piloting solenoid ULCSV/R - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.6
valve
SPARE PARTS
Pneumatic piloting XVF4 - see chapter Complementary valves on page 3.37
valve SEALS KIT
Electric connector ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 Size 05 UDS/SG/05
Size 12 UDS/SG/12
Size 35 UDS/SG/35

FLOW CHART SIZE 05 PILOTING CHART SIZE 05

Pneumatic spring
Piloting pressure (bar)
Flow rate (Nl/min)

Mechanical spring

Double differential pneumatic control


Double pneumatic control

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

FLOW CHART SIZE 12 PILOTING CHART SIZE 12

Pneumatic spring
Piloting pressure (bar)
Flow rate (Nl/min)

Mechanical spring
Double differential pneumatic control
Double pneumatic control

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

2.86 Valves to ex Cetop RP 32 P standard series UDS CETOP


Sizes 05 - 12 - 35

series UDS CETOP


FLOW CHART SIZE 35 PILOTING CHART SIZE 35

Pneumatic spring 2

Piloting pressure (bar)


Flow rate (Nl/min)

Mechanical spring
Double differential pneumatic control
Double pneumatic control

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

PILOT ACTUATED VALVES* SIZES 05 - 12 - 35


Controls Response times at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate at
6 bar Weight
Symbol Function Size TYPE
Pilot Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (g)
(Nl/min)
29 38 415 310 05 UDS 05 KR/ZR
Mechanical
Pneumatic 30 48 950 760 12 UDS 12 KR/ZR
spring
42 41 2800 1945 35 UDS 35 KR/ZR
29 38 415 310 05 UDS 05 ZR/KR
Mechanical
Pneumatic 30 48 950 760 12 UDS 12 ZR/KR
spring
5/2 42 41 2800 1945 35 UDS 35 ZR/KR
monostable 42 34 415 325 05 UDS 05 KR/TQ
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 44 59 950 770 12 UDS 12 KR/TQ
spring
69 71 2800 1900 35 UDS 35 KR/TQ
42 34 415 325 05 UDS 05 TQ/KR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 44 59 950 770 12 UDS 12 TQ/KR
spring
69 71 2800 1900 35 UDS 35 TQ/KR
27 27 415 305 05 UDS 05 KR/KR
Pneumatic Pneumatic 28 28 950 745 12 UDS 12 KR/KR
36 36 2800 1910 35 UDS 35 KR/KR
27 27 415 310 05 UDS 05 KR/TR
5/2 Pneumatic
Pneumatic 28 28 950 770 12 UDS 12 KR/TR
bistable differential
36 36 2800 1900 35 UDS 35 KR/TR
27 27 415 310 05 UDS 05 TR/KR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic 28 28 950 770 12 UDS 12 TR/KR
differential
36 36 2800 1900 35 UDS 35 TR/KR
30 34 315 325 05 UDS 05 SR/SR
5/3 Mechanical
Pneumatic 42 33 815 790 12 UDS 12 SR/SR
closed centre spring
27 31 2650 1980 35 UDS 35 SR/SR
* FOR THE LOW PRESSURE PILOT ACTUATED VALVES OBTAINABLE WITH “XVF4” SEE THE TABLE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES ON PAGE 2.88

5 PORT
SIZE A C D E F G M
05 104 38 30 9 26 24 M4
12 130 53 42 11 40 30 M5
35 208 68 52 20 48 54 M8

Valves to ex Cetop RP 32 P standard series UDS CETOP 2.87


Sizes 05 - 12 - 35

series UDS CETOP


SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES SIZES 05 - 12 - 35
Controls Response times at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate at
6 bar Weight
Symbol Function Size TYPE*
Actuation Return Energized De-energized P = 1 bar (g)
(Nl/min)
29 38 415 310 05 UDS 05 KUC/ZR
Mechanical
Solenoid 30 48 950 765 12 UDS 12 KUC/ZR
spring
47 39 2800 1970 35 UDS 35 KUC/ZR

2
29 38 415 310 05 UDS 05 ZR/KUC
Mechanical
Solenoid 30 48 950 765 12 UDS 12 ZR/KUC
spring
47 39 2800 1970 35 UDS 35 ZR/KUC
29 38 415 310 05 UDS 05 KUR/ZR
Solenoid Mechanical
pilot assisted spring 30 48 950 765 12 UDS 12 KUR/ZR
5/2 47 39 2800 1970 35 UDS 35 KUR/ZR
monostable 29 38 415 310 05 UDS 05 ZR/KUR
Mechanical Solenoid
spring pilot assisted 30 48 950 765 12 UDS 12 ZR/KUR
47 39 2800 1970 35 UDS 35 ZR/KUR
42 34 415 325 05 UDS 05 KUC/TQ
Pneumatic
Solenoid 44 59 950 785 12 UDS 12 KUC/TQ
spring
76 49 2800 1940 35 UDS 35 KUC/TQ
42 34 415 325 05 UDS 05 TQ/KUC
Pneumatic
Solenoid 44 59 950 785 12 UDS 12 TQ/KUC
spring
76 49 2800 1940 35 UDS 35 TQ/KUC
27 27 415 305 05 UDS 05 KUC/KR
Solenoid Pneumatic 28 28 950 745 12 UDS 12 KUC/KR
36 36 2800 1910 35 UDS 35 KUC/KR
27 27 415 310 05 UDS 05 KR/KUC
Pneumatic Solenoid 28 28 950 765 12 UDS 12 KR/KUC
36 36 2800 1910 35 UDS 35 KR/KUC
27 27 415 310 05 UDS 05 KUR/KR
Solenoid
Pneumatic 28 28 950 765 12 UDS 12 KUR/KR
pilot assisted
36 36 2800 1910 35 UDS 35 KUR/KR
27 27 415 310 05 UDS 05 KR/KUR
Solenoid
Pneumatic 28 28 950 765 12 UDS 12 KR/KUR
pilot assisted
36 36 2800 1910 35 UDS 35 KR/KUR
27 27 415 305 05 UDS 05 KUC/KUC
Solenoid Solenoid 28 28 950 745 12 UDS 12 KUC/KUC
5/2 36 36 2800 1910 35 UDS 35 KUC/KUC
bistable 27 27 415 305 05 UDS 05 KUR/KUR
Solenoid Solenoid
pilot assisted pilot assisted 28 28 950 745 12 UDS 12 KUR/KUR
36 36 2800 1910 35 UDS 35 KUR/KUR
27 27 415 315 05 UDS 05 KUC/TR
Small
Solenoid 28 28 950 775 12 UDS 12 KUC/TR
pneumatic
36 36 2800 1900 35 UDS 35 KUC/TR
27 27 415 315 05 UDS 05 TR/KUC
Small
Solenoid 28 28 950 775 12 UDS 12 TR/KUC
pneumatic
36 36 2800 1900 35 UDS 35 TR/KUC
27 27 415 315 05 UDS 05 KUR/TR
Solenoid Small
pilot assisted pneumatic 28 28 950 775 12 UDS 12 KUR/TR
36 36 2800 1900 35 UDS 35 KUR/TR
27 27 415 315 05 UDS 05 TR/KUR
Small Solenoid
pneumatic pilot assisted 28 28 950 775 12 UDS 12 TR/KUR
36 36 2800 1900 35 UDS 35 TR/KUR
30 34 315 325 05 UDS 05 SUC/SUC
Mechanical
Solenoid 42 33 815 795 12 UDS 12 SUC/SUC
spring
5/3 34 38 2650 1980 35 UDS 35 SUC/SUC
closed centre 30 34 315 325 05 UDS 05 SUR/SUR
Solenoid Mechanical
pilot assisted spring 42 33 815 795 12 UDS 12 SUR/SUR
34 38 2650 1980 35 UDS 35 SUR/SUR
* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES (SEE ON PAGE 2.6 FOR “ULCSV/R”) WHEREAS USING AS PILOT
THE VALVE “XVF4” THE RESULT IS A LOW PRESSURE PILOT ACTUATED VALVE (FOR “XVF4” - SEE ON PAGE 3.37)

2.88 Valves to ex Cetop RP 32 P standard series UDS CETOP


Sizes 05 - 12 - 35
and single bases
series UDS CETOP
5 PORT MONOSTABLE 5 PORT AND 3 POSITIONS BISTABLE

SIZE A B C D E F G H H1 M
05 104 105 38 30 9 26 24 135 120 M4
12 130 117 53 42 11 40 30 158 144 M5
35 208 127 68 52 20 58 54 233 221 M8

SINGLE BASE, BOTTOM PORTED - UDP...B SINGLE BASE, SIDE PORTED - UDP...S

SIZE Weight (g) TYPE Weight (g) SIZE E K L N O Q R S T U


UDP8B 170 UDP8S 160 05 30 40 105 6 90 G 1/8 16 6,5 10 G 1/8
UDP4B 365 UDP4S 340 12 39 55 130 7 110 G 1/8 20 8 12 G 1/4
UDP2B 1170 UDP2S 1125 35 65 70 208 9 180 G 1/8 32 11 15 G 1/2

Valves to ex Cetop RP 32 P standard series UDS CETOP 2.89


Sizes 05 - 12 - 35

series UDS CETOP and manifold bases

MANIFOLD BASES, BOTTOM PORTED - UDP...M/

SIZE A D F H Q U V
05 110 30 130 6 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4
12 136 40 160 7 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2
35 210 50 240 9 G 1/8 G 1/2 G 3/4

No. of stations 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B 115 155 195 235 275 315 355 395 435
C 150 190 230 270 310 350 390 430 470
Weight (g) 1165 1480 1795 2110 2425 2740 3055 3370 3685
TYPE Size 05 UDP8M/2 UDP8M/3 UDP8M/4 UDP8M/5 UDP8M/6 UDP8M/7 UDP8M/8 UDP8M/9 UDP8M/10
B 155 210 265 320 375 430 485 540 595
C 197 252 307 362 417 472 527 582 63
Weight (g) 2340 3040 3740 4440 5140 5840 6540 7240 7940
TYPE Size 12 UDP4M/2 UDP4M/3 UDP4M/4 UDP4M/5 UDP4M/6 UDP4M/7 UDP4M/8 UDP4M/9 UDP4M/10
B 170 240 310 380 - - - - -
C 236 306 376 446 - - - - -
Weight (g) 5680 7240 9000 10760
TYPE Size 35 UDP2M/2 UDP2M/3 UDP2M/4 UDP2M/5 - - - - -

2.90 Valves to ex Cetop RP 32 P standard series UDS CETOP


Solenoid valves for industrial media
G 1/8 ÷ G 2
series W
DESCRIPTION
The solenoid valves series "W" can be directly actuated, servo-
assisted or with mixed actuation. These solenoid valves, produced in
the 2/2 N.C. pneumatic function, are used in several industrial fields,
thanks to their compatibility with a large range of fluids.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure (See tables below)
Working temperature range NBR -10 ÷ +90 °C
EPDM < +140 °C
2
FPM -10 ÷ +130 °C
Fluid (See technical information)
Port size G 1/8 ÷ G 2
Coils WE3A - see on page 2.93
WE2A - see on page 2.93
WE5A - see on page 2.93
Electric connectors USR102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 TECHNICAL INFORMATION
ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
Seal type Duty field
NBR Water max. 70 °C, air max. 90 °C,
mineral oils and derivates - hydrocarbons
MATERIALS (methane, ethane, propane, butane, kerosene and gas oil)
Body Brass EPDM Hot water and steam max. 140 °C, detergents, solutions
Sleeve Brass of sodium and potassium, hydraulic fluids and polar
Moving core Stainless steel solvents (not to be used with mineral oils and grease)
Springs Stainless steel FPM (Viton®) For general purpose max. 130 °C
Seals NBR
EPDM Calculation of the flow rate
FPM
For liquids Q = Kv p

For gases Qn = 26 Kv pP
Kv = Flow coefficient
Q = m3/h Flow rate
Qn = m3/h Normal flow rate (20 °C and 760 mm Hg)
P = bar Absolute downstream pressure
p = bar Pressure drop (differential pressure between the
upstream and downstream pressure)
p = Kg/dm3 Specific gravity (ratio of density of the substance
to the density of water at 4°C )

2 PORT G 1/8 - DIRECTLY ACTUATED


2 HOLES M3x5

WEIGHT 70 g

Symbol Function Differential Kv Nominal Port TYPE**


pressure (bar) orifice size
MIN. MAX. (mm)
AC DC
0 25 25 0,04 1,2 G 1/8 W 105 1 * E3A
0 16 16 0,06 1,5 G 1/8 W 105 2 * E3A
2/2 N.C. 0 12 10 0,09 2 G 1/8 W 105 3 * E3A
0 8 5,5 0,14 2,5 G 1/8 W 105 4 * E3A
0 5 2 0,19 3,1 G 1/8 W 105 5 * E3A
* SPECIFY THE SEALING TYPE: B = NBR; V = FPM; E = EPDM
** THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS (SEE “WE3A” ON PAGE 2.93)

Solenoid valves for industrial media series W 2.91


W
G 1/8 ÷ G 2

series
2 PORT G 1/8 - G 1/4 DIRECTLY ACTUATED
WEIGHT 300 g
2 HOLES M4x5

Symbol Function Differential Kv Nominal Port TYPE**


pressure (bar) orifice size

2 MIN.

0
AC
30
MAX.
DC
26 0,07
(mm)

1,5
(GA)

G 1/8 W106 1 * E2A


0 22 20 0,1 2 G 1/8 W106 2 * E2A
0 16 14 0,15 2,5 G 1/8 W 106 3 * E2A
0 10 8 0,32 3,5 G 1/8 W 106 4 * E2A
0 30 26 0,07 1,5 G 1/4 W 106 5 * E2A
2/2 N.C. 0 22 20 0,1 2 G 1/4 W 106 6 * E2A
0 16 14 0,15 2,5 G 1/4 W 106 7 * E2A
0 10 8 0,32 3,5 G 1/4 W 106 8 * E2A
0 6,5 3,5 0,41 4,5 G 1/4 W 106 9 * E2A
0 4 1,8 0,47 5,2 G 1/4 W 106 10 * E2A
0 - 1 0,64 6,4 G 1/4 W 106 11 * E2A
* SPECIFY THE SEALING TYPE: B = NBR; V = FPM; E = EPDM
** THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS (SEE “WE2A” ON PAGE 2.93)

2 PORT G 3/8 - G 2 SERVO ASSISTED

Symbol Function Differential Kv Nominal Port TYPE**


pressure (bar) orifice size
MIN. MAX. (mm) (GA)
AC DC
0,15 15 15 2 12 G 3/8 W 107 1 * E3A
0,15 15 15 2,2 12 G 1/2 W 107 2 * E3A
0,15 13 13 5,2 18 G 3/4 W 107 3 * E3A
2/2 N.C. 0,15 10 10 10,2 24 G1 W 107 4 * E3A
0,15 10 10 18 37 G 1 1/4 W 107 5 * E2A
0,15 10 10 21 37 G 1 1/2 W 107 6 * E2A
0,15 10 10 36 50 G2 W 107 7 * E2A
* SPECIFY THE SEALING TYPE: B = NBR, V = FPM, E = EPDM
** THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS (SEE “WE2A” AND “WE3A” ON PAGE 2.93) THAT
HAVE PREFERABLY TO BE MOUNTED TOWARD THE HIGH
GA A B C D E F G H I L M N WEIGHT
(g)
G 3/8 60 70 14 45 16 6 22 27,5 39 102 53,5 62,5 450
G 1/2 60 70 14 45 16 6 22 27,5 39 102 53,5 62,5 450
G 3/4 75 74 18 55 20 8,5 22 27,5 39 108 59,5 66 660
G1 96 85 20 72 32 - 22 27,5 39 120 71,5 64,5 1200
G 1 1/4 144 107 28 102 45 - 30 42 39,5 128 79,5 75,5 3200
G 1 1/2 144 107 28 102 45 - 30 42 39,5 128 79,5 75,5 2900
G2 152 116,5 35 119 48 - 30 42 39,5 159 110,5 76,5 4500

2.92 Solenoid valves for industrial media series W


G 1/8 ÷ G 2 - Coils

series W
2 PORT G 3/8 - G 1 WITH MIXED ACTUATION

GA A B C D E E F F
WE2A WE5A WE2A WE5A
G 3/8 59 83 14 45 30 36 42 47,5
G 1/2 59 83 14 45 30 36 42 47,5
G 3/4
G1
79
96
90
101
18
20
55
72
-
-
36
36
-
-
47,5
47,5 2
G G H H I I L L WEIGHT
WE2A WE5A WE2A WE5A WE2A WE5A WE2A WE5A (g)
39,5 42,5 58,5 58 106 105,5 79 82 580
39,5 42,5 58,5 58 106 105,5 79 82 530
- 42,5 - 69 - 116,5 - 89,5 750
- 42,5 - 82 - 129,5 - 100 1200

Symbol Function Differential Kv Nominal Port TYPE**


pressure (bar) orifice size
MIN. MAX. (mm) (GA)
AC DC
0 10 - 2 12 G 3/8 W 108 1 * E2A
0 10 - 2,2 12 G 1/2 W 108 2 * E2A
0 12 10 2 12 G 3/8 W 108 1 * E5A
2/2 N.C.
0 12 10 2,2 12 G 1/2 W 108 2 * E5A
0 9 - 4,5 18 G 3/4 W 108 3 * E5A
0 7 - 8,5 24 G1 W 108 4 * E5A
* SPECIFY THE SEALING TYPE: B = NBR; V = FPM; E = EPDM
** THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS (SEE “WE2A” AND “WE3A”) THAT HAVE
PREFERABLY TO BE MOUNTED TOWARD THE HIGH

COIL TYPE WE3A


Power consumption DC: 5,5 W
AC: 11 VA (inrush)

DESCRIPTION TYPE
COIL 22 mm 24 V DC WE3A/02400
COIL 22 mm 24 V AC WE3A/02450-60
COIL 22 mm 110 V AC WE3A/11050-60
COIL 22 mm 220 V AC WE3A/22050-60

WEIGHT 50 g
ELECTRIC CONNECTOR “USR 102/N9” (SEE ON PAGE 2.15)

COIL TYPE WE2A


Power consumption DC: 8 W
AC: 20 VA (inrush)

DESCRIPTION TYPE
COIL 30 mm 24 V DC WE2A/02400
COIL 30 mm 24 V AC WE2A/02450-60
COIL 30 mm 110 V AC WE2A/11050-60
COIL 30 mm 220 V AC WE2A/22050-60

WEIGHT 120 g
ELECTRIC CONNECTOR “ULR1B ” (SEE ON PAGE 2.15)

COIL TYPE WE5A


Power consumption DC: 23 W
AC: 40 VA (inrush)

DESCRIPTION TYPE
COIL 36 mm 24 V DC WE5A/02400
COIL 36 mm 24 V AC WE5A/02450-60
COIL 36 mm 110 V AC WE5A/11050-60
COIL 36 mm 220 V AC WE5A/22050-60

WEIGHT 210 g
ELECTRIC CONNECTOR “ULR1B ” (SEE ON PAGE 2.15)

Solenoid valves for industrial media series W 2.93


EV
Valves for vacuum
solenoid pilot assisted actuated
series G 1/8 ÷ G 2

DESCRIPTION
Valves for vacuum series "EV" are produced only in the 3/2 N.O. and
3/2 N.C. pneumatic functions with solenoid pilot assisted actuation.

TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum vacuum 755 mm Hg
Pneumatic piloting 3 ÷ 10 bar
pressure
Working temperature -20 ÷ +40°C MATERIALS
Fluid Vacuum Bottoms Anodized aluminium
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 3/4 - G 1 - G 1 ½ - G 2 Body Anodized aluminium
Coils G 1/8: WE3A - see Coils on page 2.93 Springs Stainless steel
G 1/4 - G 3/8: USB - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 Sleeve Nickel-plated brass
G 1/2 ÷ G 2: WE2A - see Coils on page 2.93 Core Stainless steel
Electric connectors USR102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 Piston Aluminium
ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 Diaphragm and plunger Polyurethane

3 PORT SOLENOID PILOT ASSISTED ACTUATED VALVES


Controls Response times at 6 bar (ms) Maximum flow
Port
Symbol Function rate pump Size TYPE**
size
Actuation Return Energized De-energized (m3/h)

3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.* 15 25 1,5 G 1/8 163 EV8

3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.* 18 28 4 G 1/4 462 EV4

3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.* 18 28 10 G 3/8 451 EV3

3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.* 20 40 20 G 1/2 780 EV2


Solenoid Mechanical
pilot assisted spring
3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.* 20 40 20 G 3/4 750 EV6

3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.* 20 45 90 G1 1212 EV1

3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.* 60 40 180 G 1½ 3300 EV12

3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.* 80 50 250 G2 9800 EV16

* FOR VERSION N.O. ARRANGE THE CONNECTIONS AS INDICATED: 1 = EXHAUST


2 = OUTPUT
3 = PUMP

**THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS

2.94 Valves for vacuum series EV


EV
G 1/8 ÷ G 2

series
EV8 - EV4 - EV3 EV2 - EV6 - EV1 - EV12 - EV16

2
2 HOLES Ø 4,5

TYPE A B C D E F GA H I L M N P TYPE A B C D E F GA H I M N O P
EV8 25 11 17.5 35 19.7 21.7 G 1/8 112.7 7 52.7 9.2 28 65 EV2 75 47 35 78.5 63 54.5 G 1/2 152 30 21 41 50.5 85.5
EV4 32 24 23.5 59 36 36 G 1/4 136 - 74.5 24.5 40 89 EV6 75 47 35 78.5 63 54.5 G 3/4 152 30 21 41 50.5 85.5
EV3 32 24 23.5 59 36 36 G 3/8 136 - 74.5 24.5 40 89 EV1 94 55 45 101 78 62.5 G1 168 38 25.5 51 64 95
EV12 138 84 59 158 113 113 G 1½ 240 68 34 68 96 -
EV16 183.5 113.5 78.5 210 150 152 G2 310 92 48 92 129 -

Valves for vacuum series EV 2.95


VM
Vacuum generators
G 1/8 ÷ G 1
series
DESCRIZIONE
Valves series “VM” generate vacuum using the Venturi effect.
These valves found a specific employment in the aspiration from
single work points with a suction cap.

2
TECHNICAL DATA SUCTION CHART
Operating pressure 1 ÷ 10 bar
Fluid Vacuum
Feeding fluid Compressed air
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 3/4 - G 1
Nominal diameter 1,5 mm
Max. vacuum capability 0,7 bar

Suction (bar)
MATERIALS
Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Nozzle Brass
Seals NBR rubber
Operating pressure (bar)

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT VM

No. 2 HOLES ØG

1 = FEEDING FLUID
2 = SUCTION
3 = EXHAUST

Symbol A B C D E F G I H L WEIGHT (g) TYPE

50.5 25 38 15 19.2 4 4.2 15 G 1/8 G 1/8 50 VM8


58 30 38 19.5 23 4 4.2 25 G 1/4 G 1/4 90 VM4
71.5 30 52 18.5 31 4.5 5.2 25 G 3/8 G 3/8 146 VM3
75 35 56 21 33 4.5 5.2 30 G 1/2 G 1/2 203 VM2
90.5 50 61.5 28.5 49.4 4.5 5.2 50 G 3/4 G 1/4 692 VM15
97 50 68 28.5 52.4 4.5 5.2 50 G1 G 1/4 643 VM1

2.96 Vacuum generator series VM


2

2.97
Index manually and mechanically actuated
VALVES
chapter 3 and complementary valves

Series M
General features - Minivalves manually and mechanically actuated ........................................................................................................ page 3.3
Accessories: actuators for panel mounting ............................................................................................................................................... page 3.6

Series EK
General features ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page 3.8
Spool valves mechanically actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/8 ........................................................................................................................ page 3.9
Spool valves manually actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/8.............................................................................................................................. page 3.12
Spool valves mechanically actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/4 ....................................................................................................................... page 3.14
Spool valves manually actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/4 ............................................................................................................................... page 3.16
Spool valves manually actuated 5 port - G 1/2 - G 1/2 ............................................................................................................................ page 3.18

Series CA
General features ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page 3.19
Poppet valves mechanically actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 ............................................................................................ page 3.20
Poppet valves manually actuated 2 and 3 port - G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 ................................................................................................... page 3.22
Poppet valves manually actuated 3 port / 3 positions and 5 port - G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 ..................................................................... page 3.24

Series PC
General features ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page 3.27
Valves pedal actuated 3 and 5 port G 1/8 - G 1/4 .................................................................................................................................... page 3.28

Complementary valves
General features ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page 3.30

Series DS
Shuttle valves ............................................................................................................................................................................................. page 3.30

Series D3/
Quick exhaust valves ................................................................................................................................................................................. page 3.30

Series U
Check valves .............................................................................................................................................................................................. page 3.31

Series VC
Slide valves ................................................................................................................................................................................................ page 3.31

Series RX
Distribution frames ..................................................................................................................................................................................... page 3.31

Series EL
General features - Pneumatic logic elements ............................................................................................................................................ page 3.32

Series UR
General features ........................................................................................................................................................................................ page 3.34
In-line precision flow regulators type URG - URF ..................................................................................................................................... page 3.34
In-line standard flow regulators type URE ................................................................................................................................................. page 3.35
Silenced exhaust flow regulators type URS .............................................................................................................................................. page 3.35

Series WB
General features - Block valves ................................................................................................................................................................. page 3.36

Series XVF
General features - Amplifier valves ............................................................................................................................................................ page 3.37

Valves manually and mechanically actuated and complementary valves 3.1


Waircom complementary
and manually/mechanically
actuated valves: overview
As already described in the overview As inferable by their definition, these
of the previous chapter, even for this valves can be actuated or by a
series of valves we can find both mechanical device or by an operator,
poppet and spool construction, and they can be used together
in order to satisfy the different with some complementary valves,
applications. that, in spite of their definition, are
of great importance for the proper
and efficiency functioning of each
pneumatic circuits.

3.2 Valves manually and mechanically actuated and complementary valves


M
Minivalves manually
and mechanically actuated
series
DESCRIPTION
Minivalves series "M" are produced in the 2/2 and 3/2 pneumatic
functions in both side and bottom ported versions, with push-in fittings
on body valve for pipe Ø 4 mm or M5 threaded connections; the
version G 1/8 bottom ported is also available. Thanks to the suitable
adapter types MCS-SA and MCS-SAD these minivalves support the
"BRETER" Ø 22 mm actuators for panel mounting. The same actuators
can control 1 or 2 minivalves, thus it's possible to obtain the 3/2, 5/2,
5/3 open centre and the 5/3 pressure centre pneumatic functions.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure 2 ÷ 10 bar
Working temperature
Fluid
0 ÷ +60 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
FLOW CHART - M 3
Port size Push-in fittings for pipe Ø 4 mm - M5 - G 1/8
Nominal diameter 2,5 mm
Controls
Mechanical Plunger; roller lever; unidirectional roller lever
Manual Tapper; actuators for panel mounting

MATERIALS
Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Bushing and guide Nickel - plated brass
Springs Stainless steel (Nl/min)
rate(Nl/min)
Seals NBR rubber
Flowrate

Connections Nickel - plated brass, plastic material


Flow

Controls
Tapper; Swivel Glass stiffened polyamide
Plunger; Roller Nickel - plated brass
Lever Steel Operating pressure
Operating (bar)
pressure (bar)

2 AND 3 PORT N.C. - N.O.


Controls Flow rate
Actuation force at Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar Port size TYPE
Pilot Return 6 bar (N) (g)
P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
Ø4 bottom ported MHAS4
2/2 N.O. Mechanical Ø4 side ported MHAS4/L
Plunger 13 83 40 M5 bottom threaded MHASM5
monostable spring M5 side threaded MHASM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MHAS1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MHCS4
2/2 N.C. Mechanical Ø4 side ported MHCS4/L
Plunger 13 83 40 M5 bottom threaded MHCSM5
monostable spring
M5 side threaded MHCSM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MHCS1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MAS4
Ø4 side ported MAS4/L
3/2 N.O. Mechanical
Plunger 13 83 40 M5 bottom threaded MASM5
monostable spring M5 side threaded MASM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MAS1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MCS4
3/2 N.C. Mechanical Ø4 side ported MCS4/L
Plunger 13 83 40 M5 bottom threaded MCSM5
monostable spring M5 side threaded MCSM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MCS1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MHAP4
2/2 N.O. Plunger for Mechanical Ø4 side ported MHAP4/L
13 83 60 M5 bottom threaded MHAPM5
monostable panel mounting spring
M5 side threaded MHAPM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MHAP1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MHCP4
2/2 N.C. Plunger for Mechanical Ø4 side ported MHCP4/L
13 83 60 M5 bottom threaded MHCPM5
monostable panel mounting spring M5 side threaded MHCPM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MHCP1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MAP4
3/2 N.O. Plunger for Mechanical Ø4 side ported MAP4/L
13 83 60 M5 bottom threaded MAPM5
monostable panel mounting spring
M5 side threaded MAPM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MAP1/8

Minivalves series M 3.3


M
Minivalves manually
and mechanically actuated
series
2 AND 3 PORT N.C. - N.O.
Controls Flow rate
Actuation force at Weight
Symbol Function at 6 bar Port size TYPE
Pilot Return 6 bar (N) (g)
P = 1 bar (Nl/min)

Ø4 bottom ported MCP4


Ø4 side ported MCP4/L
3/2 N.C. Plunger for Mechanical M5 bottom threaded MCPM5
13 83 60
monostable panel mounting spring M5 side threaded MCPM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MCP1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MHALR4
2/2 N.O. Mechanical Ø4 side ported MHALR4/L
Roller lever 7 83 50 M5 bottom threaded MHALRM5
monostable spring M5 side threaded MHALRM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MHALR1/8

3 2/2 N.C.
Roller lever
Mechanical
7 83 50
Ø4 bottom ported
Ø4 side ported
MHCLR4
MHCLR4/L
M5 bottom threaded MHCLRM5
monostable spring
M5 side threaded MHCLRM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MHCLR1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MALR4
Ø4 side ported MALR4/L
2/2 N.O. Mechanical M5 bottom threaded MALRM5
Roller lever 7 83 50
monostable spring M5 side threaded MALRM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MALR1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MCLR4
3/2 N.C. Unidiretional Mechanical Ø4 side ported MCLR4/L
7 83 50 M5 bottom threaded MCLRM5
monostable Roller lever spring M5 side threaded MCLRM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MCLR1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MHALRU4
2/2 N.O. Unidiretional Mechanical Ø4 side ported MHALRU4/L
7 83 50 M5 bottom threaded MHALRUM5
monostable Roller lever spring
M5 side threaded MHALRUM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MHALRU1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MHCLRU4
2/2 N.C. Unidiretional Mechanical Ø4 side ported MHCLRU4/L
7 83 50 M5 bottom threaded MHCLRUM5
monostable Roller lever spring M5 side threaded MHCLRUM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MHCLRU1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MALRU4
3/2 N.O. Unidiretional Mechanical Ø4 side ported MALRU4/L
7 83 50 M5 bottom threaded MALRUM5
monostable Roller lever spring
M5 side threaded MALRUM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MALRU1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MCLRU4
Ø4 side ported MCLRU4/L
3/2 N.C. Unidiretional Mechanical M5 bottom threaded MCLRUM5
7 83 50
monostable Roller lever spring M5 side threaded MCLRUM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MCLRU1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MHAT4
2/2 N.O. Mechanical Ø4 side ported MHAT4/L
Tapper 7 83 50 M5 bottom threaded MHATM5
monostable spring M5 side threaded MHATM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MHAT1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MHCT4
2/2 N.C. Mechanical Ø4 side ported MHCT4/L
Tapper 7 83 50 M5 bottom threaded MHCTM5
monostable spring
M5 side threaded MHCTM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MHCT1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MAT4
3/2 N.O. Mechanical Ø4 side ported MAT4/L
Tapper 7 83 50 M5 bottom threaded MATM5
monostable spring M5 side threaded MATM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MAT1/8
Ø4 bottom ported MCT4
3/2 N.C. Mechanical Ø4 side ported MCT4/L
Tapper 7 83 50 M5 bottom threaded MCTM5
monostable spring
M5 side threaded MCTM5/L
G 1/8 bottom ported MCT1/8

3.4 Minivalves series M


M
Minivalves manually
and mechanically actuated
series
PLUNGER - Ø 4 mm SIDE AND BOTTOM PORTED PLUNGER - M5 THREADED CONNECTIONS SIDE
AND BOTTOM PORTED - G 1/8 BOTTOM PORTED

CONTROLS

PLUNGER FOR PANEL MOUNTING ROLLER LEVER

UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER LEVER TAPPER

Minivalves series M 3.5


M
Accessories
Actuators for panel mounting
series
ACTUATORS FOR PANEL MOUNTING

Symbol Description Function TYPE Symbol Description Function TYPE

Protected monostable push-button


BLACK MCS - PMN
0← 1 Black bistable short-lever switch 0 1 MCS - LCB
RED MCS - PMR
GREEN MCS - PMV
Black monostable short-lever switch,
Red monostable mushroom 0← 1 MCS - FMR 1→0← 2 MCS - LCSM
3 position with return to the centre
Red bistable mushroom Black short-lever switch,
0 1 MCS - FBR 1 0 2 MCS - LCSB
(rotate to unlock) 3 stable positions
3 Black monostable short-lever switch 0← 1 MCS - LCM
Bistable key (extractable in both
0 1 MCS - CB2
the 2 positions)

ADAPTER TYPE MCS-SA FOR ACTUATORS DOUBLE ADAPTER TYPE MCS-SAD FOR ACTUATORS

PUSH-BUTTON MUSHROOM

SHORT-LEVER SWITCH BISTABLE KEY

3.6 Minivalves series M


3

3.7
EK
Spool valves
manually and mechanically actuated
series G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2

DESCRIPTION
Valves series "EK" are produced in the 3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 pneumatic
functions; the kind of construction is based on a balanced spool. In
the mechanically actuated version these valves are available only for
the size G 1/8 and G 1/4, while the manually actuated versions are
available in the different sizes and they are suitable for panel mounting
(except for size G 1/2).

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure 0 ÷10 bar
3 ÷10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +60 °C (con aria secca -20 °C)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air

3
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
Nominal diameter G 1/8 = 5 mm
G 1/4 = 8 mm MATERIALS
G 1/2 = 12 mm Bottoms Front: aluminium alloy or plastic - Rear: aluminium alloy
Controls Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Mechanical Plunger; roller lever; whisker; released pressure key Distance rings Acetal resin
Manual Drawer; front lever; lateral knob; Springs Galvanized steel
actuators for panel mounting (see on page 3.6) Seals NBR rubber
Spool Anodized aluminium alloy
SPARE PARTS Controls
Lever; Ball Steel
SEALS KIT Whisker Stainless steel
3 port G 1/8 EK/M/SG/8 Released pressure key Anodized aluminium alloy
5 port G 1/8 EKCA/M/SG/8 Plunger Brass
3 port G 1/4 EK/M/SG/4 Bellows Elastomer
5 port G 1/4 EKCA/M/SG/4 Knobs; Handgrips Plastic material
5 port G 1/2 EKCA/M/SG/2 Roller Ball bearing (plastic material upon request)

FLOW CHART - EK G 1/8 - 5/2 FLOW CHART - EK G 1/4 - 5/2


Flow rate (Nl/min)

Flow rate (Nl/min)

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

FLOW CHART - EK G 1/2 - 5/2


Flow rate (Nl/min)

Operating pressure (bar)

3.8 Spool valves series EK


EK
G 1/8 - 3 and 5 PORT

series
MECHANICALLY ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8
Controls Flow rate at
Actuation force at Weight
Symbol Function 6 bar P = 1 bar TYPE
Pilot Return 6 bar (N) (g)
(Nl/min)

3/2 N.O.
monostable
Mechanical
Plunger 32 390 135 EK8/PS
spring
3/2 N.C.
monostable

3/2
Plunger Plunger 32 390 140 EK8/PSS
bistable

5/2 Mechanical
3
Plunger 32 490 165 EKCA8/PS
monostable spring

5/2
Plunger Plunger 32 490 170 EKCA8/PSS
bistable

3/2 N.O.
monostable
Roller Mechanical
15 390 160 EK8/LR*
lever spring
3/2 N.C.
monostable

3/2 Roller Roller 15 390 200 EK8/LRLR*


bistable lever lever

5/2 Roller Mechanical 15 490 190 EKCA8/LR*


monostable lever spring

5/2 Roller Roller


bistable lever lever 15 490 225 EKCA8/LRLR*

3/2 N.O.
monostable EKA8/A
Piloted whisker Mechanical
1,5 420 230
(sensitive) spring
3/2 N.C. EKC8/A
monostable

5/2 Piloted whisker Mechanical


1,5 490 260 EKCA8/A
monostable (sensitive) spring

3/2 N.O.
monostable EKA8/TD
Piloted released
Mechanical 1,5 420 210
pressure key
spring
3/2 N.C. (sensitive)
EKC8/TD
monostable

Piloted released
5/2 Mechanical
pressure key 1,5 490 230 EKCA8/TD
monostable spring
(sensitive)

3/2 N.O.
monostable Piloted plunger EKA8/Q
for panel Mechanical
1,5 420 230
mounting spring
3/2 N.C. (sensitive) EKC8/Q
monostable

Piloted plunger
5/2 for panel Mechanical
1,5 490 260 EKCA8/Q
monostable mounting spring
(sensitive)

* - ADD THE LETTER “U” TO THE TYPE TO ORDER THE UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER VALVES - E.G.: EKCA8/LRLRU
- ADD THE LETTER “N” TO THE TYPE TO ORDER THE VALVES WITH PLASTIC ROLLER - E.G.: EK8/LRN

Spool valves series EK 3.9


EK
G 1/8 - 3 and 5 PORT

series
EK8/PS EK8/PSS

3 HOLES Ø5.2 3 HOLES Ø5.2

3
EKCA8/PS EKCA8/PSS

4 HOLES Ø5.2 4 HOLES Ø5.2

EK8/LR* EK8/LRLR*

3 HOLES Ø5.2 3 HOLES Ø5.2

EKCA8/LR* EKCA8/LRLR*

4 HOLES Ø5.2 4 HOLES Ø5.2

* - ADD THE LETTER “U” TO THE TYPE TO ORDER THE UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER VALVES - E.G.: EKCA8/LRLRU
- ADD THE LETTER “N” TO THE TYPE TO ORDER THE VALVES WITH PLASTIC ROLLER - E.G.: EK8/LRN

3.10 Spool valves series EK


EK
G 1/8 - 3 and 5 PORT

series
EKA8/A - EKC8/A EKCA8/A

4 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2

EKA8/TD - EKC8/TD* EKCA8/TD*

3 HOLES Ø5.2
4 HOLES Ø5.2

* IT IS POSSIBLE TO INCREASE THE SENSITIVITY OF THE KEY USING * IT IS POSSIBLE TO INCREASE THE SENSITIVITY OF THE KEY USING
A Ø 3 mm EXTENSION ON THE SAME KEY A Ø 3 mm EXTENSION ON THE SAME KEY

EKC8/Q - EKA8/Q EKCA8/Q

4 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2

P.S.: SEE ACTUATORS FOR PANEL MOUNTING ON PAGE 3.6 P.S.: SEE ACTUATORS FOR PANEL MOUNTING ON PAGE 3.6

Spool valves series EK 3.11


EK
G 1/8 - 3 and 5 PORT

series
MANUALLY ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8
Controls Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar P = 1 bar Weight (g) TYPE
Pilot Return (Nl/min)

3/2 N.O.
monostable
Mechanical
Drawer 480 155 EK8/T
spring
3/2 N.C.
monostable

3/2
Drawer Drawer 480 155 EK8/TF
3 bistable

5/2 Mechanical
Drawer 480 185 EKCA8/T
monostable spring

5/2
Drawer Drawer 480 185 EKCA8/TF
bistable

3/2 N.O.
monostable
Front Mechanical
480 150 EK8/MV
lever spring
3/2 N.C.
monostable

3/2 Front Front


480 150 EK8/MVF
bistable lever lever

5/2 Front Mechanical


480 185 EKCA8/MV
monostable lever spring

5/2 Front Front


480 185 EKCA8/MVF
bistable lever lever

3/2 N.O.
monostable
Lateral Mechanical
480 155 EK8/M
knob spring
3/2 N.C.
monostable

3/2 Lateral Lateral


480 185 EK8/MF
bistable knob knob

5/2 Lateral Mechanical


480 205 EKCA8/M
monostable knob spring

5/2 Lateral Lateral


480 205 EKCA8/MF
bistable knob knob

5/3
Lateral Mechanical
monostable 300 205 EKCA8/MS
knob spring
closed centre

5/3
Lateral Lateral
stable 300 205 EKCA8/MSF
knob knob
closed centre

5/3
Lateral Mechanical
monostable 300 205 EKCA8/MA
knob spring
open centre

5/3
Lateral Lateral
stable 300 205 EKCA8/MAF
knob knob
open centre

3.12 Spool valves series EK


EK
G 1/8 - 3 and 5 PORT

series
EK8/T - EK8/TF EKCA8/T - EKCA8/TF

NO. 3 HOLES Ø5.2


4 HOLES Ø5.2

EK8/MV - EK8/MVF EKCA8/MV - EKCA8/MVF

4 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2

EK8/M - EK8/MF 5/2 - 5/3 LATERAL KNOB

4 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2

FUNCTION A
5/2 89
5/3 92

Spool valves series EK 3.13


EK
G 1/4 - 3 and 5 PORT

series
MECHANICALLY ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4
Controls Flow rate at
Actuation force at Weight
Symbol Function 6 bar P = 1 bar TYPE
Pilot Return 6 bar (N) (g)
(Nl/min)

3/2 N.O.
monostable
Mechanical
Drawer 51 900 205 EK4/PS
spring
3/2 N.C.
monostable

3/2
Drawer Drawer 9,5 900 200 EK4/PSS
3 bistable

5/2 Mechanical
Drawer 51 900 250 EKCA4/PS
monostable spring

5/2
Drawer Drawer 9,5 900 250 EKCA4/PSS
bistable

3/2 N.O.
monostable
Front Mechanical
21 900 270 EK4/LR*
lever spring
3/2 N.C.
monostable

3/2 Front Front


16 900 325 EK4/LRLR*
bistable lever lever

5/2 Front Mechanical


21 900 320 EKCA4/LR*
monostable lever spring

5/2 Front Front


16 900 380 EKCA4/LRLR*
bistable lever lever

* ADD THE LETTER “N“ TO THE TYPE TO ORDER THE VALVES WITH PLASTIC ROLLER - E.G.: EK4/LRN

EK4/PS EK4/PSS

3 HOLES Ø5.2 3 HOLES Ø5.2

3.14 Spool valves series EK


EK
G 1/4 - 3 and 5 PORT

series
EKCA4/PS EKCA4/PSS

4 HOLES Ø5.2 4 HOLES Ø5.2

EK4/LR* EK4/LRLR*

3 HOLES Ø5.2 3 HOLES Ø5.2

EKCA4/LR* EKCA4/LRLR*

4 HOLES Ø5.2 4 HOLES Ø5.2

* ADD THE LETTER “N“ TO THE TYPE TO ORDER THE VALVES WITH PLASTIC ROLLER - E.G.: EK4/LRN

Spool valves series EK 3.15


EK
G 1/4 - 3 and 5 PORT

series
MANUALLY ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4
Controls Flow rate
Symbol Function at 6 bar P = 1 bar Weight (g) TYPE
Pilot Return (Nl/min)

3/2 N.O.
monostable
Mechanical
Drawer 900 240 EK4/T
spring
3/2 N.C.
monostable

3/2
Drawer Drawer 900 240 EK4/TF
3 bistable

5/2 Mechanical
Drawer 900 305 EKCA4/T
monostable spring

5/2
Drawer Drawer 900 305 EKCA4/TF
bistable

3/2 N.O.
monostable
Front Mechanical
920 230 EK4/MV
lever spring
3/2 N.C.
monostable

3/2 Front Front


920 230 EK4/MVF
bistable lever lever

5/2 Front Mechanical


920 185 EKCA4/MV
monostable lever spring

5/2 Front Front


920 185 EKCA4/MVF
bistable lever lever

3/2 N.O.
monostable
Lateral Mechanical
920 255 EK4/M
knob spring
3/2 N.C.
monostable

3/2 Lateral Lateral


920 250 EK4/MF
bistable knob knob

5/2 Lateral Mechanical


920 310 EKCA4/M
monostable knob spring

5/2 Lateral Lateral


920 310 EKCA4/MF
bistable knob knob

5/3
Lateral Mechanical
monostable 780 310 EKCA4/MS
knob spring
closed centre

5/3
Lateral Lateral
stable 780 310 EKCA4/MSF
knob knob
closed centre

5/3
Lateral Mechanical
monostable 780 310 EKCA4/MA
knob spring
open centre

5/3
Lateral Lateral
stable 780 310 EKCA4/MAF
knob knob
open centre

3.16 Spool valves series EK


EK
G 1/4 - 3 and 5 PORT

series
EK4/T - EK4/TF EKCA4/T - EKCA4/TF

4 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2

EK4/MV - EK4/MVF EKCA4/MV - EKCA4/MVF

4 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2

EK4/M - EK4/MF 5/2 - 5/3 LATERAL KNOB

4 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2

FUNCTION A
5/2 107
5/3 110

Spool valves series EK 3.17


EK
G 1/2 - 5 PORT

series
MANUALLY ACTUATED VALVES G 1/2

Controls Flow rate


Symbol Function at 6 bar P = 1 bar Weight (g) TYPE
Pilot Return (Nl/min)

5/2 Lateral Mechanical


2250 1200 EKCA2/M
monostable knob spring

5/2 Lateral Lateral


2250 1200 EKCA2/MF
bistable knob knob

5/3
Lateral Mechanical
3 monostable
closed centre
knob spring
2000 1200 EKCA2/MS

5/3
Lateral Lateral
stable 2000 1200 EKCA2/MSF
knob knob
closed centre

5/3
Lateral Mechanical
monostable 2000 1200 EKCA2/MA
knob spring
open centre

5/3
Lateral Lateral
stable 2000 1200 EKCA2/MAF
knob knob
open centre

5/2 - 5/3 LATERAL KNOB

4 HOLES Ø6.5

FUNCTION A
5/2 194,5
5/3 198

3.18 Spool valves series EK


CA
Poppet valves
manually and mechanically actuated
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 series
DESCRIPTION
Valves series "CA" are produced in the 2/2, 3/2, 3/3, 5/2 and 5/3
pneumatic functions. The poppet kind of construction and the very
rugged control allow the valve to stand high stress.
The push-button and mushroom controls are available only in the 3/2
monostable pneumatic functions for the size G 1/8.

3
TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS
Operating pressure 0 ÷ 12 bar Control rod Hardened and nickel - plated steel
Working temperature 0 ÷ +70 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or lubricated compressed air Springs Stainless steel
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 Seals NBR rubber
Nominal diameter G 1/8 = 6 mm Piston Acetal resin
G 1/4 = 8 mm Guide bushing Brass
G 1/2 =12 mm Bottom plug Nickel - plated brass
Controls Controls
Mechanical Plunger; roller lever; short roller lever; unidirectional roller lever Lever Steel
Manual Tapper; push-button; mushroom; vertical knob; lateral knob; Plunger Nickel - plated brass
lateral hand-wheel Knobs; handgrips; Plastic material
push-buttons
Roller Ball bearing (plastic material upon request)

SPARE PARTS FLOW CHART - CA G 1/8 - 5/2


SEALS KIT
3/2 N.O. G 1/8 A/SG/8
3/2 N.C. G 1/8 C/SG/8
5/2 G 1/8 CA/SG/8
3/2 N.O. G 1/4 A/SG/4
3/2 N.C. G 1/4 C/SG/4
5/2 G 1/4 CA/SG/4
3/2 N.O. G 1/2 A/SG/2
3/2 N.C. G 1/2 C/SG/2
5/2 G 1/2 CA/SG/2
Flow rate (Nl/min)

Operating pressure (bar)

FLOW CHART - CA G 1/2 - 5/2 FLOW CHART - CA G 1/4 - 5/2


Flow rate (Nl/min)

Flow rate (Nl/min)

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

Poppet valves series CA 3.19


CA
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
2, 3 and 5 PORT
series
MECHANICALLY ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
Controls Flow rate
Actuation force at at 6 bar Weight Port
Symbol Function TYPE
Pilot Return 6 bar (N) P = 1 bar (g) size
(Nl/min)
38 740 70 G 1/8 AS 8
3/2 N.O. Mechanical 60 950 150 G 1/4 AS4
Plunger
monostable spring
88 2200 300 G 1/2 AS2
36 815 70 G 1/8 CS8
3/2 N.C. Mechanical 64 950 150 G 1/4 CS4
Plunger
monostable spring
85 2250 300 G 1/2 CS2
23 740 95 G 1/8 ALR8
3/2 N.O. Mechanical
3
Roller lever 35 950 215 G 1/4 ALR4
monostable spring
53 2200 415 G 1/2 ALR2
24 815 95 G 1/8 CLR8
3/2 N.C. Mechanical 34 950 215 G 1/4 CLR4
Roller lever
monostable spring
52 2250 415 G 1/2 CLR2
30 740 100 G 1/8 ALRU8
3/2 N.O. Unidirectional Mechanical 53 950 200 G 1/4 ALRU4
monostable roller lever spring
64 2200 405 G 1/2 ALRU2
26 815 100 G 1/8 CLRU8
3/2 N.C. Unidirectional Mechanical 50 950 200 G 1/4 CLRU4
monostable roller lever spring
63 2250 405 G 1/2 CLRU2

3/2 N.O. Short roller Mechanical 35 740 110 G 1/8 AR8


monostable lever spring

3/2 N.C. Short roller Mechanical 33 815 110 G 1/8 CR8


monostable lever spring

48 815 70 G 1/8 FCS8*


3/2 N.C. Mechanical
Plunger
monostable spring 162 950 150 G 1/4 FCS4*

25 815 95 G 1/8 FCLR8*


3/2 N.C. Mechanical
Roller lever
monostable spring 70 950 215 G 1/4 FCLR4*

3/2 N.C. Mechanical 27 815 95 G 1/8 FCLRU8*


Unidirectional
monostable roller lever spring
80 950 215 G 1/4 FCLRU4*

3/2 N.C. Short roller Mechanical


69 815 110 G 1/8 FCR8*
monostable lever spring

62 650 140 G 1/8 CASS8


5/2 Mechanical
Plunger 103 1040 305 G 1/4 CASS4
monostable spring
120 2050 600 G 1/2 CASS2
38 650 190 G 1/8 CALR8
5/2 Mechanical
Roller lever 64 1040 405 G 1/4 CALR4
monostable spring
45 2050 765 G 1/2 CALR2
43 650 190 G 1/8 CALRU8
5/2 Unidirectional Mechanical
68 1040 405 G 1/4 CALRU4
monostable roller lever spring
94 2050 775 G 1/2 CALRU2

P.S.: ADD THE LETTER “N” AFTER THE LETTER “R” IN THE TYPE TO ORDER
THE VALVES WITH PLASTIC ROLLER (AVAILABLE ONLY FOR THE SIZES
3/2 SHORT ROLLER LEVER
G 1/8 AND G 1/4). E.G.: CLRN8
PUT THE LETTER “H” BEFORE THE TYPE OF 3/2 VALVES TO ORDER
THE 2/2 N.O. AND 2/2 N.C. VALVES. E.G.: HCS8; HAR8

* THE WAYS AREN’T COMMUNICATING IN THE INTERMEDIATE PHASE OF


ACTUATION
2 HOLES Ø4.3

3.20 Poppet valves series CA


CA
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
2, 3 and 5 PORT
series
3/2 PLUNGER 3/2 ROLLER LEVER

3
3/2 UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER LEVER 5/2 PLUNGER

5/2 ROLLER LEVER 5/2 UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER LEVER

GA A A1 A2 B C C1 C2 C3 D E F
min max min max min max
G 1/8 59 74 88 46 1,5 3 5,5 10 5 8 10 27 4,3 28
G 1/4 75 95 111 60 2 4 7,5 13,5 5 8 12 35 5,3 35
G 1/2 100 123 142 80 3 5,5 10,5 15,5 7 10 14 42,5 6,4 49

GA G H I L M N N1 O P Q S T T2
N.O. N.C.
G 1/8 8,8 23 6 23 18 31 19 16 6,9 53 36 23 16 32
G 1/4 11,5 30 8 30 25,5 40 26 19 9 69 46 30 20 40
G 1/2 15 38 10 40 30 50 32 24 12 80,5 63,3 40 25 50

GA U V

G 1/8 16 46
G 1/4 20 54
G 1/2 25 70

Poppet valves series CA 3.21


CA
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
2 and 3 PORT
series
2 AND 3 PORT MANUALLY ACTUATED G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
Controls Flow rate
Port
Symbol Function at 6 bar P = 1 bar Weight (g) TYPE
Pilot Return size
(Nl/min)

740 90 G 1/8 AT8


3/2 N.O. Mechanical
Tapper 950 195 G 1/4 AT4
monostable spring
2200 415 G 1/2 AT2
815 90 G 1/8 CT8
3/2 N.C. Mechanical
Tapper 950 205 G 1/4 CT4
monostable spring
2250 425 G 1/2 CT2

3/2 N.O. Mechanical


Push-button 740 125 G 1/8 AQB8*
3
monostable spring

3/2 N.C. Mechanical


Push-button 815 125 G 1/8 CQB8*
monostable spring

3/2 N.O. Mechanical


Mushroom 740 125 G 1/8 AQF8*
monostable spring

3/2 N.C. Mechanical


Mushroom 815 125 G 1/8 CQF8*
monostable spring

740 185 G 1/8 AM8


3/2 N.O. Vertical Mechanical
monostable knob spring 950 355 G 1/4 AM4
2200 655 G 1/2 AM2
815 185 G 1/8 CM8
3/2 N.C. Vertical Mechanical
monostable knob spring 950 355 G 1/4 CM4
2250 655 G 1/2 CM2
740 180 G 1/8 AM8F
3/2 N.O. Vertical Vertical
bistable knob knob 950 345 G 1/4 AM4F
2200 645 G 1/2 AM2F
815 180 G 1/8 CM8F
3/2 N.C. Vertical Vertical
bistable knob knob 950 345 G 1/4 CM4F
2250 645 G 1/2 CM2F

3/2 N.O. Lateral Mechanical 740 240 G 1/8 AML8


monostable knob spring
950 400 G 1/4 AML4

3/2 N.C. Lateral Mechanical 815 240 G 1/8 CML8


monostable knob spring
950 400 G 1/4 CML4

3/2 N.O. Lateral Lateral 740 245 G 1/8 AML8F


bistable knob knob
950 390 G 1/4 AML4F

3/2 N.C. Lateral Lateral 815 245 G 1/8 CML8F


bistable knob knob
950 390 G 1/4 CML4F

3/2 N.O. Lateral Mechanical 740 270 G 1/8 AVL8


monostable hand-wheel spring
950 415 G 1/4 AVL4

3/2 N.C. Lateral Mechanical 815 270 G 1/8 CVL8


monostable hand-wheel spring
950 415 G 1/4 CVL4

3/2 N.O. Lateral Lateral 740 265 G 1/8 AVL8F


bistable hand-wheel hand-wheel
950 405 G 1/4 AVL4F

3/2 N.C. Lateral Lateral 815 265 G 1/8 CVL8F


bistable hand-wheel hand-wheel
950 405 G 1/4 CVL4F
* PUSH-BUTTON COLOUR: N = BLACK; R = RED; V = GREEN
P.S.: THE VERSION WITH BLACK VERTICAL KNOB IS AVAILABLE ONLY IN THE SIZES G 1/8 AND G 1/4; TO ORDER THIS VERSION ADD THE SUFFIX “/E” TO
THE TYPE. E.G.: CM8/E; AM8/E
PUT THE LETTER “H” BEFORE THE TYPE OF 3/2 VALVES TO ORDER THE 2/2 N.O. AND 2/2 N.C. VALVES. E.G.: HCM4; HAT2

3.22 Poppet valves series CA


CA
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
2 and 3 PORT
series
3/2 MUSHROOM 3/2 PUSH-BUTTON

2 HOLES Ø4.3
2 HOLES Ø4.3

3/2 TAPPER 3/2 VERTICAL KNOB

3/2 LATERAL KNOB 3/2 LATERAL HAND-WHEEL

GA A A1 A2 B C C1 C2 D D1 E F G H
min max
G 1/8 80 77 78 46 20 42 8 15,5 36 70 4,3 28 8,8 23
G 1/4 100 95 98 60 20 42 11 22,5 36 70 5,3 35 11,5 30
G 1/2 130 124 100 80 - - 28 35 - - 6,4 49 15 38

GA I L L1 L2 M N O P P2 Q R T
N.O. N.C.
G 1/8 6 162 100 112 31 10 9 124 60 36 23 18 16
G 1/4 8 188 100 130 40 10 9 152 83 46 30 25,5 20
G 1/2 10 238 - - 50 - - 180 145 63,3 40 30 25

Poppet valves series CA 3.23


CA
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
3 and 5 PORT
series
3 PORT, 3 POSITIONS AND 5 PORT MANUALLY ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
Controls Flow rate
Port
Symbol Function at 6 bar P = 1 bar Weight (g) TYPE
Pilot Return size
(Nl/min)

650 180 G 1/8 CAT8


5/2 Mechanical
Tapper 1040 405 G 1/4 CAT4
monostable spring
2050 790 G 1/2 CAT2
650 315 G 1/8 CAM8
5/2 Vertical Mechanical
1040 600 G 1/4 CAM4
monostable knob spring
2050 1160 G 1/2 CAM2
650 290 G 1/8 CAM8F
5/2 Vertical Vertical

3
1040 570 G 1/4 CAM4F
bistable knob knob
2050 1065 G 1/2 CAM2F
650 375 G 1/8 CAML8
5/2 Lateral Mechanical
monostable knob spring
1040 650 G 1/4 CAML4

650 365 G 1/8 CAML8F


5/2 Lateral Lateral
bistable knob knob
1040 635 G 1/4 CAML4F

650 395 G 1/8 CAVL8


5/2 Mechanical
Hand-wheel
monostable spring
1040 665 G 1/4 CAVL4

650 380 G 1/8 CAVL8F


5/2 Lateral Lateral
bistable hand-wheel hand-wheel
1040 650 G 1/4 CAVL4F

5/3 815 315 G 1/8 CCM8


Vertical Mechanical
monostable 950 605 G 1/4 CCM4
knob spring
open centre 2250 1165 G 1/2 CCM2
5/3 815 290 G 1/8 CCM8F
Vertical Vertical
stable 950 575 G 1/4 CCM4F
knob knob
open centre 2250 1095 G 1/2 CCM2F
5/3 815 385 G 1/8 CCML8
Lateral Mechanical
monostable
knob spring
open centre 950 675 G 1/4 CCML4

5/3 815 370 G 1/8 CCML8F


Lateral Lateral
stable
knob knob
open centre 950 650 G 1/4 CCML4F

5/3 815 405 G 1/8 CCVL8


Lateral Mechanical
monostable
hand-wheel spring
open centre 950 690 G 1/4 CCVL4

5/3 815 385 G 1/8 CCVL8F


Lateral Lateral
stable
hand-wheel hand-wheel
open centre 950 660 G 1/4 CCVL4F

3/3 815 310 G 1/8 HCCM8


Vertical Mechanical
monostable
knob spring HCCM4
closed centre 950 600 G 1/4

3/3 815 310 G 1/8 HCCM8F


Lateral Mechanical
stable
knob spring 950 600 G 1/4 HCCM4F
closed centre

3/3 815 310 G 1/8 HCCML8


Lateral Mechanical
monostable
knob spring 950 600 G 1/4 HCCML4
closed centre

3/3 815 310 G 1/8 HCCML8F


Vertical Mechanical
stable
knob spring 950 600 G 1/4 HCCML4F
closed centre

5/3 815 740 G 1/8 XH4CM8


Vertical Mechanical
monostable 950 1605 G 1/4 XH4CM4
knob spring
closed centre 2250 3185 G 1/2 XH4CM2
5/3 815 680 G 1/8 XH4CM8F
Vertical Vertical
stable 1400 1555 G 1/4 XH4CM4F
knob knob
closed centre 2250 3080 G 1/2 XH4CM2F

3.24 Poppet valves series CA


CA
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
3 and 5 PORT
series
5/2 TAPPER
????????????? ?????????? ???????? 5/2 - 5/3 C.A. - 3/3 VERTICAL KNOB

5/2 - 5/3 C.A. - 3/3 C.C. LATERAL KNOB 5/2 LATERAL HAND-WHEEL

GA A A1 A2 B C C1 C2 D D1 E F G H
min max
G 1/8 80 77 75,5 46 20 42 8 15,5 36 70 4,3 28 8,8 23
G 1/4 100 95 95 60 20 42 11 22,5 36 70 5,3 35 11,5 30
G 1/2 130 124 83 80 - - 28 35 - - 6,4 49 15 38
GA I L L1 L2 M N O P P2 Q R S T
N.O. N.C.
G 1/8 6 162 100 112 31 10 9 124 60 36 23 18 23 32
G 1/4 8 188 100 130 40 10 9 152 83 46 30 25,5 30 40
G 1/2 10 238 - - 50 - - 180 145 63,3 40 30 40 50
GA U

G 1/8 16
G 1/4 20
G 1/2 25

P.S.: THE VERSION WITH BLACK VERTICAL KNOB IS AVAILABLE ONLY IN THE SIZES G 1/8 AND G 1/4; TO ORDER THIS VERSION ADD THE SUFFIX “/E” TO
THE TYPE. E.G.: CAM8/E; CCM8/E

Poppet valves series CA 3.25


CA
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
5 PORT
series
5/3 C.C. VERTICAL KNOB G 1/8

5/3 C.C. VERTICAL KNOB G 1/4 - G 1/2

GA A E F G H I L M M1 P Q T U
with catch without catch
G 1/8 81 4,3 28 8,8 23 6 157,5 31 15 111 70 18 64 48
G 1/4 100 5,3 35 11,5 30 8 185 40 24 132 84 25,5 80 60
G 1/2 130 6,4 49 15 38 10 235 50 29 162 60 30 100 75

3.26 Poppet valves series CA


PC
Valves
pedal actuated G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
DESCRIPTION
Pedal actuated valves series "PC" are produced in the 3/2 and 5/2
pneumatic functions, with or without protection, and they are based
on direct acting poppet valves and direct acting or pilot assisted spool
valves in the sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4.
The catch on the pedal allows obtaining the bistable pneumatic
functions, while the safety device avoids the accidental actuation of
the same pedal.

3
TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS
Operating pressure 0 ÷ 10 bar (with direct acting valves) Control rod Hardened and nickel - plated steel – nickel - plated brass
2,5 ÷ 10 bar (with pilot assisted valves) Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (-10 °C with dry air) Spool Aluminium alloy
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Springs Stainless steel
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 Seals NBR rubber
Nominal diameter G 1/8 = 6 mm Protection cover Die - cast aluminium - Plastic material
G 1/4 = 8,5 mm Safety device Plastic material
Catch Plastic material
Control lever Press-forged aluminium - Plastic material

FLOW CHART - PC G 1/8 - 5/2 FLOW CHART - PC G 1/4 - 5/2


Flow rate (Nl/min)

Flow rate (Nl/min)

Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)

Valves pedal actuated series PC 3.27


PC
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - 3 and 5 PORT

series
PEDAL ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - G 1/4

Flow rate
Symbol Function Protection Actuation at 6 bar Weight (g) Port size TYPE
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

3/2 N.O. Direct 740 565 G 1/8 AP8�


_
monostable acting
950 700 G 1/4 AP4�

3/2 N.O. _ Direct


740 1020 G 1/8 AP8F�
bistable acting

3/2 N.C. Direct 815 570 G 1/8 CP8�


_

3 monostable acting
950 700 G 1/4 CP4�

3/2 N.C. _ Direct


815 570 G 1/8 FCP8*�
monostable acting

3/2 N.C. _ Direct


815 1015 G 1/8 CP8F�
bistable acting

5/2 _ Direct
650 915 G 1/8 CAP8�
monostable acting

5/2 _ Direct 650 1025 G 1/8 CAP8F�


bistable acting

3/2 N.O.
monostable
Direct
_ 900 970 G 1/4
acting PNP4
3/2 N.C.
monostable

3/2 N.O.
bistable
_ Direct
acting 900 970 G 1/4 PNP4/F
3/2 N.C.
bistable

5/2 _ Direct
900 1020 G 1/4 PNPCA4
monostable acting

5/2 _ Direct
bistable acting 900 1020 G 1/4 PNPCA4/F

5/3
monostable _ Direct
780 1020 G 1/4 PNPCA4/S
closed centre acting

5/3
stable _ Direct
780 1020 G 1/4 PNPCA4/SF
closed centre acting

5/3
monostable _ Direct
780 1020 G 1/4 PNPCA4/A
open centre acting

5/3
stable _ Direct
780 1020 G 1/4 PNPCA4/AF
open centre acting

5/2 Pilot
with safety device Plastic assisted 900 1350 G 1/4 PCA4
monostable

* THE WAYS AREN’T COMMUNICATING IN THE INTERMEDIATE PHASE OF ACTUATION

3.28 Valves pedal actuated series PC


PC
Pedal actuated valves
G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
PEDAL ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - G 1/4

Flow rate
Symbol Function Protection Actuation at 6 bar Weight (g) Port size TYPE
P = 1 bar (NI/min)

5/2
with safety device Plastic Pilot assisted 900 1350 G 1/4 PCA4/F
bistable

5/2
with safety device Metallic Pilot assisted 900 1750 G 1/4 PCA4M
monostable

5/2
with safety device 900 1750 G 1/4
3
Metallic Pilot assisted PCA4M/F
bistable

AP8 - AP4 - CP8 - CP4 - FCP8 AP8F - CP8F - CAP8 - CAP8F

G A1 H1 I1 L1
G 1/8 193 70 83 11
G 1/4 193 70 83 13

3/2 - 5/2 - 5/3 BALANCING WITHOUT PROTECTION - PNP 5 PORT PLASTIC AND METALLIC PROTECTION - PCA

Valves pedal actuated series PC 3.29


Complementary valves:
shuttle, quick exhaust and check valves

DESCRIPTION
Complementary valves are very important components of the pneumatic
circuits. This group includes the:
SHUTTLE VALVES: these valves are used when there is the necessity
to convey, in one pipeline, two pneumatic flows coming from two
different pipelines without any interference; in fact the compressed
air flows from one of the two inlet ports to the working port while the
second inlet port is excluded.
QUICK EXHAUST VALVES: air flows from the inlet port to the working
port while the exhaust port is closed. By shutting off the inlet port,
the compressed air from the working port is exhausted through the
exhaust port.
CHECK VALVES: these valves are used to prevent loss of pressure in
a pipeline when the inlet is connected to the exhaust; the compressed
air can flow freely from the inlet to the working port while the opposite
3 direction is blocked.

SHUTTLE VALVES SERIES DS


TECHNICAL DATA DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS DS
Maximum pressure 12 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80°C (-20 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 3/8 - G 1/2

MATERIALS
Body Aluminium alloy
Seals NBR rubber

Symbol B I L M N O P Flow rate at 6 bar Pmin Weight G TYPE


P=1 bar (Nl/min) (bar) (g)
4,2 6 16 46 31 13 22 700 0,2 60 G 1/8 DS8
5,2 8 20 60 40 17,5 27 1700 0,4 125 G 1/4 DS4
6,4 10 25 80 50 22 38 3400 0,3 235 G 3/8 DS3
6,4 12 30 100 60 26 48 5000 0,6 435 G 1/2 DS2

QUICK EXHAUST VALVES SERIES D3/


TECHNICAL DATA DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS D3/
Maximum pressure 12 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80°C (-20 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Port size G 1/4 - G 1/2 - G 3/4

MATERIALS
Body Aluminium alloy
Seals NBR rubber
Bottom Aluminium alloy

Symbol A B E R Flow rate from 1 to 2 at 6 bar Flow rate from 2 to 3 at 6 bar Pmin Weight GA GB GC TYPE
P=1 bar (Nl/min) free exhaust (Nl/min) (bar) (g)
38 35 19,5 27 520 2300 0,2 70 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/8 D3/4
43 35 19,5 27 610 2300 0,2 75 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 D3/4B
1 3 54 50 27,5 41 1520 4300 0,2 135 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 1/4 D3/2
58 50 27,5 41 2220 4300 0,2 140 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 1/2 D3/2B
2
82 82 44 70 4400 6000 0,2 510 G 3/4 G 3/4 G 1/2 D3/15

3.30 Complementary valves: shuttle, quick exhaust and check valves


Complementary valves:
check and slide valves, distribution frames

CHECK VALVES SERIES U


TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS U
Maximum pressure 12 bar Body Anodized aluminium
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80°C (-20 °C with dry air) Piston Brass
Fluid: Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Seals NBR rubber
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 - G 1 Spring Stainless steel

Symbol CH A Q Flow rate at 6 bar Pmin Weight G TYPE


P=1 bar (Nl/min) (bar) (g)
13 15 34 70 0,2 25 G 1/8 U8
19 21 48 700 0,7 75 G 1/4 U4
19 21 48 725 0,2 75 G 1/4 U4/SM
27 30 66 2750 0,2 170 G 1/2 U2
50 50 110 5100 0,2 1000 G1 U1
3
19 21 48 800 0,2 75 G 1/4 U4/SM2

SLIDE VALVES SERIES VC


TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS VC
Operating pressure 1 ÷ 10 bar Body Nickel-plated brass
Working temperature 1 ÷ +60°C Slide Anodized aluminium
Fluid: Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Seals NBR rubber
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 3/8 - G 1/2
CH B Flow rate at 6 bar D Weight G TYPE
P=1 bar (Nl/min) (g)
14 25 700 48 54 G 1/8 VC-01
17 30 1500 58 102 G 1/4 VC-02
22 35 2200 68 153 G 3/8 VC-03
27 40 3400 80 204 G 1/2 VC-04

DISTRIBUTION FRAMES SERIES RX


TECHNICAL DATA DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS RX
Maximum pressure 12 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80°C (-20 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 3/8 - G 1/2

MATERIALS
Body Anodized aluminium alloy

B C D E F G H A Weight (g) TYPE


31 23 22 4,5 4 4,3 16 G 1/8 35 RX8
40 30 27 6,5 5 5,3 20 G 1/4 70 RX4
50 38 39 5,5 6 6,3 25 G 3/8 130 RX3
50 38 39 5,5 6 6,3 25 G 1/2 115 RX2

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT RX8/6

2 HOLES Ø5.5 WEIGHT 110 g

Complementary valves: check and slide valves, distribution frames 3.31


EL
Complementary valves:
pneumatic logic elements
series
DESCRIPTION
Pneumatic logic elements series "EL" are produced in the following
No.5 basic functions: OR, AND, YES, NOT and MEMORY, with push-in
fittings for pipe Ø 4 mm, and the pressure indicator is on body valve
as standard. These elements can be mounted both separately (line
mounted thanks to the No.2 holes on body valve) than on manifold
bracket. The pneumatic logic element NOT is a threshold component
and the pressure triggering value is 0,6 bar (at 6 bar).

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure 1,5 ÷10 bar (OR, AND, YES, NOT0, MEMORY)
Working temperature 0 ÷ +60 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
3 Fluid
Port size
Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Push-in fittings for pipe Ø 4 mm
Rated flow rate 90 Nl/min

MATERIALS
Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Bushing and guide Nickel - plated brass
Springs Stainless steel
Seals NBR rubber
Spool Anodized aluminium alloy
Connections Nickel - plated brass, plastic material

LOGIC ELEMENT - ELO4 (OR - logical sum) LOGIC ELEMENT - ELA4 (AND - logical multiplication)

WEIGHT 40 g WEIGHT 40 g

3.32 Complementary valves: pneumatic logic elements series EL


EL
Complementary valves:
pneumatic logic elements
series
LOGIC ELEMENT - ELY4 (YES - affirmation) LOGIC ELEMENT - ELN4 (NOT - negation)

WEIGHT 82 g WEIGHT 82 g

LOGIC ELEMENT - ELM4 (memory) BRACKET - ELSQ

No. 2 THROUGH HOLES Ø4.5

WEIGHT 110 g WEIGHT 30 g

Complementary valves: pneumatic logic elements series EL 3.33


UR
Complementary valves:
flow regulators G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
series
DESCRIPTION
Flow regulators series "UR" are produced in three different versions,
unidirectional (type "URG") - bi-directional (type "URF"), to have a
precision in-line regulation; unidirectional (type “URE”), when it’s
necessary a standard in-line regulation with reduced dimensions, and
in the silenced exhaust version (type “URS”). In-line precision flow
regulators type “URG”-”URF” are available in different adjustment
scale in the size G 1/8 (see the flow charts).

3
IN-LINE PRECISION FLOW REGULATORS TYPE URG - URF
TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS
Maximum pressure 12 bar Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80° C (-20 °C with dry air) Seals NBR rubber
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Regulation needle Aluminium (stainless steel for “URG” - “URF 8/1”)
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 Needle guide Brass
Nuts Brass

FLOW CHART AT 6 BAR - UR 8/1 FLOW CHART AT 6 BAR - UR 8/2


Flow rate (Nl/min)

Flow rate (Nl/min)

Turns of the needle Turns of the needle

FLOW CHART AT 6 BAR - UR 8/5 FLOW CHART AT 6 BAR - UR 4/10


Flow rate (Nl/min)

Flow rate (Nl/min)

Turns of the needle Turns of the needle

3.34 Complementary valves: flow regulators series UR


UR
Complementary valves:
flow regulators G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
series
FLOW CHART AT 6 BAR - UR 2/25 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS URG - URF
Flow rate (Nl/min)

3
Turns of the needle

Symbol Nominal Port size TYPE


diameter (mm)
0,9 G 1/8 URG8/1
2 G 1/8 URG8/2 A B C CH D E F H
ACC-SIM5 5 G 1/8 URG8/5 6 M12x0,75 4 14 12,5 31 4,5 5,5
7,2 G 1/4 URG4/10 8,5 M15x0,75 5,5 17 17 40 6,5 6
12 G 1/2 URG2/25 13 M25x1,5 7 30 22 65 8,5 12,5
0,9 G 1/8 URF8/1
I L N O S Weight (g) G
2 G 1/8 URF8/2
ACC-SIM6 5 G 1/8 URF8/5
4,3 34 16 15,5 65 60 G 1/8
7,2 G 1/4 URF4/10 5,25 42 20 20 84,5 120 G 1/4
12 G 1/2 URF2/25 6,25 69 35 32,5 127 540 G 1/2

IN LINE STANDARD FLOW REGULATORS TYPE URE


DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS URE
Symbol A B C CH D E F1 F2 H
10 M12x0.75 3 14 11 25 7 5 4
6,8 M12x0.75 3.5 15 11 35 * 5 5
I L N O1 O2 S Weight (g) G TYPE
4,5 31 16 8,5 17 55 55 G 1/8 URE8
4,3 40 26 14,5 13,5 58,7 101 G 1/2 URE2

* THE NO. 2 FIXING HOLES FOR THESE SIZES ARE ALIGNED (SEE DIMENSION “F2”)

SILENCED EXHAUST FLOW REGULATORS TYPE URS


TECHNICAL DATA DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS - URS
Maximum pressure 12 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 3/8 - G 1/2

MATERIALS
Body Brass
Silencer Sintered bronze

Symbol B C CH Weight (g) G TYPE


15,5 6 12 15 G 1/8 URS8/3
17,5 8 16 25 G 1/4 URS4/5
20 9 20 40 G 3/8 URS3/7
22,5 10,5 26 70 G 1/2 URS2/9

Complementary valves: flow regulators series UR 3.35


WB
Complementary valves:
block valves G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
series
DESCRIPTION
Block valves series “WB” are produced in the 2/2 - G 1/8, G 1/4 and
G 1/2 monostable pneumatic functions in both the uni- and
bi-directional versions. The working of the block valve consists in
avoiding unexpected depressurisation of the cylinder’s chamber due
to lack of compressed air at the piloting port. For a correct functioning
of the block valves we suggest to mount them directly on the cylinder.

3 TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS


Operating pressure 0 ÷ 10 bar Control rod Anodized aluminium alloy
Minimum piloting G 1/8 = 2,5 bar Body Anodized aluminium alloy
pressure (at 10 bar ) G 1/4 = 4 bar Spring Stainless steel
G 1/2 = 5 bar End plug Nick-plated brass
Working temperature 0 ÷ +70°C (with dry air -10°C) Seals NBR rubber
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Washer Brass
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
Pneumating piloting G 1/8
port size
Nominal diameter G 1/8 = 7 mm
G 1/4 = 7 mm
G 1/2 = 12 mm
Flow rate at 6 bar G 1/8 = 700 Nl/min
(with ΔP = 1 bar ) G 1/4 = 700 Nl/min
G 1/2 = 1900 Nl/min

Symbol A B C H I P Weight G TYPE


WB8U - WB8B - WB4U - WB4B - WB2U - WB2B (g)
31 16 47 21,5 11,5 61 G 1/8 WB8U
40 20 57 26,5 15 120 G 1/4 WB4U
50 25 69 34,5 18 220 G 1/2 WB2U
G 1/8
31 16 47 21,5 11,5 61 G 1/8 WB8B
40 20 57 26,5 15 120 G 1/4 WB4B
50 25 69 34,5 18 220 G 1/2 WB2B

UNIDIRECTIONAL BIDIRECTIONAL

DESCRIPTION OF THE CONNECTION


1 = INPUT
2 = CYLINDER
12 = PILOTING

3.36 Complementary valves: block valves series WB


XVF
Complementary valves:
amplifier valves
series
DESCRIPTION
The type “XVF4” identifies a 3/2 N.C. amplifier valve that changes low
pressure signals into pneumatic signals (1 ÷ 8 bar).
Valve type “XVF5” is instead a 3/2 N.O. amplifier valve that changes
negative pneumatic signals into pneumatic signals (1 ÷ 7 bar).
Both of them are suitable to pilot directly the valves series “UDS” and
“UK” with the same mounting than solenoid valves series “UL”.
For single mounting there is the sub-base type “XVB” (see on page
2.8) while for manifold mounting there are the bases type “ULP” (see
on page 2.7).

TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS


3
Operating pressure XVF4: 1 ÷ 8 bar Control rod Aluminium
XVF5: 1 ÷ 7 bar Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Working temperature 0 ÷ +60 °C (-10 °C with dry air) Springs Phosphor bronze
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Seals NBR rubber
Piloting pressure XVF4: 500 mbar Washer Aluminium
XVF5: -500 mbar Fixing screws White galvanized steel
Maximum frequency 50 Hz
Flow rate 500 Nl/min at 6 bar
Controlled leakage consumption 1,4 Nl/min at 7 bar
Piloting hole M5
SPARE PARTS
DIMENSIONS XVF SEALS KIT
XVF XVF/SG/4-5

FLOW CHART XVF


No. 4 HOLES FOR
CONTROLLED LEAKAGE
Flow rate (Nl/min)

Operating pressure (bar)

3 PORT
Symbol Function Controls Response times at 6 bar (ms) Flow rate at 6 bar Weight TYPE
P=1 bar (g)
Actuation Return Actuation Return (Nl/min)

3/2 N.C. Pneumatic Mechanical 26,64 38,42 500 10,5 XVF4


spring

Mechanical
3/2 N.O. Vacuum 21,14 32,66 500 10,5 XVF5
spring

Complementary valves: amplifier valves series XVF 3.37


Index
AIR
chapter 4 TREATMENT
Series UZ
Filter UZF G 1/8 - G 1/4 ............................................................................................................................................................................. page 4.3
Pressure reducer UZRR G 1/8 - G 1/4....................................................................................................................................................... page 4.4
Filter reducer UZRRM /F G 1/8 - G 1/4 ..................................................................................................................................................... page 4.5
Lubricator UZL G 1/8 - G 1/4 .................................................................................................................................................................... page 4.6
Soft - start valve UZAP G 1/4 .................................................................................................................................................................... page 4.7
Shut - off valve UZVL G 1/4 ....................................................................................................................................................................... page 4.8
Accessories for series UZ .......................................................................................................................................................................... page 4.8
Filter reducer + lubricator G 1/8 - G 1/4 .................................................................................................................................................... page 4.9
Filter + reducer + lubricator G 1/8 - G 1/4 ................................................................................................................................................. page 4.10
Example of assembly UZ ........................................................................................................................................................................... page 4.11

Series EZ
Filter EZF G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 .................................................................................................................................................................... page 4.12
Pressure reducer EZRR G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 ............................................................................................................................................. page 4.14
Filter reducer EZRR /F G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 ............................................................................................................................................... page 4.16
Lubricator EZL G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 .......................................................................................................................................................... page 4.18
Soft - start valve EZAP G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 ............................................................................................................................................... page 4.20
Shut - off valve EZVL G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 ................................................................................................................................................. page 4.22
Accessories for series EZ.......................................................................................................................................................................... page 4.22
Filter reducer + lubricator G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 .......................................................................................................................................... page 4.23
Filter + reducer + lubricator G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 ....................................................................................................................................... page 4.24
Example of assembly EZ ........................................................................................................................................................................... page 4.25

Series MA
Air treatment accessories: pressure gauges .............................................................................................................................................. page 4.26

Series PR
Air treatment accessories: digital/analog pressure switch series PRDA ................................................................................................... page 4.27
Air treatment accessories: diaphragm pressure switch series PRC-PRA ................................................................................................. page 4.28
Air treatment accessories: contacts exchange pressure switch series PRCA .......................................................................................... page 4.29

Air treatment 4.1


Waircom air treatment:
overview
Before using the air as fluid for Besides these leading articles,
the majority of the components the f-r-l can be assembled with
mentioned in the previous chapters, soft start and shut-off valves.
this must be properly treated; Even the f-r-l units have their own
for this reason Waircom offers these accessories (pressure gauges and
two series of f-r-l (filters, regulators switches) that fulfil Waircom offer.
and lubricators) with a range of sizes
that goes from G 1/8” to G 1”.

4.2 Air treatment


UZ
Air treatment:
filter UZF G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
DESCRIPTION
Filters series "UZF" are produced with connections G 1/8 and G 1/4;
they are available with various degrees of filtration and with manual
or semi-automatic condensate drainage system. The techno-polymer
bowls can carry a metallic protection or being entirely metallic (without
visualization of level).

TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 16 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Compressed air
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4
Void fraction 20 µm standard, 5 µm and 40 µm on request
Condensate drainage system Manual or semi-automatic
Max. condensate capacity 9 cm3 (do not exceed the level gauge)
Type of mounting Modular, in-line and wall-mounting
Wall clamping screws M4x50
MATERIALS
Body Aluminium alloy
Bowl Transparent techno-polymer with metallic protection or entirely
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZF
Filtering element
metallic bowl (without visualization of level) on request.
Sintered polyethylene
4
TYPE FA WEIGHT (g) Seals NBR rubber
UZF8 G 1/8 Baffle Acetal resin
190
UZF4 G 1/4

FLOW CHART - UZF


Pressure drop
Pressure (bar)
drop (bar)

CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM: MANUAL SEMI-AUTOMATIC Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)

ORDER KEY
UZF SIZE
8 G 1/8 4 G 1/4

DEGREE OF FILTRATION
/5 5 µm /20 20 µm
/40 40 µm

BOWL
Transparent PM Metallic protection
TM Metallic
Series
Size CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM
Degree of filtration
Manual /SS Semi-automatic

Bowl
Condensate drainage SPARE PARTS
Metallic protection UZ/PM
Metallic bowl with manual drain UZ/TM/R
Metallic bowl with semi-automatic drain UZ/TM/R/SS
Techno-polymer bowl with manual drain UZF/SG/3
Techno-polymer bowl with semi-automatic drain UZF/SG/3/SS
Filter cartridge 5 µm UZF/SG/1
Filter cartridge 20 µm UZF/SG/2
Filter cartridge 40 µm UZF/SG/4

Air treatment: filter UZF 4.3


UZ
Air treatment:
pressure reducer UZRR G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
DESCRIPTION
Reducers series "UZRR" are produced in two different models: type
UZRRH, fit for in-line or panel mounting and type UZRRM, fit for panel
mounting or modular assembly (with filter and lubricator).
Both the two models are available with different scales of regulation
and with connections G 1/8 and G 1/4.

TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 16 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, lubricated and unlubricated compressed air
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4
Pressure gauge port size G 1/8
Adjusting range (bar) 0,2 ÷ 2 - 0,4 ÷ 4 - 0,8 ÷ 9 - 1,5 ÷ 12
Type of mounting Modular, in-line, wall and panel mounting
Wall clamping screws M4x50

MATERIALS
4 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZRRM
TYPE FA WEIGHT (g)
Body
Bowl
Aluminium alloy
Transparent techno-polymer with metallic protection or entirely
UZRRM8 G 1/8 metallic bowl (without visualization of level) on request
195 Filtering element Sintered porous bronze
UZRRM4 G 1/4
Seals NBR rubber
Baffle Acetal resin

FLOW CHART - UZRR

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZRRH


Pressure drop (bar)

TYPE FA WEIGHT (g)


UZRRH8 G 1/8
120
UZRRH4 G 1/4

Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)

ORDER KEY
UZRR MOUNTING TAPE
H For panel mounting M Modular

SIZE
8 G 1/8 4 G 1/4

ADJUSTING RAGE
/3 0,2 ÷ 2 bar /5 0,4 ÷ 4 bar
/7 0,8 ÷ 9 bar /12 1,5 ÷ 12 bar

P.S.: Reducers can be supplied without the relieving seal on request; the series becomes UZR...
Series
Mounting type SPARE PARTS
Size Relieving kit adjustment UZRR/SG/6
Adjusting range Non-relieving kit adjustment UZR/SG/5

4.4 Air treatment: pressure reducer UZRR


UZ
Air treatment:
filter reducer UZRRM /F G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
DESCRIPTION
Filter reducer series "UZRRM /F", produced with connections G 1/8
and G 1/4, combine the characteristics of the filters and of the pressure
reducers series "UZ", thus optimising the overall dimensions.

TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 16 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Compressed air
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4
Pressure gauge port size G 1/8
Void fraction 20 µm standard, 5 µm and 40 µm on request
Condensate drainage system Manual or semi-automatic
Max. condensate capacity 9 cm3 (do not exceed the level gauge)
Adjusting range (bar) 0,2 ÷ 2 - 0,4 ÷ 4 - 0,8 ÷ 9 - 1,5 ÷ 12
Type of mounting Modular, in-line, wall and panel mounting
Wall clamping screws M4x50 MATERIALS
Body Aluminium alloy
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZRRM /F
Bowl Transparent techno-polymer with metallic protection or entirely
metallic bowl (without visualization of level) on request
4
Filtering element Sintered polyethylene
TYPE FA WEIGHT (g)
Seals NBR rubber
UZRRM8/F G 1/8
220 Baffle Acetal resin
UZRRM4/F G 1/4
Closing plug Brass, NBR rubber
Spring Stainless steel
Knob Acetal resin
Adjusting screw Brass
Diaphragm Brass, NBR rubber

FLOW CHART - UZRRM /F


Pressure drop (bar)

CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM: MANUAL SEMI-AUTOMATIC

SPARE PARTS
See series “UZF” (on page 4.3) and “UZRR” (on page 4.4) Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)

ORDER KEY
UZRRM SIZE
8 G 1/8 4 G 1/4

ADJUSTING RAGE
/3 0,2 ÷ 2 bar /5 0,4 ÷ 4 bar
/7 0,8 ÷ 9 bar /12 1,5 ÷ 12 bar

DEGREE OF FILTRATION
F5 5 µm F20 20 µm
F40 40 µm
Series
Size
BOWL
Trasparent PM Metallic protection
Adjusting range
TM Metallic
Degree of filtration
Bowl CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM
Condensate drainage system
Manual /SS Semi-automatic

P.S.: Filters reducers can be supplied without the relieving seal on request; the series becomes UZRM...

Air treatment: filter reducer UZRRM /F 4.5


UZ
Air treatment:
lubricator UZL G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
DESCRIPTION
Lubricators series "UZL" are produced with connections G 1/8 and
G 1/4; the techno-polymer bowls can carry a metallic protection or
being entirely metallic (without visualization of level). For a correct
lubrication it is advisable to set the drip rate in order to have a drop of
oil (WAIRSOL class ISO22) every 300 - 500 Nl/min.

TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 16 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered compressed air
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4
Bowl capacity 20 cm3 (do not exceed the level gauge)
Type of mounting Modular, in-line and wall-mounting
Wall clamping screws M4x50 MATERIALS
Minimum striking flow rate 20 Nl/min Body Aluminium alloy

4
Bowl Transparent techno-polymer with metallic protection or entirely
metallic bowl (without visualization of level) on request
Seals NBR rubber
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZL Conduits Acetal resin
TYPE FA WEIGHT (g)
UZL8 G 1/8
175
UZL4 G 1/4 FLOW CHART - UZL
Pressure drop (bar)

Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)

ORDER KEY
UZL SIZE
8 G 1/8 4 G 1/4

LUBRICATION
Oil mist M Micro-oil mist

BOWL
Transparent PM Metallic protection
TM Metallic

Series
Size SPARE PARTS
Lubrication Metallic protection UZ/PM
Metallic bowl UZL/TM
Bowl
Techno-polymer bowl UZL/SG/3
Clear flow indicator UZL/SG/4

4.6 Air treatment: lubricator UZL


UZ
Air treatment:
soft-start valve UZAP G 1/4
series
DESCRIPTION
SOFT-START VALVE: soft-start valves series "UZAP" are produced with
connection G 1/4 in the pneumatic and solenoid actuated versions. The
working of the soft-start valve consists in feeding gradually air into the
circuit with adjustable flow. When the pressure in the circuit reaches
the 50 ÷ 60% of the upstream set pressure, the valve switches to full
capacity, supplying the circuit with the maximum flow rate.
AUTOMATIC SOFT-START VALVE: this valve, produced with connection
G 1/4 in the 2/2 pneumatic version, even if cannot be modular assembled
with the F-R-L of series “UZ”*, yet assures the same functionality of
the soft-start valve above mentioned, and with the peculiarity of being
“automatic”, not needing any kind of external pilot.

TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Port size G 1/4

4
Piloting port size G 1/8
Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar 500 Nl/min ( 750 Nl/min for type UZAP/A4)
Max. flow rate of the 300 Nl/min
adjusting screw ot
the filling time
Type of mounting Modular*, in-line and wall-mounting MATERIALS
Wall clamping screws M4x50 Body Anodized aluminium alloy
Piloting solenoid valve C/USCSVP - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.11 Springs Stainless steel
Coil USB - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 Pistons Anodized aluminium alloy
Electric connector USR 102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 Seals NBR rubber

ORDER KEY
UZAP PILOT SYSTEM
/R Pneumatic /U Solenoid
/A Automatic

SIZE
4 G 1/4

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZAP/A4

Series
Pilot system
Size

WEIGHT 170 g

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZAP/R4 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZAP/U4

ADJUSTING SCREW OF
THE PROGRESSIVE FILLING
ADJUSTING SCREW OF
THE PROGRESSIVE FILLING
2 HOLES M5
2 HOLES 4.3

2 HOLES 4.3

2 HOLES M5

2 HOLES 4.2

2 HOLES 4.2

WEIGHT 365 g WEIGHT 400 g

Air treatment: soft-start valve UZAP 4.7


UZ
Air treatment:
shut - off valve UZVL G 1/4 and accessories
series
DESCRIPTION
Shut - off valves series "UZVL" are produced with connection G 1/4
and they are fit to be locked in the exhaust position by means of a
standard padlock.

TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 16 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Port size G 1/4
Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar 1300 Nl/min
Type of mounting Modular and in-line

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZVL/4


MATERIALS
4 Body
Seals
Anodized aluminium alloy
NBR rubber
Slider Anodized aluminium alloy

2 HOLES 5.1

WEIGHT 150 g

ACCESSORIES

MOUNTING BRACKET UZRHS INTERMEDIATE AIR INTAKE UZPR4 (screws included)

2 HOLES 5.2

WEIGHT 20 g WEIGHT 90 g

ASSEMBLY SCREWS WALL CLAMPING SCREWS


Assembly screws F+R+L UZ/SVG Clamping screws F-FR-R-L-AP UZ/SVG/P
Assembly screws FR+L UZ/SVG/1
Assembly screws F+L UZ/SVG/2
Assembly screws FR+L+AP - R+L+AP UZAP/SVG
Assembly screws FR+AP - R+AP UZAP/SVG/1
Assembly screws VL+F+R UZVL/SVG
Assembly screws VL+FR - VL+R UZVL/SVG/1

4.8 Air treatment: shut - off valve UZVL and accessories


UZ
Air treatment:
filter reducer + lubricator G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 16 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Compressed air
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4
Pressure gauge port size G 1/8
Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar 260 Nl/min
Wall clamping screws M4x50

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT FR+L

WEIGHT 415 g

ORDER KEY
UZRRM SIZE
8 G 1/8 4 G 1/4

ADJUSTING RANGE
/3 0,2 ÷ 2 bar /5 0,4 ÷ 4 bar
/7 0,8 ÷ 9 bar /12 1,5 ÷ 12 bar

DEGREE OF FILTRATION
F5 5 µm F20 20 µm
F40 40 µm
Series
LUBRICATION
Size
L Oil mist (standard) LM Micro-oil mist
Adjusting range
Degree of filtration BOWL
Lubrication Transparent /PM Metallic protection
/TM Metallic
Bowl
Condensate drainage system CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM
Manual /SS Semi-automatic

P.S.: Filters reducers + lubricators can be supplied without the relieving seal
on request; the series becomes UZRM...

Air treatment: filter reducer + lubricator series UZ 4.9


UZ
Air treatment:
filter + reducer + lubricator G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 16 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Compressed air
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4
Pressure gauge port size G 1/8
Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar 220 Nl/min
Wall clamping screws M4x50

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT F+R+L

WEIGHT 610 g

ORDER KEY
UZF SIZE
8 G 1/8 4 G 1/4

DEGREE OF FILTRATION
/5 5 µm /20 20 µm
/40 40 µm

ADJUSTING RANGE
RR3 0,2 ÷ 2 bar RR5 0,4 ÷ 4 bar
RR7 0,8 ÷ 9 bar RR12 1,5 ÷ 12 bar
Series
LUBRICATION
Size
L Oil mist (standard) LM Micro-oil mist
Adjusting range
Degree of filtration BOWL
Lubrication Trasparente /PM Metallic protection
/TM Metallica
Bowl
Condensate drainage system CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM
Manual /SS Semi-automatic

P.S.: Filters + reducers + lubricators can be supplied without the relieving seal on
request; the adjusting range becomes “R” (rather than “RR”)

4.10 Air treatment: filter + reducer + lubricator series UZ


UZ
Air treatment:
example of assembly
series
SHUT-OFF VALVE + FILTER REDUCER + LUBRICATOR + SOFT-START VALVE

SHUT-OFF VALVE + FILTER + REDUCER + LUBRICATOR + SOFT-START VALVE

Air treatment: example of assembly series UZ 4.11


EZ
Air treatment:
filter EZF G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series
DESCRIPTION
Filters series "EZF" are produced with connections G 3/8, G 1/2 and G 1;
they are available with various degrees of filtration and with manual,
semi-automatic or automatic condensate drainage system (except
the size G 3/8). The techno-polymer bowls have a metallic protection
as standard for the sizes G 1/2 and G 1, and made of glass stiffened
polyamide on request for the size G 3/8.

TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 16 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Compressed air
Port size G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
Void fraction G 3/8 - G 1/2: 20 µm standard; 5 µm or 40 µm on request
G 1: 40 µm standard
Condensate drainage system G 3/8: Manual or semi-automatic MATERIALS

4 Max. condensate capacity


G 1/2 - G 1: Manual, semi-automatic or automatic
G 3/8 = 23 cm3
G 1/2 = 58 cm3
Body
Bowl
Aluminium alloy
G 3/8: Transparent techno-polymer (protection made of glass
stiffened polyamide on request)
G 1 = 105 cm3 G 1/2 - G 1: Transparent techno-polymer with metallic
(do not exceed the level gauge) protection as standard
Type of mounting Modular, in-line and wall-mounting Filtering element G 3/8 - G 1/2: Sintered polyethylene
Wall clamping screws G 3/8: M4x60 G 1: Sintered porus bronze
G 1/2: M5x70 Seals NBR rubber
G 1: M6x90 Baffle Acetal resin

FLOW CHART - EZF G 3/8 FLOW CHART - EZF G 1/2


Pressure drop (bar)

Pressure drop (bar)

Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min) Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)

FLOW CHART - EZF G 1


Pressure drop (bar)

Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)

4.12 Air treatment: filter EZF


EZ
EZF G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1

series
ORDER KEY
EZF SIZE
3 G 3/8 2 G 1/2
1 G1

DEGREE OF FILTRATION
/5 5 µm* /20 20 µm
/40 40 µm

BOWL
Series
Transparent PM Protection**

Size CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM


Degree of filtration /SM Manual /SS Semi-automatic

Bowl /SA Automatic***


Condensate drainage system * Available only for sizes 3 and 2
** Metallic as standard for sizes 2 and 1, made of glass stiffened polyamide on request for size 3
*** Available only for sizes 2 and 1
4
SPARE PARTS
DESCRIPTION SIZE
3 2 1
Bowl protection EZ3/PM - EZ1/PM
Techno-polymer bowl with manual drainage system* EZT/F3/SM EZT/F2/PM/SM EZT/F1/SM
Techno-polymer bowl with semi-automatic drainage system* EZT/F3/SS EZT/F2/PM/SS EZT/F1/SS
Techno-polymer bowl with automatic drainage system* - EZT/F2/PM/SA EZT/F1/SA
Filter cartridge 5 µm EZ3/5 EZ2/5 -
Filter cartridge 20 µm EZ3/20 EZ2/20 EZ1/20
Filter cartridge 40 µm EZ3/40 EZ2/40 EZ1/40
* The bowls size 2 are supplied with metallic protection as standard

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZF

CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM: MANUAL - SEMI-AUTOMATIC - AUTOMATIC

SIZE DA DB DC FA HA HB HC HD HE HF LA LB LC WEIGHT
(g)
3 4,5 G 1/8 - G 3/8 142 21 52 6 146 - 55 50 40 390
2 5,5 Ø 4,3 Ø 6,5 G 1/2 159 26 55 8,5 170 168 65 65 49 415
1 6,6 G 1/8 Ø 6,5 G1 218 31 76 9 222 213 85 82 60 1815

Air treatment: filter EZF 4.13


EZ
Air treatment:
pressure reducer EZRR G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series
DESCRIPTION
Pressure reducers series "EZRR" are produced with connections
G 3/8, G 1/2 and G 1; they are available with different scales of regulation
and can be supplied without the relieving seal on request.

TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 16 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, lubricated and unlubricated compressed air
Port size G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G1
Pressure gauge port size G 1/8
Adjusting range (bar) 0,2 ÷ 2 - 0,4 ÷ 4 - 0,8 ÷ 8
Type of mounting Modular, in-line, wall and panel mounting
Wall clamping screws G 3/8: M4x60
G 1/2: M5x70
G 1: M6x90
MATERIALS

4 Body
Closing plug
Spring
Aluminium alloy
Brass, NBR rubber
Stainless steel
Knob Acetal resin
Adjusting screw Brass
Diaphragm Brass, friction

FLOW CHART - EZRR G 3/8 FLOW CHART - EZRR G 1/2


Pressure drop (bar)

Pressure drop (bar)

Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min) Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)

FLOW CHART - EZRR G 1


Pressure drop (bar)

Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)

4.14 Air treatment: pressure reducer EZRR


EZ
EZRR G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1

series
ORDER KEY
EZRR SIZE
3 G 3/8 2 G 1/2
1 G1

ADJUSTING RANGE
/3 0,2 ÷ 2 bar /5 0,4 ÷ 4 bar
/7 0,8 ÷ 8 bar

P.S.: Reducers can be supplied without the relieving seal on request; the series becomes “EZR...”

Series
SPARE PARTS
Size
Adjusting range Relieving kit adjustment size 3 EZRR3/SG/6
Relieving kit adjustment size 2 EZRR2/SG/6
Relieving kit adjustment size 1 EZRR1/SG/6

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZRR


4

SIZE DA FA FB FC HA HB HC HD HE HF LA LB LC WEIGHT
(g)
3 4,5 G 3/8 M30x1,5 G 1/8 99 21 48 6 4 6 55 50 40 450
2 5,5 G 1/2 M40x1,5 G 1/8 127 26 55 8,5 7 10,5 65 65 49 465
1 6,6 G1 - G 1/8 194,5 31 76 9 - 14 85 82 60 2385

Air treatment: pressure reducer EZRR 4.15


EZ
Air treatment:
filter reducer EZRR /F G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series
DESCRIPTION
Filters reducers series "EZRR/F", produced with connections G 3/8,
G 1/2 and G 1, combine the characteristics of the filters and of the
pressure reducers series "EZ", thus optimizing the overall dimensions.

TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 16 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Compressed air
Port size G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
Pressure gauge port size G 1/8
Void fraction G 3/8 - G 1/2: 20 µm standard, 5 µm and 40 µm on request
G 1: 40 µm standard
Condensate drainage G 3/8: Manual or semi-automatic
system G 1/2 - G 1: Manual, semi-automatic or automatic
Max. condensate capacity G 3/8 = 23 cm3
G 1/2 = 58 cm3 MATERIALS
G 1 = 105 cm3
4 Adjusting range (bar)
(do not exceed the level gauge)
0,2 ÷ 2 - 0,4 ÷ 4 - 0,8 ÷ 8
Body
Bowl
Aluminium alloy
G 3/8: Transparent techno-polymer (protection made of
glass stiffened polyamide on request)
Type of mounting Modular, in-line, wall and panel mounting
G 1/2 - G 1: Transparent techno-polymer with metallic
Wall clamping screws G 3/8: M4x60
protection as standard
G 1/2: M5x70
Filtering element G 3/8 - G 1/2: Sintered polyethylene
G 1: M6x90
G 1: Sintered porus bronze
Seals NBR rubber
Baffle Acetal resin
Closing plug Brass, NBR rubber
Spring Stainless steel
Knob Acetal resin
Adjusting screw Brass
FLOW CHART - EZRR /F G 3/8 Diaphragm Brass, friction
Pressure drop (bar)

Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)

FLOW CHART - EZRR /F G 1/2 FLOW CHART - EZRR /F G 1


Pressure drop (bar)

Pressure drop (bar)

Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min) Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)

4.16 Air treatment: filter reducer EZRR /F


EZ
EZRR G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1

series
ORDER KEY
EZRR SIZE
3 G 3/8 2 G 1/2
1 G1

ADJUSTING RANGE
/3 0,2 ÷ 2 bar /5 0,4 ÷ 4 bar
/7 0,8 ÷ 8 bar

DEGREE OF FILTRATION
Series
F5 5 µm* F20 20 µm

Size
F40 40 µm

Adjusting range BOWL


Degree of filtation Trasparent PM Protection**

Bowl CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM


/SM Manuale /SS
4
Condensate drainage system Semi-automatic
/SA Automatic***
* Available only for sizes 3 and 2
SPARE PARTS ** Metallic as standard for sizes 2 and 1, made of glass stiffened polyamide on request for size 3
See series “EZF” (on page 4.13) and “EZRR” (on page 4.15) *** Available only for sizes 2 and 1
P.S.: Filters reducers can be supplied without the relieving seal on request; the series
becomes “EZR...”

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZRR /F

CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM: MANUAL - SEMI-AUTOMATIC - AUTOMATIC

SIZE DA DB DC FA FB FC HA HB HC HD
3 4,5 G 1/8 - G 3/8 M30x1,5 G 1/8 193 21 52 6
2 5,5 Ø 4,3 Ø 6,5 G 1/2 M40x1,5 G 1/8 231 26 55 8,5
1 6,6 G 1/8 Ø 6,5 G1 - G 1/8 337 31 76 9

SIZE HE HF HG HH HI LA LB LC WEIGHT
(g)
3 4 6 99 197 - 55 50 40 550
2 7 10,5 127 242 240 65 65 42 610
1 - 14 194,5 341 332 85 82 60 2790

Air treatment: filter reducer EZRR /F 4.17


EZ
Air treatment:
lubricator EZL G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series
DESCRIPTION
Lubricators series "EZL" are produced with connections G 3/8,
G 1/2 and G 1; the techno-polymer bowls have a metallic protection
as standard for the sizes G 1/2 and G 1, and made of glass stiffened
polyamide on request for the size G 3/8.
For a correct lubrication it is advisable to set the drip rate in order to
have a drop (WAIRSOL class ISO22) every 300 - 500 Nl/min. (oil mist
lubrication).

TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 16 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered compressed air
Port size G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
Bowl capacity G 3/8 = 32 cm3
G 1/2 = 76 cm3

4 Type of mounting
G 1 = 160 cm3
(do not exceed the level gauge)
Modular, in-line and wall-mounting
MATERIALS
Body Aluminium alloy
Wall clamping screws G 3/8: M4x60 Bowl G 3/8: Transparent techno-polymer (protection made of glass
G 1/2: M5x70 stiffened polyamide on request)
G 1: M6x90 G 1/2 - G 1: Transparent techno-polymer with metallic
Minimum striking flow rate G 3/8 = 25 Nl/min protection as standard
G 1/2 = 25 Nl/min Seals NBR rubber
G 1 = 50 Nl/min Conduits Acetal resin

FLOW CHART - EZL G 3/8 FLOW CHART - EZL G 1/2


Pressure drop (bar)

Pressure drop (bar)

Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min) Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)

FLOW CHART - EZL G 1


Pressure drop (bar)

Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)

4.18 Air treatment: lubricator EZL


EZ
EZL G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1

series
ORDER KEY
EZL SIZE
3 G 3/8 2 G 1/2
1 G1

BOWL
Transparent PM Protection*

LEVEL GAUGE
/CA Open electric contact when oil is present with 2 wires cable 0,5 m length

Series /CC Closed electric contact when oil is present with 2 wires cable 0,5 m length
Size * Metallic as standard for sizes 2 and 1, made of glass stiffened polyamide on request for size 3
Bowl P.S.: Level gauge, in both the open and closed electric contact, is fed with a voltage
range from 6 V to 50 V
Level gauge

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZL SPARE PARTS 4


Lubricator bowl size 3 EZT/L3
Lubricator bowl size 2* EZT/L2/PM
Lubricator bowl size 1 EZT/L1
Lubricator bowl for level gauge size 3 EZT/L3/SLC
Lubricator bowl for level gauge size 2* EZT/L2/PM/SLC
Lubricator bowl for level gauge size 1 EZT/L1/SLC
Protection made of glass stiffened nylon size 3 EZ3/PM
Metallic protection size 1 EZ1/PM
Lubricator clear cover size 3 EZL3/C
Lubricator clear cover size 2 EZL2/C
Lubricator clear cover size 1 EZL1/C
Level gauge with open electric contact size 3 EZT/L3/SLA
Level gauge with open electric contact size 2* EZT/L2/PM/SLA
Level gauge with open electric contact size 1 EZT/L1/SLA

* Bowls size 2 are supplied with the metallic protection as standard

SIZE DA FA HA HB HC HD HE LA LB LC WEIGHT
(g)
3 4,5 G 3/8 157,5 21 52 6 121 55 50 40 370
2 5,5 G 1/2 186,7 26 55 8,5 149,7 65 65 49 400
1 6,6 G1 243,5 31 76 9 201 85 82 60 1780

Air treatment: lubricator EZL 4.19


EZ
Air treatment:
soft-start valve EZAP G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series
DESCRIPTION
Soft - start valves series "EZAP" are produced with connections G 3/8,
G 1/2 and G 1 in the pneumatic and solenoid actuated versions.
The working of the soft-start valves consists in feeding gradually air
into the circuit with adjustable flow. When the pressure in the circuit
reaches the 50 ÷ 60% of the upstream set pressure, the valve switches
to full capacity, supplying the circuit with the maximum flow rate.

TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 10 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10°C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Port size G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar G 3/8 = 1000 Nl/min

4
G 1/2 = 1650 Nl/min
G 1 = 4000 Nl/min
Max. flow rate of the G 3/8 = 400 Nl/min
adjusting screw of the G 1/2 = 500 Nl/min
filling time G 1 = 500 Nl/min
Type of mounting Modular, in-line and wall-mounting
Wall clamping screws G 3/8: M4x60
MATERIALS
G 1/2: M5x70
G 1: M6x90 Body Aluminium alloy
Piloting solenoid valve C/USCSVP - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.11 Springs Stainless steel
Coil USB - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 Pistons Aluminium alloy
Electric connector USR 102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 Seals NBR rubber

ORDER KEY
EZAP PILOT SYSTEM
/R Pneumatic /U Solenoid
SIZE
3 G 3/8 2 G 1/2
1 G1

Series
Pilot system
Size

4.20 Air treatment: soft-start valve EZAP


EZ
EZAP G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1

series
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZAP /R

ADJUSTING SCREW OF
THE PROGRESSIVE FILLING

2 HOLES FD
2 HOLES FC
2 HOLES DB

2 HOLES DA

SIZE DA DB FA FB FC FD FE HA HB HC

3
2
4,5
5,5
5,1
6,5
G 3/8
G 1/2
G 1/8
G 3/8
-
M6
M6
M6
G 1/8
G 1/8
68
82,5
28,8
35
56,5
71 4
SIZE HD HE LA LB LC LD LE LF WEIGHT
(g)
3 28,8 - 70 50 51,5 35 20 12 505
2 27,5 15 85 65 62 46 23,5 17 985

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZAP /U

ADJUSTING SCREW OF
THE PROGRESSIVE FILLING
2 HOLES FD
2 HOLES FC
2 HOLES DB

2 HOLES DA

SIZE DA DB FA FB FC FD HA HB HC HD

3 4,5 5,1 G 3/8 G 1/8 - M6 122,5 28,8 56,5 28,8


2 5,5 6,5 G 1/2 G 3/8 M6 M6 137 35 71 27,5

SIZE HE HF LA LB LC LD LE LF LG WEIGHT
(g)
3 - 115,5 70 50 51,5 35 20 12 79,5 540
2 15 126 85 65 62 46 23,5 17 87 1020

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZAP /R1 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZAP /U1

ADJUSTING SCREW OF
THE PROGRESSIVE FILLING
ADJUSTING SCREW OF
2 HOLES Ø6

2 HOLES M5

THE PROGRESSIVE FILLING


2 HOLES M5
2 HOLES Ø6

2 HOLES Ø6.5
2 HOLES Ø6.5

WEIGHT 2450 g WEIGHT 2550 g

Air treatment: soft-start valve EZAP 4.21


EZ
Air treatment:
shut-off valve EZVL G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series and accessories

DESCRIPTION
Shut - off valves series "EZVL" are produced with connections G 3/8,
G 1/2 and G 1 and they are fit to be locked in the exhaust
position by means of a standard padlock.

TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 16 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Filtered, lubricated and unlubricated compressed air
Port size G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar G 3/8 = 2400 Nl/min
G 1/2 = 3150 Nl/min
G 1/2 = 4250 Nl/min
Type of mounting Modular and in-line DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZVL

MATERIALS

4 Body
Seals
Slider
Anodized aluminium alloy
NBR rubber
Anodized aluminium alloy
2 HOLES DA

TYPE DA DB FA HA HB HC HD HE HF LA LB LC LD WEIGHT
(g)
EZVL/3 5,5 4,2 G 3/8 50 25 - 36 15 21 50 39 35 25 260
EZVL/2 6,5 4,2 G 1/2 50 28 15 32 15 20 65 43 46 25 370
EZVL/1 6,1 4,2 G1 60 30 - 34 15 22 80 60 60 25 700

ACCESSORIES

MOUNTING BRACKET G 3/8 - UZRHS (see drawing on page 4.8) INTERMEDIATE AIR INTAKE G 3/8 - EZPA3/3 (screws included)

MOUNTING BRACKET G 1/2 - EZS2/3

2 HOLES 5.5

WEIGHT 110 g

INTERMEDIATE AIR INTAKE G 1/2 - EZPA2/3 (screws included)

WEIGHT 105 g

ASSEMBLY SCREWS
DESCRIPTION SIZE
3 2 1
Assembly screws F+R+L EZ3/SVG EZ2/SVG EZ1/SVG
Assembly screws FR+L EZ3/SVG/1 EZ1/SVG/1 2 HOLES 6.5
EZ2/SVG/1
Assembly screws F+L EZ3/SVG/2 EZ1/SVG/2
WEIGHT 160 g
Assembly screws FR+L+AP - R+L+AP EZAP3/SVG EZAP2/SVG EZAP1/SVG
Assembly screws FR+AP - R+AP EZAP3/SVG/1 EZAP2/SVG/1 EZAP1/SVG/1
Assembly screws VL+F+R EZVL3/SVG EZVL2/SVG EZVL1/SVG
Assembly screws VL+FR - VL+R EZVL3/SVG/1 EZVL2/SVG/1 EZVL1/SVG/1 INTERMEDIATE AIR INTAKE G 1 - EZPA1/3 (screws included)

WALL CLAMPING SCREWS


DESCRIPTION SIZE
3 2 1
Clamping screws F-FR-R-L-AP EZ/SVG/P3 EZ/SVG/P2 EZ/SVG/P1

2 HOLES 6.5
WEIGHT 420 g

4.22 Air treatment: shut-off valve EZVL and accessories


EZ
Air treatment:
filter reducer + lubricator G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series
TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 16 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Compressed air
Port size G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
Pressure gauge port size G 1/8
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar G 3/8 = 680 Nl/min
G 1/2 = 1200 Nl/min
G 1/2 = 2300 Nl/min
Wall clamping screws G 3/8: M4x60
G 1/2: M5x70
G 1: M6x90 1

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS FR+L

SIZE HA HB LA LB WEIGHT
(g)
3 193 52 107 50 940
2 231 55 130 65 1065
1 337 76 167 82 4695

ORDER KEY
EZRR SIZE
3 G 3/8 2 G 1/2
1 G1

ADJUSTING RANGE
/3 0,2 ÷ 2 bar /5 0,4 ÷ 4 bar
/7 0,8 ÷ 8 bar

DEGREE OF FILTRATION
F5 5 µm* F20 20 µm
Series
F40 40 µm
Size
LUBRICATION
Adjusting range
L Oil mist (standard) LCA Oil mist, N.O. electric contact
Degree of filtration
LCC Oil mist, N.C. electric contact
Lubrication
Bowl BOWL
Condensate drainage system Transparent /PM Protection**

CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM


/SM Manual /SS Semi-automatic
/SA Automatic***
*** Available only for sizes 3 and 2
*** Metallic as standard for sizes 2 and 1, made of glass stiffened polyamide on request for size 3
*** Available only for sizes 2 and 1
P.S.: Filters reducers + lubricators can be supplied without the relieving seal on
request; the series becomes “EZR...”

Air treatment: filter reducer + lubricator 4.23


EZ
Air treatment:
filter + reducer + lubricator
series G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1

TECHNICAL DATA
Maximum pressure 16 bar
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air)
Fluid Compressed air
Port size G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
Pressure gauge port size G 1/8
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar G 3/8 = 680 Nl/min
G 1/2 = 1200 Nl/min
G 1/2 = 2300 Nl/min
Wall clamping screws G 3/8: M4x60
G 1/2: M5x70
G 1: M6x90

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS F+R+L

SIZE HA HB LA LB WEIGHT
(g)
3 193 52 159 50 1260
2 231 55 195 65 1345
1 337 76 249 82 6080

ORDER KEY
EZF SIZE
3 G 3/8 2 G 1/2
1 G1

DEGREE OF FILTRATION
/5 5 µm* /20 20 µm
/40 40 µm

ADJUSTING RANGE
RR3 0,2 ÷ 2 bar RR5 0,4 ÷ 4 bar
Series
RR7 0,8 ÷ 8 bar
Size
LUBRICATION
Degree of filtration
L Oil mist (standard) LCA Oil mist, N.O. electric contact
Adjusting range
LCC Oil mist, N.C. electric contact
Lubrication
Bowl BOWL
Condensate drainage system Transparent /PM Protection**

CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM


/SM Manual /SS Semi-automatic
/SA Automatic***
*** Available only for sizes 3 and 2
*** Metallic as standard for sizes 2 and 1, made of glass stiffened polyamide on request for size 3
*** Available only for sizes 2 and 1
P.S.: Filters + reducers + lubricators can be supplied without the relieving seal on
request; the adjusting range becomes “R” (rather than “RR”)

4.24 Air treatment: filter + reducer + lubricator


EZ
Air treatment:
example of assembly
series
SHUT-OFF VALVE + FILTER REDUCER + LUBRICATOR + SOFT-START VALVE

SHUT-OFF VALVE + FILTER + REDUCER + LUBRICATOR + SOFT-START VALVE

Air treatment: example of assembly series EZ 4.25


MA
Air treatment accessories:
pressure gauges Ø 40 - 50 - 63 - 100
series
DESCRIPTION
Pressure gauges allow sensing the pressure in the pneumatic circuits.
They are suitable to be applied directly on the pressure regulator or
for panel mounting and they are avalailable in the versions: axial (MA),
radial (MR), with flange (MF) and with bracket (MP), in the bore 40 - 50
- 63 - 100.

TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure 0 ÷ 1 bar - 0 ÷ 4 bar - 0 ÷ 6 bar - 0 ÷ 12 bar
MATERIALS
Working temperature 0 ÷ +70 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Case Type MA - Black ABS
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Type MR - Black ABS
Accuracy Cl. 1.6 (DIN 16005 EN 837-1) Type MF - Black painted steel
Dial Ø 40 - 50 - 63 - 100 Type MP - Galvanized steel
Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 Gauge crystal Kostil
Fixing Type MA - Direct axial mounting Port Brass
4 Type MR - Direct radial mounting
Type MF - Panel mounting with flange
Spring
Movement
Copper
Brass
Type MP - Panel mounting with bracket Dial White ABS

AXIAL GAUGES TYPE MA RADIAL GAUGES TYPE MR

TYPE WEIGHT TYPE WEIGHT


G A C Ch E 0 ÷ 1 bar 0 ÷ 4 bar 0 ÷ 6 bar 0 ÷ 12 bar (g) G A C Ch E 0 ÷ 1 bar 0 ÷ 4 bar 0 ÷ 6 bar 0 ÷ 12 bar (g)
G 1/8 40 24 12 40 MA 4/1 MA 4/4 MA 4/6 MA 4/12 48 G 1/8 40 24 12 37 MR 4/1 MR 4/4 MR 4/6 MR 4/12 42
G 1/8 52 28 14 52 MA 5/1 MA 5/4 MA 5/6 MA 5/12 75 G 1/8 51 28 14 48 MR 5/1 MR 5/4 MR 5/6 MR 5/12 68
G 1/4 63 29,5 14 54 MA 6/1 MA 6/4 MA 6/6 MA 6/12 90 G 1/4 63 29,5 14 54 MR 6/1 MR 6/4 MR 6/6 MR 6/12 84
G 3/8 100 36 17 65 - - - MA 10/12 230 G 3/8 100 36 17 78 - - - MR 10/12 230

AXIAL GAUGES WITH FLANGE TYPE MF AXIAL GAUGES WITH BRACKET TYPE MP

G A B C Ch D E F H G A B C Ch D E F
G 1/8 40,5 25,5 4 11 61 51 40,5 3,6 G 1/8 43 21 5 12 43 28 39
G 1/8 45 29 4 14 74,5 60 52,5 3,6 G 1/8 46 23 6 14 55,5 35 49
G 1/4 46,5 30 5,5 14 84,7 75 63,7 3,6 G 1/4 48 23 6 14 63,8 43 59
G 3/8 61 30 5 17 132 118 100,5 6
TYPE WEIGHT
TYPE WEIGHT G D 0 ÷ 1 bar 0 ÷ 4 bar 0 ÷ 6 bar 0 ÷ 12 bar (g)
G D 0 ÷ 1 bar 0 ÷ 4 bar 0 ÷ 6 bar 0 ÷ 12 bar (g)
G 1/8 43 MP 4/1 MP 4/4 MP 4/6 MP 4/12 82
G 1/8 61 MF 4/1 MF 4/4 MF 4/6 MF 4/12 82 G 1/8 55,5 MP 5/1 MP 5/4 MP 5/6 MP 5/12 120
G 1/8 74,5 MF 5/1 MF 5/4 MF 5/6 MF 5/12 120 G 1/4 63,8 MP 6/1 MP 6/4 MP 6/6 MP 6/12 150
G 1/4 84,7 MF 6/1 MF 6/4 MF 6/6 MF 6/12 150
G 3/8 132 - - - MF 10/12 250

4.26 Air treatment accessories: pressure gauges series MA


PR
Air treatment accessories:
pressure switches
series
DIGITAL/ANALOG PRESSURE SWITCH SERIES PRDA
This series of switches has been expressly designed for the pressure
detection of a wide range of fluids with elevate accuracy and resolution. This
series has both digital and/or analog outputs and an integrated display with a
frontal interface including three buttons to programme different functions (all
described in the documentation that goes with the item) among which:
- setting the unit of measurement of the pressure;
- managing the outputs No.1 and No.2, depending on the set pressures.
This pressure switch, thanks to the very compact dimensions and to the 3 1⁄2
digit led display, is a very versatile item and suitable for the majority of the
applications with not corrosive and incombustible gases, and with air. It is
supplied completed with front protection cover and panel mounting system
type SFPR.

TECHNICAL DATA
Working temperature 0 ÷ +50 °C
Operating/setting pressure -1 ÷ 10 bar (0 ÷ 10 bar recommended)
Power supply voltage 12 ÷ 24 V DC, ripple (P-P) 10% or less
Fluid air; not corrosive and incombustible gases
Max. load current
Average current consumption
80 mA
55 mA
4
Protection class IP 50
Response time < 2.5 ms
Display accuracy < ± 2% F.S. ± 1 digit with ambient temperature of 25 ± 3 °C
Analog output 1 ÷ 5 V < ± 2.5%
MATERIALS
Linearity analog output ± 1% F.S. Parts in contact with measured fluid Carbon steel
Display resolution 3 1⁄2 digit 7 segments LED (sampling frequency: 5 Hz) Lead wire 5-conductors oil-proof cable
Switch output PNP; (NPN on request) Electric connections Brown: DC +
Unit of measurement kPa, MPa, Bar, Psi Blue: DC -
Hysteresis Manually adjustable between the 1 to 10% Black: OUT 1
of the rated pressure, or automatically arranged White: OUT 2
approximately to the 3% F.S. Orange: Analog output

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT PRDA INTERNAL CIRCUIT AND WIRING PNP

Brown
Analog Output
MAIN CIRCUIT

Orange

Black

White

WEIGHT 135 g Blue

PROTECTION COVER AND PANEL MOUNTING TOTAL DIMENSIONS WITH SFPR


SYSTEM SFPR*

FRONTAL INTERFACE PRDA


3½ DIGIT LED RED LED
Displays: Displays OUT 2
current pressure switch output status
current mode Lights up when ON
error mode

GREEN LED SET BUTTON


Displays OUT 1 Use this button
switch output status to change the mode
Lights up when ON or set value

UP BUTTON DOWN BUTTON


Use this button to change Use this button to change
the mode or set value the mode or set value
* SUPPLIED AS STANDARD WITH PRESSURE SWITCHES SERIES PRDA

Air treatment accessories: pressure switches series PR 4.27


PR
Air treatment accessories:
pressure switches
series
FIXING BRACKETS STPR (pair)

DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE SWITCH SERIES PRC-PRA

TECHNICAL DATA MATERIALS


Max. switched voltage 48 V AC - DC Body Brass
Max. switched current 0,5 A Diaphragm FPM (Viton®)
Max. fluid temperature 80 ÷ 120 °C Fixed contact Silver
Adjusting range 1 ÷ 10 bar Moving contact Phosphorous bronze with silver contact
Static overpressure 80 bar
Tolerance at 20°C 0,5
Max. number of insertions 200 per minute

PRC - PRA CONNECTOR (protection class IP54) - CN/PR54 CONNECTOR (protection class IP65) - CN/PR65

WEIGHT 70 g WEIGHT 15 g WEIGHT 15 g

Symbol N.C. Size L1 L2 TYPE


G 1/8 10 51 PRC8
G 1/4 12 53 PRC4

Symbol N.O. Size L1 L2 TYPE


G 1/8 10 51 PRA8
G 1/4 12 53 PRA4

4.28 Air treatment accessories: pressure switches series PR


PR
Air treatment accessories:
pressure switches
series
CONTACTS EXCHANGE PRESSURE SWITCH SERIES PRCA

TECHNICAL DATA PRCA


Max. switched voltage 250 V AC - DC
Max. switched current 5A
Max. fluid temperature 100 °C
Protection class IP 65
Adjusting range 0,5 ÷ 10 bar
Static overpressure 150 bar
Tolerance at 20°C 0,2
Differential 15 - 30% of setting value
Max. number of insertion 200 per minute
Connector (included) ULR4P

MATERIALS
Body Passivated steel
Electric box
Diaphragm
Anodized aluminium alloy
FPM (Viton®)
4
WEIGHT 180 g

Symbol N.C. / N.O. Size L1 L2 L3 TYPE*


G 1/8 10 56 74 PRCA8
G 1/4 12 53 76 PRCA4

* These switches can rotate of 360°

Air treatment accessories: pressure switches series PR 4.29


Index FITTINGS
chapter 5 AND TUBES
Series RT
Push-in techno-polymer fittings ................................................................................................................................................................. page 5.3

Series RO
Push-in brass fittings ................................................................................................................................................................................. page 5.12

Series RS
Standard fittings ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page 5.25

Series RC
Push-on brass fittings ................................................................................................................................................................................ page 5.36

Series VS
Mini ball valves ........................................................................................................................................................................................... page 5.46

Silencers............................................................................................................................................................................................ page 5.48

Series T
Polyurethane tubes (PU 98 ShA)................................................................................................................................................................ page 5.49
Polyamide tubes (PA12) ............................................................................................................................................................................. page 5.50
Polyethylene tubes (LDPE) ......................................................................................................................................................................... page 5.51

Fittings and tubes 5.1


Waircom tubes & fittings:
overview
Tubes and fittings: these were Similarly extensive is the Waircom
missing to supply an actual complete offer for the tubes, referring to both
service to all our customers. Now the sizes and the materials used,
they are here too and they are able in order to covering the widest
to satisfy the different needs of a possible pneumatic applications.
more and more dynamic market.
So, together with the push-in fittings
(made in both techno-polymer or
brass), Waircom offers the push-on
and the standard ones, the mini-ball
valves and a family of silencers.

5.2 Fittings
RT
Push-in techno-polymer
fittings
series

TECHNICAL DATA
Body material Acetal resin
Thread Metric and parallel
Seal NBR rubber
Clamp Stainless steel
Size M5 ÷ G 1/2
Fluid Air, vacuum
Working temperature 0 ÷ 60 °C
Operating pressure 0 - 10 bar
Negative pressure -750 mmHg (-1 bar)
Max. pressure 15 bar
Recommended tubes materials Polyamide and Polyurethane

5
STRAIGHT MALE

TYPE L A B ØD G CH q.ty
RT-DM-4/M5 19,3 14 4 4 M5 10 10
RT-DM-6/M5 20,7 15 4 6 M5 12 10
RT-DM-4/01 19,5 14,6 5,5 4 G1/8 14 10
RT-DM-4/02 18,1 14,6 7,5 4 G1/4 17 10
RT-DM-6/01 20,7 15,2 5,5 6 M5 14 10
RT-DM-6/02 22,1 15,2 7,5 6 G1/4 17 10
RT-DM-8/01 25,1 16,2 5,5 8 G1/8 14 10
RT-DM-8/02 23,5 16,2 7,5 8 G1/4 17 10
RT-DM-8/03 21,1 16,2 8,5 8 G3/8 20 10
RT-DM-8/04 25,1 16,2 11 8 G1/2 24 10
RT-DM-10/02 29,3 18,7 7,5 10 G1/4 17 10
RT-DM-10/03 26,8 18,7 8,5 10 G3/8 20 10
RT-DM-10/04 25,1 18,7 11 10 G1/2 24 10
RT-DM-12/03 29,6 21,7 8,5 12 G3/8 21 10
RT-DM-12/04 30,6 21,7 11 12 G1/2 24 10
RT-DM-14/03 37,5 24,5 8,5 16 G3/8 24 10
RT-DM-16/04 40 24,5 11 16 G1/2 24 10

STRAIGHT FEMALE

TYPE L A B ØD G ØP CH q.ty
RT-DF-4/01 23,5 14,6 7 4 G1/8 10 14 10
RT-DF-6/01 24,4 15,2 7 6 G1/8 12 14 10
RT-DF-6/02 27,4 15,2 10 6 G1/4 12 17 10
RT-DF-8/01 25,1 16,2 7 8 G1/8 14 14 10
RT-DF-8/02 28,1 16,2 10 8 G1/4 14 17 10
RT-DF-8/03 29,1 16,2 11 8 G3/8 14 21 10
RT-DF-10/02 30,5 18,7 10 10 G1/4 17 17 10
RT-DF-10/03 31,5 18,7 11 10 G3/8 17 21 10
RT-DF-12/03 34,6 21,7 11 12 G3/8 20 21 10
RT-DF-12/04 36,6 21,7 13 12 G1/2 20 24 10

Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT 5.3


RT
Push-in techno-polymer
fittings
series
SWIVELLING ELBOW MALE

TYPE L A B C Ød ØD G CH q.ty
RT-G-4/M5 18 16 4 13 - 4 M5 8 10
RT-G-6/M5 18 20 4 16 - 6 M5 8 10
RT-G-4/01 24,5 17,7 5.5 15,1 3,2 4 G1/8 14 10
RT-G-4/02 27 17,7 7.5 15,1 3,2 4 G1/4 17 10
RT-G-6/01 25,7 19,3 5.5 16 3,2 6 G1/8 14 10
RT-G-6/02 28,2 19,3 7.5 16 3,2 6 G1/4 17 10
RT-G-8/01 29 22,8 5.5 18,1 3,2 8 G1/8 14 10
RT-G-8/02 31,5 22,8 7.5 18,1 3,2 8 G1/4 17 10
RT-G-8/03 33 22,8 8,5 18,1 3,2 8 G3/8 20 10
RT-G-8/04 37 22,8 11 18,1 3,2 8 G1/2 24 10
RT-G-10/02 35,8 27,6 7.5 20,4 4,2 10 G1/4 17 10
RT-G-10/03 37,3 27,6 8.5 20,4 4,2 10 G3/8 20 10
RT-G-10/04 41,3 27,6 11 20,4 4,2 10 G1/2 24 10
RT-G-12/03 39 29,6 8.5 23,2 4,2 12 G3/8 21 10
RT-G-12/04 45,5 33 11 24.5 5,1 12 G1/2 24 10
RT-G-16/04 45,5 33 11 24,6 5,1 17 G1/2 24 10

SWIVELLING LONG ELBOW MALE

5 TYPE L A B C Ød ØD G ØP CH q.ty
RT-GL-4/M5 35 18 4 17 - 4 M5 11 10 10
RT-GL-6/M5 37 20 4 19 6 6 M5 13 12 10
RT-GL-4/01 35,5 17,7 5.5 15,1 3,2 4 G1/8 11 14 10
RT-GL-4/02 39 17,7 7.5 15,1 3,2 4 G1/4 11 17 10
RT-GL-6/01 39,2 19,3 5.5 16 3,2 6 G1/8 13 14 10
RT-GL-6/02 42,2 19,3 7.5 16 3,2 6 G1/4 13 17 10
RT-GL-6/03 43,7 19,3 8.5 16 3,2 6 G3/8 13 20 10
RT-GL-8/01 44,3 22,8 5.5 18,1 3,2 8 G1/8 14,8 14 10
RT-GL-8/02 46,8 22,8 7.5 18,1 3,2 8 G1/4 14,8 17 10
RT-GL-8/03 48,4 22,8 8.5 18,1 3,2 8 G3/8 14,8 20 10
RT-GL-10/02 56,3 27,6 7.5 20,4 4,2 10 G1/4 18,4 17 10
RT-GL-10/03 57,3 27,6 8.5 20,4 4,2 10 G3/8 18,4 20 10
RT-GL-10/04 60,8 27,6 11 20,4 4,2 10 G1/2 18,4 24 10
RT-GL-12/03 62,5 29,6 8.5 23,2 4,2 12 G3/8 21 21 10
RT-GL-12/04 65,5 29,6 11 23,2 4,2 12 G1/2 21 24 10

SWIVELLING CENTRAL TEE

TYPE L A B C Ød ØD E G ØP CH q.ty
RT-TC-4/M5 37 15 4 15 5 4 23,5 M5 11 10 10
RT-TC-6/M5 39 16 4 16 6 6 24,5 M5 13 12 10
RT-TC-4/01 37,4 14 5,5 15,1 3,2 4 25,5 G1/8 11 14 10
RT-TC-6/01 39,2 16 5,5 16 3,2 6 26 G1/8 13 14 10
RT-TC-6/02 39,2 16 7,5 16 3,2 6 28,5 G1/4 13 17 10
RT-TC-8/01 45,5 18 5,5 18,1 3,2 8 29 G1/8 14,8 14 10
RT-TC-8/02 45,5 18 7,5 18,1 3,2 8 31,5 G1/4 14,8 17 10
RT-TC-8/03 45,5 18 8,5 18,1 3,2 8 33 G3/8 14,8 20 10
RT-TC-10/02 56,3 24 7,5 20,4 4,2 10 36,5 G1/4 18,4 17 10
RT-TC-10/03 56,3 24 8,5 20,4 4,2 10 38 G3/8 18,4 20 10
RT-TC-10/04 56,3 24 11 20,4 4,2 10 42 G1/2 18,4 24 10
RT-TC-12/03 59,2 27 8,5 23,2 4,2 12 39 G3/8 21 21 10
RT-TC-12/04 59,2 27 11 23,2 4,2 12 43 G1/2 21 24 10

5.4 Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT


RT
Push-in techno-polymer
fittings
serie
SWIVELLING LATERAL TEE

TYPE L A B C E Ød ØD G ØP CH q.ty
RT-TL-4/M5 41 14 4 12 18 5 4 M5 11 10 10
RT-TL-6/M5 42,3 16 4 15 18,5 6 6 M5 13 12 10
RT-TL-4/01 44,2 14 5.5 15,1 18,7 3,2 4 G1/8 11 14 10
RT-TL-6/01 45,6 16 5.5 16 19,6 3,2 6 G1/8 13 14 10
RT-TL-6/02 48,1 16 7.5 16 19,6 3,2 6 G1/4 13 17 10
RT-TL-8/01 51,7 18 5.5 18,1 22,8 3,2 8 G1/8 14,8 14 10
RT-TL-8/02 54,2 18 7.5 18,1 22,8 3,2 8 G1/4 14,8 17 10
RT-TL-8/03 55,7 18 8.5 18,1 22,8 3,2 8 G3/8 14,8 20 10
RT-TL-10/02 64,8 24 7.5 20,4 28,3 4,2 10 G1/4 18,4 17 10
RT-TL-10/03 66,3 24 8.5 20,4 28,3 4,2 10 G3/8 18,4 20 10
RT-TL-10/04 70,3 24 11 20,4 28,3 4,2 10 G1/2 18,4 24 10
RT-TL-12/03 68,6 27 8.5 23,2 29,6 4,2 12 G3/8 21 21 10
RT-TL-12/04 72,6 27 11 23,2 29,6 4,2 12 G1/2 21 24 10

SWIVELLING MALE Y

TYPE L A B C Ød ØD G ØP CH q.ty
5
RT-YM-4/M5 40 14 4 14 6 4 M5 11 10 10
RT-YM-6/M5 41 14 4 14 6 6 M5 13 12 10
RT-YM-4/01 35,5 10 5.5 15,1 3,2 4 G1/8 11 14 10
RT-YM-6/01 39,2 10,5 5.5 16 3,2 6 G1/8 13 14 10
RT-YM-6/02 42,2 10,5 7.5 16 3,2 6 G1/4 13 17 10
RT-YM-8/01 44,3 13,4 5.5 18,1 3,2 8 G1/8 14,8 14 10
RT-YM-8/02 46,8 13,4 7.5 18,1 3,2 8 G1/4 14,8 17 10
RT-YM-8/03 48,4 13,4 8.5 18,1 3,2 8 G3/8 14,8 20 10
RT-YM-10/02 56,3 15,5 7.5 20,4 4,2 10 G1/4 18,4 17 10
RT-YM-10/03 57,3 15,5 8.5 20,4 4,2 10 G3/8 18,4 20 10
RT-YM-10/04 60,8 15,5 11 20,4 4,2 10 G1/2 18,4 24 10
RT-YM-12/03 62,5 15,5 8.5 23,2 4,2 12 G3/8 21 21 10
RT-YM-12/04 65,5 15,5 11 23,2 4,2 12 G1/2 21 24 10

SWIVELLING LOW ELBOW

TYPE L A B C ØD E G ØK ØP CH q.ty
RT-GG-4/M5 17 22,5 4 3 4 12 M5 10 11 8 10
RT-GG-6/M5 17 23,4 4 3 6 17 M5 10 13 8 10
RT-GG-4/01 23,5 22,5 5,7 3 4 15,1 G1/8 14,4 11 14 10
RT-GG-6/01 23,5 23,4 5,7 3 6 16 G1/8 14,4 13 14 10
RT-GG-6/02 27 25,5 8,3 4 6 16 G1/4 18,3 13 17 10
RT-GG-8/01 23,5 25,6 5,7 3 8 18,1 G1/8 14,4 14,8 14 10
RT-GG-8/02 27 28,7 8,3 4 8 18,1 G1/4 18,3 14,8 17 10
RT-GG-8/03 32,7 29,6 13,9 4,5 8 18,1 G3/8 22 14,8 21 10
RT-GG-10/02 27 33,1 8,3 4 10 20,4 G1/4 18,3 18,4 17 10
RT-GG-10/03 32,7 32,9 13,9 4,5 10 20,4 G3/8 22 18,4 21 10
RT-GG-10/04 38,1 35,9 11 5,5 10 20,4 G1/2 28 18,4 24 10
RT-GG-12/03 32,7 35,6 13,9 4,5 12 23,2 G3/8 22 21 21 10
RT-GG-12/04 38,1 36,6 11 5,5 12 23,2 G1/2 28 21 24 10

Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT 5.5


RT
Push-in techno-polymer
fittings
series
SWIVELLING LATERAL MULTI-TEE
TYPE L A B C Ød ØD G CH q.ty
RT-MTL-4/01 64,2 36 5.5 15,1 3,2 4 G1/8 14 10
RT-MTL-4/02 66,7 36 7.5 15,1 3,2 4 G1/4 17 10
RT-MTL-6/01 68,6 42 5.5 16 3,2 6 G1/8 14 10
RT-MTL-6/02 71,1 42 7.5 16 3,2 6 G1/4 17 10
RT-MTL-6/03 72,6 42 8.5 16 3,2 6 G3/8 20 10
RT-MTL-8/01 87,8 48 5.5 18,1 3,2 8 G1/8 14 10
RT-MTL-8/02 90,3 48 7.5 18,1 3,2 8 G1/4 17 10
RT-MTL-8/03 91,8 48 8.5 18,1 3,2 8 G3/8 20 10

SWIVELLING DIFFERENT Ø LATERAL MULTI-TEE

5 TYPE
RT-MDL6/4/01
L
64,2
A
36
B
5.5
C
16
Ød
3,2
ØD1
4
ØD2 E
6
G
15,1 G1/8
CH
14
q.ty
10
RT-MDL8/4/02 70,7 42 7.5 18,1 3,2 4 8 15,1 G1/4 17 10
RT-MDL8/6/02 71,1 42 7.5 18,1 3,2 6 8 16 G1/4 17 10
RT-MDL10/8/03 91,8 48 8.5 20,4 3,2 8 10 18.1 G3/8 20 10

UNION STRAIGHT
TYPE L ØD q.ty
RT-DI-4 33 4 10
RT-DI-6 35,2 6 10
RT-DI-8 39,1 8 10
RT-DI-10 47,8 10 10
RT-DI-12 49,2 12 10
RT-DI-16 51 16 10

5.6 Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT


RT
Push-in techno-polymer
fittings
series
REDUCED UNION STRAIGHT
TYPE L ØD1 ØD2 q.ty
RT-DIR-6/4 34,9 6 4 10
RT-DIR-8/6 38,6 8 6 10
RT-DIR-10/8 47,3 10 8 10
RT-DIR-12/10 48,9 12 10 10
RT-DIR-16/12 51 16 12 10

UNION ELBOW
TYPE
RT-GI-4
ØD
4
Ød
-
E
17,5
q.ty
10
5
RT-GI-6 6 3,2 19 10
RT-GI-8 8 3,2 22,8 10
RT-GI-10 10 4,2 27,6 10
RT-GI-12 12 4,3 29,6 10
RT-GI-16 16 5,1 33 10

UNION TEE

TYPE ØD Ød E q.ty
RT-TI-4 4 3,2 18,5 10
RT-TI-6 6 3,2 19,3 10
RT-TI-8 8 3,2 22,75 10
RT-TI-10 10 4,2 28,3 10
RT-TI-12 12 4,3 29,6 10

Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT 5.7


RT
Push-in techno-polymer
fittings
series
UNION Y
TYPE L Ød ØD F q.ty
RT-YI-4 35,5 3,2 4 14 10
RT-YI-6 37,1 3,2 6 14,8 10
RT-YI-8 40,4 3,2 8 18,2 10
RT-YI-10 49,7 4,2 10 20,8 10
RT-YI-12 53,2 4,2 12 21,6 10

REDUCED UNION Y

5 TYPE
RT-YIR-6/4
L
36,8
Ød
3,2
ØD1
6
ØD2
4
F
14,5
q.ty
10
RT-YIR-8/6 39,9 3,2 8 6 17,7 10
RT-YIR-10/8 49,2 4,2 10 8 20,3 10
RT-YIR-12/10 52,9 4,2 12 10 21,3 10
RT-YIR-16/12 62 5,1 16 12 24,5 10

CROSS JUNCTION
TYPE ØD Ød E q.ty
RT-C-4 4 3,2 17,5 10
RT-C-6 6 3,2 19,3 10
RT-C-8 8 3,2 22,75 10
RT-C-10 10 4,2 28,3 10
RT-C-12 12 4,3 29,6 10

5.8 Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT


RT
Push-in techno-polymer
fittings
serie
MULTI-TEE

TYPE L Ød ØD1 E F q.ty


RT-MT-4 57 3,2 4 19 36 10
RT-MT-6 61 3,2 6 20,3 42 10
RT-MT-8 81,6 3,2 8 24,3 48 10

DIFFERENT Ø MULTI-TEE
TYPE
RT-MTD-6/4
L
57,6
Ød ØD1 ØD2
3,2 6 4
E
19
F
36
q.ty
10
5
RT-MTD-8/4 62,6 3,2 8 4 20 42 10
RT-MTD-8/6 62,6 3,2 8 6 20,3 42 10
RT-MTD-10/6 77,3 3,2 10 6 23,8 48 10
RT-MTD-10/8 77,3 3,2 10 8 24,3 48 10

REDUCER

TYPE L C ØD1 ØD2 q.ty


RT-RC-6/4 42 17 6 4 10
RT-RC-8/4 44,5 18 8 8 10
RT-RC-8/6 45 18 8 8 10
RT-RC-10/6 47 20 10 10 10
RT-RC-10/8 47 20 10 10 10
RT-RC-12/8 54 23,5 12 12 10
RT-RC-12/10 54,5 23,5 12 12 10

Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT 5.9


RT
Push-in techno-polymer
fittings
series
BULKHEAD CONNECTOR
TYPE L ØD E M CH q.ty
RT-P-4 30,1 4 9,7 M12 14 10
RT-P-6 31,8 6 7,5 M14 17 10
RT-P-8 35,3 8 6,8 M16 19 10
RT-P-10 41,6 10 11,5 M20 24 10
RT-P-12 45,3 12 12,8 M22 27 10

MALE PLUG

5 TYPE
RT-TM-4
L
28
C
15
ØD
4
ØP1
5
ØP2
3
q.ty
10
RT-TM-6 33 17 6 7 3 10
RT-TM-8 37 18 8 9 4 10
RT-TM-10 42 20,5 10 11 5 10
RT-TM-12 44 23 12 13 6 10

SWIVELLING MALE/FEMALE ELBOW


TYPE L A B C ØD E G ØK ØP CH q.ty
RT-GMF-4/01 29,5 22,5 5,7 9 4 7 G1/8 14,4 11 14 10
RT-GMF-4/02 35 23,6 8,3 12 4 10 G1/4 18,3 11 17 10
RT-GMF-6/01 29,5 23,4 5,7 9 6 7 G1/8 14,4 13 14 10
RT-GMF-6/02 35 25,5 8,3 12 6 10 G1/4 18,3 11 17 10
RT-GMF-8/01 29,5 25,6 5,7 9 8 7 G1/8 14,4 14,8 14 10
RT-GMF-8/02 35 28,7 8,3 12 8 10 G1/4 18,3 14,8 17 10
RT-GMF-8/03 41,2 29,6 13,9 13 8 11 G3/8 22 14,8 21 10
RT-GMF-8/04 47 32,6 11 14,4 8 13 G1/2 28 14,8 24 10
RT-GMF-10/02 35 33,1 8,3 12 10 10 G1/4 18,3 18,4 17 10
RT-GMF-10/03 41,2 32,9 13,9 13 10 11 G3/8 22 18,4 21 10
RT-GMF-10/04 47 35,9 11 14,4 10 13 G1/2 28 18,4 24 10
RT-GMF-12/02 35 33,5 8,3 12 12 10 G1/4 18,3 21 21 10
RT-GMF-12/03 41,2 35,6 13,9 13 12 11 G3/8 22 21 21 10
RT-GMF-12/04 47 36,6 11 14,4 12 13 G1/2 28 21 24 10

5.10 Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT


RT
Push-in techno-polymer
fittings
series
INLINE UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR
TYPE L A B Ød ØD q.ty
RT-RFL-4 39,5 14 25,7 3,2 4 10
RT-RFL-6 47,6 20 41,9 4,3 6 10
RT-RFL-8 52,6 22 45,6 4,3 8 10
RT-RFL-10 63,1 26 52,3 4,3 10 10
RT-RFL-12 74,2 32 55 4,3 12 10

UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR FOR CYLINDER (OUT)

TYPE L A B C ØD G ØP CH q.ty 5
RT-RF-4/M5 28,2 21 5 12 4 M5 11 8 10
RT-RF-6/M5 28,2 21 - - 6 M5 13 8 10
RT-RF-4/01 41,1 22,5 5,7 15,1 4 G1/8 10 10 10
RT-RF-4/02 48,8 24,3 8,3 15,1 4 G1/4 10 14 10
RT-RF-6/01 41,1 23,4 5,7 16 6 G1/8 12 10 10
RT-RF-6/02 48,8 25,5 8,3 16 6 G1/4 12 14 10
RT-RF-8/01 41,1 25,6 5,7 18,1 8 G1/8 14 10 10
RT-RF-8/02 48,8 28,7 8,3 18,1 8 G1/4 14 14 10
RT-RF-8/03 54,5 29,6 13,9 18,1 8 G3/8 14 19 10
RT-RF-10/02 48,8 32,3 8,3 20,4 10 G1/4 17 14 10
RT-RF-10/03 54,5 32,9 13,9 20,4 10 G3/8 17 19 10
RT-RF-10/04 60 35,9 11 20,4 10 G1/2 17 19 10
RT-RF-12/03 54,5 35,6 13,9 23,2 12 G3/8 20 19 10
RT-RF-12/04 60 36,6 11 23,2 12 G1/2 20 24 10

UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR FOR VALVE (IN)

TYPE L A B C ØD G ØP CH q.ty
RT-RFV-4/M5 28,2 21 5 12 4 M5 10 8 10
RT-RFV-6/M5 28,2 21 5 16 6 M5 13 8 10
RT-RFV-4/01 41,1 22,5 5,7 15,1 4 G1/8 10 10 10
RT-RFV-4/02 48,8 24,3 8,3 15,1 4 G1/4 10 14 10
RT-RFV-6/01 41,1 23,4 5,7 16 6 G1/8 12 10 10
RT-RFV-6/02 48,8 25,5 8,3 16 6 G1/4 12 14 10
RT-RFV-8/01 41,1 25,6 5,7 18,1 8 G1/8 14 10 10
RT-RFV-8/02 48,8 28,7 8,3 18,1 8 G1/4 14 14 10
RT-RFV-8/03 54,5 29,6 13,9 18,1 8 G3/8 14 19 10
RT-RFV-10/02 48,8 32,3 8,3 20,4 10 G1/4 17 14 10
RT-RFV-10/03 54,5 32,9 13,9 20,4 10 G3/8 17 19 10
RT-RFV-10/04 60 35,9 11 20,4 10 G1/2 17 19 10
RT-RFV-12/03 54,5 35,6 13,9 23,2 12 G3/8 20 19 10
RT-RFV-12/04 60 36,6 11 23,2 12 G1/2 20 24 10

Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT 5.11


RO
Push-in brass
fittings
series
TECHNICAL DATA
Material Body and thrust ring: nickel plated brass
Thread Metric, taper and parallel
Seal NBR rubber
Clamp Stainless steel AISI 316
Size M5 ÷ G1/2
Fluid Air, water, oil, steam
Working temperature -20 ÷ +70 °C
Max. pressure 16 bar
Permissible tolerances Polyamide PA11 - PA12 Polyurethane PU
for tubes Outside tube diameter Outside tube diameter tolerance Outside tube diameter Outside tube diameter tolerance
4 - 8 mm +0,1 -0,1 4 - 8 mm +0,1 -0,1
10 - 22 mm +0,15 -0,15 10 - 14 mm +0,15 -0,1

PARALLEL STRAIGHT MALE

TYPE L ØB ØC ØD G H CH1 CH2 q.ty


RO-DM - 4/M5 20,5 9 2,6 4 M5 4 - 2,5 50
RO-DM - 4/M6 20,5 9 2,6 4 M6 5 - 2,5 50
RO-DM - 4/M7 22,2 10,5 3,6 4 M7 6 9 3,5 50
RO-DM - 4/M8 23,5 12 2,6 4 M8 7 10 2,5 50
RO-DM - 4/01 20 13,5 2,6 4 G1/ 8 6 9 2,5 50
RO-DM - 4/02 21 17 2,6 4 G1/ 4 8 9 2,5 50

5 RO-DM - 6/M5
RO-DM - 6/M6
RO-DM - 6/M7
22,5
21,5
24
10,5
11
10,5
2,6
2,5
3,6
6
6
6
M5
M6
M7
4
4
6
-
-
-
2,5
2,5
3,5
50
50
50
RO-DM - 6/M12 24 16 4,2 6 M12X1,25 8 11 4 50
RO-DM - 6/M12A 24 16 4,2 6 M12X1,5 8 11 4 50
RO-DM - 6/01 24 13,5 4,2 6 G1/8 6 11 4 50
RO-DM - 6/02 24 17 4,2 6 G1/4 8 11 4 50
RO-DM - 6/03 24 20 4,2 6 G3/8 9 13 4 50
RO-DM - 8/01 26,5 13 5,2 8 G1/8 6 13 5 50
RO-DM - 8/02 25 17 6,2 8 G1/4 8 13 6 50
RO-DM - 8/03 25 20 6,2 8 G3/8 9 13 6 50
RO-DM - 8/04 31 23 6,2 8 G1/2 11 13 6 25
RO-DM - 10/01 28 13,5 5,2 10 G1/8 6 16 5 50
RO-DM - 10/02 29,5 16 7,3 10 G1/4 8 16 7 50
RO-DM - 10/03 29,5 21 8,3 10 G3/8 9 16 8 50
RO-DM - 10/04 30 24 8,3 10 G1/2 11 16 8 25
RO-DM - 12/02 31,5 16 7,3 12 G1/4 8 18 7 50
RO-DM - 12/03 31 21 10,3 12 G3/8 9 18 10 25
RO-DM -12/04 31 24 10,3 12 G1/2 11 18 10 25
RO-DM - 14/03 34 21 10,3 14 G3/8 9 21 10 25
RO-DM - 14/04 34 25 12 14 G1/2 11 21 12 25

PARALLEL STRAIGHT FEMALE


TYPE L ØB ØC ØD G H CH q.ty
RO-DF-4/M5 21,5 9 3 4 M5 5 9 50
RO-DF-4/01 26,5 12 3 4 G1/8 6,5 9 50
RO-DF-4/02 29,5 17 3 4 G1/4 10 9 50
RO-DF-6/01 27 12 5 6 G1/8 6,5 11 50
RO-DF-6/02 31 17 5 6 G1/4 10 11 50
RO-DF-8/01 28 12 7 8 G1/8 6,5 13 50
RO-DF-8/02 32 17 7 8 G1/4 10 13 50
RO-DF-10/02 32 16 9 10 G1/4 10 16 50
RO-DF-10/03 38 20 9 10 G3/8 13 20 25

5.12 Push-in brass fittings series RO


RO
Push-in brass
fittings
series
PARALLEL SWIVEL MALE ELBOW
TYPE L L1 ØB ØD G H CH q.ty
RO-GM-4/M5 17,5 20 8 4 M5 4 8 50
RO-GM-4/M6 - - - 4 M6 - - 50
RO-GM-4/M7 21,5 18 10,5 4 M7 6 11 50
RO-GM-4/01 17,5 18,5 12,8 4 G1/8 5,8 13 50
RO-GM-4/02 19 22,5 12,8 4 G1/8 8 16 50
RO-GM-6/M5 21 14,5 8 6 M5 4 9 50
RO-GM-6/M6 19,5 15,5 9 6 M6 5 9 50
RO-GM-6/M7 19,5 16,5 10 6 M7 6 9 50
RO-GM-6/M12 19 25 16 6 M12x1,25 8 13 50
RO-GM-6/M12A 19 25 16 6 M12x1,50 8 13 50
RO-GM-6/01 21 20 13 6 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-GM-6/02 21 24 16 6 G1/4 8 13 50
RO-GM-6/03 21 25,5 20 6 G3/8 9 13 25
RO-GM-8/01 24 20 13 8 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-GM-8/02 24 24 16 8 G1/4 8 13 50
RO-GM-8/03 24 25,5 20 8 G3/8 9 13 50
RO-GM-10/02 27 24 16 10 G1/4 8 16 50
RO-GM-10/03 27 28 20 10 G3/8 9 16 50
RO-GM-10/04 27 30 25 10 G1/2 11 16 25
RO-GM-12/02 28 27,5 16 12 G1/4 8 16 50
RO-GM-12/03 28 28,5 20 12 G3/8 9 20 25
RO-GM-12/04 28 33,5 25 12 G1/2 11 20 25
RO-GM-14/03
RO-GM-14/04
31
31
28,5
30,5
20
25
14
14
G3/8
G1/2
9
11
20
21
25
25 5

TAPER FIXED MALE ELBOW

TYPE L1 L2 ØD1 H R CH q.ty


RO1-GM-4/01 18 16,5 4 8 1/8 10 50
RO1-GM-5/01 18 16,5 5 9 1/8 10 50
RO1-GM-6/01 22 22,5 6 8 1/8 10 50
RO1-GM-6/02 23 18,5 6 11,5 1/4 12 25
RO1-GM-8/01 24 22,5 8 9 1/8 11 25
RO1-GM-8/02 24 22,5 8 11,5 1/4 12 25
RO1-GM-10/02 24 22,5 10 11,5 1/4 14 25

Push-in brass fittings series RO 5.13


RO
Push-in brass
fittings
series
TAPER SWIVEL MALE ELBOW

TYPE L1 L2 ØD H R CH q.ty
RO1-GMG-4/01 20,2 19 4 7 R1/8 13 50
RO1-GMG-4/02 25 19 4 11 R1/4 14 50
RO1-GMG-6/01 20,2 21 6 7 R1/8 13 50
RO1-GMG-6/02 25 21 6 11 R1/4 14 50
RO1-GMG-8/01 20,2 24 8 7 R1/8 13 50
RO1-GMG-8/02 25 24 8 11 R1/4 14 50
RO1-GMG-8/03 28 24 8 11 R3/8 18 50
RO1-GMG-10/02 26 27 10 11 R1/4 16 50
RO1-GMG-10/03 30 27 10 11 R3/8 16 50
RO1-GMG-12/03 32,5 28 12 11 R3/8 20 50
RO1-GMG-12/04 35,5 28 12 14 R1/2 22 25
RO1-GMG-14/03 32,5 31 14 11 R3/8 20 25
RO1-GMG-14/04 35,5 31 14 14 R1/2 22 25

PARALLEL SWIVELLING CENTRAL MALE TEE

5 TYPE
RO-TC-4/M5
L
17,5
L1
16,5
ØB
8
ØD
4
G
M5
H
4
CH
9
q.ty
50
RO-TC-4/01 17,5 20 13 4 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-TC-4/02 19 24 16 4 G1/4 8 13 50
RO-TC-6/01 21 20 13 6 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-TC-6/02 21 24 16 6 G1/4 8 13 50
RO-TC-8/01 23 20 13 8 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-TC-8/02 23 24 16 8 G1/4 8 13 50
RO-TC-8/03 25,5 25,5 20 8 G3/8 9 13 50
RO-TC-10/02 25,5 28 16 10 G1/4 8 16 50
RO-TC-10/03 25,5 29 12 10 G3/8 9 16 50
RO-TC-12/02 27 30,5 16 12 G1/4 8 16 50
RO-TC-12/03 27 28,5 20 12 G3/8 9 20 25
RO-TC-14/04 31 33,5 25 14 G1/2 11 20 25

PARALLEL SWIVELLING LATERAL MALE TEE

TYPE L L1 ØB ØD G H CH q.ty
RO-TL-4/M5 17,5 16,5 8 4 M5 4 9 50
RO-TL-4/01 17,5 20 13 4 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-TL-4/02 19 24 13 4 G1/4 8 13 50
RO-TL-6/01 19,5 20 13 6 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-TL-6/02 21 24 16 6 G1/4 8 13 50
RO-TL-8/01 23 20 13 8 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-TL-8/02 23 24 16 8 G1/4 8 13 50
RO-TL-8/03 25,5 25,5 20 8 G3/8 9 13 50
RO-TL-10/02 25,5 24 16 10 G1/4 8 16 50
RO-TL-10/03 25,5 28 20 10 G3/8 9 16 50
RO-TL-12/02 27 30,5 16 12 G1/4 8 16 50
RO-TL-12/03 21 28,5 20 12 G3/8 9 20 25
RO-TL-14/04 31 33,5 25 14 G1/2 11 20 25

5.14 Push-in brass fittings series RO


RO
Push-in brass
fittings
series
COMPLETE PARALLEL SINGLE BANJO, ROTATING 360°
TYPE L L1 ØA ØD G H CH q.ty
RO-BSR-4/M5 18,5 17 2 4 M5 4 2 50
RO-BSR-4/01 21 25 5,5 4 G1/8 6 3 50
RO-BSR-6/01 23,5 25 5,5 6 G1/8 6 3 50
RO-BSR-8/01 24,5 25 5,5 8 G1/8 6 3 50
RO-BSR-6/02 24,5 29,3 7,8 6 G1/4 8 4 50
RO-BSR-8/02 26 29,3 7,8 8 G1/4 8 4 25
RO-BSR-10/02 27 29,3 7,8 10 G1/4 8 4 25
RO-BSR-8/03 29 34 10 8 G3/8 9 5 25
RO-BSR-10/03 29 34 10 10 G3/8 9 5 25
RO-BSR-12/02 29,3 28 7,8 12 G1/4 8 4 25
RO-BSR-12/03 29 34 10 12 G3/8 9 5 25

COMPLETE PARALLEL DOUBLE BANJO, ROTATING 360°

TYPE L L1 ØA ØD G H CH q.ty 5
RO-BDR-4/M5 18,5 17 2 4 M5 4 2 50
RO-BDR-4/01 21 25 5,5 4 G1/8 6 3 50
RO-BDR-5/M5 19,5 17 2 5 M5 4 2 50
RO-BDR-5/01 22,5 25 5,5 5 G1/8 6 3 50
RO-BDR-6/01 23 25 5,5 6 G1/8 6 3 50
RO-BDR-8/01 24 25 5,5 8 G1/8 6 3 50
RO-BDR-6/02 24 29,3 7,8 6 G1/4 8 4 50
RO-BDR-8/02 26 29,3 7,8 8 G1/4 8 4 50
RO-BDR-10/02 27 29,3 7,8 10 G1/4 8 4 25
RO-BDR-8/03 28 34 10 8 10 9 5 25
RO-BDR-10/03 29 34 10 10 10 9 5 25
RO-BDR-12/03 30 34 10 12 10 9 5 25

COMPLETE PARALLEL TWO SINGLE BANJO, ROTATING 360°

TYPE L1 L2 L3 L4 ØB ØD G H CH q.ty
RO-2BSR-4/01 44 19 15 21 13 4 G1/8 6 14 25
RO-2BSR-6/01 44 19 15 23 13 6 G1/8 6 14 25
RO-2BSR-8/01 44 19 15 24 13 8 G1/8 6 14 25
RO-2BSR-6/02 50 22,5 17 24 17 6 G1/4 8 17 25
RO-2BSR-8/02 50 22,5 17 26 17 8 G1/4 8 17 10
RO-2BSR-10/02 50 22,5 17 27 17 10 G1/4 8 17 10
RO-2BSR-12/02 50 22,5 17 28 17 12 G1/4 8 17 10

Push-in brass fittings series RO 5.15


RO
Push-in brass
fittings
series
COMPLETE PARALLEL THREE SINGLE BANJO, ROTATING 360°
TYPE L1 L2 L3 L4 ØB ØD G H CH q.ty
RO-3BSR-4/01 59 19 15 21 13 4 G1/8 6 14 25
RO-3BSR-6/01 59 19 15 23 13 6 G1/8 6 14 25
RO-3BSR-8/01 59 19 15 24 13 8 G1/8 6 14 25
RO-3BSR-6/02 67 21,5 17 24 17 6 G1/4 8 17 25
RO-3BSR-8/02 67 21,5 17 26 17 8 G1/4 8 17 10
RO-3BSR-10/02 67 21,5 17 27 17 10 G1/4 8 17 10
RO-3BSR-12/02 67 21,5 17 28 17 12 G1/4 8 17 10

COMPLETE PARALLEL SINGLE SWIVEL BANJO

5 TYPE
RO-BS-4/M5
L
18,5
L1
17,5
ØB
7
ØD
4
G
M5
H
4,5
CH
8
q.ty
50
RO-BS-4/M6 21 18 14 4 M6 4,5 9 50
RO-BS-4/01 21 28 14 4 G1/8 7,5 14 50
RO-BS-6/M5 19 17,5 10 6 M5 4,5 8 50
RO-BS-6/01 22,5 28 14 6 G1/8 7,5 14 50
RO-BS-6/02 24 33 18 6 G1/4 9 17 50
RO-BS-8/01 24,5 28 14 8 G1/8 7,5 14 25
RO-BS-8/02 26 33 18 8 G1/4 9 17 25
RO-BS-8/03 28 37 21 8 G3/8 10 22 25
RO-BS-10/02 27 33 18 10 G1/4 9 17 25
RO-BS-10/03 29 37 21 10 G3/8 10 22 25
RO-BS-12/02 28 33 18 12 G1/4 9 17 25
RO-BS-12/03 30 37 21 12 G3/8 10 22 10

COMPLETE PARALLEL DOUBLE SWIVEL BANJO


TYPE L L1 ØB ØD G H CH q.ty
RO-BD-4/M5 18,5 17,5 7 4 M5 4,5 8 50
RO-BD-4/01 21 28 14 4 G1/8 7,5 14 50
RO-BD-6/01 22,5 28 14 6 G1/8 7,5 14 50
RO-BD-6/02 24 33 18 6 G1/4 9 17 50
RO-BD-8/01 24,5 28 14 8 G1/8 7,5 14 25
RO-BD-8/02 26 33 18 8 G1/4 9 17 25
RO-BD-8/03 28 37 21 8 G3/8 10 22 25
RO-BD-10/02 27 33 18 10 G1/4 9 17 25
RO-BD-10/03 29 37 21 10 G3/8 9 22 25
RO-BD-12/03 30 37 21 12 G3/8 9 22 10

5.16 Push-in brass fittings series RO


RO
Push-in brass
fittings
series
UNION STRAIGHT

TYPE L ØA ØD q.ty
RO-DI-4 30 9 4 50
RO-DI-6 31,5 11 6 50
RO-DI-8 36 13 8 50
RO-DI-10 37 15 10 50
RO-DI-12 40,5 17 12 50
RO-DI-14 45 20 14 50

REDUCED UNION STRAIGHT


TYPE
RO-DIR-6/4
L
33,5
ØA
11
ØD
4
ØD2
6
q.ty
50
5
RO-DIR-8/6 37 13 6 8 50
RO-DIR-10/8 39,5 16 8 10 50
RO-DIR-12/10 40 20 10 12 50
RO-DIR-14/12 43 22 12 14 50

UNION ELBOW
TYPE L ØB ØC ØD q.ty
RO-GI-4 17,5 9 3 4 50
RO-GI-6 19,5 11 5 6 50
RO-GI-8 23 13 7 8 50
RO-GI-10 25 15 8 10 50
RO-GI-12 27 17 10 12 25
RO-GI-14 30 20 12 14 25

Push-in brass fittings series RO 5.17


RO
Push-in brass
fittings
series
UNION TEE

TYPE L ØB ØC ØD1 ØD2 q.ty


RO-TI-4 17,5 9 3 4 4 50
RO-TI-6 19,5 11 5 6 6 50
RO-TI-6/4 19,5 11 3 6 4 50
RO-TI-8 23 13 7 8 8 50
RO-TI-8/6 23 13 5 8 6 50
RO-TI-10 25 15 8 10 10 20
RO-TI-10/8 25 15 7 10 8 20
RO-TI-12 27 17 10 12 12 20
RO-TI-14 30 20 12 14 14 20

BULKHEAD CONNECTOR

5 TYPE
RO-P-4
L
32
ØB
10
ØD
4
Imax
8
M
M10x1
CH q.ty
13 50
RO-P-6 33,5 14 6 8 M14x1 17 50
RO-P-8 37 16 8 10 M16x1 18 50
RO-P-10 39,5 17 10 12 M17x1 20 25
RO-P-12 42 20 12 17 M20x1 24 25
RO-P-14 45 22 14 18 M22x1 25 25

FEMALE BULKHEAD CONNECTOR

TYPE L1 L2 B ØD G H CH1 CH2 q.ty


RO-PF-4/01 13 25 M10x1 4 G1/8 6,5 13 15 50
RO-PF-6/01 13 27 M14x1 6 G1/8 6,5 17 17 50
RO-PF-6/02 13 21 M14x1 6 G1/4 10,5 17 17 50
RO-PF-8/01 13 28 M13x1 8 G1/8 6,5 19 17 50
RO-PF-8/02 13 33 M13x1 8 G1/4 10,5 19 17 50

5.18 Push-in brass fittings series RO


RO
Push-in brass
fittings
series
REDUCER

TYPE L ØB ØC ØD1 ØD2 q.ty


RO-R-6/4 28,5 9 3 6 4 50
RO-R-6/5 35,5 9,5 4 6 5 50
RO-R-8/4 31 9 3 8 4 50
RO-R-8/5 32,5 9,5 4 8 5 50
RO-R-8/6 33,5 10,5 5 8 6 50
RO-R-10/6 36,5 10,5 5 10 6 50
RO-R-10/8 38 13 7 10 8 50
RO-R-12/4 39,5 13 3 12 4 25
RO-R-12/6 39,5 13 5 12 6 25
RO-R-12/8 38,5 13 7 12 8 25
RO-R-12/10 41 15 9 12 10 25
RO-R-14/4 43 15 3 14 4 25
RO-R-14/6 43 15 5 14 6 25
RO-R-14/8 43 15 7 14 8 25
RO-R-14/10 43 15 9 14 10 25
RO-R-14/12 43 17 11 14 12 25

INCREASER
TYPE
RO-E-4/6
L
33,5
ØB
10,5
ØC
2
ØD1 ØD2
4 6
q.ty
25
5
RO-E-6/8 38 13 4 6 8 25

PLUG
TYPE L ØB ØD q.ty
RO-T-4 25,5 5 4 50
RO-T-6 27,5 7 6 50
RO-T-8 30 9 8 50
RO-T-10 35 11 10 25
RO-T-12 37 13 12 25
RO-T-14 39,5 15 14 25

Push-in brass fittings series RO 5.19


RO
Push-in brass
fittings
series
UNION CONNECTOR

TYPE L ØC ØD q.ty
RO-CI-4 32 2 4 50
RO-CI-6 35 4 6 50
RO-CI-8 38 6 8 50
RO-CI-10 45,5 8 10 50
RO-CI-12 48 10 12 25
RO-CI-14 52 12 14 20

PARALLEL LONG ADAPTER

5 TYPE
RO-ACL-4/M7
L
38
ØA
4
ØB
-
ØC
2
ØD
4
G
M7
H
6
CH
10
q.ty
50
RO-ACL-4/01 39,2 6 13 2 4 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-ACL-6/M7 42 4 - 4 6 M7 6 10 50
RO-ACL-6/01 43,5 6 13 4 6 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-ACL-6/02 46 7,5 16 4 6 G1/4 8 14 50
RO-ACL-8/01 46,7 6 13 6 8 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-ACL-8/02 49,7 7,5 16 6 8 G1/4 8 14 50
RO-ACL-10/02 55,5 8 16 8 10 G1/4 8 14 50

P.S.: THIS ADAPTER CAN BE USED EVEN WITH THE UNION FITTINGS OF SERIES “RT”

PARALLEL ADAPTER

TYPE L ØA ØB ØC ØD G H CH q.ty
RO-AC-4/M5 24,5 2 8 2 4 M5 4 8 50
RO-AC-4/M7 26 4 - 2 4 M7 6 10 50
RO-AC-4/01 27,7 6 13 2 4 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-AC-4/02 30,2 7,5 16 2 4 G1/4 8 13 50
RO-AC-6/M5 26 2,6 8 2,6 6 M5 4 8 50
RO-AC-6/M7 28 4 - 4 6 M7 6 10 50
RO-AC-6/01 29,5 6 13 4 6 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-AC-6/02 32 7,5 16 4 6 G1/4 8 13 50
RO-AC-8/01 31 6 13 6 8 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-AC-8/02 33,5 7,5 16 6 8 G1/4 8 13 50
RO-AC-8/03 35,5 9 20 6 8 G3/8 9 13 50
RO-AC-10/01 35,5 6 - 8 10 G1/8 6 13 50
RO-AC-10/02 38 8 16 8 10 G1/4 8 13 50
RO-AC-10/03 41 8 20 8 10 G3/8 9 13 50
RO-AC-12/02 39 10 16 10 12 G1/4 8 13 50
RO-AC-12/03 42 11 20 10 12 G3/8 9 13 25
RO-AC-12/04 44 13 24 10 12 G1/2 11 16 25
P.S.: THIS ADAPTER CAN BE USED EVEN WITH THE UNION FITTINGS OF SERIES “RT” RO-AC-14/03 44 12 20 12 14 G3/8 9 16 25
RO-AC-14/04 46 13 24 12 14 G1/2 11 16 25

5.20 Push-in brass fittings series RO


RO
Push-in brass
fittings
series
TUBE CONNECTOR
TYPE L ØD ØD1 LW q.ty
RO-CT-6/4 36,5 6 4 6 25
RO-CT-8/6 38 8 6 6 25
RO-CTL-8/6 43 8 6 8 25
RO-CT-12/10 57 12 10 13 25
RO-CT-14/11 60 14 11 14 25

SINGLE BANJO BODY


TYPE
RO-CBS-4/M5
L
19
ØA
5
ØB
9
ØD
4
-
M5
H
9
q.ty
50
5
RO-CBS-4/M6 19 6 9 4 M6 9 50
RO-CBS-4/01 21 9,9 14 4 G1/8 15 50
RO-CBS-6/M5 19 5,1 10 6 M5 10,5 50
RO-CBS-6/01 23 9,9 14 6 G1/8 15 50
RO-CBS-6/02 24 13,3 18 6 G1/4 17 50
RO-CBS-8/01 24,5 9,9 14 8 G1/8 15 50
RO-CBS-8/02 26 13,3 18 8 G1/4 17 50
RO-CBS-8/03 28 16,6 21 8 G3/8 20 50
RO-CBS-10/02 27 13,3 18 10 G1/4 17 50
RO-CBS-10/03 29 16,6 21 10 G3/8 20 25
RO-CBS-12/02 28 13,6 18 12 G1/4 17 25
RO-CBS-12/03 30 16,6 21 12 G3/8 20 25

DOUBLE BANJO BODY


TYPE L ØA ØB ØD - H q.ty
RO-CBD-4/M5 18,5 5 7 4 M5 9 50
RO-CBD-4/01 21 9,9 14 4 G1/8 15 50
RO-CBD-6/01 23 9,9 14 6 G1/8 15 50
RO-CBD-6/02 24 13,3 18 6 G1/4 17 50
RO-CBD-8/01 24,5 9,9 14 8 G1/8 15 50
RO-CBD-8/02 26 13,3 18 8 G1/4 17 50
RO-CBD-8/03 28 16,6 21 8 G3/8 20 50
RO-CBD-10/02 27 13,3 18 10 G1/4 17 50
RO-CBD-10/03 29 16,6 21 10 G3/8 20 25
RO-CBD-12/03 30 16,6 21 12 G3/8 20 25

Push-in brass fittings series RO 5.21


RO
Push-in brass
fittings
serie
SINGLE BANJO STEM

TYPE L A B C CH q.ty
RO-VBS-M5 17,5 M5 7,6 9,6 8 50
RO-VBS-M6 19 M6 7,5 10,8 8 50
RO-VBS-01 28 G1/8 9 15 14 50
RO-VBS-02 33 G1/4 13 18 17 50
RO-VBS-03 37 G3/8 12 21,5 22 50
RO-VBS-04 42 G1/2 14,5 23,5 27 25

DOUBLE BANJO STEM

5 TYPE
RO-VBD-01
L
44,5
A
G1/8
B
9
C
15
D
31
CH
14
q.ty
25
RO-VBD-02 51,5 G1/4 11 17 36 17 25
RO-VBD-03 58,6 G3/8 12 20,5 42 19 25
RO-VBD-04 68 G1/2 13 23,5 49,5 27 25

WASHER
TYPE ØB ØD H - q.ty
RO-RD-M5 7,7 5,3 1 M5 100
RO-RD-01 13 10,2 1,5 G1/8 100
RO-RD-02 17,9 13,4 2 G1/4 100
RO-RD-03 21,8 17,1 2 G3/8 100
RO-RD-04 26,5 21,3 2 G1/2 100
RO-RD-06 32,4 26,7 2 G3/4 100
For banjo stem type RC-VBS,RO-VBS and RO-VBD, order
No. 2 spacers type RO-RD, to be fitted as follow: one
under the head of the screw, and one under the last banjo.

Spacer for RO-VB and RC-VBD*


TYPE ØB ØD H - q.ty
RO-DIS-01 14 10,2 5 G1/8 50
RO-DIS-02 17,5 13,2 5 G1/4 50
* To be fitted between the two rings.

5.22 Push-in brass fittings series RO


RO
Push-in brass
fittings
series
PARALLEL UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR (SCREWDRIVER) FOR CYLINDER (OUT)
TYPE L B D ØD G CH NI/min* q.tà
RO-RC-4/M5 24,5 6 17 4 M5 8 45 50
RO-RC-4/01 31,5 5,5 21 4 G1/8 14 310 50
RO-RC-6/M5 24,5 4 21 6 M5 8 45 50
RO-RC-6/01 31,5 5,5 22,5 6 G1/8 14 390 50
RO-RC-6/02 38 6 24 6 G1/4 17 710 50
RO-RC-8/01 31,5 5,5 24,5 8 G1/8 14 390 25
RO-RC-8/02 38 6 26 8 G1/4 17 810 25
RO-RC-8/03 40 6 28 8 G3/8 20 1050 25
RO-RC-10/02 38 6 28 10 G1/4 17 810 25
RO-RC-10/03 47 6 29 10 G3/8 20 1050 25
RO-RC-12/02 38 6 28 12 G1/4 17 810 25
RO-RC-12/03 47 6 30 12 G3/8 20 1050 10
* Nominal flow rate at 6 bar

PARALLEL UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR (SCREWDRIVER) FOR VALVE (IN)


TYPE
RO-RV-4/M5
L
24,5
B
6
D
17
ØD
4
G
M5
CH
8
NI/min* q.tà
45 50
5
RO-RV-4/01 31,5 5,5 21 4 G1/8 14 310 50
RO-RV-6/M5 24,5 4 21 6 M5 8 45 50
RO-RV-6/01 31,5 5,5 22,5 6 G1/8 14 390 50
RO-RV-6/02 38 6 24 6 G1/4 17 710 50
RO-RV-8/01 31,5 5,5 24,5 8 G1/8 14 390 25
RO-RV-8/02 38 6 26 8 G1/4 17 810 25
RO-RV-8/03 40 6 28 8 G3/8 20 1050 25
RO-RV-10/02 38 6 28 10 G1/4 17 810 25
RO-RV-10/03 47 6 29 10 G3/8 20 1050 25
RO-RV-12/02 38 6 28 12 G1/4 17 810 25
RO-RV-12/03 47 6 30 12 G3/8 20 1050 10
* Nominal flow rate at 6 bar

PARALLEL UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR (HANDWHEEL) FOR CYLINDER (OUT)


TYPE L B C ØD G NI/min* CH q.tà
RO-RF-4/01 49 5,5 17 4 G1/8 310 14 50
RO-RF-6/01 49 5,5 21 6 G1/8 390 14 50
RO-RF-8/01 49 5,5 22,5 8 G1/8 390 14 50
RO-RF-6/02 56,5 6 22,5 6 G1/4 710 17 25
RO-RF-8/02 56,5 6 24 8 G1/4 810 17 25
RO-RF-10/02 56,5 6 24,5 10 G1/4 810 17 25
RO-RF-12/02 56,5 6 26 12 G1/4 810 17 25
* Nominal flow rate at 6 bar

Push-in brass fittings series RO 5.23


RO
Push-in brass
fittings
series
PARALLEL UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR (HANDWHEEL) FOR VALVE (IN)
TYPE L B C ØD G NI/min* CH q.tà
RO-RFV-4/01 49 5,5 17 4 G1/8 310 14 50
RO-RFV-6/01 49 5,5 21 6 G1/8 390 14 50
RO-RFV-8/01 49 5,5 22,5 8 G1/8 390 14 50
RO-RFV-6/02 56,5 6 22,5 6 G1/4 710 17 25
RO-RFV-8/02 56,5 6 24 8 G1/4 810 17 25
RO-RFV-10/02 56,5 6 24,5 10 G1/4 810 17 25
RO-RFV-12/02 56,5 6 26 12 G1/4 810 17 25
* Nominal flow rate at 6 bar

5.24 Push-in brass fittings series RO


RS
Standard
fittings
series
TECHNICAL DATA
Material Nickel plated brass
Thread Metric, taper and parallel
Size M5 ÷ G1
Fluid Air, water, oil, steam
Max. temperature 150 °C
Max. pressure 50 bar

PARALLEL NIPPLE
TYPE L A B E F CH q.ty
RS-N-M5 11,5 M5 M5 4 4 8 50
RS-N-M5/01 14,5 M5 G1/8 6 4 14 50
RS-N-01 16,5 G1/8 G1/8 6 6 14 50
RS-N-01/02 19 G1/8 G1/4 8 6 17 50
RS-N-01/03 20 G1/8 G3/8 9 6 19 50
RS-N-02 21 G1/4 G1/4 8 8 17 50
RS-N-02/03
RS-N-02/04
RS-N-03
22
23,5
23
G1/4
G1/4
G3/8
G3/8
G1/2
G3/8
9
10
9
8

9
8
19
24
19
50
50
50
5
RS-N-03/04 24,5 G3/8 G1/2 10 9 24 50
RS-N-04 25,5 G1/2 G1/2 10 10 24 25
RS-N-04/06 27,5 G1/2 G3/4 11 10 30 20
RS-N-06 28,5 G3/4 G3/4 11 11 30 20
RS-N-06/08 32 G3/4 G1 23 15 22 20

TAPER NIPPLE
TYPE L A B E F CH q.ty
RS1-N-01 20,5 R1/8 R1/8 8 8 12 50
RS1-N-01/02 24 R1/8 R1/4 11 8 14 50
RS1-N-01/03 24,5 R1/8 R3/8 11,5 8 17 50
RS1-N-02 27 R1/4 R1/4 11 11 14 50
RS1-N-02/03 27,5 R1/4 R3/8 11,5 11 17 50
RS1-N-02/04 30,5 R1/4 R1/2 14 11 22 50
RS1-N-03 28 R3/8 R3/8 11,5 11,5 17 50
RS1-N-03/04 31 R3/8 R1/2 14 11,5 22 50
RS1-N-04 33,5 R1/2 R1/2 14 14 22 50
RS1-N-04/06 37 R1/2 R3/4 16,5 14 27 25
RS1-N-06 39,5 R3/4 R3/4 16,5 16,5 27 20
RS1-N-06/08 42,5 R3/4 R1 19 16,5 34 10
RS1-N-08 45,5 R1 R1 19,0 19 34 10

Standard fittings series RS 5.25


RS
Standard
fittings
series
SLEEVE
TYPE L A CH q.ty
RS-M-M5 11 M5 8 50
RS-M-01 15 G1/8 14 50
RS-M-02 22 G1/4 17 50
RS-M-03 23 G3/8 22 50
RS-M-04 28 G1/2 26 25
RS-M-06 32 G3/4 32 20

TAPER REDUCER

5 TYPE
RS1-RMF-02/01
L
16
A
R1/4
B
R1/8
C
11
CH
14
q.ty
50
RS1-RMF-03/01 16,5 R3/8 R1/8 11,5 17 50
RS1-RMF-04/01 19,5 R1/2 R1/8 14 22 25
RS1-RMF-03/02 16,5 R3/8 R1/4 11,5 17 50
RS1-RMF-04/02 19,5 R1/2 R1/4 14 22 50
RS1-RMF-04/03 19,5 R1/2 R3/8 14 22 50
RS1-RMF-06/04 23 R3/4 R1/2 16,5 27 20
RS1-RMF-06/03 23,5 R3/4 R3/8 16,5 27 20

PARALLEL REDUCER

TYPE L A B C CH q.ty
RS-RMF-01/M5 10,5 G1/8 M5 6 14 50
RS-RMF-02/01 13 G1/4 G1/8 8 17 50
RS-RMF-03/01 14 G3/8 G1/8 9 19 50
RS-RMF-03/02 14 G3/8 G1/4 9 19 50
RS-RMF-04/01 15,5 G1/2 G1/8 10 24 25
RS-RMF-04/02 15,5 G1/2 G1/4 10 24 50
RS-RMF-04/03 15,5 G1/2 G3/8 10 24 50
RS-RMF-06/03 17,5 G3/4 G3/8 11 30 25
RS-RMF-06/04 17,5 G3/4 G1/2 11 30 20

5.26 Standard fittings series RS


RS
Standard
fittings
series
TAPER MALE/FEMALE EXTENSION
TYPE L A B C CH q.ty
RS1-PMF-01 18 R1/8 G1/8 8 14 50
RS1-PMF-01/02 21,5 R1/8 G1/4 8 17 50
RS1-PMF-01/03 22,5 R1/8 G3/8 8 22 50
RS1-PMF-02 24,5 R1/4 G1/4 11 17 50
RS1-PMF-02/03 25,5 R1/4 G3/8 11 22 50
RS1-PMF-02/04 29 R1/4 G1/2 11 24 50
RS1-PMF-03 26 R3/8 G3/8 11,5 22 50
RS1-PMF-03/04 29,5 R3/8 G1/2 11,5 24 50
RS1-PMF-04 32 R1/2 G1/2 14 26 25
RS1-PMF-04/06 35 R1/2 G3/4 14 32 20

PARALLEL MALE/FEMALE EXTENSION

TYPE
RS-PMF-M5/01
L
14,5
A
M5
B
G1/8
C
4
CH
14
q.ty
50
5
RS-PMF-01 16 G1/8 G1/8 6 14 50
RS-PMF-01/02 19,5 G1/8 G1/4 6 17 50
RS-PMF-01/03 20,5 G1/8 G3/8 6 22 50
RS-PMF-02 21,5 G1/4 G1/4 8 17 50
RS-PMF-02/03 22,5 G1/4 G3/8 8 22 50
RS-PMF-02/04 26 G1/4 G1/2 8 24 50
RS-PMF-03 23,5 G3/8 G3/8 9 22 50
RS-PMF-03/04 27 G3/8 G1/2 9 24 50
RS-PMF-04 28 G1/2 G1/2 10 26 25

PARALLEL MALE/FEMALE LONG EXTENSION


TYPE L A A1 B CH q.ty
RS-PL-01A 22 G1/8 G1/8 6 14 50
RS-PL-01B 42 G1/8 G1/8 6 14 50
RS-PL-01C 51 G1/8 G1/8 6 14 50
RS-PL-02A 35 G1/4 G1/4 8 17 50
RS-PL-02B 51 G1/4 G1/4 8 17 50

Standard fittings series RS 5.27


RS
Standard
fittings
series
REDUCING SLEEVE
TYPE L A B CH q.ty
RS-MR-M5/01 13,5 M5 G1/8 14 50
RS-MR-01/02 19 G1/8 G1/4 17 50
RS-MR-01/03 20 G1/8 G3/8 22 50
RS-MR-01/04 24 G1/8 G1/2 24 50
RS-MR-02/03 22,5 G1/4 G3/8 22 50
RS-MR-02/04 26 G1/4 G1/2 24 50
RS-MR-03/04 26 G3/8 G1/2 24 50
RS-MR-04/06 30 G1/2 G3/4 32 25

PARALLEL MALE PLUG

5 TYPE
RS-TC-M5
L
7 M5
A B
4
CH
8
q.ty
50
RS-TC-01 10 G1/8 6,5 14 50
RS-TC-02 12,5 G1/4 8 17 50
RS-TC-03 13,5 G3/8 9 19 50
RS-TC-04 15,5 G1/2 10 24 50
RS-TC-06 16,5 G3/4 11 30 25
RS-TC-08 19 G1 13 38 10

PARALLEL MALE PLUG WITH O-RING

TYPE L A B ØD CH q.ty
RS-TMO-M5 7,2 M5 4,5 8 2,5 50
RS-TMO-01 9,5 G1/8 6,5 14 5 50
RS-TMO-02 11,5 G1/4 8 17 6 50
RS-TMO-03 12,5 G3/8 9 20 8 50
RS-TMO-04 14 G1/2 10 26 10 25

5.28 Standard fittings series RS


RS
Standard
fittings
series
FEMALE PLUG
TYPE L A B CH q.ty
RS-TFE-01 11,5 G1/8 8 14 50
RS-TFE-02 15 G1/4 11 17 50
RS-TFE-03 15,5 G3/8 11,5 20 50
RS-TFE-04 20 G1/2 14 24 25

FEMALE ELBOW

TYPE
RS-GF-M5
A
M5
B
4
C
11
CH
8
q.ty
50
5
RS-GF-01 G1/8 8 21 10 50
RS-GF-02 G1/4 11 25,5 13 50
RS-GF-03 G3/8 11,5 28 17 50
RS-GF-04 G1/2 14 33,5 21 25
RS-GF-06 G3/4 16,5 36,5 25 20
RS-GF-08 G1 19 45 30 10

TAPER MALE/FEMALE ELBOW


TYPE A1 A2 B1 B2 C CH D q.ty
RS-GMF-M5 M5 M5 4 5 11,5 9 11 50
RS-GMF-02/01 R1/4 G1/8 11 8 21,5 10 21 50
RS-GMF-01 R1/8 G1/8 8 8 18,5 10 21 50
RS-GMF-02 R1/4 G1/4 11 11 23,5 13 25,5 50
RS-GMF-03 R3/8 G3/8 11,5 11,5 26 17 28 50
RS-GMF-04 R1/2 G1/2 14 14 31 21 33,5 25
RS-GMF-06 R3/4 G3/4 16 16,5 33 25 36,5 20
RS-GMF-08 R1 G1 19 19 39 30 45 10

Standard fittings series RS 5.29


RS
Standard
fittings
series
TAPER MALE ELBOW
TYPE A B1 C D CH q.ty
RS-GM-M5 M5 4 11,5 11,5 8 50
RS-GM-01 R1/8 8 18,5 18,5 10 50
RS-GM-02/01 R1/4 11 21,5 19 10 25
RS-GM-02 R1/4 11 23,5 23,5 13 50
RS-GM-03 R3/8 11,5 26 26 17 50
RS-GM-04 R1/2 14 31 31 21 25
RS-GM-06 R3/4 16 33 33 25 20
RS-GM-08 R1 17 39 39 30 10

FEMALE TEE

5 TYPE
RS-TF-M5
L
22 M5
A B
5
C
11
CH
9
q.ty
50
RS-TF-01 42 G1/8 8 21 10 50
RS-TF-02 51 G1/4 11 25,5 13 50
RS-TF-03 56 G3/8 11,5 28 17 50
RS-TF-04 67 G1/2 14 33,5 21 25
RS-TF-06 73 G3/4 16,5 36,5 25 20
RS-TF-08 90 G1 19 45 30 10

TAPER UNION MALE TEE


TYPE L A1 A2 B1 B2 C CH q.ty
RS-TMC-M5 22 M5 M5 4 5 11,5 9 50
RS-TMC-01 42 R1/8 G1/8 8 8 18,5 10 50
RS-TMC-02 51 R1/4 G1/4 11 11 23,5 13 50
RS-TMC-03 56 R3/8 G3/8 11,5 11,5 26 17 50
RS-TMC-04 67 R1/2 G1/2 14 14 31 21 25
RS-TMC-06 73 R3/4 G3/4 16 16,5 33 25 20
RS-TMC-08 90 R1 G2 17,5 19 39 30 10

5.30 Standard fittings series RS


RS
Standard
fittings
series
TAPER LATERAL MALE TEE

TYPE L A1 A2 B1 B2 C CH q.ty
RS-TML-M5 22,5 M5 M5 4 5 11 9 50
RS-TML-01 39,5 R1/8 G1/8 8 8 21 10 50
RS-TML-02 49 R1/4 G1/4 11 11 25,5 13 50
RS-TML-03 54 R3/8 G3/8 11,5 11,5 28 17 50
RS-TML-04 64,5 R1/2 G1/2 14 14 33,5 21 25
RS-TML-06 69,5 R3/4 G3/4 16,5 16,5 36,5 25 20
RS-TML-08 84 R1 G1 17,5 19 45 30 10

TAPER MALE TEE

TYPE
RS-TM-01
L
37
A
R1/8
B
8
C
18,5
CH
10
q.ty
50
5
RS-TM-02 47 R1/4 11 23,5 13 50
RS-TM-03 52 R3/8 11,5 26 17 50
RS-TM-04 62 R1/2 14 31 21 25
RS-TM-06 66,4 R3/4 16,2 33 25 20
RS-TM-08 78 R1 17,5 39 30 10

TAPER UNION FEMALE TEE


TYPE L A1 A2 B1 B2 C CH q.ty
RS-TCF-01 37 R1/8 G1/8 8 8 21 10 50
RS-TCF-02 47 R1/4 G1/4 11 11 25,5 13 50
RS-TCF-03 52 R3/8 G3/8 11,5 11,5 28 17 50
RS-TCF-04 62 R1/2 G1/2 14 14 33,5 21 25
RS-TCF-06 66,4 R3/4 G3/4 16,2 16,5 36,5 25 20
RS-TCF-08 78 R1 G1 17,5 19 45 30 10

Standard fittings series RS 5.31


RS
Standard
fittings
series
TAPER LATERAL FEMALE TEE
TYPE A1 A2 B C D CH q.ty
RS-TLF-01 R1/8 G1/8 8 18,5 39,5 10 50
RS-TLF-02 R1/4 G1/4 11 23,5 49 13 50
RS-TLF-03 R3/8 G3/8 11,5 26 54 17 50
RS-TLF-04 R1/2 G1/2 14 31 64,5 21 25
RS-TLF-06 R3/4 G3/4 16 33 69,5 25 20
RS-TLF-08 R1 G1 17,5 39 84 30 10

FEMALE CROSS

5 TYPE
RS-CF-01
L
42
A
G1/8
B
8
CH
10
q.ty
25
RS-CF-02 51 G1/4 11 13 25
RS-CF-03 56 G3/8 11,5 17 25
RS-CF-04 67 G1/2 14 21 20

TAPER M/F/F/F CROSS (M=MALE; F=FEMALE)


TYPE L A1 A2 B C CH q.ty
RS-MFFF-01 42 R1/8 G1/8 8 18,5 10 25
RS-MFFF-02 49 R1/4 G1/4 11 23,5 13 25
RS-MFFF-03 56 R3/8 G3/8 11,5 26 17 25
RS-MFFF-04 67 R1/2 G1/2 14 31 21 20

5.32 Standard fittings series RS


RS
Standard
fittings
series
TAPER MALE Y CONNECTOR
TYPE A B CH q.ty
RS-YCM-01 R1/8 8 13 25
RS-YCM-02 R1/4 11 17 25
RS-YCM-03 R3/8 11,5 20 20
RS-YCM-04 R1/2 14 25 10

FEMALE Y

TYPE
RS-YF-01
A
G1/8
B
8
CH
13
q.ty
25
5
RS-YF-02 G1/4 11 17 25
RS-YF-03 G3/8 11,5 20 20
RS-YF-04 G1/2 14 25 10

FEMALE BULKHEAD CONNECTOR


TYPE L A B G CH1 CH2 q.ty
RS-PF-M5 14 M10x1 10,5 M5 14 14 50
RS-PF-01 18 M16x1,5 14 G1/8 22 19 50
RS-PF-02 25 M20x1,5 21 G1/4 27 24 50
RS-PF-03 26 M26x1,5 21 G3/8 32 30 25
RS-PF-04 33 M28x1,5 27 G1/2 36 32 20

Standard fittings series RS 5.33


RS
Standard
fittings
series
PARALLEL MALE HOSE ADAPTER
TYPE L A B C LW CH q.ty
RS-PM-4,5/M5 22,5 M5 4 15 4,5 8 50
RS-PM-6/01 29,5 G1/8 6 19 6 12 50
RS-PM-6/02 32 G1/4 8 19 6 14 50
RS-PM-7/01 29,5 G1/8 6 19 7 12 50
RS-PM-7/02 32 G1/4 8 19 7 14 50
RS-PM-8/01 29,5 G1/8 6 19 8 12 50
RS-PM-8/02 32 G1/4 8 19 8 14 50
RS-PM-8/03 33 G3/8 9 19 8 19 50
RS-PM-9/01 29,5 G1/8 6 19 9 12 50
RS-PM-9/02 32 G1/4 8 19 9 14 50
RS-PM-9/03 33 G3/8 9 19 9 19 50
RS-PM-10/01 30,5 G1/8 6 20 10 12 50
RS-PM-10/02 33 G1/4 8 20 10 14 50
RS-PM-10/03 34 G3/8 9 20 10 19 50
RS-PM-12/02 33 G1/4 8 20 12 14 50
RS-PM-12/03 34 G3/8 9 20 12 19 50
RS-PM-12/04 35,5 G1/2 10 20 12 22 50
RS-PM-14/03 36 G3/8 9 22 14 19 50
RS-PM-14/04 37,5 G1/2 10 22 14 22 50
RS-PM-17/03 38 G3/8 9 24 17 19 50
RS-PM-17/04 39,5 G1/2 10 24 17 22 50
RS-PM-18/06 41,5 G3/4 11 24 18 30 20

5
RS-PM-20/04 39,5 G1/2 10 24 20 22 25
RS-PM-20/06 41,5 G3/4 11 24 20 30 20

TAPER ELBOW HOSE ADAPTER

TYPE L L2 B R LW CH q.ty
RS-PG-6/01 18,5 22,5 8 R1/8 6 8 50
RS-PG-6/01A 23 22,5 8 R1/8 6 8 50
RS-PG-6/02 23 23 11 R1/4 6 9 50
RS-PG-7/01 18,5 22,5 8 R1/8 7 8 50
RS-PG-7/01A 23 22,5 8 R1/8 7 8 50
RS-PG-7/02 23 23 11 R1/4 7 9 50

5.34 Standard fittings series RS


RS
Standard
fittings
series
TAPER MALE HOSE ADAPTER

TYPE L A B C LW CH q.ty
RS1-PM-6/01 31,5 R1/8 8 19 6 12 50
RS1-PM-6/02 35 R1/4 11 19 6 14 50
RS1-PM-7/01 31,5 R1/8 8 19 7 12 50
RS1-PM-7/02 35 R1/4 11 19 7 12 50
RS1-PM-8/01 31,5 R1/8 8 19 8 12 50
RS1-PM-8/02 35 R1/4 11 19 8 14 50
RS1-PM-9/01 31,5 R1/8 8 19 9 12 50
RS1-PM-9/02 35 R1/4 11 19 9 14 50
RS1-PM-9/03 35,5 R3/8 11,5 19 9 17 50
RS1-PM-9/04 38,5 R1/2 14 19 9 22 50
RS1-PM-10/01 32,5 R1/8 8 20 10 12 50
RS1-PM-10/02 36 R1/4 11 20 10 14 50
RS1-PM-10/03 36,5 R3/8 11,5 20 10 17 50
RS1-PM-10/04 39,5 R1/2 14 20 10 22 50
RS1-PM-12/02 36 R1/4 11 20 12 14 50
RS1-PM-12/03 36,5 R3/8 11,5 20 12 17 50
RS1-PM-12/04 39,5 R1/2 14 20 12 22 50
RS1-PM-14/03 38,5 R3/8 11,5 22 14 17 50
RS1-PM-14/04 41,5 R1/2 14 22 14 22 50
RS1-PM-16/03 38,5 R3/8 11,5 22 16 17 50
RS1-PM-16/04 41,5 R1/2 14 22 16 22 50
RS1-PM-16/06 45 R3/4 16,5 22 16 27 50
RS1-PM-17/03
RS1-PM-17/04
40,5
43,5
R3/8
R1/2
11,5
14
24
24
17
17
18
22
50
50 5
RS1-PM-18/03 40,5 R3/8 11,5 24 18 19 50
RS1-PM-18/04 43,5 R1/2 14 24 18 22 50
RS1-PM-18/06 47 R3/4 16,5 24 18 27 50
RS1-PM-20/03 41 R3/8 11,5 24 20 22 25
RS1-PM-20/04 43,5 R1/2 14 24 20 22 25
RS1-PM-20/06 46,5 R3/4 16,5 24 20 27 20
RS1-PM-25/06 53 R3/4 16,5 30 25 27 20
RS1-PM-25/08 56 R1 19 30 25 34 10

Standard fittings series RS 5.35


RC
Push-on brass
fittings
series
TECHNICAL DATA
Material Nickel plated brass
Thread Metric, taper and parallel
Size M5 ÷ G1/2
Max. pressure 60 bar
Recommended tubes materials Polyamide, polyethylene, polyurethane

TAPER STRAIGHT MALE

5 TYPE
RC1-DM-4/01
L
23,8
A
R1/8
B
8
ØD
4/2,7
CH1
8
CH2
12
q.tà
50
RC1-DM-5/01 25 R1/8 8 5/3 8 12 50
RC1-DM-6/01 27,5 R1/8 8 6/4 12 12 50
RC1-DM-6/02 31 R1/4 11 6/4 12 14 50
RC1-DM-6/03 31,5 R3/8 11,5 6/4 12 17 50
RC1-DM-8/01 27,5 R1/8 8 8/6 14 12 50
RC1-DM-8/02 31 R1/4 11 8/6 14 14 50
RC1-DM-8/03 31,5 R3/8 11,5 8/6 14 17 50
RC1-DM-8/04 34,5 R1/2 14 8/6 14 22 50
RC1-DM-10/01 29,5 R1/8 8 10/8 16 14 50
RC1-DM-10/02 32,5 R1/4 11 10/8 16 14 50
RC1-DM-10/03 33 R3/8 11,5 10/8 16 17 25
RC1-DM-10/04 36 R1/2 14 10/8 16 22 25
RC1-DM-12/03 34,5 R3/8 11,5 12/10 18 17 20
RC1-DM-12/04 37,5 R1/2 14 12/10 18 22 20
RC1-DM-15/04 39,5 R1/2 14 15/12,5 22 22 10

PARALLEL STRAIGHT MALE


TYPE L A B ØD CH1 CH2 q.tà
RC-DM-5/01 23 G1/8 6 5/3 8 14 50
RC-DM-6/01 25,5 G1/8 6 6/4 12 14 50
RC-DM-6/02 28 G1/4 8 6/4 12 17 50
RC-DM-6/03 29 G3/8 9 6/4 12 19 50
RC-DM-8/01 25,5 G1/8 6 8/6 14 14 50
RC-DM-8/02 28 G1/4 8 8/6 14 17 50
RC-DM-8/03 29 G3/8 9 8/6 14 19 50
RC-DM-10/01 27 G1/8 6 10/8 16 14 50
RC-DM-10/02 29,5 G1/4 8 10/8 16 17 50
RC-DM-10/03 30,5 G3/8 9 10/8 16 19 25
RC-DM-10/04 32 G1/2 10 10/8 16 24 25
RC-DM-12/03 32 G3/8 9 12/10 18 19 20
RC-DM-12/04 33,5 G1/2 10 12/10 18 24 20
RC-DM-15/04 35,5 G1/2 10 15/12,5 22 24 10

5.36 Push-on brass fittings series RC


RC
Push-on brass
fittings
series
PARALLEL STRAIGHT FEMALE
TYPE L A B ØD CH1 CH2 q.ty
RC-DF-4/01 21,3 G1/8 8 4/2,7 8 14 50
RC-DF-5/01 22,5 G1/8 8 5/3 8 14 50
RC-DF-6/01 25 G1/8 8 6/4 12 14 50
RC-DF-6/02 29 G1/4 11 6/4 12 17 50
RC-DF-6/03 29,5 G3/8 11,5 6/4 12 20 50
RC-DF-8/01 25 G1/8 8 8/6 14 14 50
RC-DF-8/02 29 G1/4 11 8/6 14 17 50
RC-DF-8/03 29,5 G3/8 11,5 8/6 14 20 50
RC-DF-10/01 26,5 G1/8 8 10/8 16 14 50
RC-DF-10/02 30,5 G1/4 11 10/8 16 17 50
RC-DF-10/03 31 G3/8 11,5 10/8 16 20 25
RC-DF-10/04 34,5 G1/2 14 10/8 16 24 20
RC-DF-12/03 32,5 G3/8 11,5 12/10 18 20 20

BULKHEAD CONNECTOR

TYPE
RC-P4
L
36,7
ØD
4/2,7
H/max
8,5
CH1
8
CH2
8
q.ty
50
5
RC-P5 40 5/3 8,5 8 9 50
RC-P6 48 6/4 10,5 12 14 50
RC-P8 48 8/6 10,5 14 16 50
RC-P10 50 10/8 8,5 16 17 25
RC-P12 53 12/10 8,5 18 19 20
RC-P15 58 15/12,5 8,5 22 24 10

UNION STRAIGHT
TYPE L ØD CH1 CH2 CH3 q.ty
RC-DI-4 26,1 4/2,7 8 8 8 50
RC-DI-5 28,5 5/3 8 8 8 50
RC-DI-6 34,5 6/4 12 12 12 50
RC-DI-8/6 35 8/6 x 6/4 14 14 12 50
RC-DI-8 35 8/6 14 14 14 50
RC-DI-10 38 10/8 16 16 14 25
RC-DI-12 41 12/10 18 17 18 25
RC-DI-15 45,5 15/12,5 22 22 22 10

Push-on brass fittings series RC 5.37


RC
Push-on brass
fittings
series
TAPER ELBOW MALE

TYPE L A B C ØD CH1 CH2 q.ty


RC1-G-4/01 19,5 R1/8 8 17 4/2,7 8 8 50
RC1-G-5/01 21,5 R1/8 8 17 5/3 8 8 50
RC1-G-6/01 22,5 R1/8 8 17 6/4 12 8 50
RC1-G-6/02 22,5 R1/4 11 20 6/4 12 10 50
RC1-G-6/03 23,5 R3/8 11,5 22,5 6/4 12 11 50
RC1-G-8/01 22,5 R1/8 8 17 8/6 14 10 50
RC1-G-8/02 22,5 R1/4 11 20 8/6 14 10 50
RC1-G-8/03 24 R3/8 11,5 20 8/6 14 11 50
RC1-G-10/01 25,5 R1/8 8 22,5 10/8 16 11 50
RC1-G-10/02 25,5 R1/4 11 18,5 10/8 16 11 50
RC1-G-10/03 25,5 R3/8 11,5 21,5 10/8 16 11 25
RC1-G-10/04 28 R1/2 14 28 10/8 16 17 25
RC1-G-12/02 30 R1/4 11 24 12/10 18 14 20
RC1-G-12/03 30 R3/8 11,5 24,5 12/10 18 14 20
RC1-G-12/04 30,5 R1/2 14 28 12/10 18 17 20
RC1-G-15/04 34 R1/2 14 28 15/12,5 22 17 10

PARALLEL SWIVEL ELBOW WITH O-RING

5 TYPE
RC-GG-4/01
L
21,5
A
G1/8
B
6
C
22,5
ØD
4/2,7
CH1
12
CH2
14
q.ty
50
RC-GG-6/01 22,5 G1/8 6 22,5 6/4 12 14 50
RC-GG-6/02 23,5 G1/4 8 25 6/4 12 17 50
RC-GG-8/01 23,5 G1/8 6 22,5 8/6 14 14 50
RC-GG-8/02 23,5 G1/4 8 25 8/6 14 17 50
RC-GG-10/02 25,5 G1/4 8 25,5 10/8 16 17 25

PARALLEL ELBOW FEMALE


TYPE L A B C ØD CH1 CH2 q.ty
RC-GF-5/01 21,5 G1/8 8 19 5/3 8 10 50
RC-GF-6/01 22,5 G1/8 8 19 6/4 12 10 50
RC-GF-6/02 25 G1/4 10,5 23 6/4 12 11 50
RC-GF-8/01 22,5 G1/8 8 19 8/6 14 10 50
RC-GF-8/02 25 G1/4 10,5 23 8/6 14 11 50
RC-GF-10/02 26 G1/4 11 23,5 10/8 16 13 25
RC-GF-12/03 30,5 G3/8 11,5 28 12/10 18 17 20

5.38 Push-on brass fittings series RC


RC
Push-on brass
fittings
series
UNION ELBOW
TYPE L ØD CH1 CH2 CH3 q.ty
RC-GI-4 20,3 4/2,7 8 8 8 50
RC-GI-5 21,5 5/3 8 8 8 50
RC-GI-6 21,5 6/4 12 8 12 50
RC-GI-8/6 22,5 8/6 12 10 14 50
RC-GI-8 22,5 8/6 14 10 14 50
RC-GI-10 25,5 10/8 16 11 16 25
RC-GI-12 30 12/10 18 14 18 20
RC-GI-15 34 15/12,5 22 17 22 10

TAPER CENTRAL MALE TEE

TYPE
RC1-TC-4/01
L
40,6
A
R1/8
B
8
C
17
ØD
4/2,7
CH1
8
CH2
8
q.ty
50
5
RC1-TC-5/M5 43 M5 4 15 5/3 8 8 50
RC1-TC-5/01 43 R1/8 8 17 5/3 8 8 50
RC1-TC-6/01 45 R1/8 8 17 6/4 11 8 50
RC1-TC-6/02 45,5 R1/4 11 20,5 6/4 11 10 50
RC1-TC-6/03 47 R3/8 11,5 22,5 6/4 12 11 50
RC1-TC-8/01 45,5 R1/8 8 17,5 8/6 14 10 50
RC1-TC-8/02 45,5 R1/4 11 20,5 8/6 14 10 50
RC1-TC-8/03 48 R3/8 11,5 21,5 8/6 14 11 50
RC1-TC-10/01 51 R1/8 8 18,5 10/8 16 11 50
RC1-TC-10/02 51 R1/4 11 21,5 10/8 16 11 50
RC1-TC-10/03 51 R3/8 11,5 22,5 10/8 16 11 25
RC1-TC-10/04 57 R1/2 14 28 10/8 16 17 25
RC1-TC-12/03 60 R3/8 11,5 22,5 12/10 18 14 20
RC1-TC-12/04 61 R1/2 14 28 12/10 18 17 20
RC1-TC-15/04 68 R1/2 14 28 15/12,5 22 17 10

PARALLEL SWIVELLING CENTRAL MALE TEE


TYPE L A B C ØD CH1 CH2 q.ty
RC-TG-4/01 45 G1/8 6 25,7 4/2,7 8 13 25
RC-TG-6/01 45 G1/8 6 25,7 6/4 12 13 25
RC-TG-6/02 45,5 G1/4 8 29 6/4 12 16 20
RC-TG-8/02 45,5 G1/4 8 28 8/6 14 16 20
RC-TG-10/02 51 G1/4 8 29 10/8 16 16 10

Push-on brass fittings series RC 5.39


RC
Push-on brass
fittings
series
TAPER LATERAL MALE TEE

TYPE L A B C ØD CH 1 CH 2 q.ty
RC1-TL-4/01 38 R1/8 8 21,5 4/2,7 8 8 50
RC1-TL-5/M5 36,5 M5 4 21,5 5/3 8 8 50
RC1-TL-5/01 38,5 R1/8 8 21,5 5/3 8 8 50
RC1-TL-6/01 39,5 R1/8 8 22,5 6/4 11 8 50
RC1-TL-6/02 42,5 R1/4 11 22,5 6/4 11 10 50
RC1-TL-6/03 46,5 R3/8 11,5 24 6/4 12 11 50
RC1-TL-8/01 40,5 R1/8 8 22,5 8/6 14 10 50
RC1-TL-8/02 43,5 R1/4 11 22,5 8/6 14 10 50
RC1-TL-8/03 46,5 R3/8 11,5 23,5 8/6 14 11 50
RC1-TL-10/01 44 R1/8 8 25,5 10/8 16 11 50
RC1-TL-10/02 46,5 R1/4 11 25,5 10/8 16 11 50
RC1-TL-10/03 48 R3/8 11,5 25,5 10/8 16 11 25
RC1-TL-10/04 57 R1/2 14 29 10/8 16 17 25
RC1-TL-12/03 54,5 R3/8 11,5 30 12/10 18 14 20
RC1-TL-12/04 58,5 R1/2 14 30,5 12/10 18 17 20
RC1-TL-15/04 62 R1/2 14 34 15/12,5 22 17 10

UNION TEE

5 TYPE
RC-TI-4
L
20,3
C ØD
20,3 4/2,7
CH 1 CH 2
8 8
CH 3
8
q.ty
50
RC-TI-5 43 21,5 5/3 8 8 8 50
RC-TI-6 45 22,5 6/4 12 8 12 50
RC-TI-8/6 45 22,5 8/6 14 10 14 50
RC-TI-8 45 22,5 8/6 12 10 14 50
RC-TI-10 51 25,5 10/8 16 11 16 25
RC-TI-12 60 30 12/10 18 14 18 20
RC-TI-15 68 34 15/12,5 22 17 22 10

CROSS CONNECTOR
TYPE L ØD CH 1 CH 2 q.ty
RC-C-5 43 5/3 8 8 20
RC-C-6 45 6/4 12 8 20
RC-C-8 45 8/6 14 10 20
RC-C-10 51 10/8 16 11 10

5.40 Push-on brass fittings series RC


RC
Push-on brass
fittings
series
SINGLE BANJO STEM
TYPE L A B C CH q.ty
RC-VBS-M5 18 M5 6 14,5 8 50
RC-VBS-M6 18,5 M6 6 14,5 8 50
RC-VBS-01 27 G1/8 8 23 14 50
RC-VBS-02 29,5 G1/4 11 25 17 50

DOUBLE BANJO STEM

TYPE
RC-VBD-01
L
43
A
G1/8 8
B C
39
CH
14
q.ty
50
5
RC-VBD-02 45,5 G1/4 11 41 17 50

LOCKING NUT

TYPE A B D CH q.ty
RC-DS-4/M6 4/2,7 8,1 M6x0,5 8 50
RC-DS-6/M8 6/4 9 M8x0,75 9 50
RC-DS-6/M10 6/4 10,5 M10x1 12 50
RC-DS-8/M12 8/6 10,5 M12x1 14 50
RC-DS-10/M14 10/8 11,5 M14x1 16 25
RC-DS-12/M16 12/10 13 M16x1 18 20
RC-DS-15/M20 15/12,5 15,5 M20x1 22 10

Push-on brass fittings series RC 5.41


RC
Push-on brass
fittings
series
SINGLE BANJO BODY
TYPE L ØA B ØD CH q.ty
RC-CBS-4/M5 15,8 M5 9 4/2,7 8 50
RC-CBS-4/M6 15,8 M6 9 4/2,7 8 50
RC-CBS-4/01 21,3 G1/8 14,5 4/2,7 8 50
RC-CBS-5/M5 17 M5 9 5/3 8 50
RC-CBS-5/01 22,5 G1/8 14,5 5/3 8 50
RC-CBS-6/M5 18 M5 9 6/4 9 50
RC-CBS-6/01 24 G1/8 14,5 6/4 12 50
RC-CBS-6/02 26 G1/4 14,5 6/4 12 50
RC-CBS-8/01 24 G1/8 14,5 8/6 14 50
RC-CBS-8/02 26 G1/4 14,5 8/6 14 50
RC-CBS-10/02 27,5 G1/4 14,5 10/8 16 25

DOUBLE BANJO BODY

5 TYPE
RC-CBD-4/01
L
42,6
ØA
G1/8
B
14,5
ØD
4/2,7
CH
8
q.ty
50
RC-CBD-5/01 45 G1/8 14,5 5/3 8 50
RC-CBD-6/01 48 G1/8 14,5 6/4 12 50
RC-CBD-6/02 52 G1/4 14,5 6/4 12 50
RC-CBD-8/01 48 G1/8 14,5 8/6 14 50
RC-CBD-8/02 52 G1/4 14,5 8/6 14 50
RC-CBD-10/02 55 G1/4 14,5 10/8 16 25

FEMALE BANJO BODY


TYPE L A ØB ØC H q.ty
RC-CBF-01 20 G1/8 G1/8 14 14,5 25
RC-CBF-02 24,5 G1/4 G1/4 18 17,5 25
RC-CBF-03 29 G3/8 G3/8 21 21 20

5.42 Push-on brass fittings series RC


RC
Push-on brass
fittings
series
QUICK COUPLER WITH SPRING
TYPE L A Ø CH q.ty
RC-G-6/M10 95 M10x1 6/4 12 10
RC-G-8/M12 93,5 M12x1 8/6 14 10
RC-G-10/M14 96,5 M14x1 10/8 16 10
RC-G-12/M16 106 M16x1 12/10 18 10

TAPER FIXED STRAIGHT MALE ADAPTER + NUT WITH SPRING

TYPE
RC1-DFM-6/01
L
109,5
B
8
R
1/8
Ø
6/4
CH
12
q.ty
10
5
RC1-DFM-6/02 113 11 1/4 6/4 14 10
RC1-DFM-8/01 124,5 8 1/8 8/6 12 10
RC1-DFM-8/02 128 11 1/4 8/6 14 10
RC1-DFM-8/03 128,5 11,5 3/8 8/6 17 10
RC1-DFM-8/04 131,5 14 1/2 8/6 22 10
RC1-DFM-10/01 123 8 1/8 10/8 14 10
RC1-DFM-10/02 125 11 1/4 10/8 14 10
RC1-DFM-10/03 125,5 11,5 3/8 10/8 17 10
RC1-DFM-10/04 130 14 1/2 10/8 22 10
RC1-DFM-12/03 134,5 11,5 3/8 12/10 17 10
RC1-DFM-12/04 140 14 1/2 12/10 22 10

PARALLEL FIXED STRAIGHT MALE ADAPTER + NUT WITH SPRING


TYPE L B G Ø CH q.ty
RC-DFM-6/01 111 6 1/8 6/4 13 10
RC-DFM-6/02 111 8 1/4 6/4 16 10
RC-DFM-6/03 112 9 3/8 6/4 19 10
RC-DFM-6/04 113 10 1/2 6/4 24 10
RC-DFM-8/01 110 6 1/8 8/6 14 10
RC-DFM-8/02 111 8 1/4 8/6 16 10
RC-DFM-8/03 112 9 3/8 8/6 19 10
RC-DFM-8/04 113 10 1/2 8/6 24 10
RC-DFM-10/01 116 6 1/8 10/8 14 10
RC-DFM-10/02 117 8 1/4 10/8 16 10
RC-DFM-10/03 118,5 9 3/8 10/8 19 10
RC-DFM-10/04 119 10 1/2 10/8 24 10
RC-DFM-12/03 129 9 3/8 12/10 19 10
RC-DFM-12/04 130 10 1/2 12/10 24 10

Push-on brass fittings series RC 5.43


RC
Push-on brass
fittings
series
TAPER SWIVEL STRAIGHT MALE ADAPTER + NUT WITH SPRING
TYPE L R Ø CH1 CH2 q.ty
RC1-DGM-6/01 116,9 1/8 6/4 15 13 10
RC1-DGM-6/02 118,9 1/4 6/4 15 13 10
RC1-DGM-8/01 122,4 1/8 *8/5 16 16 10
RC1-DGM-8/02 124,4 1/4 *8/5 13 13 10
RC1-DGM-8/01A 122,4 1/8 8/6 16 16 10
RC1-DGM-8/02A 124,4 1/4 8/6 16 16 10
RC1-DGM-10/02 132,4 1/4 *10/6,5 16 16 10
RC1-DGM-10/02A 132,4 1/4 10/8 13 13 10
RC1-DGM-12/03 141,9 3/8 *12/8 16 16 10
RC1-DGM-12/03A 141,9 3/8 12/10 16 16 10
* Specific dimensions for PU tube

PARALLEL SWIVEL STRAIGHT MALE ADAPTER + NUT WITH SPRING

5 TYPE
RC-DGM-6/01
L
116,9
G
1/8
Ø
6/4
CH1
13
CH2
13
q.ty
10
RC-DGM-6/02 118,9 1/4 6/4 13 13 10
RC-DGM-8/01 122,4 1/8 *8/5 16 16 10
RC-DGM-8/02 124,4 1/4 *8/5 13 13 10
RC-DGM-8/01A 122,4 1/8 8/6 16 16 10
RC-DGM-8/02A 124,4 1/4 8/6 16 16 10
RC-DGM-10/02 132,4 1/4 *10/6,5 16 16 10
RC-DGM-10/02A 132,4 1/4 10/8 13 13 10
RC-DGM-12/03 141,9 3/8 *12/8 16 16 10
RC-DGM-12/03A 141,9 3/8 12/10 16 16 10
* Specific dimensions for PU tube

WASHER
TYPE ØB ØD H - q.ty
RO-RD-M5 7,7 5,3 1 M5 100
RO-RD-01 13 10,2 1,5 G1/8 100
RO-RD-02 17,9 13,4 2 G1/4 100
RO-RD-03 21,8 17,1 2 G3/8 100
RO-RD-04 26,5 21,3 2 G1/2 100
RO-RD-06 32,4 26,7 2 G3/4 100
For banjo stem type RC-VBS,RO-VBS and RO-VBD, order
No. 2 spacers type RO-RD, to be fitted as follow: one
under the head of the screw, and one under the last banjo.

Spacer for RO-VB and RC-VBD*


TYPE ØB ØD H - q.ty
RO-DIS-01 14 10,2 5 G1/8 50
RO-DIS-02 17,5 13,2 5 G1/4 50
* To be fitted between the two rings.

5.44 Push-on brass fittings series RC


RC
Push-on brass
fittings
series
UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR FOR VALVE (IN)
TYPE L A B D Ø NI/min* CH1 CH2 q.ty
RC-RV-5/M5 24,5 M5 4 15 5/3 45 8 8 25
RC-RV-5/01 31,5 G1/8 5,5 23 5/3 310 8 14 25
RC-RV-6/M5 24,5 M5 4 15 6/4 45 9 8 25
RC-RV-6/01 31,5 G1/8 5,5 23 6/4 310 10 14 25
RC-RV-6/02 38 G1/4 6 26 6/4 420 10 17 25
RC-RV-8/01 31,5 G1/8 5,5 23 8/6 310 12 14 25
RC-RV-8/02 38 G1/4 6 26 8/6 420 12 17 25
* Nominal flow rate at 6 bar

UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR FOR CYLINDER (OUT)

TYPE L A B D Ø NI/min* CH1 CH2 q.ty 5


RC-RC-5/M5 24,5 M5 4 15 5/3 45 8 8 25
RC-RC-5/01 34 G1/8 5,5 23 5/3 310 8 14 25
RC-RC-6/M5 24,5 M5 4 15 6/4 45 9 8 25
RC-RC-6/01 31,5 G1/8 5,5 23 6/4 310 10 14 25
RC-RC-6/02 38 G1/4 6 26 6/4 420 10 17 25
RC-RC-8/01 31,5 G1/8 5,5 23 8/6 310 12 14 25
RC-RC-8/02 38 G1/4 6 26 8/6 420 12 17 25
RC-RC-8/03 47 G3/8 7 26 8/6 500 12 20 25
* Nominal flow rate at 6 bar

Push-on brass fittings series RC 5.45


VS
Mini
ball-valves
series
TECHNICAL DATA

Body Nickel-plated brass


Ball Hard chromium-plated brass
Lever Polyamide
Seals Polytetrafluoroethylene
O-Ring NBR rubber
Surface treatment Chromium- plating
Thread Parallel (BSPP) and taper (BSPT): 1/8 ÷ 3/4
Max. pressure 20 bar
Working temperature -18 ÷ +80 °C
Acuation 90°
Nominal orifice 5 ÷ 14 mm
Flow direction Bidirectional

5 FEMALE/FEMALE WITH HEXAGONAL BODY


TYPE L A D E F Ø CH q.ty
VSR-FF-01 40 G1/8 30 38 21 6 21 20
VSR-FF-02 40 G1/4 22 38 21 8 21 20
VSR-FF-03 40 G3/8 22 38 21 8 21 20
VSR-FF-04 46 G1/2 22 42 25 10 25 20
VSR-FF-06 52 G3/4 22 48 30 14 30 15

MALE/FEMALE WITH HEXAGONAL BODY

TYPE L A D E F Ø CH q.ty
VSR-MF-01 40 G1/8 30 38 21 6 21 20
VSR-MF-02 39 G1/4 22 38 21 8 21 20
VSR-MF-03 40 G3/8 22 38 21 8 21 20
VSR-MF-04 48 G1/2 22 42 25 10 25 20
VSR-MF-06 54 G3/4 22 48 30 14 30 15

5.46 Mini ball-valves series VS


VS
Mini
ball-valves
series
FEMALE/FEMALE
TYPE L A P1 P2 D E Ø CH q.ty
VS-FF-01 36,5 G1/8 8 8 19 21,5 5,5 14 20
VS-FF-02 43 G1/4 11 11 19 21,5 5,5 14 20
VS-FF-03 48 G3/8 11,5 16 18 22,5 7 18 20
VS-FF-04 59 G1/2 16 23 25 32 10 22 20

MALE/FEMALE WITH TAPER THREAD

TYPE
VS1-MF-01
L
35,5
A
R1/8
A1
G1/8
D
19
E
21,5
P1
8
P2
8
Ø
5,5
CH
14
q.ty
20
5
VS1-MF-02 40,5 R1/4 G1/4 19 21,5 11 11 5,5 14 20
VS1-MF-03 48 R3/8 G3/8 19 22,5 13 16 8 18 20
VS1-MF-04 58 R1/2 G1/2 26 32 17 23 10 22 20

MALE/FEMALE WITH PARALLEL THREAD


TYPE L A A1 D E P1 P2 Ø CH q.ty
VS-MF-01 34,5 G1/8 G1/8 19 21,5 7 8 5,5 14 20
VS-MF-02 35,5 G1/4 G1/4 19 21,5 8 8 5,5 14 20
VS-MF-03 37,5 G3/8 G3/8 19 21,5 8 11 5,5 14 20
VS-MF-04 38,5 G1/2 G1/2 19 21,5 8 11 5,5 14 20

Mini ball-valves series VS 5.47


Silencers
PARALLEL SILENCER

TYPE A C D G q.ty
ES8/N 15,5 6 26,5 1/8 100
ES4/N 19,5 8 35 1/4 100
ES3/N 24,5 11 47 3/8 50
ES2/N 24,5 11 47 1/2 50
ES15/N 48 18 97 3/4 10
ES1/N 48 18 97 1 10

FLAT SILENCER

5 TYPE
SP-M5
L
9,5
B
5
ØD
6,4
G
M5
CH
9
q.ty
50
SP-01 11 6 10 G1/8 12 50
SP-02 14,5 8,5 13 G1/4 16 50
SP-03 17 10 16 G3/8 19 50
SP-04 19 11 17 G1/2 22 20

CONICAL SILENCER

TYPE L B ØD F R CH q.ty
SC-M5 20 3,5 5,5 5 M5 10 100
SC-01 24 4 8 6 G1/8 13 50
SC-02 33 4 11 8 G1/4 17 50
SC-03 44 5 14 10 G3/8 22 50
SC-04 49 6,5 18 10 G1/2 24 50
SC-06 57 7,5 21 11 G3/4 30 50
SC-08 72 8,5 27 15,5 G1 36 50

5.48 Silencers
T
Polyurethane tubes (PU 98 ShA)

series
DESCRIPTION
Polyurethane tubes type T-PU have been designed to satisfy the needs
of “heavy duty” applications such oleo-dynamics, robotics, pneumatic,
tools & industrial machinery thanks to their outstanding technical
features. These tubes show very high flexibility to low temperatures,
low sensibility to “click” and “stress cracking” effects, excellent
resistance to abrasion, good resistance to atnospheric agents, good
aging, extremely resistant to exertion.

TECHNICAL DATA
Working temperature -20 ÷ +70°C
Hardness 98 ShA/52ShD
Density 1.22 g/cm3 MATERIALS
Elongation at break 500 % Tube Poliurethane 98 ShA
Tear resistance 130 N/mm Standard colour Sky-Blue (SB)
Flexural modulus 140 MPa Alternative colours Red (R) - Green (G) - Yellow (Y) - Sky-Blue (SB)
Abrasion loss 25 mm3 upon request Cyan (CN) - Black (BK) - Grey (GY) - Natural (N)
Break resistance 55 MPa

MEAN FEATURES TUBES T-PU 5


Ø (mm) BURSTING PRESSURE WORKING PRESSURE BENDING RAY REELS LENGHT TYPE
(bar) 23°C (bar) 23°C (mm) (m)
External Internal

4 2 60 15 11 100 T-PU-4X2
6 4 40 10 18 100 T-PU-6X4
8 5 52 13 25 100 T-PU-8X5
8 5,5 40 10 30 100 T-PU-8X5,5
8 6 28 7 35 100 T-PU-8X6
10 7 35 8,5 30 100 T-PU-10X7
10 7,5 30 7,5 40 100 T-PU-10X7,5
10 8 27 5,5 45 100 T-PU-10X8
12 9 25 6 50 100 T-PU-12X9

P.S.: Please specify the colour of the tube with the order

ALTERATION SCALE ACCORDING TO TEMPERATURE


-20°C 0°C +23°C +30°C +40°C +50°C +60°C

1,87 1,4 1 0,84 0,70 0,60 0,52

P.S.: This information is only indicative. The validation of the application is at the user charge. For this kind of tubing the manifacturer suggests to use a working pressure of 1/4 than
the bursting pressure. These tubing respect the tolerance indicated in the DIN 73 873 standard

ATTENTION
The use of this tubing typology with continuous pulsing pressure can create heat accumulation, although it is particulary resistant to labour and
tension flexions. Polyurethane is generally resistant to ozone, oil, fats, fuels and chemical solutions. Poyurethane is not resistant, or low resistant,
to concentrate acids, keton, hydrocarbon and chloride.

Polyurethane tubes series T 5.49


T
Polyamide tubes (PA12)

series
DESCRIPTION
Polyamide tubes type T-PA12 are for technical applications due to
theirs characteristics of flexibility and mechanical performances.
These tubes show high mechanical properties to traction and to
continuous & alternate flexion, notable flexibility, good stability
to heat, remarkable resistance to aging, low water absorption,
remarkable resistance to hydrocarbons and oils and good inertness
to chemical agents. This kind of materil is particularly indicated for the
accomplishment os tubing for pneumatics, robotics, steel, industrial
machinery, etc., when there is the necessity to remarkeable flexibility.

TECHNICAL DATA
Working temperature -40 ÷ +70°C MATERIALS
Hardness 65 ShD
Tube Polyamide (PA12)
Density 1.03 g/cm3 Standard colour Sky Blue (SB)
Elongation at break > 300 % Alternative colours Red (R) - Green (G) - Yellow (Y) - Blue (B) - Orange (O)
Resistenza a strappo 130 N/mm upon request Sky-Blue (SB) - Black (BK) - Grey (GY)
Flexural modulus 410 MPa Natural (N) - Brown (M)

5 MAIN FEATURES TUBES T-PA12


Ø (mm) BURSTING PRESSURE WORKING PRESSURE BENDING RAY REELS LENGTH TYPE
(bar) 23°C (bar) 23°C (mm) (m)
External Internal

4 2 130 44 15 100 T-PA12-4X2


4 2,5 108 36 20 100 T-PA12-4X2,5
4 2,7 78 26 25 100 T-PA12-4X2,7
6 4 81 27 30 100 T-PA12-6X4
8 6 60 20 40 100 T-PA12-8X6
10 8 45 15 60 100 T-PA12-10X8
12 10 39 13 85 100 T-PA12-12X10
P.S.: Please specify the colour of the tube with the order

ALTERATION SCALE ACCORDING TO TEMPERATURE


-20°C 0°C +23°C +30°C +40°C +50°C +60°C

1,87 1,4 1 0,80 0,65 0,55 0,45

P.S.: This information is only indicative. The validation of the application is at the user charge. For this kind of tubing the manifacturer suggests to use a working pressure of 1/4 than
the bursting pressure. These tubing respect the tolerance indicated in the DIN 73 873 standard

5.50 Polyamide tubes series T


T
Polyethylene tubes (LDPE)

series
DESCRIPTION
Polyethylene tubes type T-PELD are particularly indicated for all
applications where there are not specific problems pressures and
very high temperatures, as for example for water treatment, chemical
industry, agriculture, irrigation applications and compressed air.
They are even suitable for alimentary applications and food contact,
complying with the D.M. 21/03/73 and following adjournments, the
Directive 90/128/CEE, the FDA 21 CFR 177.1520, and even European
Pharacopoeia. These tubes are totally recyclable and show high impact
resistance, low sensibility to “click” and “stress cracking” effect,
excellent resistance to chemical agents, good electrical properties,
optimal flexibility.

TECHNICAL DATA
Working temperature -20 ÷ +60°C
Density 0.921 g/cm3 MATERIALS
Elongation at break 400 %
Tube Polyethylene low density (LDPE)
Tear resistance 30 N/mm Standard colour Sky-Blue (SB)
Impact resistance 310 g Alternative colours Red (R) - Green (G) - Yellow (Y) - Blue (B)
Flexural modulus 100 MPa upon request Sky-Blue (SB) - Black (BK) - Grey (GY) - Natural (N)
Tensile strenght at break 26 MPa

MAIN FEATURES TUBES T-PELD 5


Ø (mm) BURSTING PRESSURE WORKING PRESSURE BENDING RAY REELS LENGTH TYPE
(bar) 23°C (bar) 23°C (mm) (m)
External Internal

4 2 75 18,5 20 100 T-PELD-4X2


4 2,5 60 15 25 100 T-PELD-4X2,5
5 3 50 12,5 30 100 T-PELD-5X3
6 4 40 10 40 100 T-PELD-6X4
6,35 4,35 36 9 50 100 T-PELD-6,35X4,35
8 6 30 7,5 50 100 T-PELD-8X6
9,54 6,36 40 10 100 100 T-PELD-9,54X6,36
10 8 25 6 120 100 T-PELD-10X8
12 8 30 7,5 160 100 T-PELD-12X8
12 9 28 7 120 100 T-PELD-12X9
12 10 20 5 120 100 T-PELD-12X10
P.S.: Please specify the colour of the tube with the order

ALTERATION SCALE ACCORDING TO TEMPERATURE


-20°C 0°C +23°C +30°C +40°C +50°C +60°C

1,87 1,4 1 0,80 0,60 0,50 0,40

P.S.: This information is only indicative. The validation of the application is at the user charge. For this kind of tubing the manifacturer suggests to use a working pressure of 1/4 than
the bursting pressure. These tubing respect the tolerance indicated in the DIN 73 873 standard

ATTENTION
It is recommended to avoid connecting the polyethylene tubing with fittings that may deform its extremity, because this material does not resist to
enlargements approximately over 15%. “Creep” problems could occur with non-suitable fittings.

Polyethylene tubes series T 5.51


ALPHANUMERIC
INDEX
ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE
Ø/BM/Z/mm 1.75 Ø/stroke PDC 1.8 Ø/SG/CPU 1.47 Ø_stroke_FAB_ _ _5 1.69
Ø/BP/Z/mm 1.75 Ø/stroke PDC 1.12 Ø/SG/CPU 1.47 Ø_stroke_FAB_ _4 1.69
Ø/stroke CPA/M 1.38 Ø/stroke PDE 1.12 Ø/SG/CPU/FM 1.47 Ø_stroke_FAB_1 1.69
Ø/stroke CPA/M 1.38 Ø/stroke PDX 1.12 Ø/SG/CPU/FM 1.47 Ø_stroke_FAB_2 1.69
Ø/stroke CPU 1.47 Ø/stroke PSC 1.12 Ø/SG/CPU2 1.47 Ø_stroke_FPB_ _ _5 1.69
Ø/stroke CPU 1.47 Ø/stroke PSE 1.12 Ø/SG/CPU2 1.47 Ø_stroke_FPB_ _4 1.69
Ø/stroke CPU/FM 1.47 Ø/stroke PYC 1.12 Ø/SG/CPUI/M 1.25 Ø_stroke_FPB_1 1.69
Ø/stroke CPU/FM 1.47 Ø/stroke PYE 1.12 Ø/SG/CPUI/M 1.25 Ø_stroke_FPB_2 1.69
Ø/stroke CPUI/M 1.24 Ø/stroke SB_ 1.59 Ø/SG/CPUI/N 1.25 Ø_stroke_PB_ _ _5 1.69
Ø/stroke CPUI/M 1.47 Ø/stroke SBU_ _ 1.51 Ø/SG/CPUI/N 1.25 Ø_stroke_PB_ _4 1.69
Ø/stroke CPUI/MZ 1.25 Ø/stroke SCB 1.69 Ø/SG/CPUI/N2 1.25 Ø_stroke_PB_1 1.69
Ø/stroke CPUI/N 1.24 Ø/stroke SCB 1.69 Ø/SG/CPUI/N2 1.25 Ø_stroke_PB_2 1.69
Ø/stroke CPUI/N 1.47 Ø/stroke SFAB 1.69 Ø/SG/CX 1.41 Ø_stroke_VB_ _ _5 1.69
Ø/stroke CPUI/N _ 2 1.25 Ø/stroke SFAB 1.69 Ø/SG/CX 1.41 Ø_stroke_VB_ _4 1.69
Ø/stroke CPUI/NZ 1.25 Ø/stroke SFPB 1.69 Ø/SG/CX 2 1.41 Ø_stroke_VB_1 1.69
Ø/stroke CPUI/Z 1.24 Ø/stroke SFPB 1.69 Ø/SG/CX/FM 1.41 Ø_stroke_VB_2 1.69
Ø/stroke CX 1.41 Ø/stroke SPB 1.69 Ø/SG/CX/FM 1.41 Ø_strokeX/_ _1 1.21
Ø/stroke CX 1.41 Ø/stroke SPB 1.69 Ø/SG/CX2 1.41 Ø_Pstroke 1 + stroke 2 CX_ 1.41
Ø/stroke CX/FM 1.41 Ø/stroke SVB 1.69 Ø/SG/HB 1.69 Ø_Vstroke 1 + stroke 2 CX_ 1.41
Ø/stroke CX/FM 1.41 Ø/stroke SVB 1.69 Ø/SG/HB 1.69 ØDFPB 1.69
Ø/stroke DB 1.51 Ø/stroke U_ _ _ _2 1.3 Ø/SG/HB2 1.69 ØDPB 1.69
Ø/stroke DB 1.59 Ø/stroke U_ _ _A 1.3 Ø/SG/HB2 1.69 ØDVB 1.69
Ø/stroke DB/M 1.51 Ø/stroke U_ _ _Z 1.3 Ø/SG/R/BU 1.51 ØF stroke _BU_ _ 1.51
Ø/stroke DB/M 1.59 Ø/stroke U_ _X 1.3 Ø/SG/R/BU 1.51 ØH stroke PDC 1.12
Ø/stroke DBA 1.51 Ø/stroke UDC 1.3 Ø/SG/R/BU2 1.51 ØH stroke PDE 1.12
Ø/stroke DBA/M 1.51 Ø/stroke UDE 1.3 Ø/SG/R/CPU 1.47 ØH stroke UDC 1.3
Ø/stroke DBA_ 1.59 Ø/stroke UPDC 1.15 Ø/SG/R/CPU 1.47 ØH stroke UDE 1.3
Ø/stroke DBG_2 1.59 Ø/stroke UPDE 1.15 Ø/SG/R/CPU/FM 1.47 ØPstroke1+stroke2CPUI/M 1.25
Ø/stroke DBGB 1.51 Ø/stroke USC 1.3 Ø/SG/R/CPU2 1.47 ØPstroke1+stroke2CPUI/N 1.25
Ø/stroke DBGB 1.67 Ø/stroke USE 1.3 Ø/SG/R/CPUI/M 1.25 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBU_ _ 1.51
Ø/stroke DBGM 1.51 Ø/stroke UYC 1.3 Ø/SG/R/CPUI/M 1.25 ØPstroke1+stroke2X/M 1.21
Ø/stroke DBGM 1.67 Ø/stroke UYE 1.3 Ø/SG/R/CPUI/N 1.25 ØPstroke1+stroke2X/N 1.21
Ø/stroke DBU/M7 1.51 Ø/stroke X/M 1.21 Ø/SG/R/CPUI/N 1.25 ØPstroke1+stroke2CPUI/M 1.25
Ø/stroke DBU/M7 1.51 Ø/stroke X/N 1.21 Ø/SG/R/CPUI/N2 1.25 ØPstroke1+stroke2CPUI/N 1.25
Ø/stroke DBU/M8 1.51 Ø/stroke YB_ 1.69 Ø/SG/R/CPUI/N2 1.25 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUI 1.51
Ø/stroke DBU/M8 1.51 Ø/stroke YBU_ _ 1.51 Ø/SG/R/CX 1.41 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUI/M 1.51
Ø/stroke DBU7 1.51 Ø/stroke YCB 1.69 Ø/SG/R/CX 1.41 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUI/M7 1.51
Ø/stroke DBU7 1.51 Ø/stroke YFAB 1.69 Ø/SG/R/CX/FM 1.41 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUI/M8 1.51
Ø/stroke DBU8 1.51 Ø/stroke YFPB 1.69 Ø/SG/R/CX2 1.41 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUI7 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUA/M8 1.51 Ø/stroke YPB 1.69 Ø/SG/R/CX2 1.41 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUI8 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUA8 1.51 Ø/stroke YVB 1.69 Ø/SG/R/HB 1.69 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUIA 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUI 1.51 Ø/stroke Z_ _1 1.75 Ø/SG/R/HB 1.69 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUIA/M 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUI/M 1.51 Ø/stroke Z_ _2 1.75 Ø/SG/R/HB2 1.69 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUIA/M7 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUI/M7 1.51 Ø/stroke ZK 1.75 Ø/SG/R/X 1.21 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUIA/M8 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUI/M8 1.51 Ø/stroke ZK 1.75 Ø/SG/R/X2 1.21 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUIA7 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUI7 1.51 Ø/stroke ZKF 1.75 Ø/SG/X 1.21 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUIA8 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUI8 1.51 Ø/stroke ZKF 1.75 Ø/SG/X2 1.21 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUI 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUIA 1.51 Ø/stroke ZS 1.75 Ø/SG/Z 1.75 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUI/M 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUIA/M 1.51 Ø/stroke ZSF 1.75 Ø/SG/Z 1.75 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUI/M7 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUIA/M7 1.51 Ø/stroke ZSFF 1.75 Ø_ stroke CPA/M1 1.38 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUI/M8 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUIA/M7 1.51 Ø/stroke_B_ _ _2 1.59 Ø_stroke _BU_ _ 1 1.51 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUI7 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUIA/M8 1.51 Ø/stroke_B_ _1 1.59 Ø_stroke CPU _ 1 1.47 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUI8 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUIA7 1.51 Ø/stroke_BUA_ _8 1.51 Ø_stroke CPU2 1.47 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUIA 1.51
Ø/stroke DBUIA8 1.51 Ø/stroke_CBC 1.69 Ø_stroke CPUI/M_ 1 1.25 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUIA/M 1.51
Ø/stroke DCB 1.69 Ø/stroke_FPBC 1.69 Ø_stroke CPUI/N_ 1 1.25 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUIA/M7 1.51
Ø/stroke DCB 1.69 Ø/strokeX/_ _ _4 1.21 Ø_stroke CX _ 1 1.41 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUIA/M8 1.51
Ø/stroke DFAB 1.69 Ø/strokeX/_Z 1.21 Ø_stroke CX_ _4 1.41 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUIA7 1.51
Ø/stroke DFAB 1.69 Ø/strokeX/N_2 1.21 Ø_stroke CX_ _6 1.41 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUIA8 1.51
Ø/stroke DFPB 1.69 Ø/SG/BG 1.67 Ø_stroke CX2 1.41 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUI 1.51
Ø/stroke DPB 1.69 Ø/SG/BG 1.67 Ø_stroke_BU_ _2 1.51 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUI/M 1.51
Ø/stroke DVB 1.69 Ø/SG/BU 1.51 Ø_stroke_BUI_ _ 1.51 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUI/M7 1.51
Ø/stroke P _ _ _2 1.12 Ø/SG/BU 1.51 Ø_stroke_CB_ _ _5 1.69 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUI/M8 1.51
Ø/stroke P_ _ _1 1.12 Ø/SG/BU2 1.51 Ø_stroke_CB_ _4 1.69 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUI7 1.51
Ø/stroke P_ _X 1.12 Ø/SG/BU2 1.51 Ø_stroke_CB_1 1.69 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUI8 1.51
Ø/stroke PDC 1.8 Ø/SG/CPA/M 1.38 Ø_stroke_CB_2 1.69 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUIA 1.51

a Alphanumeric index
ALPHANUMERIC
INDEX
ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE
ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUIA/M 1.51 ØRstroke USC 1.3 ØVstrokeDBU/M7 1.51 AML8F 3.22
ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUIA/M7 1.51 ØRstroke USE 1.3 ØVstrokeDBU/M8 1.51 AP4 3.28
ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUIA/M8 1.51 ØRstroke UYC 1.3 ØVstrokeDBU7 1.51 AP8 3.28
ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUIA7 1.51 ØRstroke UYE 1.3 ØVstrokeDBU8 1.51 AP8F 3.28
ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUIA8 1.51 ØRstrokeX/M 1.21 ØVstrokeDBUIA 1.51 AQB8N 3.22
ØRAstroke CPA/M 1.38 ØRstrokeX/N 1.21 ØVstrokeDBUIA/M 1.51 AQB8R 3.22
ØRBstroke CPA/M 1.38 ØSstrokeCPU 1.47 ØVstrokeDBUIA/M7 1.51 AQB8V 3.22
ØRAstroke CPU/M 1.47 ØSstrokeCPU/FM 1.47 ØVstrokeDBUIA/M8 1.51 AQF8N 3.22
ØRBstroke CPU/FM 1.47 ØSstrokeCPUI/M 1.25 ØVstrokeDBUIA7 1.51 AQF8R 3.22
ØRstroke CPUI/.Z 1.25 ØSstrokeCPUI/N 1.25 ØVstrokeDBUIA8 1.51 AQF8V 3.22
ØRstroke CPUI/M 1.25 ØSstrokeCX 1.41 ØVstrokeSBUI 1.51 AR8 3.20
ØRstroke CPUI/N 1.25 ØSstrokeCX/FM 1.41 ØVstrokeSBUI/M7 1.51 ARN8 3.20
ØRstroke CX 1.41 ØSstrokeX/M 1.21 ØVstrokeSBUI/M8 1.51 AS2 3.20
ØRstroke CX/FM 1.41 ØSstrokeX/N 1.21 ØVstrokeSBUI7 1.51 AS4 3.20
ØRstrokeDB 1.59 ØRAstroke CPA/M 1.38 ØVstrokeSBUI8 1.51 AS8 3.20
ØRstrokeDB/M 1.59 ØRBstroke CPA/M 1.38 ØVstrokeSBUIA 1.51 AT2 3.22
ØRstrokeDBU/M7 1.51 ØRAstroke CPU/M 1.47 ØVstrokeSBUIA/M 1.51 AT4 3.22
ØRstrokeDBU/M8 1.51 ØRBstroke CPU/FM 1.47 ØVstrokeSBUIA/M7 1.51 AT8 3.22
ØRstrokeDBU7 1.51 ØTstroke CPUI/M 1.25 ØVstrokeSBUIA/M8 1.51 AVL4 3.22
ØRstrokeDBU8 1.51 ØTstroke CPUI/N 1.25 ØVstrokeSBUIA7 1.51 AVL4F 3.22
ØRstrokeDBUIA 1.51 ØTstroke CX 1.41 ØVstrokeSBUIA8 1.51 AVL8 3.22
ØRstrokeDBUIA/M 1.51 ØTstroke CX/FM 1.41 ØVstrokeYBUI/M7 1.51 AVL8F 3.22
ØRstrokeDBUIA/M7 1.51 ØTstrokeDBU/M7 1.51 ØVstrokeYBUI/M8 1.51 B/PB Ø COPPIA 1.66
ØRstrokeDBUIA/M8 1.51 ØTstrokeDBU/M8 1.51 ØVstrokeYBUI7 1.51 BG/PFØ 1.68
ØRstrokeDBUIA7 1.51 ØTstrokeDBU7 1.51 ØVstrokeYBUI8 1.51 BU/CF Ø 1.58
ØRstrokeDBUIA8 1.51 ØTstrokeDBU8 1.51 ØVstrokeYBUIA 1.51 BU/CF Ø AC 1.58
ØRstrokeDBUI 1.51 ØTstrokeDBUIA 1.51 ØVstrokeYBUIA/M 1.51 BU/CM Ø AC 1.57
ØRstroke DFAB 1.69 ØTstrokeDBUIA/M 1.51 ØVstrokeYBUIA/M7 1.51 BU/CM Ø 1.57
ØRstroke DFABC 1.69 ØTstrokeDBUIA/M7 1.51 ØVstrokeYBUIA/M8 1.51 BU/CTA Ø 1.58
ØRstroke DPB 1.69 ØTstrokeDBUIA/M8 1.51 ØVstrokeYBUIA7 1.51 BU/F Ø 1.57
ØRstroke DVB 1.69 ØTstrokeDBUIA7 1.51 ØVstrokeYBUIA8 1.51 BU/F Ø AC 1.57
ØRstroke DVBC 1.69 ØTstrokeDBUIA8 1.51 ØVstrokeX/M 1.21 BU/PB Ø 1.57
ØRstroke PD.X 1.12 ØTstrokeSBUI 1.51 ØVstrokeX/N 1.21 C/ELP8M 2.13
ØRstroke PDC 1.12 ØTstrokeSBUI/M7 1.51 ØYstroke CPUI/M 1.25 C/SG/2 3.19
ØRstroke PDE 1.12 ØTstrokeSBUI/M8 1.51 ØYstroke CPUI/N 1.25 C/SG/4 3.19
ØRstroke PYE 1.12 ØTstrokeSBUI7 1.51 ØYstroke CX 1.41 C/SG/8 3.19
ØRstrokeSBU/M7 1.51 ØTstrokeSBUI8 1.51 ØYstroke CX/FM 1.41 C/UEASGB 2.12
ØRstrokeSBU/M8 1.51 ØTstrokeSBUIA 1.51 ØYstrokeX/M 1.21 C/UEASVB 2.12
ØRstrokeSBU7 1.51 ØTstrokeSBUIA/M 1.51 ØYstrokeX/N 1.21 C/UECSPB 2.12
ØRstrokeSBU8 1.51 ØTstrokeSBUIA/M7 1.51 A/SG/2 3.19 C/UECSVB 2.12
ØRstrokeSBUI 1.51 ØTstrokeSBUIA/M8 1.51 A/SG/4 3.19 C/USASGP 2.11
ØRstrokeSBUI/M7 1.51 ØTstrokeSBUIA7 1.51 A/SG/8 3.19 C/USASVP 2.11
ØRstrokeSBUI/M8 1.51 ØTstrokeSBUIA8 1.51 ALR2 3.20 C/USCSGP 2.11
ØRstrokeSBUI7 1.51 ØTstrokeYBUI/M7 1.51 ALR4 3.20 C/USCSVG 2.13
ØRstrokeSBUI8 1.51 ØTstrokeYBUI/M8 1.51 ALR8 3.20 C/USCSVP 2.11
ØRstrokeSBUIA 1.51 ØTstrokeYBUI7 1.51 ALRN4 3.20 C4/USASGG 2.9
ØRstrokeSBUIA/M 1.51 ØTstrokeYBUI8 1.51 ALRN8 3.20 C4/USCSGG 2.9
ØRstrokeSBUIA/M7 1.51 ØTstrokeYBUIA 1.51 ALRNU4 3.20 C8/USAP/4 2.10
ØRstrokeSBUIA/M8 1.51 ØTstrokeYBUIA/M 1.51 ALRNU8 3.20 C8/USAP/6 2.10
ØRstrokeSBUIA7 1.51 ØTstrokeYBUIA/M7 1.51 ALRU2 3.20 C8/USAP/8 2.10
ØRstrokeSBUIA8 1.51 ØTstrokeYBUIA/M8 1.51 ALRU4 3.20 C8/USASGG 2.9
ØRstrokeYBUI/M7 1.51 ØTstrokeYBUIA7 1.51 ALRU8 3.20 C8/USCP/4 2.10
ØRstrokeYBUI/M8 1.51 ØTstrokeYBUIA8 1.51 AM2 3.22 C8/USCP/6 2.10
ØRstrokeYBUI7 1.51 ØTstrokeX/M 1.21 AM2F 3.22 C8/USCP/8 2.10
ØRstrokeYBUI8 1.51 ØTstrokeX/N 1.21 AM4 3.22 C8/USCSGG 2.9
ØRstrokeYBUIA 1.51 ØVstroke1+stroke2DBU/7 1.51 AM4/E 3.22 CA/SG/2 3.19
ØRstrokeYBUIA/M 1.51 ØVstroke1+stroke2DBU/8 1.51 AM4F 3.22 CA/SG/4 3.19
ØRstrokeYBUIA/M7 1.51 ØVstroke1+stroke2DBU/M7 1.51 AM4F/E 3.22 CA/SG/8 3.19
ØRstrokeYBUIA/M8 1.51 ØVstroke1+stroke2DBU/M8 1.51 AM8 3.22 CALR2 3.20
ØRstrokeYBUIA7 1.51 ØVstroke1+stroke2X/M 1.21 AM8/E 3.22 CALR4 3.20
ØRstrokeYBUIA8 1.51 ØVstroke1+stroke2X/N 1.21 AM8F 3.22 CALR8 3.20
ØRstroke UD..Z 1.3 ØVstroke CPUI/M 1.25 AM8F/E 3.22 CALRN4 3.20
ØRstroke UD.X 1.3 ØVstroke CPUI/N 1.25 AML4 3.22 CALRN8 3.20
ØRstroke UDC 1.3 ØVstroke CX 1.41 AML4F 3.22 CALRNU4 3.20
ØRstroke UDE 1.3 ØVstroke CX/FM 1.41 AML8 3.22 CALRNU8 3.20

Alphanumeric index b
ALPHANUMERIC
INDEX
ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE
CALRU2 3.20 CLRN8 3.20 CS4 3.20 EK4 KR/TR 2.49
CALRU4 3.20 CLRNU4 3.20 CS8 3.20 EK4 KUC/KUC 2.52
CALRU8 3.20 CLRNU8 3.20 CT2 3.22 EK4 KUR/KUR 2.52
CAM2 3.22 CLRU2 3.20 CT4 3.22 EK4/LR 3.14
CAM2F 3.22 CLRU4 3.20 CT8 3.22 EK4/LRLR 3.14
CAM4 3.22 CLRU8 3.20 CVL4 3.22 EK4/LRLRN 3.14
CAM4/E 3.22 CM2 3.24 CVL4F 3.22 EK4/LRN 3.14
CAM4F 3.22 CM2F 3.24 CVL8 3.22 EK4/M 3.16
CAM4F/E 3.22 CM4 3.24 CVL8F 3.22 EK4/MF 3.16
CAM8 3.22 CM4/E 3.24 CX/AN Ø 1.46 EK4/MV 3.16
CAM8/E 3.22 CM4F 3.24 CX/AS Ø/SQ 1.46 EK4/MVF 3.16
CAM8F 3.22 CM4F/E 3.24 CX/CF Ø 1.44 EK4/PS 3.14
CAM8F/E 3.22 CM8 3.24 CX/CPU/CT Ø 1.46-1.49 EK4/PSS 3.14
CAML4 3.22 CM8/E 3.24 CX/CPUI/CT Ø 1.32-1.46 EK4/T 3.16
CAML4F 3.22 CM8F 3.24 CX/F Ø 1.44 EK4/TF 3.16
CAML8 3.22 CM8F/E 3.24 CX/FF10 1.92 EK8 KLC/KLC 2.44
CAML8F 3.22 CML4 3.24 CX/FF16x1,5 1.92 EK8 KLR/KLR 2.44
CAP8 3.28 CML4F 3.24 CX/FF20x1,5 1.92 EK8 KR/KR 2.46
CAP8F 3.28 CML8 3.24 CX/FF27x2 1.92 EK8 KR/TR 2.46
CASS2 3.20 CML8F 3.24 CX/FFP10 1.92 EK8 KUC/KUC 2.46
CASS4 3.20 CN/PR54 4.28 CX/FFP16x1,5 1.92 EK8 KUR/KUR 2.46
CASS8 3.20 CN/PR65 4.28 CX/FFP20x1,5 1.92 EK8/LR 3.9
CAT2 3.24 CNT3 1.94 CX/FFP27x2 1.92 EK8/LRLR 3.9
CAT4 3.24 CNT5 1.94 CX/FFP36x2 1.92 EK8/LRLRN 3.9
CAT8 3.24 CP4 3.28 CX/FM10 1.92 EK8/LRLRU 3.9
CAVL4 3.24 CP8 3.28 CX/FM16x1,5 1.92 EK8/LRN 3.9
CAVL4F 3.24 CP8F 3.28 CX/FM20x1,5 1.92 EK8/LRU 3.12
CAVL8 3.24 CPA/FØ 1.40 CX/FM27x2 1.92 EK8/M 3.12
CAVL8F 3.24 CPA/PBØ 1.40 CX/FM36x2 1.92 EK8/MF 3.12
CCM2 3.24 CPU/CF Ø 1.50 CX/P Ø 1.44 EK8/MV 3.12
CCM2F 3.24 CPU/CM Ø 1.50 CX/PB Ø 1.45 EK8/MVF 3.12
CCM4 3.24 CPU/CPUI/SEC Ø 1.29-1.50 CX/PL Ø 1.44 EK8/PS 3.9
CCM4/E 3.24 CPU/F Ø 1.49 CX/SEC Ø 1.45 EK8/PSS 3.9
CCM4F 3.24 CPU/P Ø 1.49 D3/15 3.30 EK8/T 3.12
CCM4F/E 3.24 CPUI/AS Ø 1.30 D3/2 3.30 EK8/TF 3.12
CCM8 3.24 CPUI/AS Ø AC 1.30 D3/2B 3.30 EKA2 KLC/TQ 2.57
CCM8/E 3.24 CPUI/ASSS Ø AC 1.31 D3/4 3.30 EKA2 KLC/ZR 2.57
CCM8F 3.24 CPUI/CF Ø 1.29 D3/4B 3.30 EKA2 KLR/ZR 2.57
CCM8F/E 3.24 CPUI/CF Ø AC 1.29 DS2 3.30 EKA2 KR/TQ 2.57
CCML4 3.24 CPUI/CF Ø B 1.29 DS3 3.30 EKA2 KR/ZR 2.57
CCML4F 3.24 CPUI/CFA Ø 1.29 DS4 3.30 EKA2 KUC/TQ 2.57
CCML8 3.24 CPUI/CFS Ø 1.30 DS8 3.30 EKA2 KUC/ZR 2.57
CCML8F 3.24 CPUI/CFS Ø AC 1.30 DST10 1.92 EKA2 KUR/ZR 2.57
CCVL4 3.24 CPUI/CM Ø 1.29 DST10x1,25 1.92 EKA4 KLC/TQ 2.52
CCVL4F 3.24 CPUI/CM Ø AC 1.29 DST12x1,25 1.92 EKA4 KLC/ZR 2.52
CCVL8 3.24 CPUI/CM Ø B 1.29 DST16x1,5 1.92 EKA4 KLR/ZR 2.52
CCVL8F 3.24 CPUI/CMSS Ø 1.31 DST20x1,5 1.92 EKA4 KR/TQ 2.49
CEK8/2 2.48 CPUI/CMSS Ø AC 1.31 DST27x2 1.92 EKA4 KR/ZR 2.49
CEK8/3 2.48 CPUI/CT Ø 1.32 DST36x2 1.92 EKA4 KUC/TQ 2.52
CEK8/5 2.48 CPUI/CTA Ø 1.31 DST4 1.92 EKA4 KUC/ZR 2.52
CK2/2 2.71 CPUI/CTL Ø 1.32 DST6 1.92 EKA4 KUR/ZR 2.52
CK2/3 2.71 CPUI/F Ø 1.28 DST8 1.92 EKA8 KLC/TQ 2.46
CK2/5 2.71 CPUI/PB Ø 1.28 EK/M/SG/4 3.8 EKA8 KLC/ZR 2.46
CK4/2 2.68 CPUI/SCT Ø 1.32 EK/M/SG/8 3.8 EKA8 KLR/ZR 2.46
CK4/3 2.68 CPUI/SEC Ø AC 1.29 EK/SG/2 2.43 EKA8 KR/TQ 2.44
CK4/4 2.68 CPUI/SEC Ø AT 1.30 EK/SG/4 2.43 EKA8 KR/ZR 2.44
CK4/5 2.68 CQB8N 3.22 EK/SG/8 2.43 EKA8 KUC/TQ 2.46
CK4/8 2.68 CQB8R 3.22 EK2 KLC/KLC 2.57 EKA8 KUC/ZR 2.46
CK8/2 2.65 CQB8V 3.22 EK2 KLR/KLR 2.57 EKA8 KUR/ZR 2.46
CK8/3 2.65 CQF8N 3.22 EK2 KR/KR 2.56 EKA8/A 3.9
CK8/5 2.65 CQF8R 3.22 EK2 KUC/KUC 2.57 EKA8/Q 3.9
CLR2 3.20 CQF8V 3.22 EK2 KUR/KUR 2.57 EKA8/TD 3.9
CLR4 3.20 CR8 3.20 EK4 KLC/KLC 2.52 EKC2 KLC/TQ 2.57
CLR8 3.20 CRN8 3.20 EK4 KLR/KLR 2.49 EKC2 KLC/ZR 2.57
CLRN4 3.20 CS2 3.20 EK4 KR/KR 2.49 EKC2 KLR/TQ 2.57

c Alphanumeric index
ALPHANUMERIC
INDEX
ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE
EKC2 KLR/ZR 2.57 EKCA4 KLR/ZR 2.53 EKCA8/LRN 3.9 ENCA4 SUC/SUC 2.54
EKC2 KR/TQ 2.57 EKCA4 KR/KR 2.50 EKCA8/LRU 3.9 ENCA4 SUR/SUR 2.54
EKC2 KR/ZR 2.57 EKCA4 KR/TQ 2.50 EKCA8/M 3.12 ENCA4 TQ/KUC 2.54
EKC2 KUC/TQ 2.57 EKCA4 KR/TR 2.50 EKCA8/MA 3.12 ES…/N 5.48
EKC2 KUC/ZR 2.57 EKCA4 KR/ZR 2.50 EKCA8/MAF 3.12 EV1 2.94
EKC2 KUR/TQ 2.57 EKCA4 KUC/KUC 2.53 EKCA8/MF 3.12 EV12 2.94
EKC2 KUR/ZR 2.57 EKCA4 KUC/TQ 2.53 EKCA8/MS 3.12 EV16 2.94
EKC4 KLC/TQ 2.52 EKCA4 KUC/ZR 2.53 EKCA8/MSF 3.12 EV2 2.94
EKC4 KLC/ZR 2.52 EKCA4 KUR/KUR 2.53 EKCA8/MV 3.12 EV3 2.94
EKC4 KLR/ZR 2.52 EKCA4 KUR/ZR 2.53 EKCA8/MVF 3.12 EV4 2.94
EKC4 KR/TQ 2.59 EKCA4 PLC/PLC 2.53 EKCA8/PS 3.9 EV6 2.94
EKC4 KR/ZR 2.59 EKCA4 PLR/PLR 2.53 EKCA8/PSS 3.9 EV8 2.94
EKC4 KUC/TQ 2.52 EKCA4 PR/PR 2.50 EKCA8/Q 3.9 EZ/SVG/P1 4.22
EKC4 KUC/ZR 2.52 EKCA4 PUC/PUC 2.53 EKCA8/T 3.12 EZ/SVG/P2 4.22
EKC4 KUR/ZR 2.52 EKCA4 PUR/PUR 2.53 EKCA8/TD 3.9 EZ/SVG/P3 4.22
EKC8 KLC/TQ 2.46 EKCA4 SLC/SLC 2.53 EKCA8/TF 3.12 EZ1/20 4.13
EKC8 KLC/ZR 2.46 EKCA4 SLR/SLR 2.53 ELA4 3.32 EZ1/40 4.13
EKC8 KLR/ZR 2.46 EKCA4 SR/SR 2.50 ELM4 3.33 EZ1/PM 4.19
EKC8 KR/TQ 2.44 EKCA4 SUC/SUC 2.53 ELN4 3.33 EZ1/SVG 4.22
EKC8 KR/ZR 2.44 EKCA4 SUR/SUR 2.53 ELO4 3.32 EZ1/SVG/1 4.22
EKC8 KUC/TQ 2.46 EKCA4/LR 3.14 ELPG8S 2.12 EZ1/SVG/2 4.22
EKC8 KUC/ZR 2.46 EKCA4/LRLR 3.14 ELPG8S/B 2.12 EZ2/20 4.13
EKC8 KUR/ZR 2.46 EKCA4/LRLRN 3.10 ELPG8S/B/USBG/voltage 2.12 EZ2/40 4.13
EKC8/A 3.9 EKCA4/LRN 3.10 ELPG8S/BAG 2.12 EZ2/5 4.13
EKC8/Q 3.9 EKCA4/M 3.16 ELPG8S/BAG/USBG/voltage 2.12 EZ2/SVG 4.22
EKC8/TD 3.9 EKCA4/MA 3.16 ELPG8S/BAV 2.12 EZ2/SVG/1 4.22
EKCA/M/SG/2 3.8 EKCA4/MA/F 3.16 ELPG8S/BAV/USBG/voltage 2.12 EZ3/20 4.13
EKCA/M/SG/4 3.8 EKCA4/MF 3.16 ELPG8S/BP 2.12 EZ3/40 4.13
EKCA/M/SG/8 3.8 EKCA4/MS 3.16 ELPG8S/BP/USBG/voltage 2.12 EZ3/5 4.13
EKCA/SG/2 2.43 EKCA4/MS/F 3.16 ELPP8S 2.11 EZ3/PM 4.13-4.19
EKCA/SG/4 2.43 EKCA4/MV 3.16 ELPP8S/P 2.11 EZ3/SVG 4.22
EKCA/SG/8 2.43 EKCA4/MVF 3.16 ELPP8S/P/USB/voltage 2.11 EZ3/SVG/1 4.22
EKCA2 KLC/KLC 2.58 EKCA4/PS 3.14 ELPP8S/PAG 2.11 EZ3/SVG/2 4.22
EKCA2 KLC/TQ 2.58 EKCA4/PSS 3.14 ELPP8S/PAG/USB/voltage 2.11 EZAP/R1 4.20
EKCA2 KLC/ZR 2.58 EKCA4/T 3.16 ELPP8S/PAV/USB/voltage 2.11 EZAP/R2 4.20
EKCA2 KLR/KLR 2.58 EKCA4/TF 3.16 ELSQ 3.33 EZAP/R3 4.20
EKCA2 KLR/ZR 2.58 EKCA8 ALC/ALC 2.47 ELY4 3.33 EZAP/U1 4.20
EKCA2 KR/KR 2.56 EKCA8 ALR/ALR 2.47 ENCA/SG/4 2.43 EZAP/U2 4.20
EKCA2 KR/TQ 2.56 EKCA8 AR/AR 2.45 ENCA4 ALC/ALC 2.54 EZAP/U3 4.20
EKCA2 KR/ZR 2.56 EKCA8 AUC/AUC 2.47 ENCA4 ALR/ALR 2.54 EZAP1/SVG 4.22
EKCA2 KUC/KUC 2.58 EKCA8 AUR/AUR 2.47 ENCA4 AR/AR 2.54 EZAP1/SVG/1 4.22
EKCA2 KUC/TQ 2.58 EKCA8 KLC/KLC 2.47 ENCA4 AUC/PUC 2.54 EZAP2/SVG 4.22
EKCA2 KUC/ZR 2.58 EKCA8 KLC/TQ 2.47 ENCA4 AUR/AUR 2.54 EZAP2/SVG/1 4.22
EKCA2 KUR/KUR 2.58 EKCA8 KLC/ZR 2.47 ENCA4 KLC/KLC 2.54 EZAP3/SVG 4.22
EKCA2 KUR/ZR 2.58 EKCA8 KLR/KLR 2.47 ENCA4 KLC/TQ 2.54 EZAP3/SVG/1 4.22
EKCA2 SLC/SLC 2.58 EKCA8 KLR/ZR 2.47 ENCA4 KLC/ZR 2.54 EZF1/40PM/SA 4.13
EKCA2 SLR/SLR 2.58 EKCA8 KUC/KUC 2.47 ENCA4 KLR/KLR 2.54 EZF1/40PM/SM 4.13
EKCA2 SR/SR 2.56 EKCA8 KUC/TQ 2.47 ENCA4 KLR/ZR 2.54 EZF1/40PM/SS 4.13
EKCA2 SUC/SUC 2.58 EKCA8 KUC/ZR 2.47 ENCA4 KR/KR 2.51 EZF1/40RR7L/PM/SA 4.24
EKCA2 SUR/SUR 2.58 EKCA8 KUR/KUR 2.47 ENCA4 KR/TQ 2.51 EZF1/40RR7L/PM/SM 4.24
EKCA2/M 3.18 EKCA8 KUR/ZR 2.47 ENCA4 KR/TR 2.51 EZF1/40RR7L/PM/SS 4.24
EKCA2/MA 3.18 EKCA8 PLC/PLC 2.47 ENCA4 KR/ZR 2.51 EZF1/40RR7LCA/PM/SA 4.24
EKCA2/MAF 3.18 EKCA8 PLR/PLR 2.47 ENCA4 KUC/KUC 2.54 EZF1/40RR7LCA/PM/SM 4.24
EKCA2/MF 3.18 EKCA8 PUC/PUC 2.47 ENCA4 KUC/TQ 2.54 EZF1/40RR7LCA/PM/SS 4.24
EKCA2/MS 3.18 EKCA8 PUR/PUR 2.47 ENCA4 KUC/ZR 2.54 EZF1/40RR7LCC/PM/SA 4.24
EKCA2/MSF 3.18 EKCA8 SLC/SLC 2.47 ENCA4 KUR/KUR 2.54 EZF1/40RR7LCC/PM/SM 4.24
EKCA4 ALC/ALC 2.53 EKCA8 SLR/SLR 2.47 ENCA4 KUR/ZR 2.54 EZF1/40RR7LCC/PM/SS 4.24
EKCA4 ALR/ALR 2.53 EKCA8 SR/SR 2.45 ENCA4 PLC/PLC 2.54 EZF2/20PM/SA 4.13
EKCA4 AR/AR 2.50 EKCA8 SUC/SUC 2.47 ENCA4 PLR/PLR 2.54 EZF2/20PM/SM 4.13
EKCA4 AUC/AUC 2.53 EKCA8 SUR/SUR 2.47 ENCA4 PR/PR 2.51 EZF2/20PM/SS 4.13
EKCA4 AUR/AUR 2.53 EKCA8/A 3.9 ENCA4 PR/PR 2.51 EZF3/20/SM 4.13
EKCA4 KLC/KLC 2.53 EKCA8/LR 3.9 ENCA4 PUC/PUC 2.54 EZF3/20/SS 4.13
EKCA4 KLC/TQ 2.53 EKCA8/LRLR 3.9 ENCA4 SLC/SLC 2.54 EZF3/20PM/SM 4.13
EKCA4 KLC/ZR 2.53 EKCA8/LRLRN 3.9 ENCA4 SLR/SLR 2.54 EZF3/20PM/SS 4.13
EKCA4 KLR/KLR 2.53 EKCA8/LRLRU 3.9 ENCA4 SR/SR 2.51 EZF3/20RR7L/PM/SM 4.24

Alphanumeric index d
ALPHANUMERIC
INDEX
ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE
EZF3/20RR7L/PM/SS 4.24 EZRR3/7F20LCA/SM 4.23 FF4/SS 1.90 FS81 1.95
EZF3/20RR7L/SM 4.24 EZRR3/7F20LCA/SS 4.23 FF6 1.90 HALR2 3.20
EZF3/20RR7L/SS 4.24 EZRR3/7F20LCC/PM/SM 4.23 FF6 1.90 HALR4 3.20
EZF3/20RR7LCA/PM/SM 4.24 EZRR3/7F20LCC/PM/SS 4.23 FF6/SA 1.91 HALR8 3.20
EZF3/20RR7LCA/PM/SS 4.24 EZRR3/7F20LCC/SM 4.23 FF6/SS 1.90 HALRN4 3.20
EZF3/20RR7LCA/SM 4.24 EZRR3/7F20LCC/SS 4.23 FF8 1.91 HALRN8 3.20
EZF3/20RR7LCA/SS 4.24 EZRR3/7F20PM/SM 4.17 FF8 1.91 HALRNU4 3.20
EZF3/20RR7LCC/PM/SM 4.24 EZRR3/7F20PM/SS 4.17 FF8/SA 1.91 HALRNU8 3.20
EZF3/20RR7LCC/PM/SS 4.24 EZRR3/SG/6 4.15 FF8/SS 1.91 HALRU2 3.20
EZF3/20RR7LCC/SM 4.24 EZS2/3 4.22 FFP10x1,25 1.91 HALRU4 3.20
EZF3/20RR7LCC/SS 4.24 EZT/F1/SA 4.13 FFP12x1,25 1.91 HALRU8 3.20
EZL1/C 4.19 EZT/F1/SM 4.13 FFP16x1,5 1.91 HAM2 3.22
EZL1PM/CA 4.19 EZT/F1/SS 4.13 FFP20x1,5 1.91 HAM2F 3.22
EZL1PM/CC 4.19 EZT/F2/PM/SA 4.13 FFP27x2 1.91 HAM4 3.22
EZL2/C 4.19 EZT/F2/PM/SM 4.13 FFP36x2 1.91 HAM4/E 3.22
EZL2PM 4.19 EZT/F2/PM/SS 4.13 FFP6 1.91 HAM4F 3.22
EZL2PM/CA 4.19 EZT/F3/SM 4.13 FFP8 1.91 HAM4F/E 3.22
EZL2PM/CC 4.19 EZT/F3/SS 4.13 FG/050 1.98 HAM8 3.22
EZL3 4.19 EZT/L1 4.19 FG/051 1.98 HAM8/E 3.22
EZL3/C 4.19 EZT/L1/SLA 4.19 FG/052 1.98 HAM8F 3.22
EZL3/CA 4.19 EZT/L1/SLC 4.19 FG/053 1.98 HAM8F/E 3.22
EZL3/CC 4.19 EZT/L2/PM 4.19 FG/054 1.98 HAML4 3.22
EZL3PM 4.19 EZT/L2/PM/SLA 4.19 FG/055 1.98 HAML4F 3.22
EZL3PM/CA 4.19 EZT/L2/PM/SLC 4.19 FG/056 1.98 HAML8 3.22
EZL3PM/CC 4.19 EZT/L3 4.19 FG/057 1.98 HAML8F 3.22
EZPA1/3 4.22 EZT/L3/SLA 4.19 FG/058 1.98 HAQB8N 3.22
EZPA2/3 4.22 EZT/L3/SLC 4.19 FG/059 1.98 HAQB8R 3.22
EZPA3/3 4.22 EZVL/1 4.22 FG10 1.94 HAQB8V 3.22
EZRR1/7 4.19 EZVL/2 4.22 FG12 1.94 HAQF8N 3.22
EZRR1/7F40L/PM/SA 4.23 EZVL/3 4.22 FG16 1.94 HAQF8R 3.22
EZRR1/7F40L/PM/SM 4.23 EZVL1/SVG 4.22 FG20 1.94 HAQF8V 3.22
EZRR1/7F40L/PM/SS 4.23 EZVL1/SVG/1 4.22 FG25 1.94 HAR8 3.20
EZRR1/7F40LCA/PM/SA 4.23 EZVL2/SVG 4.22 FG32 1.94 HARN8 3.20
EZRR1/7F40LCA/PM/SM 4.23 EZVL2/SVG/1 4.22 FG40 1.94 HAS2 3.20
EZRR1/7F40LCA/PM/SS 4.23 EZVL3/SVG 4.22 FG50 1.94 HAS4 3.20
EZRR1/7F40LCC/PM/SA 4.23 EZVL3/SVG/1 4.22 FG63 1.94 HAS8 3.20
EZRR1/7F40LCC/PM/SM 4.23 FCLR4 3.20 FG8 1.94 HAT2 3.22
EZRR1/7F40LCC/PM/SS 4.23 FCLR8 3.20 FM100 1.93 HAT4 3.22
EZRR1/7F40PM/SA 4.17 FCLRN4 3.20 FM100/C 1.93 HAT8 3.22
EZRR1/7F40PM/SM 4.17 FCLRN8 3.20 FM100E 1.93 HAVL4 3.22
EZRR1/7F40PM/SS 4.17 FCLRNU4 3.20 FM100E/C 1.93 HAVL4F 3.22
EZRR1/SG/6 4.19 FCLRNU8 3.20 FM100EN 1.93 HAVL8 3.22
EZRR2/7 4.15 FCLRU4 3.20 FM100EN/C 1.93 HAVL8F 3.22
EZRR2/7F20L/PM/SA 4.23 FCLRU8 3.20 FM100N 1.93 HB/FF10 1.91
EZRR2/7F20L/PM/SM 4.23 FCP8 3.28 FM100N/C 1.93 HB/FF12 1.91
EZRR2/7F20L/PM/SS 4.23 FCR8 3.20 FM100R 1.93 HB/FF14 1.91
EZRR2/7F20LCA/PM/SA 4.23 FCRN8 3.20 FM100R/C 1.93 HB/FF16 1.91
EZRR2/7F20LCA/PM/SM 4.23 FCS4 3.20 FM101 1.96 HB/FF18 1.91
EZRR2/7F20LCA/PM/SS 4.23 FCS8 3.20 FM101/C 1.96 HB/FF20 1.91
EZRR2/7F20LCC/PM/SA 4.23 FF10x1,25 1.90 FM101E 1.96 HB/SEC Ø 1.70
EZRR2/7F20LCC/PM/SM 4.23 FF10x1,25/SA 1.91 FM101E/C 1.96 HCCM4 3.24
EZRR2/7F20LCC/PM/SS 4.23 FF10x1,25/SS 1.90 FM157 1.97 HCCM4/E 3.24
EZRR2/7F20PM/SA 4.17 FF12x1,25 1.90 FM157/C 1.97 HCCM4F 3.24
EZRR2/7F20PM/SM 4.17 FF12x1,25/SA 1.91 FM157E 1.97 HCCM4F/E 3.24
EZRR2/7F20PM/SS 4.17 FF12x1,25/SS 1.90 FM157E/C 1.97 HCCM8 3.24
EZRR2/SG/6 4.19 FF16x1,5 1.90 FM158 1.99 HCCM8/E 3.24
EZRR3/7 4.19 FF16x1,5/SA 1.91 FM158/C 1.99 HCCM8F 3.24
EZRR3/7F20/SM 4.17 FF16x1,5/SS 1.90 FM158E 1.99 HCCM8F/E 3.24
EZRR3/7F20/SS 4.17 FF20x1,5 1.90 FM158E/C 1.99 HCCML4 3.24
EZRR3/7F20L/PM/SM 4.23 FF20x1,5/SA 1.91 FS112 1.95 HCCML4F 3.24
EZRR3/7F20L/PM/SS 4.23 FF20x1,5/SS 1.90 FS125 1.95 HCCML8 3.24
EZRR3/7F20L/SM 4.23 FF27x2/SA 1.90 FS34 1.95 HCCML8F 3.24
EZRR3/7F20L/SS 4.23 FF27x2/SS 1.90 FS345 1.95 HCLR2 3.20
EZRR3/7F20LCA/PM/SM 4.23 FF36x2/SS 1.90 FS56 1.95 HCLR4 3.20
EZRR3/7F20LCA/PM/SS 4.23 FF4 1.90 FS681 1.95 HCLR8 3.20

e Alphanumeric index
ALPHANUMERIC
INDEX
ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE
HCLRN4 3.20 KB/EK 4/6 2.55 MA10/12 4.26 MCS-PMN 3.6
HCLRN8 3.20 KB/EK 4/8 2.55 MA4/1 4.26 MCS-PMR 3.6
HCLRNU4 3.20 KB/EK 8/10 2.48 MA4/12 4.26 MCS-PMV 3.6
HCLRNU8 3.20 KB/EK 8/12 2.48 MA4/4 4.26 MCS-SA 3.6
HCLRU2 3.20 KB/EK 8/14 2.48 MA4/6 4.26 MCS-SAD 3.6
HCLRU4 3.20 KB/EK 8/16 2.48 MA5/1 4.26 MCT1/8 3.4
HCLRU8 3.20 KB/EK 8/18 2.48 MA5/12 4.26 MCT4 3.4
HCM2 3.24 KB/EK 8/2 2.48 MA5/4 4.26 MCT4/L 3.4
HCM2F 3.24 KB/EK 8/20 2.48 MA5/6 4.26 MCTM5 3.4
HCM4 3.24 KB/EK 8/3 2.48 MA6/1 4.26 MCTM5/L 3.4
HCM4/E 3.24 KB/EK 8/4 2.48 MA6/12 4.26 MEK192/N 2.15
HCM4F 3.24 KB/EK 8/5 2.48 MA6/4 4.26 MEK192/NLED Voltage 2.15
HCM4F/E 3.24 KB/EK 8/6 2.48 MA6/6 4.26 MEK192/NVD Voltage 2.15
HCM8 3.24 KB/EK 8/8 2.48 MALR1/8 3.4 MEKCA4 AR/AR 2.37
HCM8/E 3.24 KB/MEK 4/10 2.42 MALR4 3.4 MEKCA4 AUC/AUC voltage 2.38
HCM8F 3.24 KB/MEK 4/12 2.42 MALR4/L 3.4 MEKCA4 AUCG/AUCG 2.40
HCM8F/E 3.24 KB/MEK 4/14 2.42 MALRM5 3.4 MEKCA4 AUR/AUR voltage 2.38
HCML4 3.24 KB/MEK 4/16 2.42 MALRM5/L 3.4 MEKCA4 AURG/AURG 2.40
HCML4F 3.24 KB/MEK 4/18 2.42 MALRU1/8 3.4 MEKCA4 KR/KR 2.37
HCML8 3.24 KB/MEK 4/2 2.42 MALRU4 3.4 MEKCA4 KR/ZQ 2.37
HCML8F 3.24 KB/MEK 4/20 2.42 MALRU4/L 3.4 MEKCA4 KUC/KUC voltage 2.38
HCQB8N 3.22 KB/MEK 4/3 2.42 MALRUM5 3.4 MEKCA4 KUC/ZQ voltage 2.40
HCQB8R 3.22 KB/MEK 4/4 2.42 MALRUM5/L 3.4 MEKCA4 KUCG/KUCG 2.40
HCQB8V 3.22 KB/MEK 4/5 2.42 MAP1/8 3.3 MEKCA4 KUCG/ZQ 2.40
HCQF8N 3.22 KB/MEK 4/6 2.42 MAP4 3.3 MEKCA4 KUR/KUR voltage 2.38
HCQF8R 3.22 KB/MEK 4/8 2.42 MAP4/L 3.3 MEKCA4 KUR/ZQ voltage 2.38
HCQF8V 3.22 KB/MEK 8/10 2.36 MAPM5 3.3 MEKCA4 KURG/KURG 2.40
HCR8 3.20 KB/MEK 8/12 2.36 MAPM5/L 3.3 MEKCA4 KURG/ZQ 2.40
HCRN8 3.20 KB/MEK 8/14 2.36 MAS1/8 3.3 MEKCA4 PR/PR 2.37
HCS2 3.20 KB/MEK 8/16 2.36 MAS4 3.3 MEKCA4 PUC/PUC voltage 2.38
HCS4 3.20 KB/MEK 8/18 2.36 MAS4/L 3.3 MEKCA4 PUCG/PUCG 2.40
HCS8 3.20 KB/MEK 8/2 2.36 MASM5 3.3 MEKCA4 PUR/PUR voltage 2.38
HCT2 3.22 KB/MEK 8/20 2.36 MASM5/L 3.3 MEKCA4 PURG/PURG 2.40
HCT4 3.22 KB/MEK 8/3 2.36 MAT1/8 3.4 MEKCA4 SR/SR 2.37
HCT8 3.22 KB/MEK 8/4 2.36 MAT4 3.4 MEKCA4 SUC/SUC voltage 2.38
HCVL4 3.22 KB/MEK 8/5 2.36 MAT4/L 3.4 MEKCA4 SUCG/SUCG 2.40
HCVL4F 3.22 KB/MEK 8/6 2.36 MATM5 3.4 MEKCA4 SUR/SUR voltage 2.38
HCVL8 3.22 KB/MEK 8/8 2.36 MATM5/L 3.4 MEKCA4 SURG/SURG 2.40
HCVL8F 3.22 KB/MEV 8/10 2.21 MCLR1/8 3.4 MEKCA8 AR/AR 2.33
HFCLR4 3.20 KB/MEV 8/12 2.21 MCLR4 3.4 MEKCA8 AUC/AUC voltage 2.34
HFCLR8 3.20 KB/MEV 8/14 2.21 MCLR4/L 3.4 MEKCA8 AUR/AUR voltage 2.34
HFCLRN4 3.20 KB/MEV 8/16 2.21 MCLRM5 3.4 MEKCA8 KUC/KUC voltage 2.34
HFCLRN8 3.20 KB/MEV 8/18 2.21 MCLRM5/L 3.4 MEKCA8 KUR/KUR voltage 2.34
HFCLRNU4 3.20 KB/MEV 8/2 2.21 MCLRU1/8 3.4 MEKCA8 KUR/ZQ voltage 2.34
HFCLRNU8 3.20 KB/MEV 8/20 2.21 MCLRU4 3.4 MEKCA8 PR/PR 2.33
HFCLRU4 3.20 KB/MEV 8/3 2.21 MCLRU4/L 3.4 MEKCA8 PUC/PUC voltage 2.34
HFCLRU8 3.20 KB/MEV 8/4 2.21 MCLRUM5 3.4 MEKCA8 PUR/PUR voltage 2.34
HFCR8 3.20 KB/MEV 8/5 2.21 MCLRUM5/L 3.4 MEKCA8 SR/SR 2.33
HFCRN8 3.20 KB/MEV 8/6 2.21 MCP1/8 3.4 MEKCA8 SUC/SUC voltage 2.34
HFCS4 3.20 KB/MEV 8/8 2.21 MCP4 3.4 MEKCA8 SUR/SUR voltage 2.34
HFCS8 3.20 KIT/IR/MEK4 2.42 MCP4/L 3.4 MEV/C 2.28
HS/BF Ø 1.86 KIT/IR/MEK8 2.36 MCPM5 3.4 MEV/C1 2.28
HS/BR Ø 1.86 KIT/PC/EK8 2.48 MCPM5/L 3.4 MEV/C2 2.28
HS/NP Ø 1.86 KIT/PC/MEK4 2.42 MCS1/8 3.3 MEV/CA/SG 2.16
HS/PT Ø 1.86 KIT/PC/MEK8 2.36 MCS4 3.3 MEV/CC/SG 2.16
KB/EK 4/10 2.55 KIT/PC/UL 2.21 MCS4/L 3.3 MEV/CF10 2.28
KB/EK 4/12 2.55 KIT/PC/UL 2.8 MCS-CB2 3.6 MEV/CF3 2.28
KB/EK 4/14 2.55 KIT/PC/UM 2.4 MCS-FBR 3.6 MEV/CF5 2.28
KB/EK 4/16 2.55 KIT/UDP/ISO1 2.83 MCS-FMR 3.6 MEV/CP/SG 2.16
KB/EK 4/18 2.55 KIT/UDP/ISO2 2.83 MCS-LCB 3.6 MEV/M2D/AC 2.28
KB/EK 4/2 2.55 KIT/UDP/ISO3 2.83 MCS-LCM 3.6 MEV/M2D/DC 2.28
KB/EK 4/20 2.55 M/CPUI/CT Ø 1.32 MCS-LCSB 3.6 MEV/M2S/AC 2.28
KB/EK 4/3 2.55 M/CX/CPU/CT Ø 1.48 MCS-LCSM 3.6 MEV/M2S/DC 2.28
KB/EK 4/4 2.55 M/WBZ 1.7 MCSM5 3.3 MEV/M4D/AC 2.28
KB/EK 4/5 2.55 M/WUG-WUGD 1.8 MCSM5/L 3.3 MEV/M4D/DC 2.28

Alphanumeric index f
ALPHANUMERIC
INDEX
ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE
MEV/M4S/AC 2.28 MF/CX/CPU/CT Ø ** 1.49 MP4/1 4.20 RC-GF-… 5.38
MEV/M4S/DC 2.28 MF/CX/CPUI/CT Ø ** 1.32-1.46 MP4/12 4.20 RC-GG-… 5.38
MEV/P 2.28 MF10/12 4.26 MP4/4 4.20 RC-GI-… 5.39
MEV/PM 2.28 MF4/1 4.26 MP4/6 4.20 RC-P-… 5.37
MEV/SG 2.16 MF4/12 4.26 MP5/1 4.20 RC-RC-… 5.45
MEV18 AUC/AUC voltage 2.23 MF4/4 4.26 MP5/12 4.20 RC-RV-… 5.45
MEV18 AUR/AUR voltage 2.23 MF4/6 4.26 MP5/4 4.20 RC-TG-… 5.39
MEV18 KUC/KUC voltage 2.23 MF5/1 4.26 MP5/6 4.20 RC-TI-… 5.40
MEV18 KUC/TQ voltage 2.23 MF5/12 4.26 MP6/1 4.20 RO1-GM-... 5.13
MEV18 KUC/ZR voltage 2.23 MF5/4 4.26 MP6/12 4.20 RO1-GMG-... 5.14
MEV18 KUR/KUR voltage 2.23 MF5/6 4.26 MP6/4 4.20 RO-2BSR-... 5.15
MEV18 KUR/ZR voltage 2.23 MF6/1 4.26 MP6/6 4.20 RO-3BSR-... 5.16
MEV18 PUC/PUC voltage 2.23 MF6/12 4.26 MR10/12 4.20 RO-AC-… 5.20
MEV18 PUR/PUR voltage 2.23 MF6/4 4.26 MR4/1 4.20 RO-ACL-… 5.20
MEV18 SUC/SUC voltage 2.23 MF6/6 4.26 MR4/12 4.20 RO-BD-... 5.16
MEV18 SUR/SUR voltage 2.23 MHALR1/8 3.4 MR4/4 4.20 RO-BDR-... 5.15
MEV18BM 2.26 MHALR4 3.4 MR4/6 4.20 RO-BS-... 5.16
MEV18BS 2.26 MHALR4/L 3.4 MR5/1 4.20 RO-BSR-... 5.15
MEV18DG 2.26 MHALRM5 3.4 MR5/12 4.20 RO-CBD-... 5.21
MEV18DP 2.26 MHALRM5/L 3.4 MR5/4 4.20 RO-CBS-... 5.21
MEV18PC 2.26 MHALRU1/8 3.4 MR5/6 4.20 RO-CI-... 5.20
MEV18PE 2.26 MHALRU4 3.4 MR6/1 4.20 RO-CT-... 5.21
MEV18PUS 2.26 MHALRUM5 3.4 MR6/12 4.20 RO-DF-… 5.12
MEV8 AR/AR 2.17 MHALRUM5/L 3.4 MR6/4 4.20 RO-DI-… 5.17
MEV8 AUC/AUC voltage 2.18 MHAP1/8 3.3 MR6/6 4.20 RO-DIR-… 5.17
MEV8 AUR/AUR voltage 2.18 MHAP4 3.3 NB Ø 1.66 RO-DM-… 5.12
MEV8 KR/KR 2.17 MHAP4/L 3.3 NBG Ø 1.66 RO-E-… 5.19
MEV8 KR/TQ 2.17 MHAPM5 3.3 PCA4 3.28 RO-GI-… 5.17
MEV8 KR/ZR 2.17 MHAPM5/L 3.3 PCA4/F 3.29 RO-GM-… 5.13
MEV8 KUC/KUC voltage 2.18 MHARLU4/L 3.3 PCA4M 3.29 RO-P-... 5.18
MEV8 KUC/TQ voltage 2.18 MHAS1/8 3.3 PCA4M/F 3.29 RO-PF-... 5.18
MEV8 KUC/ZR voltage 2.18 MHAS4 3.3 PFPØ 1.14 RO-R-... 5.19
MEV8 KUC/ZR voltage 2.18 MHAS4/L 3.3 PGØ 1.14 RO-RC-... 5.23
MEV8 KUR/KUR voltage 2.18 MHASM5 3.3 PNP4 3.28 RO-RD-… 5.22
MEV8 KUR/ZR voltage 2.18 MHASM5/L 3.3 PNP4/F 3.28 RO-RF-... 5.24
MEV8 PR/PR 2.17 MHAT1/8 3.4 PNPCA4 3.28 RO-RFV-... 5.23
MEV8 PUC/PUC voltage 2.18 MHAT4 3.4 PNPCA4/A 3.28 RO-RV-... 5.23
MEV8 PUR/PUR voltage 2.18 MHAT4/L 3.4 PNPCA4/AF 3.28 RO-T-… 5.19
MEV8 SR/SR 2.17 MHATM5 3.4 PNPCA4/F 3.28 RO-TC-... 5.14
MEV8 SUC/SUC voltage 2.18 MHATM5/L 3.4 PNPCA4/S 3.28 RO-TI-… 5.18
MEV8 SUR/SUR voltage 2.18 MHCLR1/8 3.4 PNPCA4/SF 3.28 RO-TL-... 5.14
MEV8/PC 2.21-2.31 MHCLR4 3.4 PRA4 4.28 RO-VBD-… 5.22
MEV8/PF 2.21 MHCLR4/L 3.4 PRA8 4.28 RO-VBS-… 5.22
MEVX18 AUC/AUC voltage 2.25 MHCLRM5 3.4 PRC4 4.28 RS1-N-… 5.25
MEVX18 AUR/AUR voltage 2.25 MHCLRM5/L 3.4 PRC8 4.28 RS1-PM-… 5.35
MEVX18 KUC/KUC voltage 2.25 MHCLRU1/8 3.4 PRCA4 4.28 RS1-PMF-... 5.27
MEVX18 KUC/TQ voltage 2.25 MHCLRU4 3.4 PRCA8 4.29 RS1-RMF-… 5.26
MEVX18 KUC/ZR voltage 2.25 MHCLRU4/L 3.4 PRDA 4.27 RS-CF-... 5.32
MEVX18 KUR/KUR voltage 2.25 MHCLRUM5 3.4 RC1-DFM-… 5.43 RS-GF-... 5.29
MEVX18 KUR/ZR voltage 2.25 MHCLRUM5/L 3.4 RC1-DGM-… 5.44 RS-GM-... 5.30
MEVX18 PUC/PUC voltage 2.25 MHCP1/8 3.3 RC1-DM-… 5.36 RS-GMF-... 5.29
MEVX18 PUR/PUR voltage 2.25 MHCP4 3.3 RC1-G-… 5.38 RS-M-... 5.26
MEVX18 SUC/SUC voltage 2.25 MHCP4/L 3.3 RC1-TC-… 5.39 RS-MFFF-... 5.32
MEVX18 SUR/SUR voltage 2.25 MHCPM5 3.3 RC1-TL-… 5.40 RS-MR-… 5.28
MEVX8 AUC/AUC voltage 2.20 MHCPM5/L 3.3 RC-C-… 5.40 RS-N-… 5.25
MEVX8 AUR/AUR voltage 2.20 MHCS1/8 3.3 RC-CBD-… 5.42 RS-PF-... 5.33
MEVX8 KUC/KUC voltage 2.20 MHCS4 3.3 RC-CBF-… 5.42 RS-PG-... 5.34
MEVX8 KUC/TQ voltage 2.20 MHCS4/L 3.3 RC-CBS-… 5.42 RS-PL-… 5.27
MEVX8 KUC/ZR voltage 2.20 MHCSM5 3.3 RC-DF-… 5.37 RS-PM-… 5.27
MEVX8 KUR/KUR voltage 2.20 MHCSM5/L 3.3 RC-DFM-… 5.43 RS-PMF-… 5.27
MEVX8 KUR/ZR voltage 2.20 MHCT1/8 3.4 RC-DGM-… 5.44 RS-RMF-... 5.26
MEVX8 PUC/PUC voltage 2.20 MHCT4 3.4 RC-DI-… 5.37 RS-TC-... 5.28
MEVX8 PUR/PUR voltage 2.20 MHCT4/L 3.4 RC-DM-… 5.36 RS-TCF-... 5.31
MEVX8 SUC/SUC voltage 2.20 MHCTM5 3.4 RC-DS-… 5.41 RS-TF-... 5.30
MEVX8 SUR/SUR voltage 2.20 MHCTM5/L 3.4 RC-G-… 5.43 RS-TFE-... 5.29

g Alphanumeric index
ALPHANUMERIC
INDEX
ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE
RS-TLF-... 5.32 U8 3.31 UDP8M/10 2.90 UDS105 KUPR/TR 2.76
RS-TM-... 5.31 UAFØ 1.18 UDP8M/2 2.90 UDS105 KUPR/ZR 2.76
RS-TMC-... 5.30 UCT Ø 1.6 UDP8M/3 2.90 UDS105 PR/PR 2.75
RS-TML-... 5.31 UDP/ISO1/3M/L 2.82 UDP8M/4 2.90 UDS105 PUEC/PUEC 2.76
RS-TMO-... 5.28 UDP/ISO1/4M/Q 2.82 UDP8M/5 2.90 UDS105 PUER/PUER 2.76
RS-YCM-... 5.33 UDP/ISO1/4MS/Q 2.82 UDP8M/6 2.90 UDS105 PUPC/PUPC 2.76
RS-YF-... 5.33 UDP/ISO1/8M/Q 2.82 UDP8M/7 2.90 UDS105 PUPR/PUPR 2.76
RT-C-… 5.8 UDP/ISO1/8MS/Q 2.82 UDP8M/8 2.90 UDS105 SR/SR 2.75
RT-DF-… 5.3 UDP/ISO1/B4 2.81 UDP8M/9 2.90 UDS105 SUEC/SUEC 2.76
RT-DI-… 5.6 UDP/ISO1/B8 2.81 UDP8S 2.89 UDS105 SUER/SUER 2.76
RT-DIR-… 5.7 UDP/ISO1/PC 2.83 UDS/SG/05 2.86 UDS105 SUPC/SUPC 2.76
RT-DM-… 5.3 UDP/ISO1/S4 2.81 UDS/SG/105 2.74 UDS105 SUPR/SUPR 2.76
RT-G-… 5.4 UDP/ISO1/S8 2.81 UDS/SG/12 2.86 UDS12 AR/AR 2.77
RT-GG-… 5.5 UDP/ISO1/T 2.83 UDS/SG/212 2.74 UDS12 KR/KR 2.77
RT-GI-… 5.7 UDP/ISO1-2 2.83 UDS/SG/35 2.86 UDS12 KR/KUC 2.88
RT-GMF-… 5.10 UDP/ISO1BM 2.84 UDS05 KR/KR 2.87 UDS12 KR/KUR 2.88
RT-MDL-… 5.6 UDP/ISO1D 2.84 UDS05 KR/KUC 2.88 UDS12 KR/TQ 2.87
RT-MT-… 5.9 UDP/ISO1PE 2.84 UDS05 KR/KUR 2.87 UDS12 KR/TR 2.87
RT-MTD-… 5.9 UDP/ISO1PT 2.84 UDS05 KR/TQ 2.87 UDS12 KR/ZR 2.87
RT-MTL-… 5.6 UDP/ISO1PU 2.84 UDS05 KR/TR 2.87 UDS12 KUC/KR 2.88
RT-P-… 5.10 UDP/ISO1PUI 2.84 UDS05 KR/ZR 2.87 UDS12 KUC/KUC 2.88
RT-RC-… 5.9 UDP/ISO1PUL 2.84 UDS05 KUC/KR 2.88 UDS12 KUC/TQ 2.88
RT-RF-… 5.11 UDP/ISO1PUS 2.84 UDS05 KUC/KUC 2.88 UDS12 KUC/TR 2.88
RT-RFL-… 5.11 UDP/ISO2/2M/L 2.82 UDS05 KUC/TQ 2.88 UDS12 KUC/ZR 2.88
RT-RFV-… 5.11 UDP/ISO2/3M/Q 2.82 UDS05 KUC/TR 2.88 UDS12 KUR/KR 2.88
RT-TC-… 5.4 UDP/ISO2/3MS/Q 2.82 UDS05 KUC/ZR 2.88 UDS12 KUR/KUR 2.88
RT-TI-… 5.7 UDP/ISO2/B3 2.81 UDS05 KUR/KR 2.88 UDS12 KUR/TR 2.88
RT-TL-… 5.5 UDP/ISO2/B4 2.81 UDS05 KUR/KUR 2.88 UDS12 KUR/ZR 2.88
RT-TM-… 5.10 UDP/ISO2/BM 2.84 UDS05 KUR/TR 2.88 UDS12 SR/SR 2.87
RT-YI-… 5.8 UDP/ISO2/PC 2.83 UDS05 KUR/ZR 2.88 UDS12 SUC/SUC 2.88
RT-YIR-… 5.8 UDP/ISO2/PE 2.85 UDS05 SR/SR 2.87 UDS12 SUR/SUR 2.88
RT-YM-… 5.5 UDP/ISO2/PT 2.85 UDS05 SUC/SUC 2.88 UDS12 TQ/KR 2.87
RX2 3.31 UDP/ISO2/PU 2.85 UDS05 SUR/SUR 2.88 UDS12 TQ/KUC 2.88
RX3 3.31 UDP/ISO2/PUI 2.85 UDS05 TQ/KR 2.88 UDS12 TR/KR 2.87
RX4 3.31 UDP/ISO2/PUL 2.85 UDS05 TQ/KUC 2.88 UDS12 TR/KUC 2.88
RX8 3.31 UDP/ISO2/PUS 2.85 UDS05 TR/KR 2.87 UDS12 TR/KUR 2.88
RX8/6 3.31 UDP/ISO2/S3 2.81 UDS05 TR/KUC 2.88 UDS12 ZR/KR 2.87
SC-… 5.48 UDP/ISO2/S4 2.81 UDS05 TR/KUR 2.88 UDS12 ZR/KUC 2.88
SCP-… 5.48 UDP/ISO2/T 2.83 UDS05 ZR/KR 2.87 UDS12 ZR/KUR 2.88
SFPR 4.27 UDP/ISO2-3 2.83 UDS05 ZR/KUC 2.88 UDS212 AR/AR 2.77
SQ125/A 1.98-1.100 UDP/ISO2D 2.84 UDS05 ZR/KUR 2.88 UDS212 AUC/AUC 2.78
SQ32-40/EK 2.59 UDP/ISO3/1M/L 2.82 UDS105 AR/AR 2.75 UDS212 AUEC/AUEC 2.77
SQ32-40/A 1.98-1.100 UDP/ISO3/2M/Q 2.82 UDS105 AUC/AUC 2.75 UDS212 AUER/AUER 2.78
SQ50-63/EK 2.59 UDP/ISO3/B2 2.81 UDS105 AUEC/AUEC 2.75 UDS212 AUPC/AUPC 2.78
SQ50-63/A 1.100 UDP/ISO3/S2 2.81 UDS105 AUER/AUER 2.75 UDS212 AUPR/AUPR 2.78
SQ80-100/EK 2.59 UDP/ISO3/T 2.83 UDS105 AUPC/AUPC 2.75 UDS212 AUR/AUR 2.78
SQ80-100/A 1.98-1.100 UDP/ISODT 1-2 2.84 UDS105 AUPR/AUPR 2.75 UDS212 KR/KR 2.77
SQB 1.94 UDP2B 2.89 UDS105 KR/KR 2.75 UDS212 KR/TQ 2.77
SQB12 1.94 UDP2M/2 2.90 UDS105 KR/TQ 2.75 UDS212 KR/TR 2.77
SQZ 1.95 UDP2M/3 2.90 UDS105 KR/TR 2.75 UDS212 KR/ZR 2.77
ST102 1.98 UDP2M/4 2.90 UDS105 KR/ZR 2.75 UDS212 KUEC/KUEC 2.78
ST34 1.98 UDP2M/5 2.90 UDS105 KRP/KRP 2.75 UDS212 KUEC/TQ 2.78
ST56 1.98 UDP2S 2.89 UDS105 KUEC/KUEC 2.76 UDS212 KUEC/TR 2.78
ST80 1.98 UDP4B 2.89 UDS105 KUEC/KUEC 2.76 UDS212 KUEC/ZR 2.78
STPR 4.28 UDP4M/10 2.90 UDS105 KUEC/TQ 2.76 UDS212 KUER/KUER 2.78
Size PM/WBZ 1.33 UDP4M/2 2.90 UDS105 KUEC/TR 2.76 UDS212 KUER/TR 2.78
Size SG/WBZ 1.33 UDP4M/3 2.90 UDS105 KUEC/ZR 2.76 UDS212 KUER/ZR 2.78
T-PA-… 5.50 UDP4M/4 2.90 UDS105 KUER/KUER 2.76 UDS212 KUPC/KUPC 2.78
T-PELD-… 5.50 UDP4M/5 2.90 UDS105 KUER/TR 2.76 UDS212 KUPC/TQ 2.78
T-PU-… 5.50 UDP4M/6 2.90 UDS105 KUER/ZR 2.76 UDS212 KUPC/TR 2.78
U1 3.31 UDP4M/7 2.90 UDS105 KUPC/KUPC 2.76 UDS212 KUPC/ZR 2.78
U2 3.31 UDP4M/8 2.90 UDS105 KUPC/TQ 2.76 UDS212 KUPR/KUPR 2.78
U4 3.31 UDP4M/9 2.90 UDS105 KUPC/TR 2.76 UDS212 KUPR/TR 2.78
U4/SM 3.31 UDP4S 2.89 UDS105 KUPC/ZR 2.76 UDS212 KUPR/ZR 2.78
U4/SM2 3.31 UDP8B 2.89 UDS105 KUPR/KUPR 2.76 UDS212 PR/PR 2.77

Alphanumeric index h
ALPHANUMERIC
INDEX
ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE
UDS212 PUC/PUC 2.77 UDSI3 SUPC/SUPC 2.80 UKCA2/U 2.70 ULP8S/5 2.7
UDS212 PUEC/PUEC 2.77 UDSI3 SUPR/SUPR 2.80 UKCA4 2.66 ULR1B 2.15
UDS212 PUER/PUER 2.78 UDT Ø 1.5 UKCA4/SA 2.66 UMASV/voltage 2.3
UDS212 PUPC/PUPC 2.78 UF Ø 1.6 UKCA4/U 2.67 UMP4-2/10 2.4
UDS212 PUPR/PUPR 2.78 UKA/12/SG/8 2.61 UKCA8 2.62 UMP4-2/2 2.4
UDS212 SR/SR 2.77 UKA/16/SG/4 2.61 UKCA8/SA 2.62 UMP4-2/3 2.4
UDS212 SUEC/SUEC 2.78 UKA/20/SG/2 2.61 UKCA8/U 2.64 UMP4-2/4 2.4
UDS212 SUER/SUER 2.78 UKA/25/SG/8 2.61 UKHA1 2.72 UMP4-2/5 2.4
UDS212 SUPC/SUPC 2.78 UKA/32/SG/4 2.61 UKHA1/U 2.73 UMP4-2/6 2.4
UDS212 SUPR/SUPR 2.78 UKA/40/SG/2 2.61 UKHA2/20 2.49 UMP4-2/7 2.4
UDS35 KR/KR 2.87 UKA/SG/1 2.61 UKHA2/20/U voltage 2.70 UMP4-2/8 2.4
UDS35 KR/KUC 2.88 UKA1 2.72 UKHA2/40 2.69 UMP4-2/9 2.4
UDS35 KR/KUR 2.88 UKA1/U 2.73 UKHA2/40/U 2.69 UMP5/1 2.3
UDS35 KR/TQ 2.87 UKA2/20 2.69 UKHA4/16 2.66 UMPM5/10 2.4
UDS35 KR/TR 2.87 UKA2/20/U voltage 2.70 UKHA4/16/U voltage 2.67 UMPM5/2 2.4
UDS35 KR/ZR 2.87 UKA2/40 2.69 UKHA4/32 2.66 UMPM5/3 2.4
UDS35 KUC/KR 2.88 UKA2/40/U 2.70 UKHA4/32/U 2.67 UMPM5/4 2.4
UDS35 KUC/KUC 2.88 UKA4/16 2.66 UKHA8/12 2.62 UMPM5/5 2.4
UDS35 KUC/TQ 2.88 UKA4/16/U voltage 2.67 UKHA8/12/U voltage 2.62 UMPM5/6 2.4
UDS35 KUC/TR 2.88 UKA4/32 2.66 UKHA8/25 2.62 UMPM5/7 2.4
UDS35 KUC/ZR 2.88 UKA4/32/U 2.67 UKHA8/25/U 2.64 UMPM5/8 2.4
UDS35 KUR/KR 2.88 UKA8/12 2.62 UKHC1 2.72 UMPM5/9 2.4
UDS35 KUR/KUR 2.88 UKA8/12/U voltage 2.64 UKHC1/U 2.73 UPDTØ 1.18
UDS35 KUR/TR 2.88 UKA8/25 2.62 UKHC2/20 2.62 UPFØ 1.17
UDS35 KUR/ZR 2.88 UKA8/25/U 2.64 UKHC2/20 2.69 UPFPØ 1.18
UDS35 SR/SR 2.88 UKC/12/SG/8 2.61 UKHC2/20/SA 2.62 UPGØ 1.19
UDS35 SUC/SUC 2.88 UKC/16/SG/4 2.61 UKHC2/20/U voltage 2.62 UPPØ 1.18
UDS35 SUR/SUR 2.88 UKC/20/SG/2 2.61 UKHC2/40 2.69 UPSCØ 1.18
UDS35 TQ/KR 2.88 UKC/25/SG/8 2.61 UKHC2/40/SA 2.69 URE2 3.35
UDS35 TQ/KUC 2.88 UKC/32/SG/4 2.61 UKHC2/40/U 2.70 URE8 3.35
UDS35 TR/KR 2.88 UKC/40/SG/2 2.61 UKHC4/16 2.66 URF2/25 3.35
UDS35 TR/KUC 2.88 UKC/SG/1 2.61 UKHC4/16/SA 2.66 URF4/10 3.35
UDS35 TR/KUR 2.88 UKC1 2.77 UKHC4/16/U voltage 2.66 URF8/1 3.35
UDS35 ZR/KR 2.88 UKC1/MR 2.77 UKHC4/32 2.66 URF8/2 3.35
UDS35 ZR/KUC 2.88 UKC1/U 2.73 UKHC4/32/SA 2.66 URF8/5 3.35
UDS35 ZR/KUR 2.88 UKC2/20 2.69 UKHC4/32/U 2.67 URG2/25 3.35
UDSI/SG/3 2.74 UKC2/20/SA 2.69 UKHC8/12 2.62 URG4/10 3.35
UDSI3 AR/AR 2.79 UKC2/20/U voltage 2.70 UKHC8/12/SA 2.62 URG8/1 3.35
UDSI3 AUC/AUC 2.80 UKC2/40 2.69 UKHC8/12/T 2.62 URG8/2 3.35
UDSI3 AUEC/AUEC 2.80 UKC2/40/MR 2.69 UKHC8/12/U voltage 2.62 URG8/5 3.35
UDSI3 AUER/AUER 2.80 UKC2/40/SA 2.69 UKHC8/25 2.62 URS2/9 3.35
UDSI3 AUPC/AUPC 2.80 UKC2/40/U 2.70 UKHC8/25/SA 2.62 URS3/7 3.35
UDSI3 AUPR/AUPR 2.80 UKC4/16 2.66 UKHC8/25/T 2.62 URS4/5 3.35
UDSI3 AUR/AUR 2.80 UKC4/16/SA 2.66 UKHC8/25/U 2.62 URS8/3 3.35
UDSI3 KR/KR 2.79 UKC4/16/U voltage 2.67 ULARG/R voltage 2.5 USB/voltage 2.14
UDSI3 KR/TQ 2.79 UKC4/32 2.66 ULARV/R voltage 2.5 USB-BA/voltage 2.14
UDSI3 KR/TR 2.79 UKC4/32/MR 2.66 ULASG/R voltage 2.6 USBG/voltage 2.14
UDSI3 KR/ZR 2.79 UKC4/32/SA 2.66 ULASG/RA voltage 2.6 USBG-BA/voltage 2.14
UDSI3 KUEC/KUEC 2.79 UKC4/32/U 2.67 ULASG/U voltage 2.6 USC Ø 1.6
UDSI3 KUEC/TQ 2.79 UKC8/12 2.62 ULASV/R voltage 2.6 USR102/N9 2.15
UDSI3 KUEC/TR 2.79 UKC8/12/SA 2.62 ULASV/RA voltage 2.6 USR102/N9LED Voltage 2.15
UDSI3 KUEC/ZR 2.79 UKC8/12/T 2.62 ULASV/U voltage 2.6 USR102/N9VD Voltage 2.15
UDSI3 KUER/KUER 2.79 UKC8/12/U voltage 2.64 ULCRG/R voltage 2.5 UZ/PM 4.3
UDSI3 KUER/TR 2.79 UKC8/25 2.62 ULCRV/R voltage 2.5 UZ/SVG 4.8
UDSI3 KUER/ZR 2.79 UKC8/25/MR 2.62 ULCSG/R voltage 2.6 UZ/SVG/1 4.8
UDSI3 KUPC/KUPC 2.79 UKC8/25/SA 2.62 ULCSG/RA voltage 2.6 UZ/SVG/2 4.8
UDSI3 KUPC/TQ 2.79 UKC8/25/T 2.62 ULCSG/U voltage 2.6 UZ/SVG/P 4.8
UDSI3 KUPC/TR 2.79 UKC8/25/U 2.61 ULCSV/R voltage 2.6 UZ/TM/R 4.3
UDSI3 KUPC/ZR 2.79 UKCA/SG/2 2.61 ULCSV/RA voltage 2.6 UZ/TM/R/SS 4.3
UDSI3 KUPR/KUPR 2.79 UKCA/SG/4 2.61 ULCSV/U voltage 2.6 UZAP/R4 4.7
UDSI3 KUPR/TR 2.79 UKCA/SG/8 2.61 ULP8B/2 2.7 UZAP/SVG 4.8
UDSI3 KUPR/ZR 2.79 UKCA1 2.72 ULP8B/3 2.7 UZAP/SVG/1 4.8
UDSI3 SR/SR 2.79 UKCA1/U 2.73 ULP8B/5 2.7 UZAP/U4 4.7
UDSI3 SUEC/SUEC 2.80 UKCA2 2.70 ULP8S/2 2.7 UZF/SG/1 4.3
UDSI3 SUER/SUER 2.80 UKCA2/SA 2.69 ULP8S/3 2.7 UZF/SG/2 4.3

i Alphanumeric index
ALPHANUMERIC
INDEX
ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE ITEM PAGE
UZF/SG/3 4.3 UZRRM8/7F20PM 4.5 W 106 8 E E2A 2.92 X/CG 1.24
UZF/SG/3/SS 4.3 UZRRM8/7F20PM/SS 4.9 W 106 8 V E2A 2.92 X/CP 1.24
UZF/SG/4 4.3 UZRRM8/7F20TM 4.5 W 106 9 B E2A 2.92 X/CT 1.32
UZF4/20 4.3 UZRRM8/7F20TM/SS 4.5 W 106 9 E E2A 2.92 X/P/M3 1.24
UZF4/20/SS 4.3 UZVL/4 4.8 W 106 9 V E2A 2.92 X/P/M4 1.24
UZF4/20PM 4.3 UZVL/SVG 4.8 W 107 1 B E3A 2.92 XH4CM2 3.24
UZF4/20PM/SS 4.3 UZVL/SVG/1 4.8 W 107 1 E E3A 2.92 XH4CM2F 3.24
UZF4/20RR7L 4.10 VC-01 3.31 W 107 1 V E3A 2.92 XH4CM4 3.24
UZF4/20RR7L/PM 4.10 VC-02 3.31 W 107 2 B E3A 2.92 XH4CM4F 3.24
UZF4/20RR7L/PM/SS 4.10 VC-03 3.31 W 107 2 E E3A 2.92 XH4CM8 3.24
UZF4/20RR7L/SS 4.10 VC-04 3.31 W 107 2 V E3A 2.92 XH4CM8F 3.24
UZF4/20RR7L/TM 4.10 VM1 2.96 W 107 3 B E3A 2.92 XVB 2.8
UZF4/20RR7L/TM/SS 4.10 VM15 2.96 W 107 3 E E3A 2.92 XVF/SG/4-5 3.37
UZF4/20TM 4.3 VM2 2.96 W 107 3 V E3A 2.92 XVF4 3.37
UZF4/20TM/SS 4.3 VM3 2.96 W 107 4 B E3A 2.92 XVF5 3.37
UZF8/20 4.3 VM4 2.96 W 107 4 E E3A 2.92 ZCL Ø 1.80
UZF8/20/SS 4.3 VM8 2.96 W 107 4 V E3A 2.92 ZCS Ø 1.80
UZF8/20PM 4.3 VS1-MF-… 5.47 W 107 5 B E2A 2.92 ZPB Ø 1.79
UZF8/20PM/SS 4.3 VS-FF-… 5.47 W 107 5 E E2A 2.92 ZTI Ø 1.80
UZF8/20RR7L 4.10 VS-MF-… 5.47 W 107 5 V E2A 2.92
UZF8/20RR7L/PM 4.10 VSR-FF-… 5.46 W 107 6 B E2A 2.92
UZF8/20RR7L/PM/SS 4.10 VSR-MF… 5.46 W 107 6 E E2A 2.92
UZF8/20RR7L/SS 4.10 W 105 1 B E3A 2.91 W 107 6 V E2A 2.92
UZF8/20RR7L/TM 4.10 W 105 1 E E3A 2.91 W 107 7 B E2A 2.92
UZF8/20RR7L/TM/SS 4.10 W 105 1 V E3A 2.91 W 107 7 E E2A 2.92
UZF8/20TM 4.3 W 105 2 B E3A 2.91 W 107 7 V E2A 2.92
UZF8/20TM/SS 4.3 W 105 2 E E3A 2.91 W 108 1 B E2A 2.93
UZL/SG/3 4.6 W 105 2 V E3A 2.91 W 108 1 B E5A 2.93
UZL/SG/4 4.6 W 105 3 B E3A 2.91 W 108 1 E E2A 2.93
UZL/TM 4.6 W 105 3 E E3A 2.91 W 108 1 E E5A 2.93
UZL4 4.6 W 105 3 V E3A 2.91 W 108 1 V E2A 2.93
UZL4PM 4.6 W 105 4 B E3A 2.91 W 108 1 V E5A 2.93
UZL4TM 4.6 W 105 4 E E3A 2.91 W 108 2 B E2A 2.93
UZL8 4.6 W 105 4 V E3A 2.91 W 108 2 B E5A 2.93
UZL8PM 4.6 W 105 5 B E3A 2.91 W 108 2 E E2A 2.93
UZL8TM 4.6 W 105 5 E E3A 2.91 W 108 2 E E5A 2.93
UZPR4 4.8 W 105 5 V E3A 2.91 W 108 2 V E2A 2.93
UZR/SG/5 4.4 W 106 1 B E2A 2.92 W 108 2 V E5A 2.93
UZRHS 4.8 W 106 1 E E2A 2.92 W 108 3 B E5A 2.93
UZRHS 4.8 W 106 1 V E2A 2.92 W 108 3 E E5A 2.93
UZRR/SG/6 4.4 W 106 10 B E2A 2.92 W 108 3 V E5A 2.93
UZRRH4/7 4.5 W 106 10 E E2A 2.92 W 108 4 B E5A 2.93
UZRRH8/7 4.5 W 106 10 V E2A 2.92 W 108 4 E E5A 2.93
UZRRM4/7 4.5 W 106 11 B E2A 2.92 W 108 4 V E5A 2.93
UZRRM4/7F20 4.5 W 106 11 E E2A 2.92 WAIRSOL (1L) 4.6
UZRRM4/7F20/SS 4.5 W 106 11 V E2A 2.92 WAIRSOL HS(1L) 1.81
UZRRM4/7F20L 4.5 W 106 2 B E2A 2.92 WB2B 3.36
UZRRM4/7F20L/PM 4.5 W 106 2 E E2A 2.92 WB2U 3.36
UZRRM4/7F20L/PM/SS 4.5 W 106 2 V E2A 2.92 WB4B 3.36
UZRRM4/7F20L/SS 4.5 W 106 3 B E2A 2.92 WB4U 3.36
UZRRM4/7F20L/TM 4.5 W 106 3 E E2A 2.92 WB8B 3.36
UZRRM4/7F20L/TM/SS 4.5 W 106 3 V E2A 2.92 WB8U 3.36
UZRRM4/7F20PM 4.5 W 106 4 B E2A 2.92 WBZ size 1.7-1.33
UZRRM4/7F20PM/SS 4.5 W 106 4 E E2A 2.92 WBZ size G 1.7-1.33
UZRRM4/7F20TM 4.5 W 106 4 V E2A 2.92 WE2A/voltage 2.93
UZRRM4/7F20TM/SS 4.5 W 106 5 B E2A 2.92 WE3A/voltage 2.93
UZRRM8/7 4.4 W 106 5 E E2A 2.92 WE5A/voltage 2.93
UZRRM8/7F20 4.5 W 106 5 V E2A 2.92 WRFØ/Rotation angle 1.88
UZRRM8/7F20/SS 4.5 W 106 6 B E2A 2.92 WRM Ø/Rotation angle 1.88
UZRRM8/7F20L 4.9 W 106 6 E E2A 2.92 WUGB Size/stroke 1.8-1.34
UZRRM8/7F20L/PM 4.9 W 106 6 V E2A 2.92 WUGCD Size 1.11-1.36
UZRRM8/7F20L/PM/SS 4.9 W 106 7 B E2A 2.92 WUGCP Size 1.11-1.36
UZRRM8/7F20L/SS 4.9 W 106 7 E E2A 2.92 WUGDB Size/stroke 1.8-1.34
UZRRM8/7F20L/TM 4.9 W 106 7 V E2A 2.92 WUGDM Size/stroke 1.8-1.34
UZRRM8/7F20L/TM/SS 4.9 W 106 8 B E2A 2.92 WUGM Size/stroke 1.8-1.34

Alphanumeric index j
CAT. 08/EN
Waircom M.B.S. S.p.A.
Via Piemonte, 13/15 - 20070 Vizzolo Predabissi (MILAN) ITALY - Tel: +39 02 98230821 - Fax: +39 02 98231854
www.waircom-mbs.com - info@waircom-mbs.com

You might also like